Introduction to Business

1

The Nature of Business

1.1 The Nature of Business

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Businesses and not-for-profit organizations create our standard of living by combining factors of production to provide goods and services, accepting risk in pursuit of profit or other goals.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What businesses do: organizations that strive for profit by providing goods and services desired by customers, creating the basis of our standard of living.
  • Risk and reward relationship: greater risks generally mean greater potential for profit (or loss); conservative stances can lead to losing ground to nimble competitors.
  • Not-for-profits vs for-profits: not-for-profit organizations pursue goals other than profit (e.g., feeding the poor, preserving the environment) but still compete for resources, employees, and donations.
  • Common confusion: standard of living vs quality of life—standard of living measures output people can buy with their money, while quality of life refers to general human happiness based on life expectancy, education, health, sanitation, and leisure time.
  • Five factors of production: natural resources, labor, capital, entrepreneurship, and knowledge are the building blocks all organizations need to create goods and services.

💼 What businesses contribute to society

💼 Creating standard of living through goods and services

Business: an organization that strives for a profit by providing goods and services desired by its customers.

Goods: tangible items manufactured by businesses, such as laptops.

Services: intangible offerings of businesses that can't be held, touched, or stored (e.g., physicians, lawyers, hairstylists, car washes, airlines).

  • Businesses serve both consumers (medical care, autos, countless goods and services) and other organizations (hospitals, retailers, governments) by providing machinery, goods for resale, computers, and thousands of other items.
  • They create the goods and services that are the basis of our standard of living.

Standard of living: measured by the output of goods and services people can buy with the money they have.

  • The United States has one of the highest standards of living in the world.
  • Don't confuse: higher average wages ≠ higher standard of living. Although countries like Switzerland and Germany have higher average wages than the U.S., their standards of living aren't higher because prices are so much higher—the same amount of money buys less.
  • Example: an Extra Value Meal at McDonald's costs less than $5 in the U.S., but a similar meal might cost as much as $10 in another country.

🌟 Building quality of life

Quality of life: the general level of human happiness based on such things as life expectancy, educational standards, health, sanitation, and leisure time.

  • Building a high quality of life is a combined effort of businesses, government, and not-for-profit organizations.
  • In 2017, Vienna, Austria, ranked highest in quality of life, followed by Zurich, Switzerland; Auckland, New Zealand; and Munich, Germany.
  • Seven of the top 10 locations are in western Europe, two are in Australia/New Zealand, and one is in Canada; not one of the world's top cities is in the United States.
  • At the other end of the scale, Baghdad, Iraq, scored lowest on the annual survey.

⚖️ Risk, revenue, and profit

⚖️ Understanding business risk

Risk: the potential to lose time and money or otherwise not be able to accomplish an organization's goals.

  • Creating a quality of life is not without risks.
  • Example: Without enough blood donors, the American Red Cross faces the risk of not meeting the demand for blood by victims of disaster.
  • Example: Businesses such as Microsoft face the risk of falling short of their revenue and profit goals.

💰 Revenue, costs, and profit

Revenue: the money a company receives by providing services or selling goods to customers.

Costs: expenses for rent, salaries, supplies, transportation, and many other items that a company incurs from creating and selling goods and services.

Profit: the money left over after a company pays all costs.

  • Example: Some of the costs incurred by Microsoft in developing its software include expenses for salaries, facilities, and advertising.
  • A company whose costs are greater than revenues shows a loss.
  • When a company such as Microsoft uses its resources intelligently, it can often increase sales, hold costs down, and earn a profit.
  • Not all companies earn profits, but that is the risk of being in business.

📈 The risk-profit relationship

  • In U.S. business today, there is generally a direct relationship between risks and profit: the greater the risks, the greater the potential for profit (or loss).
  • Companies that take too conservative a stance may lose out to more nimble competitors who react quickly to the changing business environment.
  • Example: Sony, once a leader with its Walkman music player and Trinitron televisions, steadily lost ground—and profits—over the past two decades by not embracing new technologies such as the digital music format and flat-panel TV screens. Sony misjudged what the market wanted and stayed with proprietary technologies rather than create cross-platform options for consumers. Apple, at the time an upstart in personal music devices, quickly grabbed the lion's share of the digital music market with its iPods and iTunes music streaming service.
  • By 2016, Sony restructured its business portfolio and has experienced substantial success with its PlayStation 4 gaming console and original gaming content.

🤝 Not-for-profit organizations

🤝 What makes them different

Not-for-profit organization: an organization that exists to achieve some goal other than the usual business goal of profit.

  • Examples: Charities such as Habitat for Humanity, the United Way, the American Cancer Society, and the World Wildlife Fund; most hospitals, zoos, arts organizations, civic groups, and religious organizations.
  • Over the last 20 years, the number of nonprofit organizations—and the employees and volunteers who work for them—has increased considerably.
  • Government is our largest and most pervasive not-for-profit group.
  • More than 1.5 million nongovernmental not-for-profit entities operate in the United States today and contribute more than $900 billion annually to the U.S. economy.

🎯 Goals and competition

  • Like their for-profit counterparts, these groups set goals and require resources to meet those goals. However, their goals are not focused on profits.
  • Example goals: feeding the poor, preserving the environment, increasing attendance at the ballet, or preventing drunk driving.
  • Not-for-profit organizations do not compete directly with one another in the same manner as, for example, Ford and Honda, but they do compete for talented employees, people's limited volunteer time, and donations.

🔄 Blurring boundaries

  • The boundaries that formerly separated not-for-profit and for-profit organizations have blurred, leading to a greater exchange of ideas between the sectors.
  • For-profit businesses are now addressing social issues.
  • Successful not-for-profits apply business principles to operate more effectively.
  • Not-for-profit managers are concerned with the same concepts as their colleagues in for-profit companies: developing strategy, budgeting carefully, measuring performance, encouraging innovation, improving productivity, demonstrating accountability, and fostering an ethical workplace environment.
  • Example: In addition to pursuing a museum's artistic goals, top executives manage the administrative and business side of the organization: human resources, finance, and legal concerns. Ticket revenues cover a fraction of the museum's operating costs, so the director spends a great deal of time seeking major donations and memberships. Today's museum boards of directors include both art patrons and business executives who want to see sound fiscal decision-making in a not-for-profit setting. Therefore, a museum director must walk a fine line between the institution's artistic mission and financial policies.

🏗️ Factors of production

🏗️ The building blocks overview

Factors of production: inputs in the form of resources required to provide goods and services, regardless of whether organizations operate in the for-profit or not-for-profit sector.

  • Four traditional factors of production are common to all productive activity: natural resources, labor (human resources), capital, and entrepreneurship.
  • Many experts now include knowledge as a fifth factor, acknowledging its key role in business success.
  • By using the factors of production efficiently, a company can produce more goods and services with the same resources.

🌲 Natural resources

  • Commodities that are useful inputs in their natural state are known as natural resources.
  • They include farmland, forests, mineral and oil deposits, and water.
  • Sometimes natural resources are simply called land, although the term means more than just land.
  • Example: International Paper Company uses wood pulp to make paper, and Pacific Gas & Electric Company may use water, oil, or coal to produce electricity.
  • Today urban sprawl, pollution, and limited resources have raised questions about resource use. Conservationists, environmentalists, and government bodies are proposing laws to require land-use planning and resource conservation.

👷 Labor (human resources)

  • Labor, or human resources, refers to the economic contributions of people working with their minds and muscles.
  • This input includes the talents of everyone—from a restaurant cook to a nuclear physicist—who performs the many tasks of manufacturing and selling goods and services.

🏭 Capital

Capital: the tools, machinery, equipment, and buildings used to produce goods and services and get them to the consumer.

  • Sometimes the term capital is also used to mean the money that buys machinery, factories, and other production and distribution facilities.
  • However, because money itself produces nothing, it is not one of the basic inputs. Instead, it is a means of acquiring the inputs. Therefore, in this context, capital does not include money.

🚀 Entrepreneurship

Entrepreneurs: the people who combine the inputs of natural resources, labor, and capital to produce goods or services with the intention of making a profit or accomplishing a not-for-profit goal.

  • These people make the decisions that set the course for their businesses; they create products and production processes or develop services.
  • Because they are not guaranteed a profit in return for their time and effort, they must be risk-takers.
  • Of course, if their companies succeed, the rewards may be great.
  • Today, many individuals want to start their own businesses. They are attracted by the opportunity to be their own boss and reap the financial rewards of a successful firm.
  • Many start their first business from their dorm rooms, such as Mark Zuckerberg of Facebook, or while living at home, so their cost is almost zero.
  • Examples: Microsoft cofounder Bill Gates, who was named the richest person in the world in 2017, as well as Google founders Sergey Brin and Larry Page. Many thousands of individuals have started companies that, while remaining small, make a major contribution to the U.S. economy.

🧠 Knowledge (the fifth factor)

Knowledge: the combined talents and skills of the workforce and has become a primary driver of economic growth.

Knowledge workers: employees whose jobs require knowledge and cognitive skills.

  • A number of outstanding managers and noted academics are beginning to emphasize a fifth factor of production—knowledge.
  • Today's competitive environment places a premium on knowledge and learning over physical resources.
  • Recent statistics suggest that the number of U.S. knowledge workers has doubled over the last 30 years, with an estimated 2 million knowledge job openings annually.
  • Despite the fact that many "routine" jobs have been replaced by automation over the last decade or outsourced to other countries, technology has actually created more jobs that require knowledge and cognitive skills.

🎯 Real-world example: StickerGiant

🎯 Entrepreneurial risk-taking and adaptation

  • John Fischer of Longmont, Colorado, started his business inspired by the drawn-out U.S. presidential election in 2000 between Bush and Gore, creating a bumper sticker that claimed, "He's Not My President," which became a top seller.
  • As a result, Fischer started an online retail sticker store, which he viewed as possibly the "Amazon of Stickers."
  • Designing and making stickers in his basement, Fischer's start-up would eventually become a multimillion-dollar company, recognized in 2017 by Forbes as one of its top 25 small businesses.

🔄 Embracing change

  • By 2011, the business was going strong; however, the entrepreneur decided to do away with the retail store, instead focusing the business on custom orders, which became StickerGiant's main product.
  • In 2012 he decided to introduce a concept called open-book management, in which he shares the company's financials with employees at a weekly meeting.
  • Other topics discussed at the meeting include customer comments and feedback, employee concerns, and colleague appreciation for one another.
  • Fischer believes sharing information about the company's performance (good or bad) not only allows employees to feel part of the operation, but also empowers them to embrace change or suggest ideas that could help the business expand and flourish.

🔧 Innovation and technology

  • Innovation is also visible in the technology StickerGiant uses to create miles and miles of custom stickers (nearly 800 miles of stickers in 2016).
  • The manufacturing process involves digital printing and laser-finishing equipment.
  • Fischer says only five other companies worldwide have the laser-finishing equipment StickerGiant uses as part of its operations.
  • Because of the investment in this high-tech equipment, the company can make custom stickers in large quantities overnight and ship them to customers the next day.

📊 Current success

  • With $10 million in annual sales and nearly 40 employees, StickerGiant continues to be a successful endeavor for John Fischer and his employees almost two decades after Fischer created his first sticker.
  • In 2016, StickerGiant put together Saul the Sticker Ball, a Guinness World Records winner that weighed in at a whopping 232 pounds, created from more than 170,000 stickers that had been lying around the office.
2

Understanding the Business Environment

1.2 Understanding the Business Environment

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Businesses operate within a dynamic external environment composed of seven key sectors—economic, political and legal, demographic, social, competitive, global, and technological—that managers must continuously study and adapt to because these forces are largely beyond their control yet directly influence whether businesses achieve their objectives.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Internal vs. external control: Managers control internal decisions (supplies, employees, products) but must adapt to external environmental forces they cannot control.
  • Seven key subenvironments: Economic, political and legal, demographic, social, competitive, global, and technological sectors each create unique challenges and opportunities.
  • Managers as adapters: No single business is powerful enough to create major changes in the external environment; managers are primarily adapters rather than agents of change.
  • Common confusion: While businesses generally cannot control external forces, they can sometimes influence external events through strategic actions (e.g., lobbying, working with regulatory agencies).
  • Why it matters: Continuous environmental study and adaptation are necessary for businesses to compete successfully in a constantly changing landscape.

🌍 The external business environment framework

🌍 What the external environment includes

The external business environment is composed of numerous outside organizations and forces grouped into seven key subenvironments: economic, political and legal, demographic, social, competitive, global, and technological.

  • Each sector creates a unique set of challenges and opportunities.
  • These conditions are generally beyond management control and change constantly.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that businesses "do not operate in a vacuum" but in a dynamic environment with direct influence on operations and objectives.

🔄 Internal vs. external control

AspectInternal environmentExternal environment
Control levelGreat deal of controlGenerally beyond control
ExamplesSupplies purchased, employees hired, products sold, where to sellEconomic fluctuations, laws, demographics, technology changes
Management roleDay-to-day decisionsContinuous study and adaptation
  • Business owners and managers use their skills and resources to create goods and services for customers.
  • To compete successfully, they must continuously study the environment and adapt their businesses accordingly.
  • Example: A manager can choose which suppliers to work with (internal), but cannot control whether a natural disaster disrupts the supply chain (external).

⚠️ Limits and exceptions

  • General rule: Managers are primarily adapters to, rather than agents of, change.
  • Exception: In some situations, a firm can influence external events through strategies.
  • Example from excerpt: Major pharmaceutical companies successfully influenced the FDA to speed up drug approval processes; large tech companies spend millions on lobbying to help policy makers understand their industry.
  • Don't confuse: "Beyond control" does not mean "zero influence"—strategic actions can sometimes shape external conditions, but businesses still cannot create major changes alone.

💰 Economic influences

💰 How economic activity affects business

  • One of the most important external influences on businesses.
  • Fluctuations in economic activity create business cycles that affect businesses and individuals in many ways.

📊 Key economic factors

  • When economy is growing: Unemployment rates are low, income levels rise.
  • Other changing areas: Inflation and interest rates change according to economic activity.
  • Government role: Through policies (taxes, interest rate levels), government attempts to stimulate or curtail economic activity.
  • Market forces: Supply and demand determine how prices and quantities of goods and services behave in a free market.

Example: During economic growth, a business may see increased sales because consumers have higher incomes and more confidence to spend.

⚖️ Political and legal influences

⚖️ What political climate includes

The political climate of a country includes three components: the amount of government activity, the types of laws it passes, and the general political stability of a government.

  • Critical factor for managers to consider in day-to-day business operations.
  • Example: A multinational company will evaluate political climate before locating a plant—Is the government stable? How restrictive are regulations for foreign businesses?

📜 Legal and regulatory factors

International considerations:

  • Import tariffs, quotas, and export restrictions
  • Foreign ownership rules and taxation

U.S. domestic regulations:

  • Laws passed by Congress and regulatory agencies cover competition, minimum wages, environmental protection, worker safety, copyrights and patents
  • Example from excerpt: The Telecommunications Act of 1996 deregulated the industry, increasing competition and creating new opportunities

🏛️ Federal agencies' role

  • Federal agencies play a significant role in business operations.
  • Example: A pharmaceutical company must follow FDA procedures for testing and clinical trials, register securities with the SEC, and ensure advertisements are not misleading (FTC oversight).
  • State and local governments also exert control through taxes, corporate charters, business licenses, and zoning ordinances.

👥 Demographic factors

👥 What demography studies

Demography is the study of people's vital statistics, such as their age, gender, race and ethnicity, and location.

  • An uncontrollable factor in the business environment.
  • Extremely important to managers because demographics help companies define markets for products and determine workforce size and composition.

🎯 Generational markets

The excerpt identifies three major generations with distinct characteristics:

GenerationBirth yearsKey characteristics
Millennials1981-1997Largest generation (75+ million); technologically savvy; hundreds of billions to spend; surpassed baby boomers in 2017
Generation X1965-1980Own spending patterns
Baby boomers1946-1964Nearing retirement; willing to spend on health, comforts, leisure, cars
  • Businesses must deal with unique shopping preferences of different generations.
  • Each requires marketing approaches and goods/services targeted to their needs.
  • Example: As the population ages, businesses offer more products appealing to middle-aged and senior markets.

🌈 Diversity and minority populations

  • Minorities represent more than 38 percent of total population.
  • Immigration has brought millions of new residents over past several decades.
  • By 2060, the U.S. Census Bureau projects minorities will increase to 56 percent of total population.
  • Companies recognize the value of hiring a diverse workforce that reflects society.
  • Minorities' buying power has increased significantly; companies develop products and marketing campaigns targeting different ethnic groups.

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Social factors

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 What social factors include

Social factors—our attitudes, values, ethics, and lifestyles—influence what, how, where, and when people purchase products or services.

  • Difficult to predict, define, and measure because they can be very subjective.
  • Change as people move through different life stages.

🔄 Key social trends

  • Broader interests: People of all ages have a broader range of interests, defying traditional consumer profiles.
  • Time poverty: People experience a "poverty of time" and seek ways to gain more control over their time.
  • Changing roles: More women in the workforce increases family incomes, heightens demand for time-saving goods and services, changes family shopping patterns, and impacts work-life balance.
  • Ethical emphasis: Renewed emphasis on ethical behavior at
3

How Business and Economics Work

1.3 How Business and Economics Work

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

A nation's economic system—whether capitalism, communism, socialism, or a mixed model—determines how resources are allocated and what is produced, directly shaping the environment in which businesses operate and succeed.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What an economic system is: the combination of policies, laws, and choices that determine what is produced and how goods and services are allocated.
  • The major systems: capitalism (private ownership, market competition), communism (government owns and controls everything), socialism (government owns critical industries), and mixed economies (blend of systems).
  • Common confusion: pure systems rarely exist in reality—most countries use mixed economies that incorporate elements from multiple systems.
  • Macro vs micro: macroeconomics studies the economy as a whole (aggregate data); microeconomics focuses on individual households or firms.
  • Why it matters: managers must understand and adapt to the economic systems where they operate, especially when doing business internationally.

🌍 Economic Systems and Their Core Differences

🏛️ What defines an economic system

Economic system: the combination of policies, laws, and choices made by a government to establish the systems that determine what goods and services are produced and how they are allocated.

Economics: the study of how a society uses scarce resources to produce and distribute goods and services.

  • Economics is fundamentally about choices—what people, firms, or nations choose from among limited resources.
  • Every economy must answer: what types and amounts should be produced, how they should be produced, and for whom.
  • These decisions are made by the marketplace, the government, or both.

🔑 The major differentiator among systems

The key distinction is who decides:

  • How to allocate limited resources (factors of production) to satisfy unlimited societal needs
  • What goods and services to produce and in what quantities
  • How and by whom these goods and services are produced
  • How to distribute goods and services to consumers

Don't confuse: the label of a system with its practice—many countries that call themselves one thing operate as mixed economies in reality.

💼 The Four Major Economic Systems

💰 Capitalism (private enterprise system)

Capitalism: an economic system based on competition in the marketplace and private ownership of the factors of production (resources).

Core features:

  • Large number of people and businesses buy and sell products freely
  • In pure capitalism, all factors of production are privately owned
  • Government does not try to set prices or coordinate economic activity

Four guaranteed economic rights:

  1. Right to own property (central to the system)
  2. Right to make a profit (the main incentive; encourages entrepreneurship)
  3. Right to make free choices (decide to be an entrepreneur or work for someone else)
  4. Right to compete

How competition works:

  • Companies try to produce at the lowest cost and sell at the highest price
  • When profits are high, more businesses enter the market
  • Resulting competition tends to lower prices
  • Companies must find new ways to operate efficiently to keep making a profit and stay in business
  • Competition leads to better and more diverse products, keeps prices stable, and increases producer efficiency

Example: The United States leans toward pure capitalism, though it uses government policies to promote stability and growth.

🏭 Communism

Communism: an economic system in which the government owns virtually all resources and controls all markets.

Core features:

  • Economic decision-making is centralized
  • Government decides what will be produced, where, how much, where raw materials come from, who gets output, and what prices will be
  • Offers little or no choice to citizens

Why it has declined:

  • Tight controls over careers, work locations, and purchases led to lower productivity
  • Workers had no rewards for excellence, so no reason to work harder or produce quality goods
  • Errors in planning and resource allocation led to shortages of basic items
  • These factors contributed to the 1991 collapse of the Soviet Union

Current examples: North Korea and Cuba are the best remaining examples.

Don't confuse: early 20th-century promises with actual results—countries that chose communism believed it would raise living standards, but practice showed otherwise.

🏗️ Socialism

Socialism: an economic system in which the basic industries are owned by the government or by the private sector under strong government control.

Core features:

  • State controls critical, large-scale industries (transportation, communications, utilities)
  • Smaller businesses and less critical sectors (e.g., retail) may be privately owned
  • State determines business goals, prices and selection of goods, and workers' rights to varying degrees

Trade-offs:

  • Socialist countries typically provide higher levels of services (health care, unemployment benefits)
  • As a result, taxes and unemployment may also be higher
  • Example: In 2017, France's top individual tax rate was 45%, compared to 39.6% in the United States

Current examples: United Kingdom, Denmark, India, and Israel have socialist systems, but they vary from country to country.

🔀 Mixed economic systems

Mixed economies: economies that use more than one economic system.

Core features:

  • Real-world economies fall somewhere between pure capitalism and pure communism
  • Government may own basic industries while private enterprise handles most other activity
  • Government is extensively involved through taxing, spending, and welfare activities

Examples of mixed elements:

  • United States: leans toward capitalism but uses government policies for stability; transfers money to the poor, unemployed, elderly, or disabled; regulates large corporations to protect smaller firms
  • Canada: government owns communications, transportation, utilities, and some natural resources; provides health care; but most other activity is private enterprise
  • Sweden, UK, France: similar blends of public and private ownership

Why mixed systems exist: countries try to achieve social goals (income redistribution, retirement pensions) that may not be attempted in purely capitalist systems.

📊 Comparison of Economic Systems

SystemOwnershipMarket ControlWorker IncentivesManagementForecast
CapitalismBusinesses privately owned; minimal government ownershipComplete freedom of trade; little government controlStrong incentive to work and innovate (profits retained by owners)Managed by owners or professional managers with little government interferenceContinued steady growth
CommunismGovernment owns all or most enterprisesComplete government control of marketsNo incentive to work hard or produce qualityCentralized management by government bureaucracy; little flexibilityNo growth and perhaps disappearance
SocialismBasic industries government-owned; very high taxation redistributes incomeSome markets controlled, some free; significant central-government planningPrivate-sector same as capitalism; public-sector limited incentivesGovernment enterprises run by bureaucrats (rarely profitable); private sector similar to capitalismStable with probable slight growth
Mixed EconomyPrivate ownership of land and businesses but government control of some enterprises; large private sectorSome markets (nuclear energy, post office) controlled or highly regulatedPrivate-sector same as capitalism; public-sector limitedPrivate-sector similar to capitalism; public sector similar to socialismContinued growth

🔬 Macroeconomics vs Microeconomics

📈 Macroeconomics

Macroeconomics: the study of the economy as a whole.

  • Looks at aggregate data for large groups of people, companies, or products considered as a whole
  • Example factors: national level of personal income, unemployment rate, interest rates, fuel costs, national level of sales

🔍 Microeconomics

Microeconomics: focuses on individual parts of the economy, such as households or firms.

  • Example factors: consumer demand for specific products, existing supply, competing models, labor and material costs and availability, current prices and sales incentives

🔄 How they work together

Both offer valuable outlooks on the economy and are often used together for business decisions.

Example: Ford deciding whether to introduce a new vehicle line would consider:

  • Macroeconomic factors: national income, unemployment rate, interest rates, fuel costs, national new-vehicle sales
  • Microeconomic factors: consumer demand vs existing supply, competing models, labor/material costs and availability, current prices and sales incentives

🔄 The Circular Flow of Economics

🔁 How economic sectors interact

Circular flow: the movement of inputs and outputs among households, businesses, and governments.

The main exchanges:

  1. Households → Businesses (inputs):

    • Households provide natural resources, labor, capital, entrepreneurship, knowledge
    • Businesses convert these into outputs (goods and services)
  2. Businesses → Households (income):

    • Households receive income from rent, wages, interest, and ownership profits
    • Businesses receive revenue from consumer purchases
  3. Government ↔ Households and Businesses:

    • Governments supply publicly provided goods and services (highways, schools, police, courts, health services, unemployment insurance, social security)
    • Government purchases from businesses contribute to business revenues
    • Government receives taxes from households and businesses

⚠️ How changes ripple through the system

Changes in one flow affect the others:

  • If government raises taxes: households have less to spend → businesses reduce production → economic activity declines → unemployment may rise
  • If government cuts taxes: can stimulate economic activity (reverse effect)

Don't confuse: the circular flow is continuous and interconnected—you cannot change one part without affecting the others.

🎯 Macroeconomic Goals

🏆 The three main goals

The United States and most other countries have three main macroeconomic goals:

  1. Economic growth
  2. Full employment
  3. Price stability

A nation's economic well-being depends on carefully defining these goals and choosing the best economic policies for achieving them.

📊 Measuring economic growth

Economic growth: an increase in a nation's output of goods and services.

Gross Domestic Product (GDP): the total market value of all final goods and services produced within a nation's borders each year.

  • The most basic measure of economic growth
  • The more a nation produces, the higher its standard of living
  • Perhaps the most important way to judge a nation's economic health
  • The Bureau of Labor Statistics publishes quarterly GDP figures for comparing trends
4

Macroeconomics: The Big Picture

1.4 Macroeconomics: The Big Picture

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

A nation's economic health depends on achieving three main macroeconomic goals—economic growth, full employment, and price stability—which the government pursues through monetary and fiscal policy tools.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three main goals: economic growth (rising GDP), full employment (jobs for ~94–96% of those who want to work), and price stability (controlling inflation).
  • Business cycles: upward and downward changes in economic activity; a recession is two consecutive quarters of declining GDP, followed by recovery.
  • Types of unemployment: frictional (short-term job transitions), structural (skills mismatch), cyclical (recession-driven), and seasonal (industry-specific timing).
  • Common confusion: inflation vs. purchasing power—prices can rise while purchasing power increases if incomes rise faster than inflation; typically, however, inflation outpaces income growth.
  • Policy tools: monetary policy (controlling money supply and interest rates via the Federal Reserve) and fiscal policy (government spending and taxation).

📈 Economic Growth and Business Cycles

📈 What economic growth measures

Economic growth: an increase in a nation's output of goods and services.

Gross Domestic Product (GDP): the total market value of all final goods and services produced within a nation's borders each year.

  • GDP is the most basic measure of economic growth; when GDP rises, the economy is growing.
  • The rate of growth in real GDP (adjusted for inflation) matters: the U.S. has been growing at 3–4% annually; China at 6–7%.
  • Higher output → higher standard of living.

🔄 Business cycles

Business cycles: upward and downward changes in the level of economic activity.

  • Economic activity constantly changes; cycles vary in length, height, and impact.
  • Expansion: rising output, income, employment, and prices → peak.
  • Contraction: output, income, and employment decline.
  • Recession: a decline in GDP lasting two consecutive quarters (each three months), followed by recovery.
    • Example: the most recent U.S. recession ran from December 2007 to June 2009.

🏭 How businesses adapt

  • During growth: firms struggle to hire good employees and find scarce supplies/raw materials.
  • During recession: firms have more capacity than demand requires; operating below capacity is inefficient and raises costs per unit.
    • Example: Mars Corp. can produce 1 million Milky Way bars/day but sells only 500,000 during a recession → underutilizes expensive machines and plant investment.

💼 Full Employment and Unemployment

💼 What full employment means

Full employment: having jobs for all who want to and can work.

  • Full employment ≠ 100% employment; it means about 94–96% of available workers have jobs.
  • Some people choose not to work (school, raising children) or are temporarily between jobs.
  • U.S. unemployment peaked at 10% in October 2009; as of the excerpt, it hovers around 4%.

📊 Measuring unemployment

Unemployment rate: the percentage of the total labor force that is not working but is actively looking for work.

  • Published monthly by the U.S. Department of Labor.
  • Excludes "discouraged workers" (those not seeking jobs because they think no one will hire them).

🔍 Four types of unemployment

TypeCauseCharacteristics
FrictionalShort-term, not business-cycle relatedPeople waiting to start a better job, reentering the market, or entering for the first time (e.g., new graduates); always present, little economic impact
StructuralMismatch between available jobs and worker skills in an industry/regionInvoluntary; caused by changes like declining birthrates (fewer teachers needed) or lack of required skills; requires retraining programs
CyclicalDownturn in the business cycle reduces labor demandWidespread in long recessions; even skilled workers can't find jobs; government can partly counteract with economic stimulus; historically affected less-skilled and manufacturing workers, now affects all levels including management
SeasonalSpecific times of year in certain industriesE.g., holiday retail workers, California lettuce pickers, ski-country restaurants in summer
  • Don't confuse: cyclical unemployment used to mainly hit less-skilled/manufacturing workers who were rehired when growth returned; since the 1990s, downsizing for global competitiveness has affected all worker categories, including middle management.
    • Example: Ford increased North America workforce by 25% after the 2007–2009 recession, then announced ~10% global workforce cuts in 2017 as sales plateaued.

💰 Price Stability and Inflation

💰 What inflation is

Inflation: the situation in which the average of all prices of goods and services is rising.

Purchasing power: the value of what money can buy.

  • Purchasing power depends on inflation and income.
  • If incomes rise at the same rate as inflation → no change in purchasing power.
  • If prices rise faster than income → purchasing power falls.
  • If incomes rise faster than inflation → purchasing power increases (even with rising prices).
  • Example: a basket of groceries rises from $30 to $40, but salary stays the same → you can buy only 75% as many groceries ($30 ÷ $40); purchasing power declines by 25% ($10 ÷ $40).

📉 How inflation affects decisions

  • People: tend to spend more before purchasing power declines further; speed up planned purchases (cars, major appliances).
  • Businesses: expecting inflation often increase supplies.
  • U.S. inflation (early 2000s–April 2017): very low, 0.1–3.8%; 2016 was 1.3%.
  • For comparison: 1980s U.S. had 12–13% inflation; early 2017 Venezuela had 741% monthly inflation, South Sudan 273%.

🔥 Two types of inflation

TypeCauseMechanism
Demand-pullDemand for goods/services > supplyWould-be buyers have more money than needed to buy available goods; demand exceeds supply and pulls prices up ("too much money chasing too few goods"); higher prices → greater supply → eventual balance
Cost-pushIncreases in production costs (materials, wages)Rising costs push up prices of final goods/services; wage increases are a major cause, creating a "wage-price spiral"
  • Example of wage-price spiral: United Auto Workers negotiates 3% annual wage increases + higher overtime → carmakers raise prices to cover labor costs → autoworkers have more money → increased demand pulls up other prices → workers in other industries demand higher wages to keep up → cycle pushes prices even higher.

📏 How inflation is measured

📏 Consumer Price Index (CPI)

Consumer Price Index (CPI): an index of the prices of a "market basket" of goods and services purchased by typical urban consumers.

  • Published monthly by the Department of Labor.
  • Major components (weighted by importance): food/beverages, clothing, transportation, housing, medical care, recreation, education; special indexes for food and energy.
  • Collects ~80,000 retail price quotes + 5,000 housing rent figures.
  • Base period (1982–1984) set at 100; current prices expressed as percentage of base period.
  • Example: CPI was 244.5 in April 2017 → prices more than doubled since 1982–1984.

📏 Producer Price Index (PPI)

Producer Price Index (PPI): measures the prices paid by producers and wholesalers for various commodities (raw materials, partially finished goods, finished products).

  • Uses 1982 as base year.
  • Family of indexes for many product categories: crude goods (raw materials), intermediate goods (become part of finished goods), finished goods.
  • Examples: processed foods, lumber, containers, fuels/lubricants, metals, construction, chemicals.
  • Example: PPI for finished goods was 197.7 in April 2017 (up 3.9 points); for chemicals 106.5 (up 3.8 points since April 2016).
  • Why it matters: PPI may foreshadow subsequent price changes for businesses and consumers (measures prices paid by producers for inputs).

⚠️ Negative effects of inflation

  • People on fixed incomes: penalized because real purchasing power declines.
    • Example: a couple receives $2,000/month retirement income in 2018; if inflation is 10% in 2019, they can buy only ~91% (100 ÷ 110) of what they could in 2018.
  • Savers: inflation hurts them because the real value (purchasing power) of savings deteriorates as prices rise.

🏛️ Government Policy Tools

🏛️ Monetary policy

Monetary policy: a government's programs for controlling the amount of money circulating in the economy and interest rates.

Federal Reserve System (the Fed): the central banking system of the United States; prints money and controls how much is in circulation.

  • Changes in money supply affect both the level of economic activity and the rate of inflation.
  • The Fed regulates certain bank activities to control money supply.
  • When the Fed increases/decreases money in circulation → affects interest rates (cost of borrowing, reward for lending).
  • The Fed can change the interest rate on money it lends to banks to signal the banking system and financial markets that monetary policy has changed.
  • These changes have a ripple effect: banks may pass along changes to their customers.

🏛️ Fiscal policy

  • The excerpt mentions fiscal policy as the second main tool (alongside monetary policy) but does not provide details.

⚖️ Trade-offs in achieving goals

  • Countries must often choose among conflicting alternatives to reach macroeconomic goals.
  • Sometimes political needs override economic needs.
    • Example: controlling inflation may require a politically difficult period of high unemployment and low growth.
    • Example: in an election year, politicians may resist raising taxes to curb inflation.
  • The government must try to guide the economy to a sound balance of growth, employment, and price stability.
5

Achieving Macroeconomic Goals

1.5 Achieving Macroeconomic Goals

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Governments use monetary policy and fiscal policy as their two main tools to guide the economy toward a sound balance of growth, employment, and price stability, though these tools involve trade-offs and can create unintended consequences like crowding out private spending or increasing the national debt.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two main policy tools: monetary policy (controlling money supply and interest rates) and fiscal policy (taxation and spending programs).
  • Policy trade-offs: achieving macroeconomic goals often requires choosing among conflicting alternatives, such as accepting high unemployment to control inflation.
  • Monetary policy mechanisms: the Federal Reserve adjusts money supply and interest rates, which ripple through banks to consumers and businesses, affecting spending and investment decisions.
  • Fiscal policy effects: government spending and taxation influence business revenues and consumer income, but increased government spending can crowd out private-sector activity.
  • Common confusion: contractionary vs. expansionary policy—contractionary restricts money supply to slow growth and lower inflation; expansionary increases money supply to stimulate growth but may raise inflation.

💰 Monetary Policy

💰 What monetary policy controls

Monetary policy: a government's programs for controlling the amount of money circulating in the economy and interest rates.

  • Changes in the money supply affect both the level of economic activity and the rate of inflation.
  • The Federal Reserve System (the Fed), the central banking system of the United States, prints money and controls how much will be in circulation.
  • The Fed also regulates certain bank activities to control the money supply.

🏦 How the Fed influences the economy

  • The Fed can change the interest rate on money it lends to banks to signal that it has changed its monetary policy.
  • These changes have a ripple effect:
    • Banks may pass along rate changes to consumers and businesses that receive loans.
    • If the cost of borrowing increases, the economy slows because interest rates affect consumer and business decisions to spend or invest.
  • The housing industry, business, and investments react most to changes in interest rates.

Example: After the 2007–2009 recession, the Fed dropped the federal funds rate (the interest rate charged on overnight loans between banks) to 0 percent in December 2008 and kept it at zero until December 2015. When the Fed raised the rate to 0.25 percent in December 2015 and later to 0.75–1 percent in March 2017, regional Federal Reserve Banks increased the discount rate they charge commercial banks, commercial banks raised rates for customers, and credit card companies increased APRs on consumer balances.

🔄 Contractionary vs. expansionary policy

Policy TypeWhat the Fed DoesEconomic EffectTrade-off
ContractionaryRestricts/tightens money supply by selling government securities or raising interest ratesSlower economic growth, higher unemploymentReduces spending and ultimately lowers inflation
ExpansionaryIncreases/loosens money supplyInterest rates decline, business and consumer spending go up, unemployment dropsMore spending pushes prices up, increasing inflation

Don't confuse: Both policies are tools to achieve goals, not goals themselves. Contractionary policy accepts short-term pain (unemployment) to control inflation; expansionary policy stimulates growth but risks higher inflation.

🏛️ Fiscal Policy

🏛️ What fiscal policy includes

Fiscal policy: the government's program of taxation and spending.

  • By cutting taxes or increasing spending, the government can stimulate the economy.
  • Tax policies affect business decisions; high corporate taxes can make it harder for U.S. firms to compete with companies in countries with lower taxes, leading firms to locate facilities overseas.

📊 How fiscal policy stimulates the economy

  • Through spending: The more government buys from businesses, the greater the business revenues and output.
  • Through tax cuts: If consumers or businesses pay less in taxes, they have more income to spend on goods and services.

🚫 Crowding out phenomenon

Crowding out: when government takes more money from business and consumers (the private sector), government spending crowds out private spending.

Three examples from the excerpt:

  1. The government spends more on public libraries → individuals buy fewer books at bookstores.
  2. The government spends more on public education → individuals spend less on private education.
  3. The government spends more on public transportation → individuals spend less on private transportation.

Why it matters: Government spending competes with private-sector activity for the same consumer dollars.

💳 Budget Deficits and National Debt

💳 Federal budget deficit

Federal budget deficit: when the government spends more for programs (social services, education, defense) than it collects in taxes.

  • To balance the budget, the government can cut spending, increase taxes, or do some combination of the two.
  • When it cannot balance the budget, the government must make up shortfalls by borrowing (just like any business or household).
  • The excerpt notes that in 1998 there was a federal budget surplus (revenue exceeding spending) of about $71 billion, but by 2005 the deficit was more than $318 billion, and in fiscal year 2009 it reached an all-time high of more than $1.413 trillion.

📈 National debt

National debt: the accumulated total of past budget deficits.

  • The excerpt states the national debt amounts to about $19.8 trillion, or about $61,072 for every person in the United States.
  • Total interest on the debt is more than $2.5 trillion a year.
  • To cover the deficit, the U.S. government borrows money from people and businesses in the form of Treasury bills, Treasury notes, and Treasury bonds (federal IOUs that pay interest to their owners).

⚠️ Problems with a large national debt

Two main concerns from the excerpt:

  1. Not everyone holds the debt (fairness issue):

    • If only the rich were bondholders, they alone would receive interest payments and could end up receiving more in interest than they paid in taxes.
    • Poorer people who hold no bonds would pay taxes that transfer to the rich as interest, making the debt an unfair burden.
    • The government addresses this by instructing commercial banks to reduce their total debt by divesting some bond holdings and by creating savings bonds in small denominations so more people can buy and hold government debt.
  2. It crowds out private investment:

    • If the government raises the interest rate on bonds to sell them, it forces private businesses (whose corporate bonds compete with government bonds for investor dollars) to raise rates on their bonds to stay competitive.
    • Selling government debt to finance government spending makes it more costly for private industry to finance its own investment.
    • Government debt may end up crowding out private investment and slowing economic growth in the private sector.

Don't confuse: Crowding out from government spending (competing for consumer dollars) vs. crowding out from government borrowing (competing for investor dollars and raising interest rates for private firms).

🎯 Policy Trade-offs and Political Realities

🎯 Conflicting alternatives

  • To reach macroeconomic goals, countries must often choose among conflicting alternatives.
  • Sometimes political needs override economic needs.

Examples from the excerpt:

  • Bringing inflation under control may call for a politically difficult period of high unemployment and low growth.
  • In an election year, politicians may resist raising taxes to curb inflation.

🎯 The balancing act

  • Despite these challenges, the government must try to guide the economy to a sound balance of growth, employment, and price stability.
  • The two main tools—monetary policy and fiscal policy—are the means to achieve this balance, but each involves trade-offs and potential negative consequences.
6

How Demand and Supply Interact to Determine Prices

1.6 Microeconomics: Zeroing in on Businesses and Consumers

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Market equilibrium is reached automatically when the quantity demanded equals the quantity supplied at a certain price, and shifts in demand or supply factors move that equilibrium point.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Equilibrium mechanism: the market automatically adjusts through price and quantity changes until demand equals supply.
  • Surplus vs shortage: surplus (too much supply) pushes prices down; shortage (too little supply) pushes prices up—both move toward equilibrium.
  • Demand shifters: incomes, tastes/fashion, prices of related products, future price expectations, and number of buyers all shift the demand curve left or right.
  • Supply shifters: technology, resource prices, prices of alternative products, number of producers, and taxes all shift the supply curve.
  • Common confusion: a change in price causes movement along the curve (quantity adjustment), but changes in other factors shift the entire curve to a new position.

⚖️ Equilibrium: where demand meets supply

⚖️ What equilibrium means

Equilibrium: the point where quantity demanded equals quantity supplied; at this price and quantity, the market is balanced.

  • When you plot demand and supply curves on the same graph, they cross at one point (labeled E in the excerpt).
  • At that point, the number of units consumers want to buy exactly matches the number suppliers want to sell.
  • Example: for snowboard jackets, equilibrium is at $80 and 700 jackets—no surplus, no shortage.

🔄 How the market self-corrects

If price is too high (above equilibrium):

  • Suppliers produce more than consumers will buy → surplus.
  • To sell the extra inventory, sellers lower prices.
  • Prices fall until equilibrium is restored.

If price is too low (below equilibrium):

  • Quantity demanded exceeds available supply → shortage.
  • Competition among buyers pushes prices up.
  • Prices rise until equilibrium is reached.

Example from the excerpt: at $160, a surplus forces prices down; at $60, a shortage forces prices up—both converge back to $80.

🧭 Stability and shifts

  • Once equilibrium is reached, the market tends to stay there unless demand or supply shifts.
  • A shift means the entire curve moves left or right, creating a new equilibrium price and quantity.

📈 What shifts the demand curve

💰 Buyers' incomes

  • Income increases → people buy more at every price → demand curve shifts right (D₂).
  • Income decreases → people buy less → demand curve shifts left (D₁).
  • Example: if snowboarders' incomes rise, they may buy a second jacket; if incomes fall, they wear an old one instead.

👗 Tastes and fashion

  • If a product becomes more popular, demand increases (shifts right).
  • If it goes out of fashion, demand decreases (shifts left).
  • Example: if snowboarding suddenly goes out of style, jacket demand drops quickly.

🔗 Prices of related products

  • If the price of a complementary product rises, demand for the main product falls.
  • Example: if snowboards jump to $1,000, fewer people snowboard → jacket demand falls.
  • (The excerpt does not discuss substitutes in detail for demand, but mentions related products.)

🔮 Expectations about future prices

  • If buyers expect prices to rise in the future, they buy now → demand increases today.
  • If they expect prices to fall, they postpone purchases → demand decreases today.

👥 Number of buyers

  • More buyers in the market → demand increases.
  • Fewer buyers → demand decreases.
  • Example: snowboarding is a young person's sport; as the teenage population grows, jacket demand should increase.

📊 Summary table: demand shifters

FactorShifts demand RIGHT (increases) ifShifts demand LEFT (decreases) if
Buyers' incomesIncreaseDecrease
Tastes/preferencesIncreaseDecrease
Prices of related products(Complement price falls or substitute price rises)(Complement price rises)
Future price expectationsWill riseWill fall
Number of buyersIncreasesDecreases

🏭 What shifts the supply curve

🔧 Technology

  • New technology typically lowers production costs → higher profit per unit → suppliers offer more at every price → supply shifts right.
  • Example: North Face bought laser-guided cutting and computer-aided pattern equipment → each jacket became cheaper to produce → incentive to supply more jackets at every price.

💵 Resource prices (labor, materials)

  • If input costs (fabric, labor) rise → profit per unit falls → supply decreases (shifts left).
  • If input costs fall → profit rises → supply increases (shifts right).

🎿 Prices of other products the firm can produce

  • If a firm can make multiple products with the same resources, a price change in one affects supply of the other.
  • Example: if ski jackets become more profitable than snowboard jackets, North Face will produce fewer snowboard jackets at every price (supply shifts left for snowboard jackets).

🏢 Number of producers

  • More suppliers enter the market → total supply increases (shifts right).
  • Suppliers exit → supply decreases (shifts left).

💸 Taxes

  • Higher taxes on production → profits fall → supply decreases (shifts left).
  • Lower taxes → supply increases (shifts right).

📊 Summary table: supply shifters

FactorShifts supply RIGHT (increases) ifShifts supply LEFT (decreases) if
TechnologyLowers costIncreases cost
Resource pricesFallRise
Prices of other producible goodsProfit of alternative fallsProfit of alternative rises
Number of suppliersIncreasesDecreases
TaxesDecreaseIncrease

🌀 Real-world example: Hurricane Katrina and energy prices

🌀 Supply shock from natural disaster

  • Background: Most U.S. offshore drilling and ~30% of refining capacity are in the Gulf Coast.
  • Event: Hurricane Katrina in 2005 disrupted production → supply fell sharply.
  • Demand: remained at the same levels (people still needed energy).
  • Result: prices rose almost immediately as the supply curve shifted left while demand stayed constant.

⚠️ Vulnerability and concentration risk

  • The storm highlighted that ~25% of U.S. oil and gas infrastructure is in hurricane-prone states.
  • Energy experts questioned the wisdom of such high concentration—vulnerable to natural disasters, terrorist attacks, and foreign price increases.
  • Refiners were already near capacity before Katrina, so the disruption had an outsized impact.

📉 Ripple effects across the economy

  • Oil prices doubled from 2003 levels (to $50–60/barrel at the time).
  • Agriculture: Midwest grain exporters use Gulf ports; fewer usable docks → barges couldn't unload → supply of transportation and grain fell → costs rose.
  • Shipping: ~80% of shipping costs are fuel-related → higher gas prices → higher transportation costs throughout the economy.

🔄 Long-term price fluctuations

  • More than a decade later, U.S. gas prices fluctuated dramatically:
    • Peaked at $3.71/gallon in 2014.
    • Dropped to $1.69 in early 2015.
    • Moderated to $2.36 in mid-2017.
  • JP Morgan Chase research: consumers spend ~80% of savings from lower gas prices, which helps the overall economy.

🧠 Don't confuse

  • A movement along the supply curve (quantity supplied changes because price changed) vs. a shift of the supply curve (the entire relationship changes because of technology, resource costs, taxes, etc.).
  • The Katrina example is a supply shift (left), not just a price change—production capacity was physically destroyed.
7

Competing in a Free Market

1.7 Competing in a Free Market

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Companies must adapt to workforce demographic shifts, global energy pressures, and intensifying competition by embracing diversity, managing relationships strategically, and forming alliances to remain competitive in the global marketplace.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Workforce transformation: The U.S. labor force now spans five generations, with older workers delaying retirement and millennials becoming the dominant multicultural generation, requiring companies to manage generational differences and foster diversity.
  • Global energy challenges: Rising energy demand from emerging economies like China and India creates supply pressures and geopolitical risks, pushing countries to seek diverse energy sources including new technologies like fracking.
  • Competitive strategies: Companies stay competitive through relationship management (building long-term partnerships with customers and suppliers) and strategic alliances (cooperative agreements between firms with complementary strengths).
  • Common confusion: Diversity programs vs. diversity strategy—effective diversity is not random seminars but an ongoing, integrated approach to decision-making and organizational culture.
  • Why it matters: These converging dynamics create major challenges that will intensify by 2020 and beyond, requiring companies to fundamentally rethink how they do business and retain employees.

👥 The Multigenerational Workforce Challenge

👴 Older workers redefining retirement

  • Baby boomers (now over 40% of the workforce) are retiring closer to age 65 but many plan to work into their 70s.
  • Retirement is no longer "all-or-nothing"—many Americans expect to work full- or part-time after "retirement."
  • Financial motivations: Longer life expectancies mean workers worry about outliving retirement savings, especially after losses during the 2007–2009 recession.
  • Non-financial motivations: For some, the satisfaction of working and feeling productive matters more than money alone.
  • Example: An organization might find workers in their 60s and 70s seeking phased retirement programs rather than complete exit from the workforce.

🌈 Five generations working together

The workforce now includes:

  • Generation Z (recent college graduates)
  • Millennials and Generation X (people in their 30s and 40s)
  • Baby boomers
  • Traditionalists (people in their 70s)

Generational dynamics:

  • Not unusual to find a 50-, 60-, or 70-year-old working for a manager under 30.
  • People in their 50s and 60s offer "what's worked in the past" (experience).
  • People in their 20s and 30s tend to be experimental, open to options, and unafraid to take risks.
  • Key insight: The most effective managers recognize these generational differences and use them to the company's advantage.

🎯 Retention and knowledge transfer strategies

Companies should:

  • Develop programs like flexible hours and telecommuting to retain older workers and benefit from their practical knowledge and problem-solving skills.
  • Continually track where employees are in their career life cycles.
  • Know when employees are approaching retirement age or thinking about retirement.
  • Determine how to replace them and their knowledge and job experiences.

Don't confuse: Simply offering benefits vs. strategic knowledge management—the excerpt emphasizes tracking and planning for knowledge transfer, not just retention perks.

🌍 Diversity and Inclusion as Corporate Strategy

📊 The changing face of the workforce

According to U.S. Census Bureau data:

  • Millennials are the largest generation in U.S. history.
  • More than 44% of millennials classify themselves as something other than "white."
  • Women continue making progress in management promotions, but obstacles remain on the path to CEO.
  • Fewer than 5% of Fortune 500 companies have female CEOs.

Strategic imperative: The most successful organizations will recognize the importance of diversity and inclusion as part of their ongoing corporate strategies, not as one-time initiatives.

🏢 EY's approach to diversity (case example)

EY (formerly Ernst & Young) landed in the top spot of DiversityInc's 2017 list of top companies for diversity through:

PTR decision-making strategy (Preference, Tradition, and Requirement):

  • Preference: Challenges managers to examine preferences toward job candidates similar to themselves.
  • Tradition: Asks whether hiring decisions are influenced by traditional characteristics of a certain role.
  • Requirement: Urges managers to make selections based on job requirements rather than personal preferences.
  • Purpose: Gives people a way to question the status quo without accusing colleagues of being biased.

Professional network groups:

  • Groups for LGBT employees, blacks, Latinos, pan-Asians, women, veterans, and employees with disabilities.
  • Provide opportunities to network across divisions, create informal mentoring relationships, and strengthen leadership skills.

Global perspective:

  • As a company working with clients in many countries, EY acknowledges different perspectives and cultures as part of daily business.
  • Commitment to respecting different viewpoints and individual differences (background, education, gender, ethnicity, religious background, sexual orientation, ability, technical skills).
  • Research shows diverse teams are more likely to improve market share, have success in new markets, demonstrate stronger collaboration, and show better retention.

Don't confuse: Random diversity seminars vs. integrated diversity strategy—the excerpt emphasizes that "it is no longer acceptable for companies to simply hold a random seminar or two"; instead, a "simple, ongoing approach is the most effective way."

⚡ Global Energy Demands and Supply Pressures

📈 Rising demand from emerging economies

  • As standards of living improve worldwide, demand for energy continues to rise.
  • Emerging economies such as China and India need energy to grow.
  • In recent years, China and India were responsible for more than half of the growth in oil products consumption worldwide.
  • Their demands place pressure on world supplies and affect prices, as the laws of supply and demand predict.

🏛️ State-supported competition

  • State-supported energy companies in China, India, Russia, Saudi Arabia, and other countries place additional competitive pressure on privately owned oil companies (BP, Chevron, ExxonMobil, Shell).
  • This represents a shift in the competitive landscape of the global energy market.

🔗 Supply dependence and geopolitical risk

Current dependencies:

Region/CountryEnergy SourceSupplierPercentage/Details
United StatesOilCanada and Saudi ArabiaLarge percentage
EuropeNatural gasRussia (OAO Gazprom)39%

Geopolitical implications:

  • Dependence on one source gives foreign governments power to use energy as a political tool.
  • Example: Tensions between Russia and Ukraine in November 2015 caused Russia to stop sending natural gas to Ukraine, which also disrupted gas in Europe because Russia uses Ukraine's pipelines to transport deliveries to European countries.
  • In 2017, Russia announced plans to build its own pipeline alongside Ukraine's gas line in the Baltic Sea, allowing Russia to bypass Ukraine's pipelines and deliver gas directly to European countries.

🔧 Seeking alternative sources

Countries and companies worldwide are seeking additional sources of supply to prevent being held captive to one supplier.

U.S. fracking technology:

  • Relatively new technology of extracting oil from shale rock formations (known as fracking).
  • Now accounts for more than half of the country's oil output.
  • Can help reduce U.S. dependence on foreign oil and create new jobs.

🤝 Competitive Strategies for the Global Marketplace

🔗 Relationship management

Relationship management: Building, maintaining, and enhancing interactions with customers and other parties to develop long-term satisfaction through mutually beneficial partnerships.

Two key components:

  1. Supply chain management: Builds strong bonds with suppliers.
  2. Relationship marketing: Focuses on customers.

Why long-term customers matter:

  • The longer a customer stays with a company, the more that customer is worth.
  • Long-term customers:
    • Buy more
    • Take less of a company's time
    • Are less sensitive to price
    • Bring in new customers
    • Require no acquisition or start-up costs
  • In some industries, reducing customer defections by as little as five points (e.g., from 15% to 10% per year) can double profits.

🤝 Strategic alliances

Strategic alliances (also called strategic partnerships): Cooperative agreements between business firms.

Trend: The trend toward forming these agreements is accelerating rapidly, particularly among high-tech firms, which have realized that strategic partnerships are more than important—they are critical.

Forms of strategic alliances:

  1. Supplier partnerships: Some companies enter strategic alliances with suppliers, who take over much of their actual production and manufacturing.

    • Example: Nike, the largest producer of athletic footwear in the world, does not manufacture a single shoe.
  2. Complementary strengths partnerships: Companies with complementary strengths team up.

    • Example: Harry's Shave Club (an online men's grooming subscription service) teamed up with retail giant Target to improve sales and boost brand presence among Target shoppers.
    • Harry's products are now available in Target's brick-and-mortar stores and on Target's website.
    • This exclusive deal makes Target the only mass retailer to carry Harry's grooming products.
    • Context: The men's shaving industry accounts for more than $2.6 billion in annual sales.

Don't confuse: Traditional supplier relationships vs. strategic alliances—in strategic alliances, partners take over significant functions (like all manufacturing for Nike) rather than simply providing inputs.

8

Trends in the Business Environment and Competition

1.8 Trends in the Business Environment and Competition

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Businesses must continuously identify and respond to evolving trends across demographic, energy, and competitive sectors to maintain their competitive position in the global economy.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Aging workforce challenge: Baby boomers approaching retirement create knowledge retention and workforce planning issues for companies.
  • Multi-generational workplace: Organizations now manage five generations of workers simultaneously, requiring new management approaches.
  • Energy demand pressures: Global energy consumption, especially from China and India, challenges supply and drives alternative technology development.
  • Strategic responses: Companies use relationship management and strategic alliances to compete effectively in the changing global environment.
  • Common confusion: Don't confuse traditional retirement patterns with current reality—many older workers continue working past traditional retirement age, reshaping workforce demographics.

👥 Demographic Shifts in the Workforce

👴 Baby Boomer Retirement Wave

  • Large numbers of baby boomers are approaching traditional retirement age, creating a significant workforce transition.
  • Companies face two critical challenges:
    • Planning for the exodus of experienced employees
    • Finding ways to retain the vast amounts of knowledge these workers represent

The demographic shift requires organizations to develop knowledge transfer systems before experienced workers leave.

🔄 Five-Generation Workforce

  • Many older workers are choosing to continue working after traditional retirement age.
  • This creates a workplace with five generations working simultaneously.
  • Organizations must adapt management practices to accommodate different generational preferences and work styles.

Example: An organization might have employees ranging from recent college graduates to workers in their 70s, each with different communication preferences, technology comfort levels, and career expectations.

Don't confuse: Traditional retirement patterns (everyone leaving at 65) with current reality (many workers extending their careers well beyond traditional retirement age).

⚡ Global Energy Challenges

🌍 Worldwide Demand Pressures

  • Global demand for energy is increasing significantly.
  • China and India are major drivers of increased energy consumption.
  • This demand challenges oil companies to respond in two ways:
    • Increase supplies through traditional means
    • Find alternative technologies to produce more oil

🔧 Technology and Supply Responses

  • Companies are exploring alternative technologies such as fracking to increase oil production.
  • The excerpt mentions fracking as one technological approach to meeting increased demand.

🌪️ Supply Vulnerability

  • U.S. vulnerability to energy supply disruptions became evident during Hurricane Katrina.
  • The hurricane put Gulf Coast refineries and offshore drilling rigs out of commission.
  • This demonstrated how natural disasters can significantly impact energy infrastructure and supply chains.

Example: When Hurricane Katrina struck, it simultaneously affected multiple points in the energy supply chain—both production (offshore rigs) and processing (refineries)—showing the interconnected nature of energy systems.

🤝 Competitive Strategies for the Global Economy

🔗 Relationship Management

  • Companies are using relationship management as a competitive tool.
  • This approach focuses on building and maintaining interactions with customers and other parties.

Relationship management: the practice of building, maintaining, and enhancing interactions with customers and other parties to develop long-term satisfaction through mutually beneficial partnerships.

🤝 Strategic Alliances

  • Organizations form strategic alliances to compete effectively in the global economy.

Strategic alliance: a cooperative agreement between business firms; sometimes called a strategic partnership.

  • These partnerships allow companies to combine strengths and resources.
  • Alliances help businesses navigate the complexities of global competition.
StrategyPurposeBenefit
Relationship managementBuild long-term partnershipsMutual satisfaction and sustained competitive advantage
Strategic alliancesCooperative agreements between firmsCombined resources and capabilities for global competition

Why these matter: In an increasingly complex and global business environment, no single company can excel at everything; partnerships and relationship-building become essential competitive tools rather than optional strategies.

9

Understanding Business Ethics

2.1 Understanding Business Ethics

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Organizations and individuals shape ethical behavior through personal moral standards, philosophical frameworks, and recognition of unethical activities, which together determine what is considered right or wrong in business decisions.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What ethics is: a set of moral standards for judging whether something is right or wrong; the first step is learning to recognize an ethical issue.
  • How to recognize unethical activities: all unethical business activities fall into 11 categories, from taking things that don't belong to you to condoning unethical actions.
  • What influences ethical choices: personal philosophies (justice, utilitarianism, deontology, individual rights) and the ethical environment created by employers.
  • Common confusion: utilitarianism vs. deontology—utilitarianism focuses on consequences and the greatest good for the majority, while deontology focuses on meeting obligations and duties regardless of outcomes.
  • Why it matters: poor business ethics can create negative company images, result in expensive liability claims, bankruptcy, and even jail time for offenders.

🔍 What is business ethics

🔍 Core definition

Ethics: a set of moral standards for judging whether something is right or wrong.

Ethical issue: a situation where someone must choose between a set of actions that may be ethical or unethical.

  • Ethics is not just about following laws; it's about making moral judgments in everyday business decisions.
  • Managers and business owners demonstrate through their actions what is and is not acceptable behavior.
  • These actions shape the moral standard of the organization.

🤔 Recognizing ethical dilemmas

The excerpt provides three scenarios to illustrate ethical complexity:

ScenarioEthical question
CEO raises drug price by 5000% for newborns and HIV patientsIs this ethical even if it's a "great business decision"?
Stranded, hungry people take food and water without paying after Hurricane KatrinaIs this unethical behavior given the circumstances?
Manufacturer must pay bribes to stay in business and keep 100+ employees employedShould he pay bribes to prevent bankruptcy and job losses?
  • These examples show that ethical issues are not always black and white.
  • Context matters, but so do moral standards.
  • The challenge is determining which actions cross ethical boundaries.

📋 The 11 categories of unethical business activities

📋 Overview of categories

Researchers from Brigham Young University identified that all unethical business activities fall into one of 11 categories. Recognizing these categories helps identify unethical situations.

🚫 Property and truth violations

1. Taking things that don't belong to you

  • Unauthorized use of someone else's property or taking property under false pretenses.
  • Example: using the office postage meter for personal letters or exaggerating travel expenses.
  • Even the smallest offense falls into this category.

2. Saying things you know are not true

  • Falsely assigning blame or inaccurately reporting conversations is lying.
  • Example: discrediting coworkers when trying for a promotion.
  • Common justification: "This is the way the game is played around here"—but it's still an ethical violation.

3. Giving or allowing false impressions

  • Permitting someone to believe something that isn't true.
  • Example: a salesperson lets a customer believe cardboard boxes will hold tomatoes for long-distance shipping when they know the boxes aren't strong enough.
  • Example: a car dealer fails to disclose that a car has been in an accident.

💰 Influence and information violations

4. Buying influence or engaging in a conflict of interest

Conflict of interest: occurs when the official responsibilities of an employee or government official are influenced by the potential for personal gain.

  • Example: a company awards a construction contract to a firm owned by the father of the state attorney general while the state attorney general's office is investigating that company.
  • The potential to shape the investigation outcome creates the conflict.

5. Hiding or divulging information

  • Hiding: failing to disclose information that could be harmful to purchasers.
    • Example: not disclosing medical study results showing a new drug has significant side effects.
  • Divulging: taking your firm's product development or trade secrets to a new place of employment.
  • Both constitute ethical violations but in opposite directions.

6. Taking unfair advantage

  • Many consumer protection laws were passed because businesses took unfair advantage of people who were not educated or unable to discern complex contract nuances.
  • Examples of resulting regulations: credit disclosure requirements, truth-in-lending provisions, new regulations on auto leasing.
  • These laws exist because businesses misled consumers who couldn't follow the jargon of long, complex agreements.

👥 Personal and organizational violations

7. Committing improper personal behavior

  • Personal conduct outside the job can influence performance and company reputation.
  • Example: a company driver must abstain from substance abuse because of safety issues.
  • Example: employees at company holiday parties might harm others through alcohol-related accidents.
  • Don't confuse: this is about personal behavior that affects the company, not purely private matters with no connection to work.

8. Abusing power and mistreating individuals

  • Example: a manager sexually harasses an employee or subjects employees to humiliating corrections in the presence of customers.
  • Some cases are protected by laws; many situations are simply interpersonal abuse that constitutes an ethical violation.

9. Permitting organizational abuse

  • Many U.S. firms with operations overseas (Apple, Nike, Levi Strauss) have faced these issues.
  • Forms: child labor, demeaning wages, excessive work hours.
  • Although a business cannot change another country's culture, it can perpetuate—or stop—abuse through its operations there.

⚖️ Rules and complicity violations

10. Violating rules

  • Organizations use rules and processes to maintain internal controls or respect managerial authority.
  • Although these rules may seem burdensome to employees trying to serve customers, a violation may be considered an unethical act.

11. Condoning unethical actions

  • Example: witnessing a fellow employee embezzling company funds by forging her signature on a check but not reporting it.
  • A winking tolerance of others' unethical behavior is itself unethical.
  • This category emphasizes that inaction in the face of wrongdoing is also an ethical violation.

🧠 Philosophical frameworks for ethical decisions

⚖️ Justice—the question of fairness

Justice: what is fair according to prevailing standards of society.

  • We all expect life to be reasonably fair: fair exams, fair grading, fair wages based on the type of work.
  • Today, justice means an equitable distribution of the burdens and rewards that society has to offer.
  • The distributive process varies from society to society.

Democratic society view:

  • Belief in the "equal pay for equal work" doctrine.
  • Individuals are rewarded based on the value the free market places on their services.
  • Because the market places different values on different occupations, rewards (wages) are not necessarily equal, but many regard them as just.
  • Example: a politician arguing that a supermarket clerk should receive the same pay as a physician would not receive many votes from the American people.

Communist theory view:

  • Justice would be served by distributing burdens and rewards according to individuals' abilities and needs, respectively.
  • This represents the other extreme from the democratic market-based approach.

🌐 Utilitarianism—seeking the best for the majority

Utilitarianism: focuses on the consequences of an action taken by a person or organization.

  • Core notion: people should act so as to generate the greatest good for the greatest number.
  • When an action affects the majority adversely, it is morally wrong.

Problems with utilitarianism:

  1. Measurement difficulty: It is nearly impossible to accurately determine how a decision will affect a large number of people.

  2. Winners and losers: Utilitarianism always involves both.

    • Example: if sales are slowing and a manager decides to fire five people rather than putting everyone on a 30-hour workweek, the 20 people who keep their full-time jobs are winners, but the other five are losers.
  3. Unacceptable costs: Some "costs," although small relative to the potential good, are so negative that some segments of society find them unacceptable.

    • Example: the backs of animals are deliberately broken so scientists can conduct spinal cord research that could someday lead to a cure for spinal cord injuries. To many people, the "costs" are simply too horrible for this research to continue.

📜 Deontology—following obligations and duties

Deontology: the philosophy that says people should meet their obligations and duties when analyzing an ethical dilemma.

  • A person will follow his or her obligations to another individual or society because upholding one's duty is what is considered ethically correct.
  • Example: people who follow this philosophy will always keep their promises to a friend and will follow the law.
  • Produces very consistent decisions because they are based on the individual's set duties.

Important limitation:

  • This theory is not necessarily concerned with the welfare of others.
  • Example: an Orkin Pest Control technician has decided it's his ethical duty to always be on time to meetings with homeowners. Today he is running late. Should he speed (breaking his duty to society to uphold the law) or arrive late (breaking his duty to be on time)?
  • This scenario of conflicting obligations does not lead to a clear ethically correct resolution, nor does it protect the welfare of others from the technician's decision.

Don't confuse: Deontology vs. utilitarianism:

  • Deontology focuses on duties and obligations regardless of outcomes.
  • Utilitarianism focuses on consequences and the greatest good for the greatest number.

🛡️ Individual rights

Human rights: certain rights—to life, to freedom, to the pursuit of happiness—are bestowed at birth and cannot be arbitrarily taken away.

Legal rights: rights guaranteed by the government and its laws.

Human rights:

  • Exist under certain conditions regardless of any external circumstances.
  • Serve as guides when making individual ethical decisions.
  • Denying the rights of an individual or group is considered unethical and illegal in most, though not all, parts of the world.

Legal rights:

  • Defined by the U.S. Constitution and its amendments, as well as state and federal statutes.
  • Can be disregarded only in extreme circumstances, such as during wartime.
  • Include: freedom of religion, speech, and assembly; protection from improper arrest and searches and seizures; proper access to counsel, confrontation of witnesses, and cross-examination in criminal prosecutions.
  • Also include the right to privacy in many matters.
  • Must be applied without regard to race, color, creed, gender, or ability.

🏢 How organizations influence ethical conduct

🏢 The organizational impact

After recognizing that a situation is unethical, the next question is what do you do. The action a person takes is partially based upon his or her ethical philosophy. The environment in which we live and work also plays a role in our behavior.

  • People choose between right and wrong based on their personal code of ethics.
  • They are also influenced by the ethical environment created by their employers.

📰 Real-world consequences of poor ethics

The excerpt provides actual headlines illustrating the impact of poor business ethics:

CaseConsequence
Bernard MadoffSentenced to 150 years in prison for swindling clients out of more than $65 billion
Jeff Smisek (United Airlines CEO)Left the company after federal investigation into whether United tried to influence Port Authority officials
Renaud Laplanche (Lending Club founder)Lost his job because of faulty practices and conflicts of interest
John Stumpf (Wells Fargo CEO)Fired after employees opened more than 2 million fake accounts to meet aggressive sales targets

Key takeaway:

  • Poor business ethics can create a very negative image for a company.
  • Can be expensive for the firm and/or the executives involved.
  • Can result in bankruptcy and jail time for the offenders.

🎯 How organizations can encourage ethical behavior

Organizations can reduce the potential for liability claims by:

  • Educating their employees about ethical standards.
  • Leading through example.
  • Implementing various informal and formal programs.

Leading by example:

  • Employees often follow the examples set by their managers.
  • Leaders and managers establish patterns of behavior that determine what's acceptable and what's not within the organization.
10

How Organizations Influence Ethical Conduct

2.2 How Organizations Influence Ethical Conduct

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Organizations can shape employee ethical behavior through leadership example, formal training programs, and written codes of ethics that define expected responsibilities and conduct.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Leadership sets the tone: Managers' actions establish patterns that determine what behavior is acceptable within the organization.
  • Training builds awareness: Formal ethics programs teach employees to recognize questionable activities and practice appropriate responses through scenario-based learning.
  • Codes provide guidance: Written codes of ethics communicate the firm's expectations for employee behavior toward colleagues, customers, and suppliers.
  • Common confusion: A code of ethics alone doesn't guarantee ethical behavior—it must be actively emphasized and followed by senior management to influence conduct.
  • Decision-making tests: Two self-tests (the feelings test and the newspaper/social media test) help employees evaluate whether a decision is truly ethical.

👔 Leadership influence on ethics

👔 Leading by example

Leaders and managers establish patterns of behavior that determine what's acceptable and what's not within the organization.

  • Employees often follow the examples set by their managers, not just written policies.
  • The actions of top executives shape the ethical values of the entire organization.
  • Example: Ben Cohen at Ben & Jerry's followed a policy that no one could earn more than seven times the lowest-paid worker's salary. When company sales reached $140 million and the lowest-paid worker earned $19,000, Cohen's salary was $133,000—far below what a typical executive of a similar-sized company would earn (potentially 10 times more). This action helped shape Ben & Jerry's ethical values around equality.

🔍 Why leadership matters more than rules

  • The excerpt emphasizes that leaders create the ethical environment, not just the formal systems.
  • If senior management abides by the code of ethics and regularly emphasizes it, the code will likely have a positive influence on behavior.
  • Without leadership commitment, codes may be "little more than public relations gimmicks."

📚 Formal ethics training programs

📚 What effective training includes

Organizations provide formal training to develop awareness of questionable business activities and practice appropriate responses.

Structure of effective programs (examples: Levi Strauss, American Express, Campbell Soup):

  1. Begin with techniques for solving ethical dilemmas
  2. Present employees with a series of situations
  3. Ask employees to develop the "best" ethical solution

🎯 Training prevalence and methods

  • According to the Ethics Resource Center survey, more than 80 percent of U.S. companies provide some sort of ethics training.
  • Methods include online activities, videos, and games.
  • Training goes beyond theory—it uses realistic scenarios to practice decision-making.

📝 Example training scenario

The excerpt provides a detailed training dilemma:

Situation: Bill Gannon, a middle manager at a lighting fixture manufacturer, must evaluate Robert Talbot's subpar performance. Bill's boss Dana Johnson refuses to accept negative comments on Robert's evaluations. A previous manager who gave Robert a bad evaluation is no longer with the company. A major client recently complained that Robert filled an order improperly and was rude when the client complained.

Discussion questions used in training:

  • What ethical issues does the situation raise?
  • What courses of action could Bill take? What are the ethics of each?
  • Should Bill confront Dana? Dana's boss?
  • What would you do? What are the ethical implications?

This type of scenario helps employees think through real conflicts they might face.

📜 Formal codes of ethics

📜 What a code of ethics is

A code of ethics provides employees with the knowledge of what their firm expects in terms of their responsibilities and behavior toward fellow employees, customers, and suppliers.

Characteristics:

  • Some offer lengthy, detailed guidelines; others are summary statements of goals, policies, and priorities.
  • Companies display them in various ways: framed on office walls, in employee handbooks, posted on corporate websites.

✅ Do codes actually work?

The excerpt presents two views:

  • Some believe: Codes do make employees behave more ethically.
  • Others think: They are little more than public relations gimmicks.

The determining factor: If senior management abides by the code and regularly emphasizes it to employees, it will likely have a positive influence on behavior.

Don't confuse: Simply having a code vs. actively using and modeling the code—only the latter changes behavior.

🏆 Recognition of ethical companies

The "100 Best Corporate Citizens" ranked by Corporate Responsibility magazine are selected based on seven categories:

  • Employee relations
  • Human rights
  • Corporate governance (including code of ethics)
  • Philanthropy and community support
  • Financial performance
  • Environment
  • Climate change

Top 10 corporate citizens in 2017: Hasbro, Intel, Microsoft, Altria Group, Campbell Soup Company, Cisco Systems, Accenture, Hormel Foods, Lockheed Martin, Ecolab.

📖 Campbell Soup Company case study

The excerpt provides Campbell's as an example of strong corporate citizenship:

Transformation under CEO Denise Morrison (2011–2018):

  • Shifted from processed soup to organics and fresh food
  • Acquired fresh food companies: Bolthouse Farms (fresh carrots), Garden Fresh Gourmet (salsa and hummus), Plum Organics (organic baby food)
  • Central vision: "real food that matters for life's moments"
  • Morrison's belief: "We can make a profit and make a difference"

Community initiatives:

  • Launched healthy communities initiative in Camden, New Jersey (company headquarters)
  • Funded community gardens, food pantries, nutrition education, cooking classes
  • Expanded program to Detroit and Norwalk, Connecticut

Business results:

  • 20 percent stock price increase over two years
  • Strong commitment to sustainability attracted new customers, especially millennials
  • Named one of the Best Corporate Citizens in 2017

🧪 Decision-making tests for individuals

🧪 Three preliminary questions

Before applying the final tests, ask:

  1. Legal test: "Are there any legal restrictions or violations that will result from the action?"
    • If yes → take a different course of action
  2. Company code test: "Does it violate my company's code of ethics?"
    • If yes → find a different path
  3. Personal philosophy test: "Does this meet the guidelines of my own ethical philosophy?"
    • If yes → proceed to the two final tests

💭 The feelings test

"How does it make me feel?"

  • Enables you to examine your comfort level with a particular decision.
  • Many people experience discomfort after reaching a decision—may manifest as loss of sleep or appetite.
  • These feelings of conscience can serve as a future guide in resolving ethical dilemmas.
  • Example: If you feel uneasy or lose sleep over a decision, that discomfort signals a potential ethical problem.

📰 The newspaper or social media test

The question: How would an objective reporter describe your decision in a front-page newspaper story, an online media site, or a social media platform such as Twitter or Facebook?

Alternative phrasing for employees:

  • "How will the headline read if I make this decision?"
  • "What will be the reaction of my social media followers?"

Purpose: This test is helpful in spotting and resolving potential conflicts of interest.

Don't confuse: What you can legally do vs. what you'd be comfortable seeing publicly reported—the newspaper test catches decisions that might be legal but ethically questionable.

⚠️ Why organizational ethics matter

⚠️ Consequences of poor ethics

The excerpt opens with real headlines showing the costs of unethical behavior:

CaseConsequence
Bernard Madoff (investment advisor)150 years in prison for swindling clients out of more than $65 billion
Jeff Smisek (United Airlines CEO)Left company after federal investigation into whether United tried to influence Port Authority officials
Renaud Laplanche (Lending Club founder)Lost job because of faulty practices and conflicts of interest
John Stumpf (Wells Fargo CEO)Fired after employees opened more than 2 million fake accounts to meet aggressive sales targets

Overall impact: Poor business ethics can create very negative image, be expensive for the firm and/or executives, and result in bankruptcy and jail time.

🛡️ How organizations reduce liability

Organizations can reduce the potential for liability claims by:

  • Educating employees about ethical standards
  • Leading through example
  • Implementing various informal and formal programs
11

Managing a Socially Responsible Business

2.3 Managing a Socially Responsible Business

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Corporate social responsibility extends beyond legal compliance and profit-making to encompass voluntary ethical obligations toward all stakeholders—employees, customers, communities, and society at large.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What CSR is: voluntary concern for society's welfare that goes beyond legal requirements and includes economic, legal, ethical, and philanthropic responsibilities.
  • The foundation principle: economic responsibility (profit) is the base of the pyramid, but companies must simultaneously fulfill legal, ethical, and philanthropic duties.
  • Common confusion: legal vs. responsible behavior—actions can be legal yet irresponsible, or both legal and responsible; CSR requires more than just obeying the law.
  • Who matters: stakeholders include employees, customers, the general public, and investors—each group has distinct claims on the business.
  • Real commitment: Fortune 500 companies spend over $15 billion annually on CSR activities, demonstrating that social responsibility is a significant business priority.

🏛️ The CSR framework

🏛️ Definition and scope

Corporate social responsibility (CSR): the concern of businesses for the welfare of society as a whole, consisting of obligations beyond those required by law or union contract.

  • Two critical aspects:
    • Voluntary nature: CSR is not about legally mandated actions (e.g., required pollution cleanup doesn't count as CSR).
    • Broad obligations: responsibilities extend beyond investors to workers, suppliers, consumers, communities, and society at large.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that CSR involves what a company does to society first, then what it can do for society.

📊 The four-level pyramid

The excerpt presents CSR as a pyramid with four components:

LevelType of ResponsibilityWhat It Means
FoundationEconomicPursue profits
SecondLegalObey the law
ThirdEthicalDo what is right, just, and fair
TopPhilanthropicBe a good corporate citizen
  • Key insight: Economic responsibility is the foundation—without profit, the other three responsibilities become impossible.
  • Simultaneous pursuit: A business must pursue profits while obeying the law, acting ethically, and being a good citizen.
  • Don't confuse: These four components are distinct but together constitute the whole of CSR.

💰 Scale of commitment

  • Fortune 500 companies spend more than $15 billion annually on CSR activities.
  • Example: Starbucks donated more than one million meals through its FoodShare program and alliance with Feeding America, giving 100 percent of leftover food from seven thousand U.S. company-owned stores.
  • Example: Salesforce pays employees for up to 56 hours of volunteer work per year and gives a $1,000 grant to employees who volunteer for seven days in one year.
  • Example: Deloitte pays employees for up to 48 hours of volunteer work annually; in one recent year, more than 27,000 Deloitte professionals contributed over 353,000 volunteer hours.

⚖️ Dimensions of social responsibility

⚖️ Legality and responsibility as two axes

The excerpt presents two basic dimensions of social responsibility:

  • Legality: whether actions comply with federal, state, and local laws.
  • Responsibility: whether actions serve society's welfare.

These create different categories of business behavior:

🚫 Illegal and irresponsible behavior

  • Hard to conceive of companies continually acting this way today, but it still occurs.
  • Consequences:
    • Financial ruin for organizations.
    • Extreme financial hardships for former employees.
    • General struggles for communities where they operate.
  • Top executives may walk away with millions initially but can ultimately face large fines and prison time.

⚠️ Irresponsible but legal behavior

  • Companies sometimes act irresponsibly even when their actions are legal.
  • Example: A Minnesota-based company making MyPillow was fined $1 million by California for making unsubstantiated claims that the pillow could alleviate medical conditions such as snoring, fibromyalgia, and migraines.
    • The company's CEO countered that claims were made by customers via testimonials posted on the website (later removed).
    • Consequences included the fine, several class-action lawsuits, and revocation of Better Business Bureau accreditation.
  • Don't confuse: Legal compliance alone does not equal social responsibility.

✅ Legal and responsible behavior

  • The vast majority of business activities fall into this category.
  • Most companies act legally and try to be socially responsible.
  • Consumer preference: Research shows consumers, especially those under 30, are likely to buy brands with excellent ethical track records and community involvement.
  • Example: Outdoor retailer REI gave back nearly 70 percent of its profits to the outdoor community, investing a record $9.3 million in nonprofit partners in 2016.

🤝 Stakeholder responsibilities

🤝 Who are stakeholders?

Stakeholders: the individuals or groups to whom a business has a responsibility.

The excerpt identifies four main stakeholder groups:

  • Employees
  • Customers
  • The general public
  • Investors

👥 Responsibility to employees

  • Fundamental responsibility: Provide a job to employees.
    • Keeping people employed and letting them enjoy the fruits of their labor is described as "the finest thing business can do for society."
  • Beyond employment: Employers must provide a clean, safe working environment that is free from all hazards.
  • Don't confuse: The first responsibility is simply providing employment; additional responsibilities build on this foundation.

🌱 Case study: Benefit Corporations

🌱 The Badger Company example

The excerpt includes a detailed case of W.S. Badger Company, which demonstrates CSR principles in action:

Origin story:

  • Founder Bill Whyte (a carpenter) created a balm from olive oil and beeswax to heal his dry, cracked hands.
  • Originally called Bear Paw, renamed Badger Balm after discovering a competing product.
  • Started production at home, selling to hardware stores, lumber yards, and health food stores.

Current operations:

  • Uses only organic plant extracts, exotic oils, beeswax, and minerals.
  • Natural ingredients sourced globally (e.g., organic olive oil from Spain, rose oil from Bulgaria, bergamot oil from Italy).
  • Family-run: founder Bill Whyte ("head badger"), wife Kathy (COO), daughter Rebecca (head of sustainability), daughter Emily (head of sales and marketing).

🏅 B Corp certification

Certified Benefit Corporation (B Corp): certification requiring companies to meet rigorous standards for transparency, accountability, and social and environmental performance.

Why Badger became a B Corp:

  • To reinforce commitment to being socially responsible and demonstrating transparency.
  • Helped organize how the company operates.

Specific practices at Badger:

  • Pay equity: Highest-paid full-time employee's pay is capped at five times the lowest paid (now $15/hour, more than double New Hampshire's minimum wage).
  • Profit sharing: Portion of company profits flows to employees; all employees participate in a bonus plan.
  • Family-friendly: New parents encouraged to bring babies to work, fostering new teamwork styles and increasing employee morale.
  • Charitable giving: Donates 10 percent of pre-tax profits annually to nonprofits focusing on children's health and welfare.
  • Employee matching: Matches employee contributions to charitable causes (up to $100 per employee).
  • Birthday donations: Donates an additional $50 to a nonprofit chosen by each employee on their birthday.

Results:

  • Staff of more than 100 employees.
  • Employees enjoy a living wage, great benefits, and a socially responsible work environment.

🎯 Competitive advantages of CSR

  • Employee attraction and retention: Badger's approach to social responsibility helps attract and retain employees through meaningful benefits and ethical work environment.
  • Consumer appeal: Companies with excellent ethical track records and community involvement attract customers, especially those under 30.
  • Certification value: B Corp certification provides transparency and accountability that can differentiate a company in the marketplace.
12

Responsibilities to Stakeholders

2.4 Responsibilities to Stakeholders

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Businesses meet their social responsibilities by fulfilling obligations to four key stakeholder groups—employees, customers, society, and investors—through practices ranging from safe workplaces and honest dealings to environmental protection and strategic philanthropy.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Who stakeholders are: employees, customers, the general public, and investors—the groups to whom a business has responsibility.
  • Responsibility to employees: providing jobs, safe working environments free from discrimination, job security, and empowerment to make decisions.
  • Responsibility to customers and society: delivering on promises, honest interactions, environmental protection, and corporate philanthropy (cash, equipment, volunteer support).
  • Responsibility to investors: making a profit while meeting ethical standards; social investing limits investments to companies that align with ethical beliefs.
  • Common confusion: social responsibility is not one-way—the social contract between employer and employee requires commitment from both sides for the organization to prosper.

👥 Responsibilities to Employees

👥 The fundamental obligation

An organization's first responsibility is to provide a job to employees.

  • Keeping people employed and allowing them to enjoy the fruits of their labor is the finest thing business can do for society.
  • Beyond employment, employers must provide a clean, safe working environment free from all forms of discrimination.
  • Example: A company that hires workers and ensures workplace safety fulfills its basic duty to employees.

💪 Job security and empowerment

  • Companies should strive to provide job security whenever possible.
  • Enlightened firms empower employees to make decisions on their own and suggest solutions to company problems.
  • Why it matters: Empowerment contributes to an employee's self-worth, which increases productivity and reduces absenteeism.
  • Example: Biotech company Genentech offers employee compensation for taking alternative transportation to work—$12/day for walking or biking, $8 for carpooling, $16 for vanpooling, plus free commuter bus service via 27 routes.

🏆 Recognition of best practices

  • Each year, Fortune collaborates with Great Place to Work® to survey the best places to work in the United States.
  • 2017 top companies included Google, Wegmans Food Markets, Edward Jones, Genentech, Salesforce, Acuity, and Quicken Loans.

🛒 Responsibilities to Customers and Society

🛒 Meeting customer expectations

  • To be successful, a company must satisfy its customers.
  • A firm must deliver what it promises and be honest and forthright in everyday interactions with customers, suppliers, and others.
  • Recent research suggests many consumers, particularly millennials, prefer to do business with companies and brands that:
    • Communicate socially responsible messages
    • Utilize sustainable manufacturing processes
    • Practice ethical business standards

🌍 Responsibility to society at large

  • A business provides a community with jobs, goods, and services.
  • It pays taxes that support schools, hospitals, and better roads.
  • Example: Outdoor specialty retailer REI gave back nearly 70% of its profits to the outdoor community, investing a record $9.3 million in nonprofit partners in 2016.

✅ Certified Benefit Corporations (B Corps)

Certified Benefit Corporations (B Corps): companies verified by B Lab (a global nonprofit) that meet the highest standards of social and environmental performance, public transparency, and legal accountability.

  • B Corps strive to use the power of business to solve social and environmental problems.
  • How certification works:
    • Companies complete an impact assessment rated on a possible score of 200 points.
    • To become certified, companies need to reach a score of at least 80.
    • Must be recertified every two years.
  • More than 2,000 companies worldwide are certified B Corps, including Method, W.S. Badger Company, Fishpeople Seafood, LEAP Organics, New Belgium Brewing Company, Ben & Jerry's, Cabot Creamery Co-op, Comet Skateboards, Etsy, Patagonia, Plum Organics, and Warby Parker.

🌱 Environmental Protection

🌱 The urgency of environmental responsibility

  • Business is responsible for protecting and improving the world's fragile environment.
  • Current state of the environment:
    • Every second, an area the size of a football field of forest is destroyed.
    • Plant and animal species are becoming extinct at the rate of 17 per hour.
    • A continent-size hole is opening up in the earth's protective ozone shield.
    • Each year we throw out 80% more refuse than in 1960; more than half of the nation's landfills are filled to capacity.

♻️ Corporate environmental initiatives

  • To slow the erosion of the world's natural resources, many companies have become more environmentally responsible.
  • Example: Toyota uses renewable energy sources (solar, wind, geothermal, and water power) for electricity to run its facilities. When its new $1 billion North American headquarters opened in Plano, Texas, in May 2017, Toyota said the 2.1 million square-foot campus would eventually be powered by 100% clean energy, helping the company move closer to its goal of eliminating carbon emissions in all operations.

🐟 Case study: Fishpeople Seafood

Background: Duncan Berry, a former sea captain and organic cotton entrepreneur, discovered that:

  • The majority of seafood consumed in the U.S. was being imported.
  • More than 90% of U.S. seafood was being exported.
  • The ocean was being overfished, causing great harm.
  • One key group was missing from the discussion: consumers.

Fishpeople's approach (founded 2012):

  • Mission: changing the way people think about seafood through transparency about where it comes from, how it is processed, and how it is handled.
  • Products: shelf-stable, ready-to-eat restaurant-quality seafood (soups, meal kits, fresh and frozen filets) with farm-to-table ingredients.
  • Every package has a code consumers can enter at the company's website to learn everything about the seafood's origin, down to the fisherman who caught it.
  • The company operates a processing plant in Toledo, Oregon, where workers are paid a livable wage and receive health insurance—benefits typically unheard of in the fishing industry.
  • Products are available in more than 5,000 stores nationwide, including Walmart, Whole Foods, Costco, and Kroger.

💰 Corporate Philanthropy

💰 What corporate philanthropy includes

Corporate philanthropy: cash contributions, donations of equipment and products, and support for the volunteer efforts of company employees.

  • U.S. corporate philanthropy exceeds more than $19 billion annually.
  • Example: American Express is a major supporter of the American Red Cross, which relies almost entirely on charitable gifts to carry out programs including disaster relief, armed-forces emergency relief, blood and tissue services, and health and safety services.

🚨 Disaster relief examples

  • When Hurricane Katrina hit the Gulf Coast:
    • Bayer sent 45,000 diabetes blood glucose monitors to the relief effort.
    • Within weeks, Abbott, Alcoa, Dell, Disney, Intel, UPS, Walgreens, Walmart, and others contributed more than $550 million for disaster relief.

🎯 Strategic giving

Strategic giving: philanthropy and corporate social responsibility efforts tied closely to a company's mission or goals and targeting donations to the communities where a company does business.

  • Historically, corporate philanthropy involved companies seeking out charitable groups and giving them money or donating products/services.
  • Today, the focus has shifted to strategic giving.
  • Top businesses recognized for giving back to their communities include Salesforce, NuStar Energy, Veterans United, and Intuit.

💼 Responsibilities to Investors

💼 Beyond profit: social investing

  • Although a company's economic responsibility to make a profit might seem to be its main obligation to shareholders, some investors increasingly emphasize other aspects of social responsibility.

Social investing: limiting investments to securities (e.g., stocks and bonds) that coincide with beliefs about ethical and social responsibility.

  • Example: A social investment fund might eliminate from consideration the securities of all companies that make tobacco products or liquor, manufacture weapons, or have a history of being environmentally irresponsible.
  • Don't confuse: Not all social investment strategies are alike. Some ethical mutual funds will not invest in government securities because they help fund the military; others freely buy government securities, noting that federal funds also support the arts and pay for AIDS research.
  • Assets invested using socially responsible strategies total more than $7 trillion.

⚖️ Accountability and ethical behavior

  • Perhaps partly as a result of the global recession of 2007–2009, companies have tried to meet responsibilities to investors as well as other stakeholders.
  • Recent research suggests CEOs are being held to higher standards by boards of directors, investors, governments, media, and even employees when it comes to corporate accountability and ethical behavior.
  • A recent global study by PwC reveals a large increase in the number of CEOs being forced out due to some sort of ethical lapse in their organizations.

Strategies to prevent ethical lapses:

  • Establish a culture of integrity to prevent anyone from breaking the rules.
  • Make sure company goals and metrics do not create undue pressure on employees to cut corners.
  • Implement effective processes and controls to minimize the opportunity for unethical behavior.

🔄 The Social Contract Between Employer and Employee

🔄 A two-way relationship

  • Many people have viewed social responsibility as a one-way street that focuses on the obligations of business to society, employees, and others.
  • Now, companies recognize that the social contract between employer and employee is an important aspect of the workplace.
  • Key insight: Both groups have to be committed to working together in order for the organization to prosper.

🧩 Four aspects of the social contract

AspectWhat it meansWhy it matters
CompensationCompanies must recognize that most employees do not stay with one organization for decades.Need to change compensation structure to acknowledge short-term performance; update methods for determining compensation, including benefits and nontraditional perks (increased paid leave, telecommuting options).
ManagementEmployees are likely to jump to new jobs every couple years.Managers need a more active and engaged approach to supervising employees; may need to change how they think about loyalty. Engaging employees regularly, setting realistic expectations, and identifying specific development paths may help retain key employees.
CultureThanks to today's tight labor market, some employees feel empowered to demand more from their employer.Employees demand increased flexibility, transparency, and fairness. This increased importance of the employee's role helps workers stay engaged in the mission and makes them less likely to look elsewhere.
Learning and developmentRapidly changing technology shifts the learning and development component of the contract.Immense challenges to both companies and workers. May be more difficult to identify critical employee skills for the next several years, causing employers either to increase training of current workers or to look outside for individuals who already possess needed technical skills.

🌐 Global Ethics and Social Responsibility

🌐 Expanding ethics globally

  • When U.S. businesses expand into global markets, they must take their codes of ethics and policies on corporate social responsibility with them.
  • As a citizen of several countries, a multinational corporation has several responsibilities:
    • Respecting local practices and customs
    • Ensuring harmony between the organization's staff and the host population
    • Providing management leadership
    • Developing a solid group of local managers
13

Trends in Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility

2.5 Trends in Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Corporate social responsibility is evolving toward strategic giving aligned with business goals, a new employer-employee social contract emphasizing mutual responsibility, and global ethics standards that respect local customs while upholding human rights.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Strategic giving: Corporate philanthropy is shifting from general donations to targeted giving that aligns with company mission and focuses on communities where the firm operates.
  • New social contract: Employers and employees now share responsibility for job security—employees must add value while employers provide engagement and development opportunities.
  • Global responsibility: Multinational corporations must balance local customs with universal ethical standards, involving local stakeholders in decisions and ensuring suppliers avoid human rights violations.
  • Common confusion: Don't confuse traditional philanthropy (giving to any needy group) with strategic giving (donations tied to corporate mission and operational areas).
  • Employee engagement challenges: Rapid job-hopping and changing technology require managers to adapt supervision styles and continuously identify critical skills for training.

🎯 Strategic Philanthropy

🎯 What strategic giving means

Strategic giving: the practice of tying philanthropy and corporate social responsibility efforts closely to a company's mission or goals and targeting donations to the communities where a company does business.

  • This represents a shift away from simply giving to any needy group.
  • The focus is on alignment: donations relate more closely to corporate mission or goals.
  • Geographic targeting: companies concentrate donations in areas where the firm operates.
  • Example: An organization might focus charitable efforts on education programs in cities where it has major facilities, rather than spreading donations broadly across unrelated causes.

🔄 How this differs from traditional philanthropy

  • Traditional approach: Give to any charitable cause that requests support.
  • Strategic approach: Select causes that connect to business purpose and operational footprint.
  • Don't confuse: Strategic giving is not about reducing total giving—it's about making philanthropy more focused and aligned with business strategy.

🤝 The New Employer-Employee Social Contract

🤝 Shared responsibility for job security

  • The old model placed sole responsibility on employers to maintain jobs.
  • The new model requires employees to assume part of the burden and find ways to add value to the organization.
  • This shift reflects changing workplace dynamics and labor market conditions.

💼 What employers must do differently

The excerpt identifies several employer responsibilities in the new contract:

  • Regular engagement: Engaging employees on a regular basis rather than passive supervision.
  • Realistic expectations: Setting clear, achievable goals.
  • Development paths: Identifying specific development paths to help retain key employees.
  • Cultural strategies: Increased flexibility, transparency, and fairness to keep workers engaged in the organization's mission.

👤 What employees must contribute

  • Employees who jump to new jobs every couple years create challenges for traditional management approaches.
  • Thanks to tight labor markets, some employees feel empowered to demand more from employers.
  • Employees need to stay engaged in the company's mission to be less likely to look elsewhere for employment.

🔧 Technology and skills challenges

  • Rapidly changing workplace technology shifts the learning and development component of the contract.
  • Employers face immense challenges identifying which employee skills will be critical over the next several years.
  • This forces a choice: increase training of current workers or look outside for individuals who already possess needed technical skills.

🌍 Global Ethics and Social Responsibility

🌍 Core responsibilities of multinationals

When U.S. businesses expand into global markets, they must take their codes of ethics and policies on corporate social responsibility with them. As a citizen of several countries, a multinational corporation has several responsibilities:

ResponsibilityWhat it means
Respect local practicesHonor local customs and traditions
Ensure harmonyMaintain positive relationships between organizational staff and host population
Provide leadershipOffer management guidance
Develop local managersBuild a solid group of local managers who will be a credit to their community
Long-term commitmentInvest in lasting relationships, not short-term extraction

🗣️ Stakeholder involvement

  • When a multinational firm makes an investment in a foreign country, it should commit to a long-term relationship.
  • This means involving all stakeholders in the host country in decision-making.
  • A responsible multinational will implement ethical guidelines within the organization in the host country.
  • By fulfilling these responsibilities, the company will foster respect for both local and international laws.

⚖️ Balancing conflicting interests

  • Multinational corporations often must balance conflicting interests of stakeholders when making decisions regarding social responsibilities.
  • Questions involving child labor, forced labor, minimum wages, and workplace safety can be particularly difficult.
  • Example: Gap, Inc. published its list of global factories to provide transparency about suppliers and efforts to improve working conditions worldwide.

🤝 Partnership approach

The excerpt describes Gap's approach as an example:

  • Partnered with Verité, a nongovernmental organization focused on ensuring people work under safe, fair, and legal conditions.
  • Solicits feedback from factory workers making its products.
  • Goal: improve working conditions and help factories become leaders in their local communities.
  • Don't confuse: Transparency (publishing factory lists) is a tool, not the end goal—the aim is actual improvement in working conditions.
14

Global Trade in the United States

3.1 Global Trade in the United States

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

International trade is dominated by developed nations and large corporations, but its measurement through exports, imports, balance of trade, and currency exchange rates reveals both opportunities and challenges for the U.S. economy.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Who dominates trade: Developed nations account for 70% of world trade; in the U.S., 250 companies ship 85% of manufactured exports, yet 98% of exporters are small/medium firms.
  • How trade is measured: Key metrics include exports/imports, balance of trade (exports minus imports), balance of payments (broader financial summary), and exchange rates.
  • U.S. trade position: The United States is both the largest exporter and largest importer, but has run trade deficits (unfavorable balance) since the 1970s and balance of payments deficits since 1950.
  • Common confusion: Balance of trade vs balance of payments—trade balance covers only goods/services, while balance of payments includes investments, military spending, loans, and transfers.
  • Why nations trade: Absolute advantage (producing at lowest cost or exclusively) and comparative advantage (specializing in what you produce most efficiently) drive specialization and mutual benefit.

📊 Major players and structure of U.S. trade

🏢 Who exports from the United States

  • Large corporations dominate volume: About 85% of all U.S. manufactured exports are shipped by just 250 companies.
  • Small firms dominate by number: 98% of all U.S. exporters are small and medium-size firms.
  • Over 60,000 U.S. companies participate in international trade, with major exporters including Apple, General Motors, Ford, Procter & Gamble, and Cisco Systems.

🌍 Developed nations as trade leaders

Developed nations: those with mature communication, financial, educational, and distribution systems.

  • These nations account for about 70% of the world's exports and imports.
  • The United States is both the largest exporter and largest importer globally.

🌾 What the U.S. exports and imports

Exports:

  • Food, animal feed, and beverages (one-third of U.S. farm acreage devoted to export crops)
  • Engineering products and high-tech goods (computers, telecommunications equipment)
  • Reusable spacecraft and advanced technology

Imports:

  • Raw materials the U.S. lacks (manganese, cobalt, bauxite for airplane parts and military hardware)
  • Industrial supplies like steel (cheaper to import due to lower foreign labor costs and more modern factories)
  • Consumer goods like coffee, tea, cocoa
  • Large volumes from China due to lower manufacturing costs

📏 Key measures of international trade

💱 Exports and imports

Exports: goods and services made in one country and sold to others.

Imports: goods and services that are bought from other countries.

  • International trade value exceeds $16 trillion annually and growing.
  • Trade improves relationships, eases tensions, bolsters economies, raises living standards, provides jobs, and improves quality of life.

⚖️ Balance of trade

Balance of trade: the difference between the value of a country's exports and the value of its imports during a specific time.

TermDefinitionMeaning
Trade surplusFavorable balance of tradeExports exceed imports; more money flows in
Trade deficitUnfavorable balance of tradeImports exceed exports; more money flows out

U.S. situation:

  • The United States has had an unfavorable balance of trade throughout the 1990s, 2000s, and 2010s.
  • In 2016: exports totaled $2.2 trillion, imports were $2.7 trillion, resulting in a $500 billion trade deficit.
  • U.S. exports continue to grow, but not as fast as imports.
  • Service exports lag behind goods exports, partly due to piracy (FBI estimates intellectual property theft costs billions annually).

💼 Balance of payments

Balance of payments: a summary of a country's international financial transactions showing the difference between the country's total payments to and its total receipts from other countries.

What it includes (broader than balance of trade):

  • Imports and exports (balance of trade)
  • Long-term investments in overseas plants and equipment
  • Government loans to and from other countries
  • Gifts and foreign aid
  • Military expenditures made in other countries
  • Money transfers in and out of foreign banks

Don't confuse: Balance of trade only measures goods and services; balance of payments captures all international financial flows.

U.S. historical pattern:

  • From 1900 to 1970: trade surplus, but unfavorable balance of payments (mainly due to large military presence abroad)
  • Since 1970: both balance of trade and balance of payments have been unfavorable
  • 2016: balance of payments deficit exceeded $504 billion

🔧 How to reduce unfavorable balance of payments

A nation can:

  • Foster exports
  • Reduce dependence on imports
  • Decrease military presence abroad
  • Reduce foreign investment

💱 Currency exchange and valuation

💵 Exchange rates and their effects

Exchange rate: the price of one country's currency in terms of another country's currency.

Key terms:

  • Appreciates: less of that country's currency is needed to buy another country's currency
  • Depreciates: more of that currency is needed to buy another country's currency

📉 How depreciation affects trade

Example scenario: Dollar depreciates relative to Japanese yen

  • Initial rate: $0.012 per yen
  • A Toyota priced at 2 million yen costs: $0.012 × 2 million = $24,000
  • After depreciation to $0.018 per yen: same Toyota costs $0.018 × 2 million = $36,000

Trade effects when the dollar depreciates:

  • Japanese goods become more expensive for U.S. residents → U.S. imports decline
  • Simultaneously, the yen appreciates relative to the dollar
  • U.S. goods become cheaper for Japanese buyers → U.S. exports rise

🌊 Floating exchange rates and government intervention

Floating exchange rates: a system where prices of currencies "float" up and down based upon the demand for and supply of each currency.

  • Global currency traders create supply and demand based on a currency's investment potential, trade potential, and economic strength.

Government intervention:

Devaluation: a nation lowers the value of its currency relative to other currencies.

  • Purpose: makes that country's exports cheaper and should help the balance of payments
  • Concern: undervalued currency gives unfair competitive advantage
  • Example: Many believe China's trade surplus with the U.S. is partially due to undervalued currency; in 2017, U.S. Department of Commerce accused China of dumping steel and providing financial assistance to Chinese steel manufacturers.

🌐 Why nations trade

🏆 Absolute advantage

Absolute advantage: when a country can produce and sell a product at a lower cost than any other country or when it is the only country that can provide a product.

  • Example: The United States has absolute advantage in reusable spacecraft and high-tech items
  • Example: Brazil has absolute advantage in coffee (U.S. lacks proper climate)
  • Both countries gain by exchanging products where each has absolute advantage

🔄 Comparative advantage

Principle of comparative advantage: each country should specialize in the products that it can produce most readily and cheaply and trade those products for goods that foreign countries can produce most readily and cheaply.

Why it matters even with absolute advantage:

  • Even if the United States had absolute advantage in both coffee and air traffic control systems, it should still specialize
  • Specialization ensures greater product availability and lower prices
  • Acts as a stimulus to trade

Examples of comparative advantage:

  • India and Vietnam: clothing (lower labor costs)
  • Japan: consumer electronics (technological expertise)
  • United States: computer software, airplanes, some agricultural products, heavy machinery, jet engines

🆓 Free trade vs protectionism

Free trade: the policy of permitting the people and businesses of a country to buy and sell where they please without restrictions.

Protectionism: a nation protects its home industries from outside competition by establishing artificial barriers such as tariffs and quotas.

  • Free trade allows citizens to trade whatever goods and services they choose without government regulation
  • Protectionism is the opposite approach, using artificial barriers

⚠️ Concerns about globalization

😟 Negative impacts of global trade

The excerpt lists several fears about world trade and globalization:

  • Job losses: Millions of Americans have lost jobs due to imports or production shifting abroad; most find new jobs but often at lower pay
  • Job insecurity: Millions fear losing their jobs, especially at companies under competitive pressure
  • Wage pressure: Employers threaten to export jobs if workers don't accept pay cuts
  • White-collar vulnerability: Service and white-collar jobs increasingly vulnerable to operations moving offshore

🌏 Outsourcing

Outsourcing: sending domestic jobs to another country.

  • Many U.S. companies (Dell, IBM, AT&T) have set up call service centers in India
  • Represents a shift from traditional manufacturing job losses to service sector job displacement

🏛️ Terrorism's impact on global trade

  • Terrorist attacks (September 11, 2001 in the U.S.; Charlie Hebdo attacks in Paris, 2015) changed how the world conducts business
  • Immediate impact: short-term shrinkage of global trade
  • Long-term outlook: Globalization will continue because major markets are too vitally integrated, but growth will be slower and costlier

Increased costs:

  • Higher insurance premiums
  • Security costs for overseas staff and property
  • Heightened border inspections slow cargo movements, forcing companies to stock more inventory
  • Tighter immigration policies curtail inflows of skilled and blue-collar workers, affecting expansion and wage control

Don't confuse: The impact may lessen over time, but multinational firms will remain vigilant—terrorism hasn't stopped globalization, just made it more expensive and complex.

15

Why Nations Trade

3.2 Why Nations Trade

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Nations trade because comparative advantage allows countries to specialize in producing what they make most efficiently, leading to greater product availability, lower prices, and economic benefits that outweigh the costs when trade barriers are minimized.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Comparative advantage drives trade: countries specialize in goods they produce most readily and cheaply, ensuring greater availability and lower prices.
  • Free trade vs protectionism: free trade allows unrestricted buying and selling, while protectionism uses tariffs and quotas to shield domestic industries from foreign competition.
  • Globalization creates both winners and losers: millions lose jobs to imports and outsourcing, but trade also boosts productivity, keeps prices down, spurs innovation, and spreads prosperity.
  • Common confusion: tariffs protect domestic jobs vs tariffs raise prices—both effects occur, but the net impact depends on whether efficiency gains from trade outweigh job displacement costs.
  • Trade barriers take many forms: natural (distance, language), tariff (taxes on imports), and nontariff (quotas, embargoes, buy-national regulations, exchange controls).

🌍 How comparative advantage works

🏭 Specialization by country

Comparative advantage: when a country can produce certain goods most readily and cheaply relative to other goods.

  • Countries focus on what they do best and trade for the rest.
  • This specialization ensures greater product availability and lower prices for consumers.

🗺️ Examples from the excerpt

Country/RegionComparative advantageReason
India and VietnamClothingLower labor costs
JapanConsumer electronicsTechnological expertise
United StatesSoftware, airplanes, some agriculture, heavy machinery, jet engines(Implied: technology and capital)
  • Example: India produces clothing cheaply due to low wages; the U.S. buys Indian clothing and sells software to India—both benefit from specialization.

🆚 Free trade vs protectionism

🔓 Free trade

Free trade: the policy of permitting people and businesses to buy and sell where they please without restrictions.

  • No government barriers; citizens and firms choose trading partners freely.
  • Allows comparative advantage to work most efficiently.

🛡️ Protectionism

Protectionism: a nation protects home industries from outside competition by establishing artificial barriers such as tariffs and quotas.

  • Opposite of free trade.
  • Uses tariffs (taxes on imports) and quotas (quantity limits) to shield domestic producers.
  • Don't confuse: protectionism helps some domestic workers but raises prices for all consumers.

⚖️ The globalization debate

😟 Fears and costs of global trade

The excerpt lists negatives expressed by anti-globalization activists:

  • Job losses: millions of Americans have lost jobs due to imports or production shifting abroad; most find new jobs but often at lower pay.
  • Job insecurity: millions more fear losing jobs, especially in competitive industries.
  • Wage pressure: employers threaten to export jobs unless workers accept pay cuts.
  • White-collar vulnerability: service, engineering, and R&D jobs increasingly move offshore.

📞 Outsourcing

Outsourcing: sending domestic jobs to another country.

  • Example from the excerpt: Dell, IBM, AT&T set up call centers in India and the Philippines; Carrier planned to move manufacturing from Indianapolis to Monterrey, Mexico (minimum wage $3.90/day vs U.S. wages).
  • Estimates: almost 2.4 million U.S. jobs outsourced in 2015.
  • Don't confuse good vs bad: bad for individuals who lose jobs, but economists argue it leads to cheaper goods and may stimulate exports.

😊 Benefits of globalization

The excerpt argues globalization has been "the engine that creates jobs and wealth":

  • Productivity and living standards: faster growth when countries produce goods in which they have comparative advantage.
  • Lower inflation: global competition and cheap imports keep prices down.
  • Innovation: open economy brings fresh ideas from abroad.
  • Development: infusion of foreign capital and technology helps poor countries develop economically.
  • Knowledge sharing: trading partners share information about local cultures and customs, expanding collective knowledge and global competitiveness.

🔍 How to distinguish costs vs benefits

  • The excerpt presents both sides but emphasizes that trade has been a net positive ("engine that creates jobs and wealth").
  • Problem noted: big G20 countries added over 1,200 restrictive measures since 2008, and some countries manipulate currency to gain price advantages—these actions undermine the benefits of free trade.

🚧 Barriers to international trade

🏔️ Natural barriers

Physical or cultural obstacles that make trade difficult:

  • Distance: shipping costs can make trade uneconomical even when production costs are lower abroad.
    • Example: raising beef in warm Argentina costs less than in cold Siberia, but shipping costs from South America to Siberia may drive the price too high.
  • Language: inability to communicate effectively hinders negotiation and may lead to shipping the wrong goods.

💰 Tariff barriers

Tariff: a tax imposed by a nation on imported goods.

  • May be charged per unit (e.g., per barrel of oil), as a percentage of value (e.g., 5% of a $500,000 shoe shipment), or a combination.
  • Makes imported goods more costly, so they compete less effectively with domestic products.

🛡️ Protective tariffs

Protective tariffs: tariffs that make imported products less attractive to buyers than domestic products.

  • Examples from the excerpt:
    • U.S. has protective tariffs on poultry, textiles, sugar, some steel and clothing; Trump administration added tariffs on steel and aluminum in March 2018.
    • Japan imposes a tariff making U.S. cigarettes cost 60% more than Japanese brands; U.S. tobacco firms have under 2% of the Japanese market (they believe they could get a third without tariffs).
    • In 2017, U.S. imposed tariffs of 63.86% to 190.71% on Chinese steel products after antidumping and anti-subsidy probes.

⚖️ Arguments for tariffs

  1. Protect infant industries: give struggling new domestic industries time to become globally competitive.
  2. Protect U.S. jobs: unions argue tariffs prevent foreign labor from taking away U.S. jobs.
  3. Military preparedness: protect industries and technology vital to defense during peacetime.

⚖️ Arguments against tariffs

  1. Discourage free trade: tariffs prevent comparative advantage from working efficiently.
  2. Raise prices: decrease consumers' purchasing power.
  3. Ripple effects: higher steel prices (from tariffs) increase production costs for heavy users like construction and automobile industries; may provoke retaliatory tariffs from other countries and bog down negotiations on other issues (e.g., intellectual property).

🚫 Nontariff barriers

📊 Import quotas

Import quota: limits on the quantity of a certain good that can be imported.

  • Goal: restrict imports to a specific amount.
  • Example: U.S. protects its shrinking textile industry with quotas.

🚷 Embargoes

Embargo: a complete ban against importing or exporting a product.

  • Often set up for defense purposes.
  • Example: U.S. does not allow high-tech products (supercomputers, lasers) to be exported to non-allied countries; costs U.S. firms billions in lost sales but keeps enemies from using latest military technology.

🏛️ Buy-national regulations

Buy-national regulations: government rules that give special privileges to domestic manufacturers and retailers.

  • Example: U.S. bans use of foreign steel in constructing highways; many state governments have buy-national rules for supplies and services.
  • Subtle version: establish customs regulations different from international standards (e.g., requiring bottles to be quart size rather than liter size).

💱 Exchange controls

Exchange controls: laws requiring a company earning foreign exchange (foreign currency) from exports to sell the foreign exchange to a control agency, usually a central bank.

  • Example from the excerpt: if Switzerland had exchange controls, Rolex (Swiss company) sells 300 watches to Zales (U.S. chain) for US$600,000; Rolex must sell its U.S. dollars to the Swiss central bank and receive Swiss francs. If Rolex wants to buy supplies from abroad, it must buy foreign currency from the central bank.
  • Effect: government controls the amount of foreign exchange available to companies, restricting their ability to import.
16

Barriers to Trade

3.3 Barriers to Trade

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Governments use various trade barriers—from quotas and embargoes to exchange controls and antidumping laws—to protect domestic industries and control imports, while international organizations like the WTO, World Bank, and IMF work to reduce these barriers and foster global trade.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Types of barriers: quotas limit import quantities, embargoes ban products entirely, buy-national regulations favor domestic firms, and exchange controls restrict foreign currency access.
  • Antidumping laws: designed to prevent foreign firms from selling products below cost to destroy competitors or win market share unfairly.
  • Common confusion: trade barriers vs. trade facilitation—governments both restrict trade (through tariffs and quotas) and promote it (through WTO agreements and international financial support).
  • International efforts to reduce barriers: the Uruguay Round and WTO lower tariffs worldwide, while the World Bank and IMF provide financial support and enforce trade-opening conditions.
  • Economic communities: nations formalize trade relationships through preferential tariffs, free-trade zones, and agreements like NAFTA to reduce barriers among partners.

🚧 Types of Trade Barriers

📦 Quotas

Quota: limits on the quantity of a certain good that can be imported.

  • The goal is to restrict imports to a specific amount of a given product.
  • Example: The United States protects its textile industry by setting quotas on textile imports.
  • This is not a complete ban; it allows some imports but caps the volume.

🚫 Embargoes

Embargo: a complete ban against importing or exporting a product.

  • Often set up for defense or security purposes.
  • Example: The United States does not allow high-tech products like supercomputers and lasers to be exported to non-allied countries.
  • This costs U.S. firms billions in lost sales but prevents enemies from accessing advanced military technology.

🏭 Buy-national regulations

Buy-national regulations: government rules that give special privileges to domestic manufacturers and retailers.

  • Example: U.S. law bans the use of foreign steel in constructing U.S. highways.
  • Many state governments have similar rules for supplies and services.
  • A subtler version: establishing customs regulations different from international standards (e.g., requiring quart-size bottles instead of liter-size).

💱 Exchange controls

Exchange controls: laws that require a company earning foreign exchange from its exports to sell the foreign exchange to a control agency, usually a central bank.

  • How it works:
    • A foreign company sells goods and earns foreign currency.
    • The company must sell that currency to the central bank and receive domestic currency.
    • To buy foreign goods, the company must buy foreign currency back from the central bank.
  • Example: If a Swiss company (Rolex) sells watches to a U.S. chain for $600,000, it must sell those dollars to the Swiss central bank and receive Swiss francs.
  • By controlling how much foreign exchange is sold, the government controls how much can be imported.
  • Goal: limit imports, encourage exports, and create a favorable balance of trade.

⚖️ Antidumping Laws

🎯 What dumping is

Dumping: the practice of charging a lower price for a product (perhaps below cost) in foreign markets than in the firm's home market.

  • Reasons a company might dump:
    • Trying to win foreign customers.
    • Seeking to get rid of surplus goods.
  • Dumping is suspected when price differences cannot be explained by differences in the cost of serving the two markets.

🔪 Predatory dumping

Predatory dumping: the attempt to gain control of a foreign market by destroying competitors with impossibly low prices.

  • Most industrialized countries have antidumping regulations to prevent this.
  • Example: The United States imposed tariffs on Canadian softwood lumber after Canada was found guilty of pricing lumber 4.49% to 7.72% below cost. U.S. customs now levy tariffs of 17.41% to 30.88% on Canadian timber exports, depending on the business.
  • Don't confuse: dumping to clear surplus vs. predatory dumping to destroy competitors—the latter is more aggressive and aimed at market control.

🌍 Fostering Global Trade

🤝 Trade negotiations and the WTO

📜 Uruguay Round

Uruguay Round: a trade agreement adopted in 1994 that dramatically lowers trade barriers worldwide.

  • Signed by 148 nations.
  • Reduced tariffs by one-third worldwide, expected to increase global income by $235 billion annually.
  • First agreement to cover services, intellectual property rights, and trade-related investment measures (e.g., exchange controls).

🇶🇦 Doha Round

  • Started in Qatar in 2001 as a follow-up to the Uruguay Round.
  • Has shown little progress in advancing free trade.
  • Key disputes:
    • Developing nations want the U.S., Europe, and Japan to reduce farm subsidies (which drive down global agricultural prices and hurt poor countries' exports).
    • The U.S. and Europe want to lower trade barriers in services and manufacturing.
  • Criticism: protesters claim the WTO serves multinational corporations, promotes trade over the environment, and treats poor nations unfairly.

🏛️ World Trade Organization (WTO)

World Trade Organization: replaces the old General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), created in 1948.

  • GATT had extensive loopholes; the WTO requires full compliance with all Uruguay Round agreements.
  • Has an effective dispute settlement procedure with strict time limits.
  • Advantage of membership: member countries lower trade barriers among themselves; non-members must negotiate individually with all trading partners.
  • Only a few countries (e.g., North Korea, Turkmenistan, Eritrea) are not WTO members.

🏦 World Bank and IMF

🌐 World Bank

World Bank: offers low-interest loans to developing nations.

  • Original purpose: help build infrastructure (roads, power plants, schools, hospitals).
  • Now also helps developing nations relieve debt burdens.
  • Conditions: countries must pledge to lower trade barriers and aid private enterprise.
  • Also provides advice and information (e.g., databases on nutrition, birth control, software engineering, accounting).

💰 International Monetary Fund (IMF)

International Monetary Fund: founded in 1945 to promote trade through financial cooperation and eliminate trade barriers.

  • Makes short-term loans to member nations unable to meet budgetary expenses.
  • Operates as a lender of last resort for troubled nations.
  • In exchange for emergency loans, the IMF often requires commitments to address underlying problems (e.g., curtailing imports, devaluing currency).
  • Moral hazard problem: if the IMF always bails out countries, investors may take bigger risks in emerging markets, leading to deeper future crises.

📊 U.S. experience with the WTO

OutcomeDetails
Win rateThe U.S. has won slightly fewer than half of the cases it presented to the WTO
Defense rateThe U.S. has won about one-third of cases brought against it
Recent lossThe WTO ruled in favor of Mexico in a dispute over "dolphin safe" tuna criteria
Recent targetsThe U.S. filed cases against Europe, India, South Korea, Canada, and Argentina on issues ranging from aviation practices to trade barriers affecting U.S. automakers
Biggest disputeU.S. vs. EU over aircraft subsidies—U.S. claims Europe gave Airbus $15 billion; EU claims U.S. gave Boeing $23 billion in military research benefits plus $3.2 billion in tax breaks from Washington State

🌐 International Economic Communities

🤝 What they are

  • Nations that frequently trade may formalize their relationship through common economic policies.
  • Result: an economic community or bilateral trade agreement (between two countries).

🎁 Preferential tariffs

Preferential tariff: gives advantages to one nation (or several nations) over others.

  • Example: Members of the British Commonwealth (former British territories like Canada and Australia) pay lower tariffs when trading with Great Britain than other nations do.

🆓 Free-trade zones

Free-trade zone: few duties or rules restrict trade among partners, but nations outside the zone must pay tariffs set by individual members.

🇺🇸🇨🇦🇲🇽 North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA)

NAFTA: created the world's largest free-trade zone, ratified by the U.S. Congress in 1993.

  • Includes Canada, the United States, and Mexico.
  • Combined population: 450 million; combined economy: over $20.8 trillion.
  • Canada entered a free-trade agreement with the U.S. in 1988, so most new opportunities under NAFTA are in Mexico (America's third-largest trading partner).
  • Before NAFTA, tariffs on Mexican exports to the U.S. averaged just 4%, so NAFTA's primary impact was opening the Mexican market to U.S. companies.
  • When NAFTA took effect, tariffs on about half of traded items disappeared.
  • U.S.-Mexican trade increased from $80 billion to $515 billion annually.
  • Removed Mexican licensing requirements, quotas, and tariffs; allowed U.S. and Canadian financial-services companies to own subsidiaries in Mexico for the first time in 50 years.
17

Fostering Global Trade

3.4 Fostering Global Trade

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

International trade agreements and economic communities reduce barriers between nations to expand markets, increase trade flows, and create larger integrated economies that benefit member countries through reduced tariffs and streamlined regulations.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Free-trade zones and agreements: NAFTA, CAFTA, Mercosur, and the EU eliminate or reduce trade barriers among member nations while maintaining individual tariffs for outsiders.
  • NAFTA's impact: Created the world's largest free-trade zone with 450 million people and over $20.8 trillion in economic activity, primarily opening Mexican markets to U.S. businesses.
  • European Union integration: 28 member states created a borderless economy with common currency (euro), reduced trade barriers, and pooled sovereignty for joint decision-making.
  • Common confusion: Free-trade zones vs. global free trade—zones reduce barriers among members but often maintain tariffs against non-members.
  • Trade-offs: While agreements expand markets and lower prices, they can create disputes (like U.S.-Canada softwood lumber) and concerns about job movement to lower-wage countries.

🌎 Major Trade Agreements

🇺🇸 NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement)

NAFTA: Created the world's largest free-trade zone including Canada, the United States, and Mexico.

  • Ratified by U.S. Congress in 1993
  • Combined population: 450 million; economy: over $20.8 trillion
  • Primary impact: opened Mexican market to U.S. companies

Before vs. After NAFTA:

  • Before: Tariffs on Mexican exports averaged 4%; most goods entered U.S. duty-free
  • After: Tariffs on about half of traded items disappeared immediately
  • U.S.-Mexican trade increased from $80 billion to $515 billion annually
  • Removed Mexican licensing requirements, quotas, and tariffs
  • Allowed U.S. and Canadian financial-services companies to own Mexican subsidiaries for the first time in 50 years

Example: At Delphi Corp. auto parts plant in Ciudad Juárez, the company expanded significantly post-NAFTA, now employing 70,000 Mexicans who assemble U.S.-made components. Workers earn about $2.30/hour (triple Mexico's minimum wage).

Don't confuse: NAFTA's success with automatic benefits—the agreement requires rising wages and expanding middle class in Mexico to sustain purchasing power for continued trade growth.

🌎 Other Americas Agreements

🔹 Mercosur

  • Includes: Peru, Brazil, Argentina, Uruguay, and Paraguay
  • Eliminated most tariffs among trading partners
  • Trade revenues: currently exceed $16 billion annually
  • Challenge: Recent recessions have limited economic growth despite continued trade growth

🔹 CAFTA (Central America Free Trade Agreement)

  • Passed in 2005
  • Members: United States, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua
  • U.S. already principal exporter to these nations
  • Impact: Reduces tariffs on exports to CAFTA countries; 80% of goods imported to U.S. from CAFTA nations already tariff-free
  • Potential benefit: Increased U.S. multinational investment in the region

🇪🇺 The European Union

🏛️ Structure and Formation

European Union (EU): Trade agreement among 28 European nations creating a borderless economy.

  • 1993: Member countries ratified Maastricht Treaty
  • Goal: Economic, monetary, and political union
  • Created borderless economy for 28 nations

European integration: The pooling of sovereignty where member states delegate some authority to common institutions for democratic decision-making on joint interests.

Member states include: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom (pre-Brexit)

💶 Economic Benefits

Key achievements:

  • Created 2.5 million new jobs since founding
  • Generated over $1 trillion in new wealth
  • Reduced national telephone call prices by 50% since 1998
  • Significantly lowered airfare prices through competition
  • Enabled 15+ million Europeans to work or retire in other EU countries

Common currency: The euro, managed by European Community Bank

⚖️ EU as Antitrust Enforcer

The EU enforces antitrust regulations more aggressively than the United States:

Powers:

  • Can seal off corporate offices indefinitely to prevent evidence destruction
  • Can enter homes, cars, yachts, and personal property of executives suspected of market power abuse or price-fixing

Examples:

  • Google: Fined $2.7 billion for favoring its own services in search results
  • Microsoft: Fighting European Court since 2002; fined for monopolizing internet access by bundling Internet Explorer with Windows; required to share code with open-source companies
  • Coca-Cola: Settled six-year dispute by agreeing to strict sales tactics limits—cannot sign exclusive agreements banning competing soft drinks, cannot give volume-based rebates, must give rivals like Pepsi 20% of space in Coke coolers; violations result in fines of 10% of worldwide revenue (over $2 billion)

🚧 Challenges and Protectionism

Protectionist concerns:

  • European automakers proposed holding Japanese imports at roughly 10% market share
  • France maintains strict quota on Japanese cars to protect Renault and Peugeot
  • Countries without domestic auto industries (Ireland, Denmark, Netherlands) oppose import restrictions

American companies' success:

  • Many large U.S. companies considered more "European" than European companies
  • Coke and Kellogg's: classic European brand names
  • Ford and General Motors: compete for largest auto sales share
  • Apple, IBM, Dell: dominate their markets
  • GE, AT&T, Westinghouse: strong presence with heavy manufacturing investment

📜 Constitutional Proposal (Failed)

Proposed EU constitution would have:

  • Centralized powers at Union level
  • Decreased individual member country powers
  • Created single foreign minister position for unified world affairs voice
  • Given EU control over political asylum, immigration
  • Guaranteed freedom of speech and collective labor bargaining

Why it failed:

  • France and Germany (two most powerful EU countries) voted "no" in summer 2005
  • Citizens feared constitution would draw jobs to Eastern European EU members (lower wages, fewer regulations)
  • Concerns about free-market reforms threatening traditional social protections
  • Immigration concerns (also sparked Brexit referendum)

Brexit: In 2016, United Kingdom citizens voted to leave the European Union, a process that could take several years.

🔄 Trade Agreement Patterns

📊 Comparison of Major Agreements

AgreementMembersKey FeaturePrimary Benefit
NAFTAU.S., Canada, MexicoLargest free-trade zoneOpened Mexican market; $515B annual U.S.-Mexico trade
EU28 European nationsBorderless economy + common currency2.5M jobs, $1T+ wealth, reduced prices
MercosurPeru, Brazil, Argentina, Uruguay, ParaguayEliminated most tariffs$16B+ annual trade revenues
CAFTAU.S. + 6 Central American nationsReduced tariffs80% goods already tariff-free to U.S.

🎯 Common Pattern

Free-trade zone: An area where few duties or rules restrict trade among partners, but nations outside the zone must pay tariffs set by individual members.

How they work:

  1. Member nations reduce or eliminate trade barriers among themselves
  2. Maintain individual tariffs against non-member countries
  3. Create larger integrated markets for member businesses
  4. Often include provisions beyond tariffs (e.g., investment rights, intellectual property)

Don't confuse: Free-trade zones with complete global free trade—these agreements create preferential treatment for members while maintaining barriers to outsiders, which can disadvantage non-member nations.

⚠️ Disputes and Controversies

🌲 Softwood Lumber Dispute (U.S.-Canada)

Background: One of the longest trade disputes between the two nations

U.S. claim: Canadian government unfairly subsidizes lumber production by providing access to public land, while U.S. producers harvest on private property

Result: U.S. imposed tariffs on Canadian softwood lumber imports

Paradox: Anti-free-trade groups support these tariffs even though they result in higher prices for softwood lumber

Example of how: Even within free-trade agreements, specific industry disputes can lead to protective measures that contradict the agreement's broader goals.

🔮 Future Considerations

🔄 Renegotiation

The United States recently notified Canadian and Mexican governments of intent to renegotiate aspects of NAFTA, showing that trade agreements evolve over time based on changing economic and political conditions.

🤔 Ongoing Tensions

Trade agreements must balance:

  • Economic efficiency and lower prices
  • Domestic job protection
  • Fair competition vs. subsidies
  • National sovereignty vs. integrated markets
  • Short-term disruption vs. long-term growth
18

International Economic Communities

3.5 International Economic Communities

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

International economic communities—ranging from free-trade zones to deeper unions like the EU—reduce trade barriers among member nations to promote economic integration, job creation, and prosperity, though they also raise concerns about protectionism, sovereignty, and unequal impacts across borders.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Free-trade zones vs deeper unions: free-trade zones eliminate tariffs among partners but let each member set its own external tariffs, while unions like the EU pool sovereignty and create common institutions, currencies, and regulations.
  • NAFTA's impact: created the world's largest free-trade zone (U.S., Canada, Mexico), primarily opening the Mexican market to U.S. companies and increasing U.S.-Mexican trade from $80 billion to $515 billion annually.
  • EU integration benefits: eliminated trade barriers, created the euro, generated 2.5 million jobs and over $1 trillion in new wealth, and enabled 15+ million Europeans to work or retire in other member countries.
  • Common confusion: "European" vs "outsider" companies—many large U.S. firms (Coke, Ford, IBM) are considered classic European brands because of their deep market presence and investment.
  • Tensions within trade blocs: member countries often disagree on issues like immigration, sovereignty, labor protections, and whether to limit imports from non-members or newer, lower-wage members.

🌐 Free-trade zones and agreements

🌐 What is a free-trade zone

Free-trade zone: an arrangement where few duties or rules restrict trade among partner nations, but countries outside the zone must pay tariffs set by individual members.

  • Partners eliminate most internal barriers, but each member retains control over its own external trade policy.
  • This differs from deeper unions that create common external tariffs and shared institutions.

🇺🇸🇨🇦🇲🇽 NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement)

  • Members: Canada, United States, Mexico (combined population 450 million, economy over $20.8 trillion).
  • Ratified: 1993 by U.S. Congress.
  • Primary impact: opened the Mexican market to U.S. companies, since Canada already had a free-trade agreement with the U.S. since 1988.
  • Before NAFTA: tariffs on Mexican exports to the U.S. averaged just 4 percent; most goods already entered duty-free.
  • After NAFTA: tariffs on about half of traded items disappeared immediately; U.S.-Mexican trade grew from $80 billion to $515 billion annually.
  • What changed: removed Mexican licensing requirements, quotas, and tariffs; allowed U.S. and Canadian financial-services companies to own Mexican subsidiaries for the first time in 50 years.

💼 NAFTA's real-world effects

Example: Delphi Corp. auto parts plant in Ciudad Juárez (across from El Paso, Texas):

  • Employs 70,000 Mexicans assembling U.S.-made components.
  • Wages: ~$2.30/hour for workers with two years' experience (triple Mexico's minimum wage).
  • These jobs are among the most coveted in the region.

The test: whether NAFTA delivers rising wages, better benefits, and an expanding middle class in Mexico with purchasing power to buy U.S. and Canadian goods—this scenario appears to be working.

Recent development: the U.S. has notified Canada and Mexico of its intent to renegotiate aspects of NAFTA.

🌎 Other free-trade agreements in the Americas

AgreementMembersKey facts
MercosurPeru, Brazil, Argentina, Uruguay, ParaguayLargest new trade agreement; trade revenues exceed $16 billion annually; recent recessions limited growth, but intra-Mercosur trade continues to grow
CAFTA (Central America Free Trade Agreement)U.S., Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, NicaraguaPassed 2005; U.S. already principal exporter, so not expected to cause major export increase; reduces tariffs on exports to CAFTA countries; 80% of goods from CAFTA nations already enter U.S. tariff-free; may benefit if U.S. multinationals deepen investment

🇪🇺 The European Union: deeper integration

🇪🇺 What the EU is

European Union (EU): a borderless economy for 28 European nations (as of the excerpt) that pools sovereignty by delegating some decision-making to common institutions; also called European integration.

  • Origin: member countries of the European Community ratified the Maastricht Treaty in 1993, proposing economic, monetary, and political union.
  • 28 member states listed in the excerpt (including the United Kingdom before Brexit).
  • Candidate countries: Albania, Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia, Turkey.

🎯 Principal objectives and achievements

Objective: promote economic progress of all member countries.

How:

  • Eliminated trade barriers, differences in tax laws, and differences in product standards.
  • Established a common currency (the euro) and created the European Community Bank.

Results:

  • Created 2.5 million new jobs since founding.
  • Generated more than $1 trillion in new wealth.
  • Reduced national telephone call prices by 50% since 1998.
  • Significantly lowered airfare prices due to competition.
  • Enabled more than 15 million Europeans to work or retire in another EU country.

⚖️ EU as antitrust enforcer

The EU is described as a "very tough" antitrust enforcer—some say tougher than the United States.

Powers:

  • Can seal off corporate offices for unspecified periods to prevent evidence destruction.
  • Can enter homes, cars, yachts, and other personal property of executives suspected of abusing market power or price-fixing.

Examples:

  • Google: fined $2.7 billion for favoring its own services in search results.
  • Microsoft: fighting the European Court since 2002; fined for monopolizing internet access by bundling Internet Explorer with Windows; required to share code with "open source" companies.
  • Coca-Cola: settled a six-year dispute by agreeing to strict limits—can't sign exclusive agreements banning competing soft drinks, can't give volume-based rebates, must give rivals like Pepsi 20% of space in Coke coolers; violations result in fines of 10% of worldwide revenue (over $2 billion).

🚧 Protectionism and internal tensions

Protectionist concerns:

  • European automakers proposed holding Japanese imports at roughly their current 10% market share.
  • Different countries have different interests: Ireland, Denmark, and the Netherlands don't make cars and have unrestricted markets (unhappy about limiting Toyota/Honda imports); France has strict quotas to protect Renault and Peugeot.

Don't confuse: "European" vs "American" companies by headquarters location alone—many large U.S. companies are considered more "European" than many European firms:

  • Coke and Kellogg's: classic European brand names.
  • Ford and General Motors: compete for largest auto sales share.
  • Apple, IBM, Dell: dominate their markets.
  • GE, AT&T, Westinghouse: strong across Europe with heavy investment in manufacturing.

📜 Constitutional challenges and Brexit

Proposed EU constitution (not ratified):

  • Would centralize powers at the Union level and decrease individual member powers.
  • Create a single foreign minister for world affairs.
  • Give EU control over political asylum, immigration, freedom of speech, and collective labor bargaining.
  • Required ratification by each member country.

Why it failed:

  • France and Germany (the two most powerful EU countries) voted "no" in summer 2005.
  • Citizens feared the constitution would draw jobs from Western Europe to lower-wage, less-regulated Eastern European EU members.
  • Voters worried it would impose free-market reforms (American or British style) over traditional social protections.

Brexit:

  • In 2016, United Kingdom citizens voted to leave the EU.
  • Concerns over immigration sparked the referendum.
  • The process could take several years.

🔍 Common confusions and key distinctions

🔍 Free-trade zone vs deeper union

FeatureFree-trade zone (e.g., NAFTA, CAFTA)Deeper union (e.g., EU)
Internal tariffsEliminated or reduced among partnersEliminated
External tariffsEach member sets its ownCommon external tariff
SovereigntyRetained by individual nationsPooled; delegated to common institutions
CurrencyEach nation keeps its ownMay adopt common currency (euro)
RegulationsHarmonized only for tradeHarmonized across many areas (product standards, tax laws, labor, immigration)

🔍 Short-term vs long-term benefits

  • Short-term: tariff elimination, immediate market access.
  • Long-term test (NAFTA example): whether the agreement delivers rising wages, better benefits, and an expanding middle class with purchasing power to sustain cross-border demand.
  • Don't assume trade agreements automatically benefit all partners equally—outcomes depend on wage levels, regulations, and investment flows.

🔍 "European" identity of companies

  • A company's "European" status is not determined solely by its headquarters location.
  • Deep market presence, local investment, and brand recognition matter more.
  • Example: U.S. firms like Coke, Ford, and IBM are considered classic European brands because of their long-standing dominance and manufacturing investment in Europe.
19

Participating in the Global Marketplace

3.6 Participating in the Global Marketplace

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Companies enter the global marketplace through multiple strategies—ranging from low-risk exporting to high-investment direct ownership—each offering different levels of control, cost, and potential reward.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why companies go global: to earn additional profits, exploit unique advantages, access exclusive market information, or escape saturated domestic markets and excess capacity.
  • Entry strategies vary by risk and control: exporting (lowest risk), licensing/franchising (moderate risk), contract manufacturing (testing the water), joint ventures (shared risk), and direct foreign investment (highest risk and reward).
  • Common confusion: licensing vs. franchising—franchising is a form of licensing that has grown rapidly, especially for fast-food and business services, but both involve letting another firm use proprietary knowledge for fees.
  • Countertrade is significant: roughly 30 percent of international trade involves countertrade (payment in goods/services rather than cash), used by major U.S. firms.
  • Political and cultural factors matter: nationalism, local regulations, and cultural misunderstandings can threaten or limit foreign operations.

🚪 Why and how companies enter global markets

💰 Motivations for going global

Companies decide to "go global" for several urgent reasons:

  • Additional profits: the most urgent driver.
  • Unique advantages: a firm with a unique product or technological advantage not available to international competitors should achieve major business successes abroad.
  • Exclusive market information: management may have special knowledge about foreign customers, marketplaces, or market situations (though competitors will eventually catch up).
  • Domestic market saturation, excess capacity, and cost savings: these can also motivate expansion into international markets.

🛤️ Entry methods overview

The excerpt describes several ways to enter global trade, ordered roughly from least to most complex and risky:

  1. Exporting
  2. Licensing and franchising
  3. Contract manufacturing
  4. Joint ventures
  5. Direct foreign investment
  6. Countertrade (a payment method, not strictly an entry mode)

📦 Low-risk entry strategies

📤 Exporting

Exporting: selling domestically produced products to buyers in another country.

  • Usually the least complicated and least risky alternative when a company decides to enter the global market.
  • A company can sell directly to foreign importers or buyers.
  • Not limited to huge corporations; small companies typically enter the global marketplace by exporting.
  • China is the world's largest exporter, followed by the United States.

Support for small exporters:

  • U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) offers the Export Working Capital Program to help small and medium-size firms obtain money to complete export sales.
  • SBA provides counseling and legal assistance.
  • Over 700 Export Assistance Centers (EACs) are placed strategically around the country, often co-located with the SBA.
  • SBA can guarantee loans of $50,000 to $100,000 to help an exporter grow.
  • Online help available at http://www.ustr.gov and http://www.export.gov with tools, international marketing research, and answers for first-time exporters.

Example: American Building Restoration Products of Franklin, Wisconsin, now sells chemical products to building restoration companies in Mexico, Israel, Japan, and Korea; exports account for more than 5 percent of total sales.

📜 Licensing

Licensing: the legal process whereby a firm (the licensor) agrees to let another firm (the licensee) use a manufacturing process, trademark, patent, trade secret, or other proprietary knowledge. The licensee pays the licensor a royalty or fee.

  • An effective way to move into the global arena with relatively little risk.
  • International licensing is a multibillion-dollar-a-year industry.
  • Largest categories: entertainment and character licensing (e.g., DVD movies, Batman), followed by trademarks.

Examples from the excerpt:

  • Labatt Brewing Company has a license to produce Miller High Life in Canada.
  • Spalding Company receives more than $2 million annually from license agreements on sporting goods.
  • Fruit of the Loom lends its name to 45 consumer items in Japan alone, for at least 1 percent of the licensee's gross sales.
  • Caterpillar licenses its brand for shoes and clothing, popular in Europe.

Control and risks:

  • The licensor must ensure sufficient control over the licensee's activities (quality, pricing, distribution, etc.).
  • Licensing may create a new competitor in the long run if the licensee voids the agreement; international law is often ineffective in stopping such actions.
  • Two common control methods: shipping one or more critical components from the United States, and locally registering patents and trademarks in the licensor's own name.

🍔 Franchising

Franchising: a form of licensing that has grown rapidly in recent years.

  • Many U.S. franchisors operate thousands of outlets in foreign countries.
  • More than half of international franchises are for fast-food restaurants and business services.

Don't confuse: Franchising is a type of licensing, not a separate category; it shares the same basic structure (fees/royalties for using a brand and system) but has grown especially fast.

Challenges and adaptations:

  • Having a big-name franchise doesn't always guarantee success or mean the job will be easy.
  • Example: McDonald's decided to sell its Chinese stores to outside investors for $1.8 billion but retained 20 percent equity.
  • Example: Home Depot closed its 12 stores in China after failing to research the market—most urban dwellers live in recently built apartments, and DIY is viewed with disdain (seen as a sign of poverty).
  • Example: When Subway opened in China, locals were confused; the franchisee had to print signs explaining how to order. Customers didn't believe tuna salad was fish (no head or tail visible), didn't like touching food, and held sandwiches vertically, peeling the wrap and eating like a banana. Most of all, Chinese customers didn't want sandwiches.
  • Western food chains adapt: McDonald's offered a spicy chicken burger (Chinese consume more chicken than beef); KFC replaced coleslaw with seasonal dishes like shredded carrots or bamboo shoots.

🏭 Contract manufacturing

Contract manufacturing: a foreign firm manufactures private-label goods under a domestic firm's brand.

  • Marketing may be handled by either the domestic company or the foreign manufacturer.
  • Advantage: lets a company test the water in a foreign country without investing in overseas plants and equipment.
  • The foreign firm produces a certain volume of products to specification and puts the domestic firm's brand name on the goods, broadening the domestic firm's global marketing base.
  • After establishing a solid base, the domestic firm may switch to a joint venture or direct investment.

Example: Levi Strauss entered an agreement with the French fashion house Cacharel to produce a new Levi's line, Something New, for distribution in Germany.

🤝 Moderate-to-high-risk entry strategies

🤝 Joint ventures

Joint venture: the domestic firm buys part of a foreign company or joins with a foreign company to create a new entity.

  • Somewhat similar to licensing agreements.
  • A quick and relatively inexpensive way to enter the global market.
  • Can also be very risky: many joint ventures fail; others fall victim to takeover (one partner buys out the other).

Why joint ventures are used:

  • Sometimes countries require local partners to establish a business (e.g., China had this requirement in a number of industries until recently), so a joint venture was the only way to enter the market.
  • Help reduce risks by sharing costs and technology.
  • Often bring together different strengths from each member.

Example: General Motors–Suzuki joint venture (CAMI Automotive) in Canada:

  • Formed to manufacture low-end cars for the U.S. market.
  • Plant run by Suzuki management; produces Chevrolet Equinox, Pontiac Torrent, and Suzuki SUV.
  • Suzuki gained: access to GM's dealer network and expanded market for parts/components.
  • GM gained: avoided cost of developing low-end cars; obtained models to revitalize lower end of product line and average fuel economy rating.
  • After the successful joint venture, GM gained full control in 2011.
  • The CAMI factory may be one of the most productive plants in North America; GM learned how Japanese automakers use work teams, run flexible assembly lines, and manage quality control.

🏢 Direct foreign investment

Direct foreign investment: active ownership of a foreign company or of overseas manufacturing or marketing facilities.

  • Direct investors have either a controlling interest or a large minority interest in the firm.
  • Stand to receive the greatest potential reward but also face the greatest potential risk.
  • A firm may make a direct foreign investment by acquiring an interest in an existing company or by building new facilities.

Why firms choose direct investment:

  • Trouble transferring some resources (especially personnel/managers) to a foreign operation or obtaining that resource locally.
  • If the local labor market is tight, the firm may buy an entire foreign firm and retain all employees instead of paying higher salaries than competitors.
  • Sometimes firms cannot find suitable local partners.
  • Avoids communication problems and conflicts of interest that can arise with joint ventures.

Examples:

  • IBM in the past insisted on total ownership of foreign investments because it did not want to share control with local partners.
  • General Motors in China: built a $4,400 (RMB 29,800) minivan (Wuling Sunshine) that gets 43 miles per gallon in city driving. Has a quarter the horsepower of U.S. minivans, weak acceleration, top speed of 81 mph, and seats only a third the thickness of Western models, but looks plush compared to similar Chinese cars. The minivans made GM the largest automotive seller in China and made China a large profit center for GM.
  • Walmart: now has over 6,000 stores outside the United States; in 2016, international sales were over $116 billion. About one-third of all new Walmart stores are opened in global markets.

Not all direct investments succeed:

  • Walmart in Germany: bought the 21-store Wertkauf hypermarket chain and 74 unprofitable Interspar stores. Problems integrating and upgrading resulted in at least $200 million in losses. German law required stores to close at 8 p.m. on weekdays and 4 p.m. on Saturdays, and they could not open on Sundays. Costs were astronomical. Walmart left the German retail market.
  • Walmart's turnaround: pushed operational authority down to country managers to respond better to local cultures. Enforces core principles (everyday low prices) but country managers handle their own buying, logistics, building design, and other operational decisions.

Adapting to market changes:

  • Global firms change strategies as local market conditions evolve.
  • Example: major oil companies like Shell Oil and ExxonMobil had to react to dramatic changes in oil prices due to technological advances (more efficient automobiles, fracking, horizontal drilling).

📉 Case: Managing the drop in oil prices (2014–2015)

In 2014, crude oil was $90 a barrel, but increased production (shale oil boom) and OPEC's reluctance to reduce output led to a price drop to $45–$60 in Q1 2015.

Impact:

  • Terrific news for consumers, but challenges for managers at oil-industry companies.
  • Chevron, Royal Dutch Shell, and ExxonMobil saw dramatic reductions in earnings and lower stock prices.

Strategies managers employed:

CompanyAction
ChevronTrim planned capital expenditures by $5 billion in 2016; eliminate 1,500 jobs
ExxonMobilLess specific; planned belt-tightening strategies; forecast several years of low oil prices
Royal Dutch ShellEliminate 6,500 jobs; predicted long-range low prices for oil

Other strategies mentioned:

  • Mergers: for companies that can't become fully efficient themselves, merge with others that can improve overall efficiencies and operations.
  • Increase spending (contrarian): Encana, a North American oil producer, planned to increase overall spending due to low debt-to-equity ratio and growth exceeding industry average. Growth is important; reactive short-term strategies can hurt long-term growth.
  • Performance-improvement programs: address problems and inefficiencies within the company; allow focus on innovation.
  • Review and alter supply chain: focus on costs and efficiency; expand supplier base to increase competition and reduce costs; embrace lean manufacturing mindset.
  • Adopt new technology: e.g., microseismic sensors to monitor fracking operations miles under the earth can boost production. New technology usually requires higher-skilled workers while reducing lower-skilled workers.

Conclusion from the excerpt: The drop in oil prices produced survival-of-the-fittest competition; companies that employ multiple strategies to improve efficiency are the ones that will survive and prosper.

💱 Countertrade

💱 What countertrade is

Countertrade: part or all of the payment for goods or services is in the form of other goods or services.

  • A form of barter (swapping goods for goods), an age-old practice traced back to cave dwellers.
  • International trade does not always involve cash; countertrade is a fast-growing way to conduct international business.

📊 Scale and examples

  • U.S. Commerce Department says roughly 30 percent of all international trade involves countertrade.
  • Each year, about 300,000 U.S. firms engage in some form of countertrade.
  • U.S. companies including General Electric, Pepsi, General Motors, and Boeing barter billions of goods and services every year.

Example: Recently, the Malaysian government bought 20 diesel-powered locomotives from China and paid for them with palm oil.

🌍 Threats and opportunities in the global marketplace

🏛️ Political considerations

To be successful in a foreign market, companies must fully understand the foreign environment in which they plan to operate. Politics, cultural differences, and the economic environment can represent both opportunities and pitfalls.

Threats already discussed:

  • Tariffs, exchange controls, and other governmental actions threaten foreign producers.
  • The political structure of a country may also jeopardize a foreign producer's success in international trade.

🚩 Nationalism

Nationalism: the sense of national consciousness that boosts the culture and interests of one country over those of all other countries.

  • Intense nationalism can lead to difficulties.
  • Strongly nationalistic countries, such as Iran and New Guinea, often discourage investment by foreign companies.
  • In other, less radical forms of nationalism, the government may take actions to hinder (excerpt cuts off here).

Don't confuse: Nationalism is not the same as normal regulatory differences; it is an ideological stance that prioritizes the home country's culture and interests, actively discouraging or hindering foreign firms.

20

Threats and Opportunities in the Global Marketplace

3.7 Threats and Opportunities in the Global Marketplace

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Success in foreign markets depends on understanding and navigating political structures, cultural differences, and economic environments, which multinational corporations can leverage through their unique advantages of scale, flexibility, and global resource access.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Political threats: nationalism, expropriation, and confiscation can jeopardize foreign operations; governments may enact laws to protect domestic interests.
  • Cultural factors: shared values, language, customs, and traditions determine what is socially acceptable and influence business practices and negotiations.
  • Economic environment: level of development and infrastructure quality determine purchasing power, demand, and business opportunities.
  • Common confusion: don't assume business practices are universal—personal relationships may matter more than financial considerations in some countries; timing and social customs vary widely.
  • Multinational advantages: large corporations can overcome trade barriers, sidestep regulations, shift production flexibly, access global technology, and reduce costs.

🏛️ Political considerations

🚨 Nationalism as a barrier

Nationalism: the sense of national consciousness that boosts the culture and interests of one country over those of all other countries.

  • Strongly nationalistic countries (e.g., Iran, New Guinea) often discourage foreign investment.
  • Less radical forms still hinder operations through protective laws.
  • Example: France requires pop music stations to play at least 40% of songs in French, limiting American music sales and airtime.
  • Example: Dutch politicians opposed a U.S.-based PPG bid to acquire Netherlands-based AzkoNobel, with the government warning it would defend against hostile takeover; AzkoNobel used the hashtag #DutchPride.

⚠️ Expropriation and confiscation

  • Expropriation: government takes ownership of foreign company assets and compensates former owners.
  • Confiscation: government takes ownership with no compensation (worse outcome).
  • These actions occurred during rebellions in several African nations during the 1990s and 2000s.
  • Don't confuse: expropriation involves some payment; confiscation means total loss with zero compensation.

🌍 Cultural differences

🗣️ Language and naming

  • Product names and promotional messages must be carefully selected and translated to avoid wrong meanings.
  • Examples of mistakes:
    • Mitsubishi Pajero had to be renamed in Spanish-speaking countries because the term refers to a sexual activity.
    • Toyota MR2 dropped the "2" in France because the combination sounds like a French swear word.
    • Coca-Cola's literal translation in Chinese characters means "bite the wax tadpole."
    • American Airlines' "Fly in Leather" campaign translated literally to "Fly Naked" in Spanish for the Mexican market.

🤝 Customs and business practices

  • Each country has its own traditions that determine business practices and influence negotiations.
  • Personal relationships may be more important than financial considerations in many countries.
  • Examples:
    • Western Europe: attempting business during the first two weeks in August is virtually impossible—businesses close and everyone vacations simultaneously.
    • Mexico: skipping social engagements may lead to lost sales.
    • Japan: negotiations often include long evenings of dining, drinking, and entertaining; business negotiations begin only after a close personal relationship is formed.

📋 Cultural dos and don'ts

DODON'T
Present business card with both hands in Asian countries, right-side-up and print-side-showing; accept cards with gratitude and examine carefullyQuickly put received cards into your pocket
Use "soft-sell" and subtle approach in JapanUse America's traditional hard-selling style in Japan
Understand the role of religion (e.g., Ramadan in Muslim countries slows everything down, especially business)Glad-hand, back-slap, or use first names on first business meeting in Asia (you'll be considered a lightweight)
Have a local person interpret advertising culturally and linguisticallyFill a wine glass to the top when dining with French businessperson (considered completely uncouth)
Be patient in Asia; let clients get to know you first before talking businessBegin first business meeting in Asia talking business immediately

🧩 What culture includes

Culture: the common set of values shared by citizens that determine what is socially acceptable; underlies the family, educational system, religion, and social class system.

  • The network of social organizations generates overlapping roles and status positions.
  • These values and roles have tremendous effect on people's preferences and thus on marketers' options.
  • Example: In China, Walmart holds live fishing contests on premises; in South Korea, the company hosts food competitions with variations on kimchee (a popular Korean dish).

💰 Economic environment

📊 Development levels and purchasing power

  • Economic development varies considerably:
    • Everyday survival is a struggle in countries like Sudan and Eritrea.
    • Highly developed countries include Switzerland and Japan.
  • Complex, sophisticated industries are found in developed countries; more basic industries in less-developed nations.
  • Average family incomes are higher in more developed countries.
  • Larger incomes mean greater purchasing power and demand for:
    • Consumer goods and services
    • Machinery and workers required to produce consumer goods
  • Business opportunities are usually better in countries with economic infrastructure in place.

🏗️ Infrastructure

Infrastructure: the basic institutions and public facilities upon which an economy's development depends.

Infrastructure includes:

  • Money and banking system: provides major investment loans to businesses
  • Educational system: produces skills and basic research that run production lines
  • Transportation and communications: interstate highways, railroads, airports, canals, telephones, internet sites, postal systems, TV stations—link geography into one market
  • Energy system: powers factories
  • Market system: brings goods and services into homes and businesses

🌐 Global wealth snapshot

The excerpt provides a table showing gross national income per capita:

  • Top examples: Luxembourg ($103,199), Switzerland ($79,243), Norway ($70,392), United States ($57,436)
  • Bottom five: South Sudan ($233), Malawi ($295), Burundi ($325), Central African Republic ($364), Madagascar ($391)

Gross National Income: the value of final goods and services produced by a country (GDP) together with income received from other countries (interest, dividends) minus similar payments made to other countries.

Final goods: goods ultimately consumed rather than used in production of another good (e.g., a car sold to a consumer is final; tires sold to the car manufacturer are intermediate).

🏢 Multinational corporations

🌐 What multinationals are

Multinational corporations: corporations that move resources, goods, services, and skills across national boundaries without regard to the country in which their headquarters are located.

  • Some are so rich and have so many employees they resemble small countries.
  • Example: sales of both Exxon and Walmart are larger than the GDP of all but a few nations.
  • Heavily engaged in international trade; successful ones take political and cultural differences into account.
  • Many global brands sell much more outside the U.S. than at home: Coca-Cola, Marlboro, Pepsi, Kellogg, Pampers, Nescafe, Gillette.

📈 Growth in emerging markets

  • In slow-growing developed economies (Europe, Japan), a weaker dollar helps: cheaper products to sell, and profits translate into more dollars back home.
  • Emerging markets in Asia, Latin America, and Eastern Europe are growing steadily.
  • Example: General Electric expects 60% of revenue growth to come from emerging markets over the next decade.
  • Example: Brown-Forman (spirits company) gets a fifth of Jack Daniels sales growth from developing markets like Mexico and Poland.
  • Example: IBM had rapid sales growth in Russia, India, and Brazil.

✅ Advantages of multinationals

🚧 Overcoming trade problems

  • Multinationals can often overcome trade barriers.
  • Example: Taiwan and South Korea have long had an embargo against Japanese cars for political reasons and to help domestic automakers, yet Honda USA (Japanese-owned, U.S.-based) sends Accords to Taiwan and Korea.
  • Example: When Germany's BASF faced challenges from the environmentally conscious Green movement over biotechnology research, it moved cancer and immune-system research to Cambridge, Massachusetts.

📜 Sidestepping regulatory problems

  • Multinationals can avoid licensing and regulatory hassles.
  • Example: U.S. drugmaker SmithKline and Britain's Beecham merged partly to avoid hassles in their largest markets; the merged company can claim insider status in both Europe and the U.S. ("When we go to Brussels, we're a member state [of the EU]. When we go to Washington, we're an American company.")

🔄 Shifting production flexibly

  • Multinationals can shift production from one plant to another as market conditions change.
  • Example: When European demand for a certain solvent declined, Dow Chemical instructed its German plant to switch to manufacturing a chemical that had been imported from Louisiana and Texas; computer models help Dow run plants more efficiently and keep costs down.

🔬 Tapping global technology

  • Multinationals can access new technology from around the world.
  • Example: Xerox introduced about 80 office copiers designed and built by Fuji Xerox (joint venture with a Japanese company).
  • Example: Procter & Gamble's super-concentrated detergent first formulated in Japan (in response to a rival) is now sold as Ariel in Europe and Cheer/Tide in the U.S.
  • Example: Otis Elevator's Elevonic 411 (programmed to send more cars to high-demand floors) was developed by six research centers in five countries:
    • Connecticut (U.S.): systems integration
    • Japan: special motor drives for smooth rides
    • France: door systems
    • Germany: electronics
    • Spain: small-geared components
    • Result: saved over $10 million in design costs and cut development time from four years to two.

💵 Saving labor costs

  • Multinationals can often save significantly in labor costs, even in highly unionized countries (the excerpt mentions this but provides no further detail).

🏆 Top multinational corporations

The excerpt provides a table of the world's 11 largest multinational corporations by revenue:

RankCompanyRevenues ($M)Home Country
1Walmart$482,130United States
2State Grid$329,601China
3China National Petroleum$299,271China
4Sinopec Group$294,344China
5Royal Dutch Shell$272,156Netherlands
6Exxon Mobil$246,204United States
7Volkswagen$236,600Germany
8Toyota Motor$236,592Japan
9Apple$233,715United States
10BP$225,982United Kingdom
11Berkshire Hathaway$210,821United States

🔄 Shifting brand landscape

📉 Erosion of U.S. brand dominance

  • America is the cradle of the consumer goods brand (nurtured Apple, Google, Coca-Cola, Microsoft, and countless others).
  • Many American brands conquered other societies, but their domination in the global marketplace is eroding.
  • Companies in Europe and Asia (Samsung, Toyota, Mercedes Benz, SAP) are producing top-quality goods and selling them as such rather than competing on price.
  • "There are longer-term trends toward greater competition. The United States was the only global brand country [but] that's no longer the case."
  • Consumers prefer brands they take to be of higher quality regardless of country of origin.
  • Of the top five most valuable brands (Interbrand list), four still originate in the U.S.: Apple, Google, Coca-Cola, Microsoft; Toyota (Japan) is number five.
  • American companies have lost the most ground in the middle tier of recognizable brand names.

🌏 Competition from Asia-Pacific

  • The Asia-Pacific region harbors the fastest-growing emerging markets today and is a major source of pressure on U.S. brands.
  • Appliances: Two Chinese companies, Haier and Kelon, are becoming top competitors for Whirlpool and Maytag; Haier bought GE's appliance division in 2016.
  • Sporting goods: Li Ning (well known in China) is building its international profile; the Spanish Olympic basketball team wore Li Ning apparel (while the Chinese team wore Nike).
  • South Korean brands: Samsung, LG, and Hyundai have emerged globally in smartphones, household appliances, and automobiles.

🇪🇺 European brand strength

  • Animosity that many Europeans feel toward the U.S. translates into preference for European or even Asian brands at the expense of U.S. brands.
  • European brands are becoming stronger and more consistent.
  • European brands are gaining momentum in white goods and consumer goods.
21

The Impact of Multinational Corporations

3.8 The Impact of Multinational Corporations

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Multinational corporations leverage global resources, technology, and labor to reduce costs and accelerate innovation while driving trends in market expansion, resource acquisition, and the rise of emerging economies like China and India.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What multinationals do: tap technology and resources worldwide, save on labor costs, and access new markets beyond domestic borders.
  • How they innovate globally: collaborate across research centers in multiple countries to share development costs and speed up product creation.
  • Key global trends: market expansion (seeking bigger markets), resource acquisition (finding cheaper labor or scarce materials), and the emergence of China and India as economic powerhouses.
  • Common confusion: China vs. India's impact—China dominates mass manufacturing and exports through foreign investment, while India excels in services, software, and innovation through skilled labor.
  • Why it matters: multinationals shape global competition, influence brand dynamics, and drive economic development across nations.

🌍 How multinationals leverage global advantages

🔬 Accessing technology worldwide

  • Multinationals can tap into innovation from any country, not just their home base.
  • Example: Xerox introduced 80 office copiers designed and built by Fuji Xerox, its Japanese joint venture.
  • Example: Procter & Gamble formulated super-concentrated detergent in Japan in response to a competitor, then sold it in Europe (Ariel brand) and the U.S. (Cheer and Tide).
  • This approach allows companies to respond to local competition and then scale successful innovations globally.

🛠️ Collaborative international development

  • Multinationals coordinate research centers across multiple countries to divide specialized tasks.
  • Example: Otis Elevator developed the Elevonic 411 using six research centers in five countries:
    • Connecticut: systems integration
    • Japan: motor drives for smooth rides
    • France: door systems
    • Germany: electronics
    • Spain: small-geared components
  • Benefits: saved over $10 million in design costs and cut development time from four years to two.
  • Don't confuse: this is not outsourcing entire projects—it's strategic division of specialized expertise.

💰 Labor cost savings

  • Multinationals can reduce labor expenses even in unionized countries by relocating work or negotiating productivity improvements.
  • Example: Xerox moved copier-rebuilding work to Mexico for lower wages; the Rochester, New York union initially objected but eventually agreed to change work styles and improve productivity to keep jobs at home.
  • This shows multinationals can use the threat of relocation to drive domestic efficiency gains.

📈 Three major trends driving global competition

🌐 Market expansion

Market expansion: the need for businesses to seek markets beyond national borders because domestic markets are too small.

  • Why it happens: large-scale manufacturing requires big markets; small domestic markets (like Denmark, Netherlands, Switzerland) cannot generate enough demand.
  • Example: Nestlé went global early because Switzerland is so small—it was shipping milk to 16 countries by 1875.
  • Today, hundreds of thousands of businesses recognize the potential rewards in international markets.

🔧 Resource acquisition

Resource acquisition: going to the global marketplace to obtain cheap or skilled labor, scarce raw materials, technology, or capital.

  • Companies seek resources wherever they are most efficiently available:
    • Cheap labor: Nike has manufacturing facilities in many Asian countries.
    • Skilled talent: Honda opened a design studio in southern California for "California flair" in vehicle design.
    • Capital: Large banks like Bank of New York and Citigroup have offices in Geneva, Switzerland (Europe's private banking center).
  • Don't confuse resource acquisition with market expansion—one is about inputs (what you need to produce), the other is about outputs (where you sell).

🚀 The emergence of China and India

CountryPrimary strengthHow growth happenedImpact on global business
ChinaMass manufacturing, exportsForeign investment attracted by low labor costsForces manufacturers worldwide to reduce costs or outsource; dominates production of goods from garlic to jeans to plastic molds
IndiaServices, software, innovationTechnical and managerial skillsAlters competition for service contracts; plays key role in global innovation (e.g., Google Bangalore lab, 3-D simulations for GM and Boeing)
  • China's trajectory: boom driven by big manufacturers expanding production bases; now building multibillion-dollar electronics and heavy industrial plants.
  • India's trajectory: engineers and scientists devise software platforms, multimedia features, and use simulations to tweak designs for global clients.
  • Future projections: within five years, India should become the world's fourth-biggest economy (overtaking Germany); by mid-century, China could overtake the U.S. as number one; together they could account for half of global output.
  • Key shift: technical and managerial skills in both countries are becoming more important than cheap assembly labor alone.

🏢 Brand competition and multinational dynamics

🏷️ The rise of non-U.S. brands

  • Chinese brands are building international profiles:
    • Haier bought GE's appliance division in 2016 and competes with Whirlpool and Maytag.
    • Li Ning (sporting goods) dressed the Spanish basketball team at the Olympics while the Chinese team wore Nike.
  • South Korean brands (Samsung, LG, Hyundai) have emerged in smartphones, appliances, and automobiles.
  • European brands are gaining momentum in white goods and consumer goods (e.g., Gaggenau, Bosch, Dyson, Absolut, Virgin, Mini Cooper, Red Bull, Ikea).
  • Challenge for U.S. brands: European animosity toward the U.S. translates into preference for European or Asian brands; European brands are becoming stronger and more consistent.

⚖️ Balancing global operations

  • Multinationals must navigate tensions between cost savings and domestic employment.
  • They must also adapt to local competition and preferences in each market.
  • Success requires recognizing when to centralize (e.g., systems integration) and when to localize (e.g., design studios in California).

🌱 Ethical dimensions: UN Sustainability Development Goals

🎯 Corporate engagement with global goals

  • In 2015, UN member nations adopted 17 Sustainability Development Goals to end poverty, ensure sustainability, and promote prosperity—to be met over 15 years.
  • Corporations like Albertson's, Unilever, Kimberly Clark, and Siemens are taking action on these goals.
  • Shift from traditional CSR: deeper, longer engagement rather than peripheral, short-term programs that get dropped when demand falls.

🐟 Example: Albertson's and ocean sustainability

  • Albertson's used UN Goal 14 (conserve oceans and marine resources) in concert with World Oceans Day.
  • Rationale: "The wellbeing of people and the sustainability of our oceans are interdependent."
  • As one of the largest U.S. seafood retailers, committed to protecting oceans for food security, livelihoods, and the global economy.
  • First retailer to sell tuna with the fair trade seal.

🏭 Example: Siemens and sustainable development

  • Siemens defines sustainable development as the means to achieve profitable, long-term growth.
  • Aligns company values (responsible, excellent, innovative) with the UN's 2030 Agenda.
  • Recognizes that a robust CSR program enhances reputation, which can indirectly boost the bottom line.

🤔 Critical questions raised

  • Why would companies pledge to meet these goals when competitors could ignore them for short-term profits?
  • Would consumers choose Albertson's over competitors that didn't agree to the UN program?
  • Would a company pay 10% more for a Siemens component because of their sustainability commitment?
  • These questions highlight the tension between ethical commitments and competitive pressures.
22

Trends in Global Competition

3.9 Trends in Global Competition

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Global business activity will continue to escalate as firms seek larger customer bases and additional resources beyond their borders, with China and India emerging as major economic powerhouses.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why global expansion continues: firms need larger customer bases and additional resources that require looking beyond domestic borders.
  • Emerging markets: China and India are becoming global economic powerhouses.
  • Growth trajectory: global business activity will continue to escalate due to multiple driving factors.
  • Strategic motivation: companies are driven by both opportunity (more customers) and necessity (resource needs).

🌍 Drivers of Global Business Growth

🎯 Customer base expansion

  • Firms that desire a larger customer base will continue to seek opportunities outside their country's borders.
  • This is not just about selling more; it's about accessing markets that domestic operations alone cannot reach.
  • Example: An organization that has saturated its home market looks internationally to find new buyers for its products or services.

🔧 Resource acquisition

  • Companies need additional resources that may not be available or cost-effective domestically.
  • This drives firms to look beyond their home country's borders.
  • The excerpt links resource needs directly to international expansion decisions.

🚀 Emerging Economic Powers

🇨🇳🇮🇳 China and India's rise

  • Both China and India are specifically identified as emerging global economic powerhouses.
  • These two countries represent major shifts in the global economic landscape.
  • Their emergence creates both opportunities (new markets) and competitive pressures for firms worldwide.

📈 Continued escalation

  • The excerpt emphasizes that global business activity will "continue to escalate," indicating an ongoing trend rather than a temporary phenomenon.
  • Multiple factors contribute to this sustained growth pattern.
  • The momentum is driven by both push factors (need for resources) and pull factors (opportunity for growth).
23

Going It Alone: Sole Proprietorships

4.1 Going It Alone: Sole Proprietorships

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The sole proprietorship is the most popular form of business ownership because it is the easiest to set up and allows one person to maintain complete control, though it accounts for only a small fraction of total business revenues.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What a sole proprietorship is: a business established, owned, operated, and often financed by one person.
  • Popularity vs. revenue: sole proprietorships represent 72% of all businesses but generate only 4% of total business revenues and 15% of profits.
  • Why entrepreneurs choose it: easiest to set up, no partners required, direct control, and flexibility to dissolve or sell.
  • Common confusion: most businesses are sole proprietorships by number, but corporations dominate in revenue (81%) and profits (58%)—don't confuse popularity with economic scale.
  • When it makes sense: appropriate for individuals who want to work alone, prefer full control, have low liability exposure, and want easy exit options.

📊 Business ownership landscape

📊 Distribution by form

The excerpt provides data comparing three major forms of business organization:

FormPercentage of businessesPercentage of salesPercentage of profits
Sole Proprietorships72%4%15%
Partnerships10%15%27%
Corporations18%81%58%

🔍 What the numbers reveal

  • Sole proprietorships are the most common by count but remain small in economic impact.
  • Corporations are fewer in number but generate the vast majority of revenues and profits.
  • Most start-up businesses select one of these three major ownership forms.
  • The excerpt notes that "most sole proprietorships and partnerships remain small," explaining the revenue gap.

🏢 What is a sole proprietorship

🏢 Definition and core features

Sole proprietorship: a business that is established, owned, operated, and often financed by one person.

  • The defining characteristic is single-person ownership and control.
  • The owner handles all aspects: establishment, operations, and typically financing.
  • No partners are involved, and no corporate structure is required.

🎯 Why entrepreneurs choose this form

The excerpt highlights several reasons through the example of an entrepreneur who founded a pearl business:

  • Ease of setup: described as "the easiest to set up" among business forms.
  • No partners wanted: the entrepreneur "did not want partners," maintaining sole control.
  • Low liability concerns: when liability exposure is low, the protection of incorporating is unnecessary.
  • Flexibility: sole proprietors have direct control and can easily dissolve the business or sell it at any time.

Example: An entrepreneur starts an online jewelry business as a sole proprietorship because it requires minimal paperwork, allows complete decision-making authority, and can be closed quickly if the venture doesn't succeed.

👤 Real-world application

👤 The pearl business case

The excerpt describes an entrepreneur who:

  • Started a pearl business after discovering a pricing opportunity in an Asian market.
  • Chose sole proprietorship specifically because it was easiest to establish.
  • Grew the business to $20 million in annual sales while maintaining the sole proprietorship structure.
  • Operated through multiple websites and eventually added a showroom.

🔄 When to reconsider the form

The excerpt notes an important principle:

  • "As a company expands from small to midsize or larger, the form of business structure selected in the beginning may no longer be appropriate."
  • The excerpt mentions that business owners need to consider factors like financing needs, employee attraction, taxation, and liability as the business grows.
  • The example of a lawyer who worked in different business forms (sole proprietorship, corporation, limited liability partnership) illustrates how needs change over time.

Don't confuse: A sole proprietorship can be successful and generate significant revenue (as shown in the pearl business example), but the structure itself may become limiting as the business scales or as the owner's needs for liability protection, financing, or shared management change.

⚖️ Advantages and trade-offs

✅ Key advantages

Based on the excerpt, sole proprietorships offer:

  • Simplicity: easiest form to set up among business organizations.
  • Complete control: owner is not "responsible for or to anyone else."
  • Flexibility: can "easily dissolve the business" if plans change.
  • Direct rewards: "if it does succeed, I know that success is due to my hard work."

🤔 Considerations for choosing

The excerpt suggests entrepreneurs should ask themselves:

  • Do you prefer to "go it alone" or share burdens with partners?
  • Will you need financing, and how easy will it be to obtain?
  • Will you attract employees?
  • How will the business be taxed, and who will be liable for debts?
  • If sharing ownership, how much control would others want, and what would that cost?

These questions help determine whether a sole proprietorship or another form (partnership, corporation, limited liability company) better suits the business needs.

24

4.2 Partnerships: Sharing the Load

4.2 Partnerships: Sharing the Load

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Partnerships allow business owners to share burdens and challenges with others, distributing both the workload and the risks that come with running a business.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What partnerships offer: a way to share burdens and challenges rather than going it alone as a sole proprietor.
  • Key trade-off: partnerships involve sharing control and decision-making with others, unlike sole proprietorships where one person has direct control.
  • Operating considerations: partners need to think about how much operating control others would want and what costs would be associated with sharing ownership.
  • Common confusion: don't confuse partnerships with sole proprietorships—sole proprietors prefer direct control and flexibility to act alone, while partnerships distribute responsibility among multiple owners.
  • Flexibility over time: as business needs change, the form of organization (sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, LLC) may need to change too.

🤝 Why choose a partnership

🤝 Sharing burdens and challenges

  • The excerpt frames partnerships as an alternative to going it alone.
  • Instead of one person bearing all responsibility, partners distribute the workload.
  • The question posed is: "do you want others to share your burdens and challenges in a partnership?"
  • Example: An entrepreneur who feels overwhelmed by all aspects of running a business might bring in a partner to handle specific areas like finance or operations.

⚖️ Trade-offs in shared ownership

  • Sharing ownership means giving up some control.
  • Key questions to consider:
    • How much operating control would partners want?
    • What costs would be associated with sharing ownership?
  • Don't confuse: partnerships require negotiation and compromise, unlike sole proprietorships where the owner makes all decisions independently.

🔄 Partnerships vs. other business forms

🔄 Comparing organizational structures

The excerpt presents partnerships as one option among several:

FormKey characteristicControl
Sole proprietorshipGo it aloneDirect control by one person
PartnershipShare burdens and challengesShared among partners
CorporationLimited liability protectionMore structured governance
LLCFlexibilityHybrid features

📊 Partnership prevalence

  • Partnerships account for 10 percent of all businesses (compared to 72% sole proprietorships and 18% corporations).
  • Despite being fewer in number, partnerships generate approximately 15 percent of total business revenues and 27 percent of total profits.
  • This suggests partnerships tend to be larger operations than sole proprietorships on average.

🔧 Practical considerations

🔧 Questions before forming a partnership

Before choosing a partnership structure, the excerpt suggests asking:

  • Will you need financing? How easy will it be to obtain?
  • Will you attract employees?
  • How will the business be taxed?
  • Who will be liable for the company's debts?
  • How much operating control would partners want?
  • What costs would be associated with shared ownership?

🔄 Changing forms over time

As a company expands from small to midsize or larger, the form of business structure selected in the beginning may no longer be appropriate.

  • Business needs evolve as companies grow.
  • The excerpt illustrates this with Jessica MacLean's career: she worked as a sole proprietor, then for a corporation, and later joined a limited liability partnership (LLP) as her needs changed.
  • Example: A business might start as a partnership for shared resources, then incorporate later to gain limited liability protection as it grows and faces more risk exposure.
  • Don't confuse: the initial choice of business form is not permanent—owners can and should reassess as circumstances change.
25

4.3 Corporations: Limiting Your Liability

4.3 Corporations: Limiting Your Liability

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The corporate structure provides limited liability protection and other advantages that make it suitable for certain businesses, though it represents a smaller percentage of total businesses while generating the majority of revenues and profits.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What the data shows: Corporations account for only 18% of all businesses but generate approximately 81% of total business revenues and 58% of total profits.
  • Core advantage: The corporate structure provides limited liability protection to owners, shielding them from personal responsibility for company debts.
  • Major types exist: There are different types of corporations, each with distinct characteristics (though specific types are not detailed in this excerpt).
  • Common confusion: Don't confuse number of businesses with economic impact—sole proprietorships are most numerous (72%) but corporations dominate in revenue generation.
  • Why form matters: As a company expands from small to midsize or larger, the initial business structure may no longer be appropriate and may need to change.

📊 Business organization landscape

📊 Distribution across forms

FormPercentage of BusinessesSalesProfits
Sole Proprietorships72%4%15%
Partnerships10%15%27%
Corporations18%81%58%

🔍 What the numbers reveal

  • Sole proprietorships are the most popular form by count, but corporations generate disproportionately large revenues and profits.
  • This means: most businesses start small and simple, but larger economic activity concentrates in the corporate form.
  • Example: An organization might begin as a sole proprietorship but later incorporate as it grows and needs more capital or liability protection.

🛡️ Core corporate advantages

🛡️ Limited liability protection

The corporate structure provides limited liability protection.

  • This is the defining feature mentioned in the title and excerpt.
  • "Limited liability" means owners are not personally liable for the company's debts—their personal assets are protected.
  • Why it matters: This protection reduces personal financial risk for owners, making it easier to attract investors and take business risks.
  • Don't confuse: Limited liability is a legal shield for owners; it does not mean the corporation itself has no liability.

💼 Suitability for growth

  • The excerpt emphasizes that the form of business structure "selected in the beginning may no longer be appropriate" as needs change.
  • Corporations are better suited for companies that expand from small to midsize or larger.
  • Why: They can raise capital more easily, have formal structures for multiple owners, and provide liability protection that becomes more important as business risks grow.

🤔 Decision factors for choosing corporate form

🤔 Questions to consider before organizing

The excerpt lists key questions entrepreneurs should ask:

  • Will you need financing? How easy will it be to obtain?
  • Will you attract employees?
  • How will the business be taxed?
  • Who will be liable for the company's debts?
  • If sharing ownership, how much operating control would others want?
  • What costs would be associated with shared ownership?

🔄 When to change forms

  • The excerpt notes that "most start-up businesses select one of these major ownership forms" but may need to change later.
  • As a company expands, the initial structure may become inappropriate.
  • Example: Jessica MacLean (from the introduction) changed from sole proprietorship to working for a corporation, then joined a limited liability partnership as her needs evolved.
  • This flexibility to change forms is an important consideration when starting a business.

🏢 Corporate types and characteristics

🏢 Major types exist

  • The excerpt mentions "the major types of corporations" as one of the learning outcomes.
  • However, specific types and their characteristics are not detailed in this excerpt.
  • The excerpt promises to cover "how the corporate structure provides advantages and disadvantages to a company" but does not elaborate in the provided text.

⚖️ Advantages and disadvantages framework

The excerpt indicates corporations have both:

  • Advantages: Limited liability protection, ability to generate large revenues, suitability for growth
  • Disadvantages: Not specified in this excerpt, but the learning outcomes indicate they exist and will be covered

Don't confuse: The excerpt provides data and context but does not fully explain all corporate advantages and disadvantages—this appears to be introductory material for a longer section.

26

Forms of Business Ownership

4.4 Specialized Forms of Business Organization

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Choosing the right form of business organization—sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or limited liability company—depends on factors like control preferences, financing needs, liability concerns, and growth plans, with each structure offering distinct trade-offs in simplicity, taxation, and responsibility.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Ownership forms differ in popularity vs. revenue: sole proprietorships make up 72% of all businesses but generate only 4% of sales, while corporations represent 18% of businesses yet produce 81% of revenues.
  • Key decision factors: entrepreneurs must consider control preferences, financing needs, liability protection, tax treatment, employee attraction, and operating flexibility.
  • Form may change with growth: as a company expands from small to midsize or larger, the initial business structure may no longer be appropriate.
  • Common confusion: popularity (number of businesses) vs. economic impact (revenue and profits)—sole proprietorships dominate in count but not in financial scale.
  • Sole proprietorship basics: the simplest form, owned and operated by one person, easiest to set up, but owner bears all responsibility.

📊 Comparing business organization forms

📊 Distribution by type

The excerpt provides a comparison across three dimensions:

FormPercentage of businessesPercentage of salesPercentage of profits
Sole Proprietorships72%4%15%
Partnerships10%15%27%
Corporations18%81%58%

🔍 What this tells us

  • Sole proprietorships are numerous but small: they account for nearly three-quarters of all businesses but contribute only a tiny fraction of total sales.
  • Corporations dominate economically: despite being less than one-fifth of all businesses, they generate the vast majority of revenue and more than half of all profits.
  • Partnerships fall in between: moderate presence in all three categories.
  • Don't confuse: "most common" does not mean "most economically significant"—sole proprietorships are the most popular choice but not the largest revenue generators.

🤔 Key questions before choosing a form

🤔 Control and ownership

  • Going it alone vs. sharing: would you prefer to operate independently as a sole proprietorship, or share burdens and challenges in a partnership?
  • Operating control: if you share ownership, how much control would others want, and what costs would be associated with that?

💰 Financial and legal considerations

  • Financing: will you need external financing, and how easy will it be to obtain?
  • Liability: who will be liable for the company's debts? Limited liability protection (corporation or LLC) may make more sense for some businesses.
  • Taxation: how will the business be taxed?
  • Employees: will you need to attract employees?

🔄 Flexibility and growth

  • Flexibility: some forms (like sole proprietorships) offer easy dissolution or sale.
  • Growth trajectory: the excerpt emphasizes that as companies expand, the initial form may no longer be appropriate and may need to change.

👤 Sole proprietorships in detail

👤 What is a sole proprietorship

Sole proprietorship: a business that is established, owned, operated, and often financed by one person.

  • The simplest and most popular form of business organization.
  • One individual has complete control and responsibility.
  • Easiest to set up compared to other forms.

✅ Advantages of sole proprietorships

  • Ease of setup: minimal formalities and requirements.
  • Direct control: the owner makes all decisions without needing to consult partners or a board.
  • Flexibility: easy to dissolve the business or close at any time; easy to sell if desired.
  • Success attribution: if the business succeeds, the owner knows it is due to their own hard work.
  • No shared responsibility: not responsible for or to anyone else.

Example: The excerpt describes a lawyer who chose sole proprietorship because she wanted direct control, the ability to dissolve easily if plans changed, and the satisfaction of knowing success would be her own achievement.

⚠️ When sole proprietorship makes sense

  • Low liability exposure: when the business does not carry significant risk of debts or legal claims.
  • No need for partners: when the owner prefers to work independently.
  • Simple operations: when the business model is straightforward and does not require complex financing or multiple owners.

Example: A pearl business founder chose sole proprietorship because it was easiest to set up, he did not want partners, and low liability exposure made incorporating unnecessary.

🔄 Changing forms over time

  • The excerpt illustrates that business owners may switch forms as their needs change.
  • Example: A lawyer worked first for a government office, then moved to a corporation, then became a sole proprietor, and later joined a limited liability partnership—each change reflected different personal and professional needs.
  • Don't confuse: the best form at startup may not remain the best form as the business grows or as the owner's priorities shift.

🏢 Other forms mentioned

🏢 Partnerships

  • Involve sharing burdens and challenges with others.
  • Account for 10% of businesses, 15% of sales, and 27% of profits.
  • The excerpt mentions limited liability partnership (LLP) as one variant.

🏢 Corporations

  • Provide limited liability protection: owners are not personally liable for the company's debts.
  • Account for 18% of businesses but 81% of sales and 58% of profits.
  • The excerpt notes that corporations may be more complex but offer advantages for larger operations.

🏢 Limited liability companies (LLCs)

  • Offer flexibility as a key advantage.
  • Combine features of partnerships and corporations.
  • The excerpt does not provide detailed advantages/disadvantages but positions LLCs as an alternative worth considering.

📈 Growth and organizational change

📈 Why form may need to change

  • Expansion: as a company grows from small to midsize or larger, the initial structure may no longer be appropriate.
  • Changing needs: financing requirements, liability concerns, and employee management may evolve.
  • Strategic shifts: the excerpt's example shows a professional moving through different organizational forms as career goals and work-life balance priorities changed.

📈 Factors driving change

  • Need for additional capital or financing.
  • Desire to limit personal liability as business risks increase.
  • Complexity of operations requiring more formal governance.
  • Tax considerations as revenue and profits grow.

Don't confuse: choosing a form is not a one-time decision—successful businesses often revisit and change their organizational structure as circumstances evolve.

27

Franchising: A Popular Trend

4.5 Franchising: A Popular Trend

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Franchising enables rapid business expansion with limited capital by allowing franchisees to operate proven business concepts under a franchisor's brand, making it one of the fastest-growing segments of the economy.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What franchising is: a business arrangement where a franchisor provides a proven product/service concept and the franchisee sells it in a specific geographic area.
  • Why it grows: franchising offers expansion without major franchisor investment while giving franchisees a recognized brand and proven operating methods.
  • Key trade-offs: franchisees gain training, brand recognition, and support but lose operating freedom and pay ongoing fees/royalties.
  • Common confusion: franchise rankings vary by criteria—some emphasize owner satisfaction, others focus on costs, brand strength, or financial stability.
  • Scale and diversity: franchising provided 8.9 million U.S. jobs with $890 billion economic output; opportunities range from fast food to tech services to senior care.

🏢 Core franchise structure

🏢 The franchise relationship

Franchising: a form of business organization involving a franchisor (the company supplying the product or service concept) and a franchisee (the individual or company selling the goods or services in a certain geographic area).

  • The franchisee buys a complete package: proven product/service, operating methods, and management training.
  • A franchise agreement is the contract allowing use of the franchisor's business name, trademark, and logo while outlining operating rules and financial terms.

📋 What the franchisee receives

  • Use of a proven company name and symbols
  • Help finding a site and building plans
  • Guidance, training, and management assistance
  • Managerial and accounting systems
  • Employee training programs
  • Wholesale prices for supplies
  • Financial assistance and referrals to lenders

💰 What the franchisee provides

  • Financing for their own unit
  • Adherence to franchisor's operating rules (inventory levels, equipment standards, sales/service levels)
  • Participation in franchisor promotions
  • Ongoing relationship maintenance
  • Fees and/or royalties (usually tied to percentage of sales)

⚖️ Advantages and disadvantages

✅ Key advantages

AdvantageHow it worksWho benefits
Expansion abilityFranchisees finance their own unitsFranchisor grows without major investment
Brand recognitionConsumers trust known names (Pizza Hut, Hertz, Holiday Inn)Franchisee's risk reduced, success opportunity increased
Training & supportStructured training programs plus ongoing assistanceFranchisee gets crash course and peer support group
Financial helpNational brand linkage aids loan applicationsFranchisee gains access to lenders, advice, and sometimes direct credit
  • Example: A franchisee opening a recognized brand like McDonald's benefits from existing customer trust rather than building reputation from scratch.
  • The franchisor receives ongoing revenues through royalty payments despite giving up some profit share.

❌ Key disadvantages

DisadvantageImpactAffected party
Loss of controlLess control over franchisees than company employeesFranchisor
High costsExpensive facilities, equipment, fees, royalties, advertising chargesFranchisee
Restricted freedomMust conform to operating rules, facility design, inventory/supply standardsFranchisee
  • Don't confuse: The franchisee owns their business but doesn't have full autonomy—they must follow the franchisor's policies or risk losing the franchise.
  • Some franchisors restrict territory or require purchasing only from approved suppliers, potentially limiting growth.

📈 Growth patterns and trends

📈 Industry evolution

  • Major franchise brands like McDonald's and KFC started in the 1950s.
  • 1960s–1970s: expansion into clothing, convenience stores, business services.
  • Current growth comes from both established franchises (Subway, Pizza Hut, OrangeTheory Fitness) and new entrants.

🎯 Top franchise categories (2017 data)

The excerpt shows three different ranking systems with varying criteria:

  • Entrepreneur: uses costs/fees, brand strength, support, financial strength
  • Franchise Business Review: focuses on owner satisfaction
  • Franchise Gator: uses formula including financial stability and engagement

Top-ranked franchises include 7-Eleven, McDonald's, Dunkin' Donuts, and various service businesses with initial investments ranging from $36,000 to over $2 million.

🔄 Demographic drivers

  • Technology and personal computing: eBay drop-off stores, tech consultants like Geeks on Call
  • Specialty coffee market growth
  • Children's enrichment and tutoring programs
  • Senior care services
  • Weight control and fitness franchises

Example: Mosquito Joe (mosquito control treatment services) ranked as the top new franchise in 2017 on multiple lists, showing how niche services can become successful franchise opportunities.

🌍 International expansion

🌍 Global franchise challenges

  • Franchising is part of the global marketplace economy
  • Popular international categories: restaurants, hotels, business services, educational products, car rentals, nonfood retail

🚧 Obstacles franchisors face abroad

  • Tracking markets and currency changes
  • Understanding local culture and language differences
  • Navigating the political environment
  • Aligning business operations with geographically distant franchisees

🥪 Case insight: Subway in China

The excerpt details challenges faced when opening Subway franchises in Beijing:

  • Construction delays and cost overruns
  • Cultural barriers: customers didn't know how to order, didn't like touching food
  • Menu preferences: Chinese consumers initially didn't want sandwiches
  • Required joint ventures with local partners
  • Eventually grew to nearly 600 stores as tastes adapted (e.g., tuna salad became top seller)

Lesson: International franchising requires patience, cultural adaptation, and long-term commitment—consumer preferences may take time to shift.

🎯 Evaluating franchise opportunities

🎯 Self-assessment questions

Before becoming a franchisee, ask:

  • Are you excited about a specific franchise concept?
  • Are you willing to work hard and put in long hours?
  • Do you have necessary financial resources?
  • Do you have prior business experience?
  • Do your expectations and personal goals match the franchisor's?

✨ Desired franchisee qualities

  • Passion about the franchise concept
  • Desire to be your own boss
  • Willingness to make substantial time commitment
  • Assertiveness, optimism, patience, integrity
  • Prior business experience (especially in the franchise's field)

📚 Due diligence steps

StepPurpose
Take personality testAssess strengths, weaknesses, and fit
Research thoroughlyStudy franchise company, services, location, and industry field
Seek professional helpConsult tax advisors and contract specialists
Focus on financialsCount your money, limit liability, look beyond initial costs
Review disclosure documentUse Uniform Franchise Offering Circular (UFOC) required by FTC
Interview franchiseesTalk to current and past franchisees
Check industry publicationsRead Entrepreneur, Inc., Startups, Success for trends
  • The Uniform Franchise Offering Circular (UFOC) provides franchisor history, operating style, management, litigation, financial obligations, and restrictions.
  • Don't skip: Interviewing current and past franchisees is essential—they provide real-world insight beyond official documents.

🛠️ Preparation tips

  • Interview advisers to find the right fit
  • Select an attorney with franchise experience
  • Establish banking relationships early
  • Connect with commercial real estate brokers for retail franchises
  • Take computer classes if not computer literate (most franchise systems use computers)
28

Mergers and Acquisitions

4.6 Mergers and Acquisitions

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Mergers and acquisitions enable companies to achieve strategic goals such as cost savings, market expansion, and competitive advantage, but success depends on paying reasonable prices, understanding the target, and managing integration challenges.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What mergers and acquisitions are: a merger combines two or more firms into one new company; an acquisition is when one company purchases another (target company).
  • Three main merger types: horizontal (same stage, same industry), vertical (different stage, same industry), and conglomerate (unrelated businesses).
  • Why companies merge: strategic motives include cost savings, market share growth, technology acquisition, and faster market entry; financial motives include restructuring to unlock hidden value.
  • Common confusion: bigger deals are not always better—many mega-mergers fail because buyers overpay, underestimate integration costs, or misjudge cultural fit.
  • What predicts merger success: low purchase premiums, smaller targets in familiar businesses, cash payments, and evidence of both business and financial logic.

🔀 Types of Mergers

🔀 Horizontal merger

Horizontal merger: companies at the same stage in the same industry merge to reduce costs, expand product offerings, or reduce competition.

  • Both companies operate at the same level of the production or sales process.
  • Goal: achieve economies of scale, broaden what the combined company can offer, or eliminate a competitor.
  • Example: UPS acquired trucking company Overnite for $1.25 billion to expand its heavy freight–delivery business—both are in shipping/logistics at the same stage.

🔗 Vertical merger

Vertical merger: a company buys a firm in its same industry, often involved in an earlier or later stage of the production or sales process.

  • The acquirer moves up or down the supply chain (e.g., buying a supplier, distributor, or customer).
  • Goal: gain more control over the production or sales process.
  • Example: Google acquired Urchin Software Corp. (web analytics) to strengthen the software tools it provides to advertisers—Google moved into an earlier stage (analytics) to support its core advertising business.

🌐 Conglomerate merger

Conglomerate merger: brings together companies in unrelated businesses to reduce risk.

  • The firms operate in different industries with no direct production or sales relationship.
  • Goal: diversify to stabilize sales across different seasonal patterns or business cycles.
  • Example: Philip Morris (now Altria Group) started in tobacco, then acquired Miller Brewing, General Foods, Kraft, and Nabisco—unrelated businesses that respond differently to economic cycles.

💰 Leveraged buyout (LBO)

Leveraged buyout (LBO): a specialized, financially motivated type of merger—a corporate takeover financed by large amounts of borrowed money (as much as 90 percent of the purchase price).

  • Can be initiated by outside investors or the company's own management.
  • Rationale: belief that the company is worth more than its current stock value; buyers take it private, improve cash flow, or sell off units to pay debt.
  • Example: Apollo Global Management LLC agreed to buy ADT Corp. in the largest LBO of 2016.
  • Don't confuse with strategic mergers: LBOs are primarily financial plays, not about operational synergies; many fail to generate enough cash to cover debt.

🎯 Why Companies Merge

🎯 Strategic motives

  • Cost savings and efficiency: eliminate overlapping operations, improve purchasing power.
  • Market power: increase market share or reduce competition.
    • Example: Oracle paid $5.85 billion for Siebel Systems, its largest competitor in sales automation.
  • Growth and expansion: broaden product lines, acquire technology or management skills, enter new markets quickly.
    • Example: Yahoo invested $1 billion for a 40 percent stake in Alibaba.com to strengthen ties to China's e-commerce market.
  • Faster, less risky entry: purchasing a company can be quicker and cheaper than developing products or markets in-house.
    • Example: Amazon's $13.7 billion purchase of Whole Foods gave it instant entry into retail grocery, plus new consumer data and physical stores to sell Amazon tech products.

💼 Financial restructuring motives

  • Unlock hidden value: acquirers believe the target is undervalued and can be made more valuable through restructuring.
  • Actions taken: cut costs, sell off units, lay off employees, refinance debt.
  • Example: Brookfield Business Partners plans to acquire bankrupt Westinghouse Electric for $4.6 billion; Brookfield has a history of turning around distressed businesses.
  • Don't confuse with strategic mergers: financially motivated mergers focus on restructuring, not on achieving economies of scale.

⚠️ Merger Challenges and Success Factors

⚠️ Why many mergers fail

The excerpt warns that "bigger does not always mean better":

  • Overpaying: buyers often pay a premium that wipes out the entire potential economic gain.
  • Illusory synergies: managers envision grand synergies that prove unworkable or don't materialize.
  • Misunderstanding the target: buyers don't fully understand what they are getting.
  • Integration nightmares: companies underestimate the costs and difficulty of consolidating operations, especially when cultures differ.
  • Losing key assets: failure to keep key employees, maintain sales force effectiveness, or retain customers.

✅ What predicts merger success

The excerpt lists four evidence-based criteria:

FactorWhat to look forWhy it matters
Purchase priceLow premium (e.g., 10% over market, not 50%)Buyer doesn't need heroic synergies to justify the deal
Target size and familiarityTarget significantly smaller than buyer, in a business the buyer understands"Transformational" deals (entering new arenas) carry bigger risk
Payment methodCash, not overinflated stockSignals financial discipline and realistic valuation
Business logicEvidence the deal makes both business and financial senseNot purely the brainchild of an empire-building CEO
  • Key insight: "The most important quality a company can bring to a merger may be humility."
  • Mergers are tough—culturally, commercially, and logistically—so realistic expectations and careful planning are essential.

📈 Merger Activity Trends

📈 Historical patterns

  • Late 1990s boom: merger activity soared with the technology boom; total annual transactions averaged $1.6 trillion, fueled by unrealistically high stock prices.
  • 2000–2001 bust: activity dropped when the tech bubble burst and after the September 11, 2001 attacks; corporate wrongdoing further depressed stocks and merger transactions.
  • 2016 resurgence: global M&A reached $3.84 trillion, driven by a solid economy, low interest rates, good credit, rising stock prices, and cash stockpiles.

📈 Current outlook

  • Merger activity tracks stock market movements and economic conditions.
  • First quarter 2017: mixed results—deal volume fell 17.9% versus 2016, but total deal value was $678.5 billion (fewer deals, but higher average value).
  • Pending mega-deals: AT&T and Time Warner have an $85.4 billion merger pending; AT&T's CEO cited the opportunity to build an automated advertising platform for premium video and TV.
  • The excerpt notes that the fundamental business case for merging must be strong; companies will continue seeking acquisition candidates, but with more scrutiny.
29

Trends in Business Ownership

4.7 Trends in Business Ownership

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Demographic shifts—especially the aging baby boomer generation and the entrepreneurial millennial generation—are driving franchise growth in fitness, eldercare, and food services, while global merger activity and foreign investment continue to reshape business ownership structures.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Baby boomers drive franchise growth: The aging boomer generation (78 million turning 65 through 2030) fuels demand for fitness, weight-loss, and eldercare franchises.
  • Millennials reshape entrepreneurship: The largest living U.S. generation seeks flexible, customizable business ownership, making franchising attractive to young entrepreneurs who want autonomy but lack startup know-how.
  • Boomers redefine retirement: Many boomers (51% plan to work during retirement; 82% won't retire by 65) are starting small businesses rather than fully retiring.
  • Merger and foreign investment boom: North American deals reached $2 trillion in 2016; worldwide transactions exceeded 48,000, with foreign direct investment in the U.S. hitting $373.4 billion.
  • Common confusion: Don't assume all franchise growth is driven by one demographic—boomers and millennials target different sectors (eldercare vs. food/lifestyle) for different reasons (staying active vs. flexible ownership).

👴 Baby boomer demographic trends

👴 The graying of America

  • "Graying of America" refers to the baby boomer generation (born post-WWII) heading toward retirement age.
  • In 2006, the first of 78 million boomers turned 60; every day 10,000 boomers turn 65, a trend expected to continue until 2030.
  • Boomers have transformed every life stage they've touched, and their demographic weight creates business opportunities wherever they go.

💪 Fitness and weight-loss franchises

  • Boomers' interest in staying fit and healthy drives growth in fitness and weight-loss franchises.
  • In just one year, the fitness category in Entrepreneur's Franchise 500 grew to over 50 franchisors.
  • According to IHRSA, 52.9 million Americans belong to a health club—up from 39.4 million 10 years ago.
  • Example: A boomer-focused fitness franchise benefits from this large, health-conscious consumer base.

🏠 Eldercare franchise boom

  • The aging population creates demand for eldercare services, particularly home-based care.
  • Home Instead Senior Care: Founded in 1994, recognized as one of the world's fastest-growing franchise companies in eldercare, with over 1,000 independently owned franchises in 12 countries.
  • Services include meal preparation, companionship, light housekeeping, medication reminders, incidental transportation, and errands.
  • Cost comparison:
    • Nursing home: $72,000–$92,000/year
    • Home care: $45,000–$60,000/year
  • These services allow the elderly to remain in their own homes longer, enhancing quality of life.

🎨 Adult day services

  • Adult day services are one of the fastest-growing franchises and "still one of the best-kept secrets around" according to Entrepreneur magazine.
  • Based on the concept of day care for children, SarahCare offers a franchising opportunity that meets two criteria: a booming demographic market with growth potential and excellent eldercare.
  • Cost: Around $17,900/year—highly affordable compared to nursing homes or full-time home care.
  • The franchise allows entrepreneurs to enter an expanding industry while restoring dignity and vibrancy to older adults' lives.

🧑‍💼 Millennial entrepreneurship trends

🧑‍💼 Millennial demographics and preferences

  • Millennials: Individuals born between 1980 and 2000, the largest living generation in the United States (Pew Research).
  • Millennials spend more money in restaurants per capita than any previous generation.
  • They seek brands offering customized food choices, quality ingredients, freshness, authenticity, transparency, and environmental/social responsibility.

🚀 Millennial interest in entrepreneurship

  • According to the U.S. Chamber of Commerce Foundation, two out of three millennials are interested in entrepreneurship.
  • Forbes reports:
    • 72% want to be their own boss
    • 74% want flexible work schedules
    • 88% want "work–life integration"
  • Growth potential and a flexible, fulfilling lifestyle attract millennials to franchise ownership.

🎓 Franchising solves startup challenges

  • A CT Corporation survey found that among college graduates wanting to start a business:
    • 67% lacked the know-how
    • 45% didn't think they could come up with a name
    • 30% were not knowledgeable about marketing
  • Franchising provides a solution by offering a proven business model, brand recognition, and operational support.
  • Example: Sal Rehman, a millennial from the Chicago area, grew up working in his family's diner. At age 27 in 2015, he opened his first Wing Zone franchise in Glendale Heights, Illinois, and now owns five Wing Zones.

🔄 Boomers and retirement trends

🔄 Working longer and second careers

  • Many boomers are working longer at their jobs and embracing post-retirement second careers, often starting their own small businesses.
  • Example: Bob Drucker, age 64, founded and runs RxUSA, an online pharmacy in Port Washington, New York. He says, "I love my work, and I cannot imagine sitting home and doing nothing."

📊 Retirement survey findings

  • The annual retirement survey by Transamerica Center for Retirement Studies found:
    • 51% of boomers plan to work in some capacity during their retirement years
    • 82% indicated they will not retire at or before age 65
  • As boomers remain healthy and energetic, they stay active and engaged, postponing or avoiding full retirement.

🏢 Choosing business structures

  • Retirees starting businesses choose different forms of organization depending on their needs and goals:
    • Some start small consulting businesses using sole proprietorship
    • Couples or friends might choose partnerships in retail or franchise ventures
  • Don't confuse: The choice of business structure depends on individual circumstances, not just age or industry.

🌍 Mergers and foreign investment trends

🌍 North American merger boom

  • After shunning big deals for more than three years, corporate America launched a new merger wave.
  • In 2016, North American companies announced deals totaling almost $2.0 trillion.
  • Many were large deals; the largest in 2016 was AT&T's merger with Time Warner for over $85 billion.

🌐 Worldwide merger activity

  • Foreign merger activity reached a new high:
    • 2015: 44,000 transactions totaling $4.5 trillion
    • 2016: Over 48,000 transactions, one of the most active periods to date
  • Non-U.S. companies accounted for about two-thirds of transactions.
  • European companies' cross-border transactions led the way, with deals totaling more than one trillion dollars.
  • The increase results from improving economic growth and better stock prices.

🔍 New characteristics of current merger boom

  • This merger boom feels different from earlier merger mania:
    • New players are entering the arena
    • The number of U.S. and foreign companies making cross-border acquisitions has increased
  • Whether these mergers will benefit the global economy remains to be seen.
  • Positive effects: Transactions leading to cost savings, streamlined operations, and more funding for research and capital investment in new facilities.
  • Risk: Many deals may fail to live up to acquirers' expectations.

💵 Foreign investment in the U.S.

  • Annual foreign direct investment in U.S. companies reached $373.4 billion in 2016.
  • The jump results from:
    • A worldwide boom in mergers and acquisitions
    • The need to finance America's growing trade deficit
    • The continued attraction of the U.S. economy to investors worldwide

🌏 U.S. investment abroad

  • American investment in foreign economies is skyrocketing as U.S. businesses seek opportunities in developing countries.
  • According to Congressional Research Service Reports, outflows from the U.S. into foreign countries now exceed $6.4 trillion a year.
  • Attractions: Cheap labor, resources, and intellectual capital of developing economies such as China and India.
  • U.S. companies of all sizes outsource functions like payroll, information technology (IT), web/email hosting, customer relationship management (CRM), and human resources (HR) to keep costs under control and enhance profitability.

📋 Summary table: Demographic trends and business impacts

Demographic groupKey characteristicsBusiness opportunitiesExample
Baby boomers78 million; turning 65 through 2030; health-consciousFitness, weight-loss, eldercare franchisesHome Instead Senior Care, SarahCare
MillennialsLargest living generation; entrepreneurial; value flexibilityFood/restaurant franchises; customizable, socially responsible brandsWing Zone (Sal Rehman)
Retiring boomers51% plan to work during retirement; 82% won't retire by 65Small business startups, consulting, partnershipsRxUSA (Bob Drucker)
30

Entrepreneurship Today

5.1 Entrepreneurship Today

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Entrepreneurship remains a strong foundation of the U.S. business system because today's global economy rewards innovative, flexible companies that can respond quickly to changes, and entrepreneurs—distinct from small-business owners—are visionaries who take risks to create new businesses or transform existing ones.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why entrepreneurship thrives: The global economy rewards innovation and flexibility, which entrepreneurs provide through vision, drive, creativity, and willingness to take risks.
  • Who becomes entrepreneurs: The desire to be one's own boss cuts across all age, gender, and ethnic lines; minority groups and women are starting businesses at rates higher than the national average.
  • Common confusion—entrepreneur vs. small-business owner: Entrepreneurs are innovators who take risks to create or greatly change businesses and spot trends; small-business owners are managers who start or buy a business and consciously stay small.
  • Types of entrepreneurs: Classic entrepreneurs (risk-takers with innovative ideas), micropreneurs (start small and plan to stay small for lifestyle), multipreneurs, and intrapreneurs.
  • Small business dominance: Most U.S. businesses are small—99.6% have 0–99 employees, and they pay more than 41% of America's payroll.

🚀 Why entrepreneurship continues to thrive

🌍 The global economy rewards innovation

  • Today's global economy favors companies that are innovative and flexible.
  • These companies can respond quickly to changes in the business environment.
  • Entrepreneurs are the ones who start such companies—they bring vision, drive, and creativity.
  • Example: The Aguerre brothers (Fernando and Santiago) started with a surfboard repair service as teenagers, then opened Argentina's first surf shop, and eventually created Reef sandals, which became the world's hottest beach footwear and sold for over $100 million.

💡 Entrepreneurial spirit is widespread

  • Two-thirds of college students intend to be entrepreneurs at some point in their careers.
  • The desire to be one's own boss cuts across all age, gender, and ethnic lines.
  • Minority groups and women are becoming business owners at a much higher rate than the national average.

📊 Minority and women entrepreneurship growth

GroupGrowth/Statistics
Hispanic-owned businessesAlmost tripled between 1997 (1.2 million) and 2012 (3.3 million)
African American-owned businessesPercentage with 1–50 employees increased by 50% between 1996 and 2015
Minority-owned firms with employeesAlmost a million total: 53% Asian American, 11% African American, nearly a third Hispanic
Women-owned companies19% of all companies with employees

🔍 Entrepreneur vs. small-business owner

🎯 Key distinction

Entrepreneur: A person with vision, drive, and creativity who is willing to take the risk of starting and managing a business to make a profit; typically innovators who create new businesses or greatly change existing ones.

Small-business owner: A manager or person with technical expertise who started a business or bought an existing business and made a conscious decision to stay small.

  • Don't confuse: The term "entrepreneur" is often used broadly to include most small-business owners, but there is a real difference.
  • Entrepreneurs and small-business owners share some characteristics and reasons for starting businesses, but their approaches differ.

🆚 How they differ in practice

AspectEntrepreneurSmall-Business Owner
Risk approachTakes risks to create or greatly change businessesManages or applies technical expertise; stays small by choice
InnovationInnovators who pursue new products/servicesMay not focus on innovation
VisionVisionaries who spot trendsAccepts the status quo more readily
Time horizonGenerally takes a longer-term viewMore focused on current operations
ExampleJeff Bezos (Amazon.com)—developed web-based book retailing that revolutionized the industryLocal independent bookstore proprietor
  • Example contrast: Both Jeff Bezos and a local bookstore owner sell books, but Bezos is an entrepreneur because he developed a new model that revolutionized bookselling and then retailing in general.

🏢 The dominance of small business in the U.S.

📈 Most U.S. businesses are small

  • 80% (approximately 23.8 million) of nearly 29.7 million businesses have no employees (run by individuals or small groups of partners).
  • 89% (approximately 5.2 million) of the nearly 5.8 million businesses with employees have fewer than 20 employees.
  • 99.6% (approximately 5.7 million) of all businesses have 0–99 employees; 98% have 0–20 workers.
  • Only about 19,000 businesses in the United States have more than 500 employees.

💼 Small businesses' economic impact

  • Companies with fewer than 50 employees pay more than 20% of America's payroll.
  • Companies with fewer than 500 employees pay more than 41% of America's payroll.
  • 32.5 million people (1 employee in 4) work for businesses with fewer than 50 employees.
  • These businesses also pay tens of millions of owners, not included in employment statistics.

🎨 Types of entrepreneurs

🌟 Classic entrepreneurs

Classic entrepreneurs: Risk-takers who start their own companies based on innovative ideas.

  • They develop new products, services, or business models.
  • Example: The Aguerre brothers created Reef sandals from an innovative idea (comfortable beach sandals) and built it into a dominant brand.

🏡 Micropreneurs

Micropreneurs: Entrepreneurs who start small and plan to stay small.

  • They often start businesses just for personal satisfaction and the lifestyle.
  • They are a subset of classic entrepreneurs but with different growth intentions.
  • Example: Miho Inagi, a young office assistant in Japan, quit her job to pursue her dream of opening a bagel shop in Tokyo after falling in love with New York bagels—despite bagels being virtually unknown in Japan and her parents trying to talk her out of it.
  • Don't confuse with small-business owners who stay small by default; micropreneurs intentionally choose to stay small for lifestyle reasons.

🔄 Other types mentioned

  • The excerpt mentions multipreneurs and intrapreneurs as additional categories but does not provide definitions or details.

✅ Questions before starting

🤔 Self-assessment for would-be entrepreneurs

The excerpt provides 12 questions entrepreneurs should ask themselves before starting:

Product/Service viability:

  • What is new and novel about your idea? Are you solving a problem or unmet need?
  • Are there similar products/services? If so, what makes yours better?
  • How might this product evolve over time? Can it expand into a product line or be updated in future versions?

Market understanding:

  • Who is your target market? How many people would use your product or service?
  • Have you talked with potential customers to get their feedback? Would they buy it?
  • Where would someone buy this product/service?

Financial considerations:

  • What about production costs? How much do you think the market will pay?
  • What are the costs to sell and market it?

Strategic factors:

  • How defensible is the concept? Is there good intellectual property?
  • Is this innovation strategic to my business?
  • Is the innovation easy to communicate?
  • What are the challenges involved in developing this product/service?

🎯 Purpose of these questions

  • These questions help would-be entrepreneurs assess whether their idea is viable before investing money, energy, and time.
  • They cover product differentiation, market demand, financial feasibility, and strategic positioning.
31

Characteristics of Successful Entrepreneurs

5.2 Characteristics of Successful Entrepreneurs

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Successful entrepreneurs share a distinct set of personality traits—including ambition, independence, vision, and passion—combined with managerial and technical skills that enable them to build and sustain their companies.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core personality traits: Entrepreneurs are ambitious, independent, self-confident, creative, energetic, passionate, and committed risk-takers with vision.
  • Beyond personality: Technical knowledge and managerial ability are essential to organize a company, develop strategies, obtain financing, and supervise operations.
  • Work commitment: Entrepreneurs work longer hours, take fewer vacations, and cannot leave problems at the office—they are the company.
  • Common confusion: Having entrepreneurial traits alone is insufficient; business skills (interpersonal, communication, technical) must be learned or delegated.
  • Learning and delegation: Entrepreneurs often focus on their strengths and hire others to handle areas where they lack expertise.

🎯 The Entrepreneurial Personality

🏆 Ambitious and competitive

  • Entrepreneurs have a high need for achievement.
  • They are driven by the challenge of building a business and watching it grow.
  • Example: CEOs of Inc. 500 companies cite "the challenge of building a business" as the most common reason for starting their companies.

🦅 Independent and self-confident

  • Independent: Entrepreneurs are individualists and self-starters who prefer to lead rather than follow.
  • Self-confident: They understand the challenges of starting and operating a business and are decisive and confident in their ability to solve problems.
  • They want to control their own destiny rather than work for someone else.

🎲 Risk-takers (but calculated)

  • Entrepreneurs are not averse to risk, but they favor moderate-degree risk where they can better control outcomes.
  • They avoid highly risky ventures where luck plays a large role.
  • Don't confuse: Risk-taking doesn't mean recklessness; successful entrepreneurs manage and control risk.

🔮 Visionary and creative

  • Visionary: Their ability to spot trends and act on them sets entrepreneurs apart from small-business owners and managers.
  • Creative: To compete with larger firms, entrepreneurs need creative product designs, bold marketing strategies, and innovative solutions to managerial problems.
  • Example: Jeff Bezos recognized that Internet technology could compete with traditional book retailers and built Amazon with a vision to become "Earth's most customer-centric company."

⚡ Energetic, passionate, and committed

  • Energetic: Starting and operating a business takes long hours; some entrepreneurs start companies while still employed full-time elsewhere.
  • Passionate: Entrepreneurs love their work.
    • Example: Miho Inagi opened a bagel shop in Tokyo despite the odds against success, driven by her passion for bagels.
  • Committed: Entrepreneurs are willing to make personal sacrifices to achieve their goals because they are so committed to their companies.

🌟 Real-world examples of entrepreneurial traits

The excerpt provides several illustrations:

  • Sarah Levy (23): Left her restaurant pastry chef job due to low pay and high stress; launched Sarah's Pastries and Candies from her parents' home.
  • Conor McDonough: Cornell graduate who started his own web design firm (OffThePathMedia.com) after becoming disillusioned with the rigid structure of his job, seeking more room for personal expression.
  • Ana Sanchez: Graphic artist who freelances because "it forces me to do my best work because I know my next job depends on my performance."

🛠️ Managerial Ability and Technical Knowledge

🧰 Why personality traits alone are not enough

A person with all the characteristics of an entrepreneur might still lack the necessary business skills to run a successful company.

  • Entrepreneurs need technical knowledge to carry out their ideas.
  • They also need managerial ability to:
    • Organize a company
    • Develop operating strategies
    • Obtain financing
    • Supervise day-to-day activities

🗣️ Interpersonal and communication skills

  • Good interpersonal and communication skills are important in dealing with:
    • Employees
    • Customers
    • Business associates (bankers, accountants, attorneys)
  • Entrepreneurs believe they can learn these much-needed skills.

📚 Learning through experience

Example: Jim Steiner and Quality Imaging Products

  • Initial investment: $400 total
    • $200 on a consultant to teach him the business
    • $200 on materials to rebuild his first printer cartridges
  • Daily routine for 18 months:
    • 8:00 a.m.–noon: sales calls
    • Noon–5:00 p.m.: deliveries to customers
    • After quick dinner: worked in garage filling copier cartridges until midnight
    • Sometimes collapsed into bed covered with carbon soot
  • This intensive learning period taught him the technical and operational skills needed.

🤝 The importance of delegation

  • Entrepreneurs usually learn that they can't do it all themselves.
  • They often choose to focus on what they do best and hire others to do the rest.
  • Example: Jim Crane, who built Eagle Global Logistics from a start-up into a $250 million company, told his team: "I have never run a $250 million company before so you guys are going to have to start running this business."
  • Don't confuse: Working on the business (strategy, vision) vs. working in the business (day-to-day tasks)—successful entrepreneurs learn to delegate the latter.

💼 The Reality of Entrepreneurial Life

⏰ Time and lifestyle demands

  • Entrepreneurs tend to work longer hours than traditional employees.
  • They take fewer vacations.
  • They cannot leave problems at the office at the end of the day.
  • They are the company—the business is inseparable from their personal life.

🎯 Motivation and satisfaction

Common reasons for becoming an entrepreneur (from Inc. 500 CEOs):

  1. The challenge of building a business
  2. Desire to control their own destiny
  3. Financial independence
  4. Frustration of working for someone else
  5. Personal satisfaction with their work
  6. Creating the lifestyle they want

✅ Would they do it again?

  • The answer is a resounding yes.
  • Most entrepreneurs say they would do it again, despite the challenges and sacrifices.
32

5.3 Small Business: Driving America's Growth

5.3 Small Business: Driving America's Growth

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Small businesses play a critical role in the U.S. economy by representing about half of economic output, employing about half the private sector workforce, and providing opportunities for individuals from all walks of life to succeed.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Economic impact: Small businesses represent approximately half of U.S. economic output and employ about half the private sector workforce.
  • Definition complexity: Small businesses are defined in many ways (by number of employees, revenue, length of operation, etc.), with estimates ranging from 5 million to over 22 million businesses depending on the criteria used.
  • Recent growth trends: Start-up activity has risen sharply since 2013, with business survival rates reaching a three-decade high of 48.7% by 2016—nearly half of new businesses now make it to their fifth year.
  • Common confusion: Different organizations use different size standards and criteria, making it difficult to get consistent statistics; collaborative efforts are now underway to combine data sources for a clearer picture.
  • Measurement shift: The Kauffman Index focuses on entrepreneurial outputs (actual results like new companies and growth rates) rather than just inputs, providing a more accurate picture of entrepreneurial activity.

📊 Defining and measuring small business

📏 What counts as a small business

Small businesses are defined in many ways, with statistics varying based on criteria such as new/start-up businesses, number of employees, total revenue, length of time in business, nonemployees, businesses with employees, and geographic location.

  • The Small Business Administration (SBA) uses size standards based on types of economic activity or industry, generally matched to the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS).
  • Estimates of the total number of small businesses range from 5 million to over 22 million depending on the definition used.
  • Don't confuse: A business might be "small" by one measure (e.g., fewer than 50 employees) but not by another (e.g., revenue over $1 million).

📐 Size distribution of established businesses

Established small businesses are defined as companies that have been in business at least five years and employ at least one, but less than 50, employees.

Number of EmployeesPercentage of Businesses
1–4 employees53.07%
5–9 employees23.23%
10–19 employees14.36%
20–49 employees9.33%
  • More than half of small businesses have between one and four employees.
  • Small businesses can be found in almost every industry: services, retail, construction, wholesale, manufacturing, finance and insurance, agriculture and mining, transportation, and warehousing.

📈 Recent trends and growth indicators

🚀 Start-up activity resurgence

  • Start-up activity rose sharply from an all-time low of minus 0.87% in 2013 to positive 0.48% in 2016.
  • Between 1996 and 2011, business ownership rates dropped for both men and women, but ownership has increased every year since 2014.
  • The Kauffman Index of Startup Activity rose again slightly in 2016 following sharp increases two years in a row.

💪 Opportunity-driven entrepreneurship

  • In 2016, 86.3% of new entrepreneurs started businesses to pursue opportunity rather than from necessity.
  • This represents more than 12 percentage points higher than in 2009 at the height of the Great Recession.
  • Example: An entrepreneur who sees a market gap and starts a business to fill it (opportunity) versus someone who starts a business because they lost their job (necessity).

🏆 Improved survival rates

  • For the first time, Main Street entrepreneurship activity was higher in 2016 than before the onset of the Great Recession.
  • Business survival rates reached a three-decade high of 48.7%—nearly half of new businesses are making it to their fifth year of operation.
  • 47% of U.S. businesses have been in business for 11 or more years.
  • Why this matters: Higher survival rates indicate a healthier entrepreneurial ecosystem and better support for new businesses.

💰 Revenue distribution

  • In 2016, about 25% of all employing firms had revenues over $1 million.
  • However, 2% had revenues under $10,000.
  • This wide range shows the diversity of small business scale and success levels.

🔬 The Kauffman Foundation's measurement approach

🏛️ About the Kauffman Foundation

  • The Ewing Marion Kauffman Foundation is among the largest private foundations in the country, with an asset base of approximately $2 billion.
  • Focuses on projects that encourage entrepreneurship and support education through grants and research activities.
  • Distributed over $17 million in grants in 2013.

📊 Kauffman Index series structure

The foundation supports new business creation through two research programs:

  1. Kauffman Index of Entrepreneurship series: Measures and interprets indicators of U.S. entrepreneurial activity at national, state, and metropolitan levels.
  2. Annual Survey of Entrepreneurs (ASE): A public–private partnership between the foundation, U.S. Census Bureau, and Minority Business Development Agency providing annual data on employer businesses and their owners by gender, ethnicity, race, and veteran status.

🎯 Three specialized indexes

🌱 Kauffman Index of Startup Activity

  • An early indicator of new entrepreneurship in the United States.
  • Focuses on new business creation activity and people engaging in business start-up activity.
  • Three components: rate of new entrepreneurs, opportunity share of new entrepreneurs, and start-up density.

🏪 Kauffman Index of Main Street Entrepreneurship

  • Measures established small-business activity—businesses more than five years old with less than 50 employees from 1997 to 2016.
  • Established in 2015.
  • Three components: rate of business owners in the economy, five-year survival rate of businesses, and established small-business density.

📈 Kauffman Growth Entrepreneurship Index

  • A composite measure of entrepreneurial business growth in the United States.
  • Captures growth entrepreneurship in all industries and measures business growth from both revenue and job perspectives.
  • Established in 2016.
  • Three components: rate of start-up growth, share of scale-ups, and high-growth company density.

🔍 What makes Kauffman unique

  • The indexes don't focus on only inputs (as most small-business reporting has been done in the past).
  • Reports primarily on entrepreneurial outputs—the actual results of entrepreneurial activity, such as new companies, business density, and growth rates.
  • Includes comprehensive, interactive data visualizations enabling users to analyze data nationally, at the state level, and for the 40 largest metropolitan areas.
  • Data sources include Current Population Survey (CPS) with sample sizes of more than 900,000 observations and Business Dynamics Statistics (BDS) covering approximately 5 million businesses.

🚀 Getting started with your own business

✅ First steps checklist

Before starting your own small business, consider:

  • Identify your reasons
  • Self-analysis
  • Personal skills and experience
  • Finding a niche
  • Conduct market research
  • Plan your start-up: write a business plan
  • Finances: how to fund your business

💡 Where ideas come from

  • About 80% of Inc. 500 executives got the idea for their company while working in the same or a related industry.
  • Why this matters: Starting a firm in a field where you have experience improves your chances of success.
  • Other sources: personal experiences as a consumer, hobbies and personal interests, suggestions from customers/family/friends, industry conferences, and college courses or other education.

📚 Staying informed

  • Read entrepreneurship and small-business magazines and visit their websites.
  • These resources provide articles on everything from idea generation to selling a business.
  • They profile young entrepreneurs and their successful business ventures.
  • Example: Learning about how other entrepreneurs solved problems similar to yours can provide practical insights.

🎯 Three main paths to business ownership

About 75% of business start-ups involve brand-new organizations, with the remaining 25% representing purchased companies or franchises:

  1. Start from scratch (brand-new organization)
  2. Buy an existing business
  3. Buy a franchise
33

Ready, Set, Start Your Own Business

5.4 Ready, Set, Start Your Own Business

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Starting a small business requires careful self-assessment, thorough planning through a comprehensive business plan, and securing appropriate financing, while understanding that success demands ongoing adaptation and carries significant risks.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Getting started: Self-assessment and idea generation are the first critical steps; most entrepreneurs (80%) get ideas from working in the same or related industry.
  • Business plan is essential: A comprehensive written business plan forces objective analysis, helps secure financing, and serves as an ongoing operating guide—not just a one-time document.
  • Financing options: Start-ups typically use personal funds, family/friends (94% of owners), angel investors for seed capital, or venture capitalists for later-stage growth funding.
  • Common confusion: Business plans vs. ongoing management—many entrepreneurs mistakenly treat the plan as only for raising money, when it should be a dynamic document reviewed regularly.
  • High failure risk: Nearly 50% of small businesses fail within five years due to economic factors, inadequate capital, poor management, or lack of experience.

🚀 Getting started with your business

🔍 Self-assessment and preparation

Before launching, entrepreneurs must complete a thorough self-assessment checklist:

  • Identify your reasons for starting a business
  • Analyze your personal skills and experience
  • Determine if you have the traits needed to succeed
  • Decide what type of business suits you best

The excerpt emphasizes that this initial step determines "whether you have the personal traits you need to succeed and, if so, what type of business would be best for you."

💡 Finding business ideas

Where ideas come from:

  • Industry experience (80% of Inc. 500 executives): Working in the same or related field improves success chances
  • Personal experiences: As a consumer, through hobbies and interests
  • External input: Customer suggestions, family and friends, industry conferences
  • Education: College courses or other learning

How to identify opportunities:

  • Look for problems that need solving
  • Find products that don't work well and could be improved
  • Ask questions about how things are done
  • See opportunity in adversity

Example: Someone notices a gap in the market through their own frustration as a consumer, then develops a solution based on that unmet need.

📊 Choosing your business structure

Key decision: Select from sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or limited liability company.

Factors to consider:

FactorWhy it matters
Type of businessDifferent structures suit different operations
Number of employeesAffects management complexity
Capital requirementsDetermines financing needs and options
Tax considerationsDifferent structures have different tax implications
Level of riskLiability protection varies by structure

📝 Developing your business plan

🎯 Why a business plan matters

A comprehensive business plan is "one of the most important steps in starting a business."

Key benefits:

  • Attracts appropriate loan financing
  • Minimizes risks involved
  • Critical determinant of success or failure
  • Allows "what if" analyses without financial risk
  • Forces objective, critical evaluation of the concept
  • Helps identify and solve problems before they occur

Common mistake to avoid: Don't think the business plan is only for raising money. The excerpt warns: "Entrepreneurs who think their business plan is only for raising money make a big mistake."

📋 Essential components of a business plan

Core sections required:

SectionPurpose
Executive summaryOverview that creates excitement; written last but appears first
Vision and mission statementDescribes intended strategy and business philosophy
Company overviewExplains type, background, and legal form of organization
Product/service planDescribes offerings and unique features that create competitive advantage
Marketing planIdentifies customers, competition, and marketing strategy
Management planProfiles key players and their qualifications
Operating planExplains manufacturing/operating systems and facilities
Financial planSpecifies financial needs, funding sources, and projections (3-5 years)
AppendixSupporting documents like team biographies and research

🔄 Keeping the plan dynamic

Business plans should be "dynamic documents, reviewed and updated on a regular basis—monthly, quarterly, or annually."

Why regular review matters:

  • Helps identify strengths and weaknesses in strategies
  • Allows adjustment of sales and profit projections
  • Evaluates expansion opportunities
  • Responds to market trends and business results
  • Aligns operations with original mission and current conditions

Resource: The Small Business Administration offers sample plans and guidance at https://www.sba.gov under the "Business Guide" tab.

💰 Financing your business

📊 Understanding financing types

Debt: Borrowed funds that must be repaid with interest over a stated time period.

Equity: Funds raised through the sale of stock (ownership) in the business; equity providers get a share of profits.

Typical financing structure:

  • Lenders usually limit debt to 25-33% of total needs
  • Equity financing often amounts to 65-75% of start-up funding
  • Three-quarters of Inc. 500 companies funded on $100,000 or less

👥 Primary funding sources

Personal and close networks (94% of owners):

  • Personal assets and accounts
  • Family contributions
  • Friends' investments
  • This is the most common source for start-ups

Bootstrapping: Funding the operation with your own resources—the most self-reliant approach.

👼 Angel investors

Angel investors: Individual investors or groups of experienced investors who provide financing for start-up businesses by investing their own money, often referred to as "seed capital."

Characteristics:

  • Invest early in a company's development
  • Provide more flexibility than institutional investors
  • Want to see ideas they understand and have confidence in
  • Because it's their own money, they are careful

How to attract angel investors:

  • Show them something from an industry they know
  • Know your business details cold (sales, profit margins, expenses)
  • Describe your business in under one minute
  • Present something they're passionate about
  • Demonstrate competent management they trust and respect
  • Show how they can add value beyond money
  • Emphasize likely exit strategies for investors
  • Avoid deals requiring huge sums or repeated infusions

🚀 Venture capital

Venture capital: Financing obtained from venture capitalists, investment firms that specialize in financing small, high-growth companies.

Key differences from angels:

  • Typically invest at a later stage than angel investors
  • Receive ownership interest and voice in management
  • Specialize in high-growth companies
  • More institutional and structured than angel investing

🏢 Buying an existing business

🔍 Critical questions to answer

Before purchasing, thoroughly investigate:

About the sale:

  • Why is the owner selling? (Retirement, new challenge, or problems?)
  • Is the business operating at a profit? If not, can it be corrected?
  • Is the valuation fair and properly justified?

About transition:

  • Will the owner assist through the ownership change?
  • Will customers stay loyal to the business or follow the owner?
  • What are the owner's post-sale plans?

🛡️ Protecting your investment

Noncompete clause: Generally means that the owner of the company being sold may not be allowed to compete in the same industry of the acquired business for a specific amount of time.

Why this matters: Customers could leave if the current owner opens a similar business, so this protection is critical.

Required steps:

  • Prepare a thorough business plan analyzing all aspects
  • Get answers to all questions before committing
  • Negotiate price and purchase terms carefully
  • Obtain appropriate financing
  • Consider using a consultant or business broker for complex transactions

⚠️ Understanding business risks

📉 Failure statistics and causes

Nearly 50% of small businesses fail within five years, according to the Kauffman Foundation.

Important distinction: Not all closures are failures—some financially successful businesses close for nonfinancial reasons.

🔴 Common causes of business closure

Economic factors:

  • Business downturns
  • High interest rates

Financial causes:

  • Inadequate capital
  • Low cash balances
  • High expenses

Lack of experience:

  • Inadequate business knowledge
  • Insufficient management experience
  • Missing technical expertise

Personal reasons:

  • Owner decides to sell
  • Owner moves to other opportunities

Interrelated problems: The excerpt notes these causes "can be interrelated"—for example, low sales and high expenses often directly relate to poor management.

⚡ Challenges even successful businesses face

Growth problems: Growing too quickly can strain finances when additional capital is needed for:

  • Hiring additional staff
  • Purchasing more raw materials
  • Acquiring more equipment

Competitive threats: Example: An entrepreneur launches a terrific new product, but a larger firm with more resources introduces a similar item with better marketing, financing, and distribution.

Personal stress:

  • The business can consume your whole life
  • Long hours and constant decision-making
  • Owners may feel in over their heads
  • Unable to cope with operational pressures

🛑 Knowing when to quit

Warning signs from the excerpt:

Example: Ian White maxed out 11 credit cards, ran up over $100,000 in debt, and ultimately declared personal bankruptcy—he had to find a job to pay bills.

Example: Maria Martz saw her tax return showing losses "in black and white—for the second year in a row," which convinced her to close her gift-basket business.

The challenge: Even after deciding to quit, sticking to that decision can be difficult. The excerpt quotes Martz: "I got calls from people asking how come I wasn't in business anymore. It was tempting to say I'd make their basket but I had to tell myself it is finished now."

Key insight: "Never give up" may be a motivational phrase, but it's not always good advice for a small-business owner. Inadequate early planning is often at the core of later problems, making thorough feasibility analysis critical from the start.

34

Managing a Small Business

5.5 Managing a Small Business

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Managing a small business requires the owner to continuously adapt their role, solve problems quickly, leverage outside resources, and balance growth challenges with the flexibility advantages that small size provides.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Owner's evolving role: As the business grows, the owner shifts from day-to-day operations to managing employees and long-term planning.
  • Growth challenges vs. staying small: Rapid growth can strain finances and operations, but small size offers flexibility, quick response times, and personalized service.
  • Using outside help: Consultants, outsourcing, and SBA resources can ease management burdens and provide specialized expertise.
  • Common confusion: Growth is not always positive—expanding too quickly can be as problematic as sluggish sales; knowing when to pivot or even quit is crucial.
  • Employee management: Attracting and retaining good employees is harder for small firms but essential for growth, requiring creative compensation and culture-building.

🎯 Core management challenges

🎯 Constant problem-solving and adaptation

  • Small-business owners must be ready to solve problems as they arise and move quickly when market conditions change.
  • The owner must constantly evaluate company performance and policies in light of changing market and economic conditions.
  • A sound business plan is key to keeping the owner in touch with all areas of the business.
  • The owner must nurture a continual flow of ideas to keep the business growing.

⚖️ The growth paradox

Two opposite problems can threaten a small business:

ChallengeWhat happensExample from excerpt
Growing too quicklyStrains finances; requires additional capital for staff, materials, equipmentSuccessful businesses must respond quickly and develop plans to manage growth
Sluggish salesBusiness becomes unsustainableMaria Martz saw losses "in black and white—for the second year in a row" and closed her gift-basket business
  • Successful business owners must respond quickly and develop plans to manage growth.
  • Don't confuse: More sales always being good—growth without adequate capital or planning creates serious operational problems.

🚪 Knowing when to quit

  • "Never give up" is not always good advice for a small-business owner.
  • Some owners keep going "no matter what the cost," leading to severe consequences.
  • Example: Ian White maxed out 11 credit cards, ran up over $100,000 in debt, declared personal bankruptcy, and had to find a job to pay bills.
  • Example: Maria Martz closed her gift-basket business after seeing two years of losses, though customer calls made it "tempting" to continue.
  • Making the decision to quit can be tough to stick to, even when it's the right choice.

🔄 The owner's changing role

🔄 From doer to manager

  • Initially, the owner handles most tasks directly.
  • As the company grows, others make many day-to-day decisions while the owner focuses on:
    • Managing employees
    • Planning for the firm's long-term success
  • The types of employees needed may change as the firm grows—larger firms may need more managerial talent and technical expertise.

📚 The MailChimp pivot story

The excerpt includes a detailed case study showing how business focus can evolve:

  • Initial phase: Rocket Science Group started as a web design firm targeting tech companies.
  • First pivot: When the tech bubble burst, they focused on airline and travel companies.
  • Second pivot: After 9/11, they shifted to the real estate market.
  • Key insight: The founders discovered they didn't enjoy sales or working with large companies; they "could relate to" small businesses, who "always asked for email marketing."
  • Final pivot: They recalled an email feature from a previous project and tested it with small businesses, eventually focusing entirely on email marketing for small businesses.
  • The "big idea": The Freemium model—"Let's just make the whole thing free"—allowing customers to send emails free to 1,999 people, charging for larger lists and premium features.
  • Result: Went from a few hundred thousand users to 1 million in one year, then added another million the next year; recognized as "2017 Business of the Year" by Inc. magazine.
  • Lesson: "When you see an opportunity, don't be afraid to pivot and change course, especially if it means focusing on a market you're passionate about."

🤝 Leveraging outside resources

🤝 Outside consultants

Nearly all small businesses benefit from hiring specialists:

TypeRoleBenefit
Certified Public Accountant (CPA)Financial record keeping, decision-making, tax planning"A valuable asset" who helps the business grow
AttorneyLegal advice, contracts, documentsKnowledge of small-business law
Marketing/benefits/insurance consultantsSpecialized adviceUsed on an as-needed basis
Outside directorsBusiness experience and adviceStrategic guidance
  • These resources free the small-business owner to concentrate on medium- and long-range planning and day-to-day operations.

📤 Outsourcing

Outsourcing: contracting out business functions to outside specialists.

Common departments that use outsourcing:

  • Information technology
  • Marketing
  • Customer service
  • Order fulfillment
  • Payroll
  • Human resources

Why outsource?

  • Saves money—the purchasing firm buys just the services it needs.
  • No investment in expensive technology.
  • In many cases, the outside company is another small business.

Important note: Management should review outsourced functions as the business grows; at some point it may be more cost-effective to bring them in-house.

👥 Hiring and retaining employees

👥 The true cost of hiring

Identify all costs before hiring to ensure your business can afford it:

  • Recruiting
  • Help-wanted ads
  • Extra space
  • Taxes (add 10–15% to salary)
  • Employee benefits (add even more)
  • Training and management time

The catch-22: To grow you need to hire more people, but making the shift from solo worker to boss can be stressful.

🎁 Attracting and keeping good employees

Attracting good employees is more difficult for small firms, which may not match:

  • Higher salaries of larger firms
  • Better benefits
  • Advancement potential

Small companies need to be creative:

  • Company culture that nurtures a comfortable environment
  • Flexible hours
  • Employee benefit programs
  • Opportunities to help make decisions
  • Share in profits and ownership

🏡 Little Log Co. example

Duane Ruh built a $1.2 million business (log birdhouses and bird feeders) in a town with just 650 residents by treating employees right:

  • Flexible schedules with plenty of personal time
  • During slow periods, cut back hours rather than lay anyone off
  • Turned down a buyout offer that would have closed the facility
  • Encourages employees to pursue side or summer jobs if needed, assuring them their jobs are safe
  • Why it matters: In a small town with few job options, employee loyalty and retention are critical.

🤲 Letting go of control

Example: Richard Humphrey of DrinkWorks (now Whirley DrinkWorks):

  • Four years after starting, he was logging 100-hour weeks.
  • "I was concerned that if I wasn't there every minute, the company would fall apart."
  • Got sick, lost weight, engagement fell apart.
  • When forced by a family emergency to leave the company in employees' hands, he was amazed: "They stepped up to the plate and it worked out."
  • Result: "After that the whole company balanced out."

🌍 Going global with exporting

🌍 Why small businesses export

The global marketplace represents a huge opportunity for U.S. businesses, both large and small.

Drivers of the decision to export:

  • Desire for increased sales and higher profits
  • U.S. goods become less expensive for overseas buyers when the dollar declines against foreign currencies
  • Domestic recession
  • Foreign competition within the United States
  • New markets opening up in foreign countries

🛠️ How to get started

Like any major business decision, exporting requires careful planning.

Specialists to hire:

  • International-trade consultants
  • Distributors
  • Export Trading Companies (ETCs): Buy goods at a discount from small businesses and resell them abroad
  • Export Management Companies (EMCs): Act on a company's behalf for fees of 5–15% of gross sales and multiyear contracts; handle all aspects including finding customers, billing, shipping, and compliance with foreign regulations

Online and government resources:

  • Small Business Administration's Office of International Trade
  • Department of Commerce services for small businesses
  • Trade Information Center: 1-800-USA-TRADE
  • Export Center: http://www.export.gov

⚖️ Advantages and disadvantages of staying small

⚖️ Special advantages of being small

  • Greater flexibility: Uncomplicated company structure allows quick reaction to changing market forces
  • Faster innovation: Product ideas can be developed and brought to market more quickly, using fewer financial resources and personnel
  • Operating efficiency: Keeps costs down
  • Specialized markets: Can serve niches that may not be cost-effective for large companies
  • Personal service: Higher level of attention brings customers back (e.g., gourmet restaurants, health clubs, spas, fashion boutiques, travel agencies)

🏀 Tap It! Inc. example

Steve Niewulis (former minor league baseball player):

  • Big idea: A sweat-busting rosin bag attached to a wristband so players can dry the bat handle between pitches
  • Product: Just Tap It! wristbands, retailing for $12.95
  • In less than two years, sold thousands of units
  • Used by baseball players, basketball players, tennis players, golfers, and rock climbers
  • Secret to success: "Find a small distribution network that allows small companies, with just one product line, to succeed."

⚠️ Disadvantages of being small

  • Founders may have limited managerial skills
  • Difficulties obtaining adequate financing
  • Complying with federal regulations is more expensive—firms with fewer than 20 employees spend about twice as much per employee on compliance than larger firms
  • Major personal commitment required:
    • Long hours
    • Owners must do much of the work themselves
    • Stress of being personally responsible for success
    • Can take a toll on health and personal life

Don't confuse: Small size always being a disadvantage—the excerpt shows both significant benefits and real challenges.

🏛️ Small Business Administration (SBA) support

🏛️ SBA mission and services

Small Business Administration (SBA): An agency whose mission is to speak on behalf of small business and help people start and manage small businesses through its national network of local offices.

How the SBA helps:

  • Advises in finance and management
  • Helps win federal contracts
  • Toll-free number: 1-800-U-ASK-SBA (1-800-827-5722)
  • Website: http://www.sba.gov

💰 Financial assistance programs

The SBA offers financial assistance to qualified small businesses that cannot obtain financing on reasonable terms through normal lending channels.

Form of assistance:

  • Guarantees on loans made by private lenders
  • (The SBA no longer provides direct loans)
  • Can be used for most business purposes: purchasing real estate, equipment, materials

Scale of impact (fiscal year ending September 30, 2017):

  • Backed more than $25 billion in loans to almost 68,000 small businesses
  • About $9 billion to minority-owned firms
  • $7.5 billion to businesses owned by women
  • More than $1.7 billion in home and business disaster loans

Other programs:

  • New Markets Venture Capital Program (promotes economic development in low-income areas)
  • Export financing
  • Assistance to firms suffering economic harm after disasters

🏦 Small Business Investment Companies (SBICs)

Small Business Investment Companies (SBICs): More than 300 SBA-licensed, privately owned and managed investment companies that provide about $6 billion each year in long-term financing for small businesses.

  • These companies hope to earn a substantial return on their investments as the small businesses grow.
  • The SBA's website suggests seeking angel investors and using SBA-guaranteed loans as funding options.

📚 Management assistance programs

Business Development Library:

  • Publications on most business topics
  • "Starting Out" series: brochures on how to start a wide variety of businesses (from ice-cream stores to fish farms)

Counseling and training:

  • Business development officers at the Office of Business Development
  • Local Small Business Development Centers
  • Counsel thousands of small-business owners each year

Free management consulting through volunteers:

  • Service Corps of Retired Executives (SCORE): Executives use their own business backgrounds to help small-business owners; expanded outreach through email counseling at http://www.score.org
  • Active Corps of Executives (ACE): Similar volunteer consulting

Online resources:

  • Free online resources and courses in the SBA's Learning Center (on the SBA website under "Learning Center" tab)

🌈 Assistance for women and minorities

The SBA is committed to helping women and minorities increase their business participation:

  • Minority small-business program
  • Microloans
  • Spanish-language informational materials
  • Increased regional office decision authority
  • High-tech tools for grants, loan transactions, and eligibility reviews

Special programs:

  • Support services for socially and economically disadvantaged persons (women, Native Americans, Hispanics) through the Minority Business Development Agency
  • Special effort to help veterans go into business for themselves

📈 Trends in entrepreneurship

📈 Start-ups drive the economy

According to economists reviewing Department of Labor surveys and SBA statistics:

  • "Small business drives the American economy," says Dr. Chad Moutray, former chief economist for the SBA's Office of Advocacy
  • "Main Street provides the jobs and spurs our economic growth. American entrepreneurs are creative and productive."

2016 statistics:

  • U.S. small businesses employed 57.9 million people
  • Represented nearly 48% of the workforce
  • Net new jobs added to the economy: 1.4 million

👩‍💼 Women-owned businesses

The highest rate of growth is coming from women-owned firms:

2016 figures:

  • Estimated 11.6 million women-owned businesses
  • Employing nearly 9 million people
  • Generating more than $1.7 trillion in revenue

Growth rates (2007–2017):

  • Women-owned firms increased by 114%
  • All businesses increased by 44%
  • Meaning: Growth rates for women-owned businesses are 2.5 times faster than the national average

Employment growth (past 20 years):

  • Women-owned businesses: increased 27%
  • Overall business employment: increased 13% since 2007

Conclusion: These trends show that more workers are striking out on their own and earning money doing it; encouraging small-business activity leads to continued strong overall economic growth.

👴 Baby Boomer entrepreneurs

The mantra "60 is the new 40" describes today's Baby Boomers, who indulge in much less knitting and golf in their retirement years.

Key statistics:

  • According to a Kauffman Foundation study, Baby Boomers are twice as likely as Millennials to start a new business
  • Close to 25% of all new entrepreneurs fall between ages 55 and 64
  • The AARP predicts silver-haired entrepreneurs will continue to rise in coming years

Impact:

  • This has created a ripple effect in the way we work
  • Boomers have accelerated the growing acceptance of working from home

🌊 Confluence of changes

Much entrepreneurial opportunity comes from major changes in:

  • Demographics: A major demographic group moving into a significantly different stage in life; minorities increasing business ownership in remarkable numbers
  • Society: We have created a society in which we expect to have our problems taken care of
  • Technology: The technological revolution stands ready with already-developed solutions

These evolving social and demographic trends, combined with the challenge of operating in a fast-paced technology-dominated business climate, are changing the face of entrepreneurship and small-business ownership.

35

Small Business, Large Impact

5.6 Small Business, Large Impact

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Small businesses offer unique operational advantages like flexibility and personalized service, but owners face significant challenges including limited capital, regulatory burdens, and the need for deep personal commitment.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core advantages: Small businesses can operate efficiently with streamlined structures, respond quickly to market changes, and serve specialized niches profitably.
  • Service differentiation: Small firms provide higher levels of personal service compared to large corporations.
  • Major disadvantages: Limited managerial expertise, difficulty raising capital, increasing government regulation compliance costs, and substantial personal time investment required.
  • Common confusion: Small businesses are not just "scaled-down" large companies—they face fundamentally different challenges (capital access, regulatory burden relative to size) even though they may serve similar markets.
  • Why it matters: Understanding these trade-offs helps entrepreneurs prepare realistically and leverage their natural advantages while mitigating weaknesses.

⚡ Operational Advantages

⚡ Streamlined efficiency

  • Small businesses benefit from streamlined staffing and structure.
  • Fewer layers of management mean faster decision-making and lower overhead.
  • Example: A small business owner can approve a new initiative immediately, while a large corporation might require multiple approval levels and weeks of review.

🔄 Market flexibility

Small firms have the flexibility to respond to changing market conditions.

  • Because they are not locked into complex bureaucratic processes, small businesses can pivot quickly.
  • This agility allows them to adapt products, services, or strategies when customer needs shift.
  • Don't confuse: Flexibility is not the same as instability—it means the ability to choose to change direction, not being forced to change constantly.

🎯 Niche market specialization

AspectHow small businesses excel
Market focusCan serve specialized markets more profitably than large firms
Customer intimacyProvide a higher level of personal service
Competitive positioningDominate narrow segments that large firms find unprofitable
  • Large corporations often cannot justify the cost of serving small, specialized customer segments.
  • Small businesses can build deep expertise and relationships in these niches.
  • Example: A boutique consulting firm serving only organic food producers can offer specialized knowledge that a large general consultancy cannot match economically.

⚠️ Key Challenges

💼 Managerial limitations

  • Limited managerial skill is a significant disadvantage.
  • Small-business owners often lack formal training in all the functional areas they must oversee (finance, marketing, operations, HR).
  • The owner may be an expert in the product or service but inexperienced in running a business.
  • This gap can lead to poor strategic decisions or operational inefficiencies.

💰 Capital constraints

  • Difficulty in raising capital affects both start-up and expansion phases.
  • Small businesses typically cannot access public equity markets.
  • Banks may view them as higher risk, making loans harder to obtain or more expensive.
  • Example: A small manufacturer wanting to expand production may struggle to secure a loan, while a large corporation can issue bonds or sell stock to raise funds.

📋 Regulatory burden

  • Small businesses face the burden of complying with increasing levels of government regulation.
  • The cost of compliance (legal fees, paperwork, staff time) represents a much larger percentage of revenue for small firms than for large ones.
  • Large companies can spread compliance costs across many more transactions and often have dedicated legal/compliance departments.
  • Don't confuse: The regulations themselves may be the same, but the relative impact is much greater on small businesses.

⏰ Personal commitment demands

  • Small-business ownership requires a major personal commitment from the owner.
  • Owners often work longer hours than corporate employees.
  • The business may consume personal time, family time, and mental energy.
  • Financial risk is often personal—owners may have invested personal savings or taken personal loans.
  • Example: A small-business owner might work evenings and weekends regularly, be unable to take vacations, and worry constantly about cash flow and payroll.

🔍 Advantages vs. Disadvantages Summary

DimensionAdvantagesDisadvantages
OperationsEfficient, streamlined structureLimited managerial expertise
Market responseFlexible, quick adaptationDifficulty scaling or expanding
Customer relationshipsHigh personal service levelsTime-intensive for owner
FinancialLower overhead in some areasHard to raise capital; personal financial risk
RegulatoryDisproportionate compliance burden
Market positioningProfitable niche specializationCannot compete on scale economies

🎯 Strategic implications

  • Small-business owners should leverage their natural advantages: personal service, flexibility, and niche focus.
  • They must actively manage their disadvantages: seek management training, explore creative financing options (SBA loans, angel investors), and use technology or consultants to reduce regulatory compliance costs.
  • Success depends on recognizing that small businesses compete differently than large firms—not on the same terms, but by offering what large firms cannot.
36

The Small Business Administration

5.7 The Small Business Administration

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The Small Business Administration serves as the main federal agency supporting small businesses through loan guarantees, management assistance, and special programs for underrepresented groups, helping drive economic growth and entrepreneurial diversity.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core mission: The SBA speaks on behalf of small business and helps people start, manage, and grow their ventures through financial and management support.
  • Financial assistance: Provides guarantees of private-lender loans rather than direct lending, making capital more accessible to small businesses.
  • Management support: Offers a wide range of services including courses, publications, consulting, and high-tech tools for grants and loan transactions.
  • Special programs: Targets socially and economically disadvantaged groups—women, Native Americans, Hispanics, and veterans—through dedicated programs and Spanish-language materials.
  • Operational improvements: Has increased responsiveness by giving regional offices more decision authority and creating modern tools for eligibility reviews and transactions.

🏛️ What the SBA does

🏛️ Primary role and structure

The Small Business Administration (SBA): A government agency that speaks on behalf of small business; specifically it helps people start and manage small businesses, advises them in the areas of finance and management, and helps them win federal contracts.

  • The SBA is the main federal agency serving small businesses in the United States.
  • It acts as an advocate for small business interests at the federal level.
  • The agency has evolved to become more responsive by decentralizing authority to regional offices.

🎯 Core functions

The SBA operates in three main areas:

  • Starting businesses: Helps entrepreneurs launch new ventures.
  • Managing businesses: Provides ongoing operational guidance.
  • Winning contracts: Assists small businesses in securing federal government contracts.

💰 Financial assistance programs

💰 Loan guarantee program

  • The SBA provides guarantees of private-lender loans for small businesses.
  • Important distinction: The SBA does not typically lend money directly; instead, it guarantees loans made by private lenders.
  • This reduces risk for banks and makes them more willing to lend to small businesses that might otherwise struggle to obtain financing.

Example: A small business owner applies for a loan at a bank. The bank is hesitant because the business is new. With an SBA guarantee, the bank has reduced risk and is more likely to approve the loan.

💼 Small Business Investment Company (SBIC)

Small Business Investment Company (SBIC): Privately owned and managed investment companies that are licensed by the Small Business Administration and provide long-term financing for small businesses.

  • These are private companies licensed by the SBA, not government entities.
  • They provide long-term financing to small businesses.
  • This creates a bridge between private capital and small business needs.

🔧 Microloans and specialized financing

  • The SBA offers microloans for smaller capital needs.
  • These programs help businesses that need smaller amounts of funding than traditional bank loans provide.

📚 Management assistance services

📚 Educational resources

The SBA provides a wide range of management assistance services, including:

  • Courses on business management topics
  • Publications and informational materials
  • Consulting services

🌐 Spanish-language materials

  • The SBA publishes Spanish-language informational materials to increase accessibility.
  • This supports Hispanic entrepreneurs and reflects the growing diversity of small business ownership.

💻 Technology tools

The agency has created high-tech tools for:

  • Grant applications and management
  • Loan transactions
  • Eligibility reviews

These tools streamline processes and make it easier for small businesses to access SBA services.

🤝 Special programs for underrepresented groups

🤝 Minority Business Development Agency

  • The SBA offers special programs and support services for socially and economically disadvantaged persons.
  • Specific groups targeted:
    • Women
    • Native Americans
    • Hispanics
    • Veterans

👩‍💼 Minority small-business program

  • Dedicated program focused on increasing business participation among minority groups.
  • Reflects the SBA's commitment to entrepreneurial diversity.

🎖️ Veterans support

  • The SBA makes a special effort to help veterans go into business for themselves.
  • Recognizes the unique skills and challenges veterans face when transitioning to entrepreneurship.

📊 Impact on minority lending

The excerpt notes that in fiscal year 2017:

  • Loans to minority business owners set a record: more than $9.5 billion.
  • This represented 31 percent of the SBA's total loan portfolio.
  • This demonstrates the significant scale of SBA support for minority entrepreneurs.

🔄 Operational improvements

🔄 Decentralized decision-making

  • The SBA has increased its responsiveness by giving regional offices more decision authority.
  • This allows for faster decisions tailored to local business conditions.
  • Reduces bureaucratic delays that can hinder small business growth.

🔄 Modernization efforts

The agency has modernized through:

  • High-tech tools for processing applications
  • Streamlined eligibility reviews
  • Digital transaction systems

Don't confuse: The SBA's modernization is about improving service delivery, not changing its core mission of supporting small businesses.

📈 Connection to economic trends

📈 Supporting entrepreneurial diversity

The SBA's programs align with broader trends in entrepreneurship:

  • Women-owned businesses are growing at 2.5 times the national average (114% increase between 2007-2017 vs. 44% overall).
  • Minority-owned businesses increased 38% overall.
  • Hispanic-owned businesses increased more than 46% between 2007 and 2012.

📈 Small business economic impact

Context for why the SBA matters:

  • U.S. small businesses employed 57.9 million people in 2016 (nearly 48% of the workforce).
  • Women-owned businesses alone employed nearly 9 million people and generated more than $1.7 trillion in revenue in 2016.
  • The SBA's support helps sustain this critical economic engine.

📈 Loan demand parallels growth

  • The overwhelming increases in minority business ownership paralleled the demand for SBA loan products.
  • This shows the SBA is successfully meeting the needs of a diversifying entrepreneurial landscape.

Example: As more Hispanic entrepreneurs start businesses, SBA loan applications from Hispanic business owners increase, and the agency responds with targeted Spanish-language materials and specialized programs.

37

Trends in Entrepreneurship and Small-Business Ownership

5.8 Trends in Entrepreneurship and Small-Business Ownership

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The excerpt does not contain substantive content about trends in entrepreneurship and small-business ownership; it consists primarily of student activities, case study questions, and resource links.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The excerpt provides discussion prompts and team activities for students studying entrepreneurship.
  • A critical thinking case about Innovation Pavilion and entrepreneurship in smaller U.S. cities is included.
  • Resources and web links for small-business owners (SBA, business plan sites, export assistance) are listed.
  • An ethics scenario about minority-owned supplier programs is presented for student analysis.
  • No theoretical frameworks, trend data, or analytical content about entrepreneurship trends is provided.

📚 Content Structure

📝 Student Activities and Exercises

The excerpt consists mainly of:

  • Discussion questions about entrepreneurship decisions
  • Interview prompts for local entrepreneurs
  • Team activities for business plan competitions
  • Web research assignments about SBA resources and business valuation

These are pedagogical tools rather than content about entrepreneurship trends.

🏢 Innovation Pavilion Case Study

The critical thinking case describes:

  • Innovation Pavilion (IP): An 80,000 square foot business incubator in Centennial, Colorado, founded by Vic Ahmed in 2011.
  • Services provided: Workspace, mentoring, training, makerspace, industry-specific communities (IoT, healthcare, aerospace).
  • Expansion strategy: Targeting second-tier cities across the U.S. rather than major metropolitan areas.
  • Partnership: Steve Case's "Rise of the Rest" bus tour investing in start-ups in 33 cities across mid-America.

The case illustrates one approach to fostering entrepreneurship outside traditional tech hubs, but does not analyze broader trends.

🔗 Resource Links

The excerpt lists websites for:

  • Business plan development
  • SBA services and financing
  • Export assistance
  • Home-based business support
  • Minority business development

These are reference materials rather than analytical content.

⚠️ Note on Content Limitations

📭 Missing Substantive Content

The excerpt does not contain:

  • Analysis of entrepreneurship trends over time
  • Statistical data about small-business ownership patterns
  • Discussion of demographic or technological trends affecting entrepreneurship
  • Theoretical frameworks for understanding entrepreneurial ecosystems
  • Comparative analysis of different entrepreneurial approaches

The title "Trends in Entrepreneurship and Small-Business Ownership" suggests analytical content that is not present in this excerpt.

38

The Role of Management

6.1 The Role of Management

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Management is the process of guiding organizational resources toward goals through planning, organizing, leading, and controlling, with managers serving as the people responsible for executing this process to increase efficiency and effectiveness.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core definition: Management guides the development, maintenance, and allocation of resources to achieve organizational goals.
  • Four primary functions: Planning, organizing, leading, and controlling form the foundation of managerial work.
  • Who managers are: The people in the organization responsible for developing and carrying out the management process.
  • Ultimate purpose: Managers use the four functions to increase efficiency and effectiveness of employees, processes, projects, and the organization as a whole.

🎯 What Management Is

🎯 The management process

Management: the process of guiding the development, maintenance, and allocation of resources to attain organizational goals.

  • Not just about giving orders—it's a systematic process with specific components.
  • Three key verbs define the scope:
    • Guiding development
    • Maintaining resources
    • Allocating resources
  • All activities aim toward organizational goals, not individual preferences.

👥 Who managers are

Managers: the people in the organization responsible for developing and carrying out the management process.

  • Managers are defined by their responsibility for the management process, not just their title.
  • They translate the abstract process into concrete actions within the organization.

🔧 The Four Primary Functions

🗺️ Planning

  • What it involves: Deciding what needs to be done, identifying when and how it will be done, and determining who should do it.
  • Sets the direction before action begins.
  • Example: An organization determines what objectives to pursue, the timeline, the methods, and the responsible parties.

🧩 Organizing

  • What it involves: Coordinating and allocating a firm's resources to carry out its plans.
  • Bridges the gap between planning and execution.
  • Ensures resources (people, money, equipment) are arranged properly.

🧭 Leading

  • What it involves: Guiding and motivating others toward the achievement of organizational goals.
  • The human element of management—working through people.
  • Focuses on influence and motivation, not just instruction.

📊 Controlling

  • Monitoring and adjusting to ensure plans are executed properly.
  • Completes the management cycle by checking results against goals.

💡 Why the Four Functions Matter

💡 Increasing efficiency and effectiveness

The excerpt emphasizes that managers use the four functions to increase:

TargetWhat improves
EmployeesTheir efficiency and effectiveness
ProcessesHow work flows and gets done
ProjectsSpecific initiatives and their outcomes
Organizations as a wholeOverall performance
  • Key insight: The four functions are not separate activities but tools that work together.
  • Managers apply all four functions systematically to improve multiple organizational levels simultaneously.
  • Example: By planning well, organizing resources properly, leading people effectively, and controlling outcomes, a manager helps both individual employees and entire projects perform better.
39

Planning

6.2 Planning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Planning is the management function that determines what needs to be done to achieve organizational goals, when and how it will be done, and who should do it, using four distinct types of planning that vary in time frame and scope.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What planning is: deciding what needs to be done, identifying when and how, and determining who should do it.
  • Four types of planning: strategic (long-range, broad), tactical (shorter, specific), operational (day-to-day standards), and contingency (crisis alternatives).
  • How to distinguish them: time frame and specificity—strategic is longest and broadest; operational is most specific and immediate.
  • Common confusion: tactical vs operational—tactical implements strategy over less than one year; operational creates the specific methods and procedures for daily activities.
  • Why it matters: planning guides resource allocation and helps achieve organizational objectives at all levels.

🎯 What planning means

🎯 Core definition

Planning: the process of deciding what needs to be done to achieve organizational objectives; identifying when and how it will be done; and determining who should do it.

  • Planning is fundamentally about making decisions before action.
  • It answers three questions: what, when/how, and who.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that planning is tied to organizational goals—it's not just any decision-making, but goal-directed decision-making.

📋 The four types of planning

🗺️ Strategic planning

Strategic planning: the process of creating long-range (one to five years), broad goals for the organization and determining what resources will be needed to accomplish those goals.

  • Time frame: one to five years (longest).
  • Scope: broad goals for the entire organization.
  • Focus: what resources will be needed.
  • Example: An organization sets a five-year goal and identifies the major resources required.

🎲 Tactical planning

Tactical planning: the process of beginning to implement a strategic plan by addressing issues of coordination and allocating resources to different parts of the organization; has a shorter time frame (less than one year) and more specific objectives than strategic planning.

  • Time frame: less than one year.
  • Scope: more specific objectives that support broader strategic goals.
  • Purpose: begins implementing the strategic plan.
  • Don't confuse with strategic: tactical is shorter and more specific; it translates strategy into actionable parts.

⚙️ Operational planning

Operational planning: the process of creating specific standards, methods, policies, and procedures that are used in specific functional areas of the organization; helps guide and control the implementation of tactical plans.

  • Focus: specific standards, methods, policies, and procedures.
  • Purpose: guides and controls how tactical plans are implemented.
  • Scope: specific functional areas (not organization-wide).
  • Don't confuse with tactical: operational creates the detailed "how-to" for daily activities; tactical addresses coordination and resource allocation over a longer period.

🚨 Contingency planning

Contingency plans: identify alternative courses of action for very unusual or crisis situations.

  • Purpose: prepare for crises or highly unusual events.
  • Nature: alternative courses of action, not the primary plan.
  • Example: An organization prepares backup plans for unexpected disruptions.

🔄 How the types relate

🔄 Hierarchy and time frame

Planning typeTime frameScopePurpose
Strategic1–5 yearsBroad organizational goalsSet long-range direction and resource needs
Tactical< 1 yearSpecific objectives supporting strategyImplement strategy through coordination
OperationalOngoing/dailySpecific methods and proceduresGuide day-to-day execution
ContingencyAs neededCrisis alternativesPrepare for unusual situations

🔄 Implementation flow

  • Strategic planning sets the broad direction.
  • Tactical planning breaks strategy into shorter-term, specific objectives and allocates resources.
  • Operational planning creates the detailed standards and procedures for daily work.
  • Contingency planning runs parallel, preparing alternatives for crises.
40

Organizing

6.3 Organizing

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Organizing is the management function that coordinates and allocates a firm's resources to carry out its plans.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What organizing means: coordinating and allocating resources to execute plans.
  • Where it fits: organizing follows planning in the management process—it translates plans into resource allocation.
  • Core activity: determining how to distribute and coordinate the firm's resources.
  • Common confusion: organizing is not the same as planning; planning decides what to do, organizing decides how to arrange resources to do it.

🔧 What organizing does

🔧 Definition and purpose

Organizing: the process of coordinating and allocating a firm's resources in order to carry out its plans.

  • Organizing takes the goals and plans created during planning and figures out how to deploy resources.
  • It is about coordination (making sure parts work together) and allocation (deciding who gets what resources).
  • Example: An organization sets a strategic goal (planning), then organizing determines which departments get budget, staff, and equipment to achieve that goal.

🔗 Relationship to planning

  • Organizing is the step after planning in the management process.
  • Planning answers "what needs to be done and when"; organizing answers "how do we arrange our resources to do it."
  • Don't confuse: planning creates the roadmap, organizing assembles the team and tools to follow it.

🧩 Key management functions context

🧩 The four primary functions

The excerpt places organizing within the broader management framework:

FunctionWhat it does
PlanningDeciding what needs to be done, when, how, and by whom
OrganizingCoordinating and allocating resources to carry out plans
LeadingGuiding and motivating others toward organizational goals
Controlling(Not detailed in this excerpt)
  • Managers use all four functions to increase efficiency and effectiveness.
  • Organizing specifically bridges the gap between having a plan and executing it.
41

Leading, Guiding, and Motivating Others

6.4 Leading, Guiding, and Motivating Others

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Leading is the process of guiding and motivating others toward organizational goals, and managers' unique leadership styles—ranging from autocratic to free-rein—shape the corporate culture that distinguishes one organization from another.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What leading means: guiding and motivating others toward achieving organizational goals.
  • Leadership style spectrum: managers have unique styles that range from autocratic (directive) to free-rein (hands-off).
  • Corporate culture definition: the set of attitudes, values, and standards of behavior that distinguishes one organization from another.
  • How culture forms: corporate culture evolves over time based on the accumulated history of the organization, including the founders' vision.
  • Common confusion: leadership style vs. corporate culture—styles influence culture, but culture is the broader, accumulated set of organizational characteristics.

🎯 What Leading Means

🎯 The core process

Leading: the process of guiding and motivating others toward the achievement of organizational goals.

  • Leading is one of the four primary management functions (alongside planning, organizing, and controlling).
  • It focuses on people: guiding (providing direction) and motivating (energizing action).
  • The goal is always organizational objectives, not personal preferences.

🔄 How it fits into management

  • Managers use leading to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of employees, processes, projects, and the organization as a whole.
  • Leading translates plans and structures into actual work by influencing human behavior.

🎨 Leadership Styles

🎨 The style spectrum

The excerpt describes a continuum of leadership styles:

Style extremeCharacteristics
AutocraticDirective; manager makes decisions and tells others what to do
Free-reinHands-off; manager gives employees autonomy and minimal direction
  • Every manager has a unique leadership style somewhere on this spectrum.
  • The excerpt does not detail intermediate styles, but the range implies varying degrees of control and employee autonomy.

🔍 Don't confuse

  • Leadership style is how a manager leads (their personal approach).
  • Corporate culture is what the organization becomes over time (the collective attitudes and values).
  • The relationship: styles influence culture, but culture is broader and more persistent.

🏛️ Corporate Culture

🏛️ What corporate culture is

Corporate culture: the set of attitudes, values, and standards of behavior that distinguishes one organization from another.

  • It is the "personality" of the organization—what makes it different from others.
  • Culture encompasses:
    • Attitudes: how people feel about work, customers, innovation, etc.
    • Values: what the organization prioritizes (e.g., quality, speed, collaboration).
    • Standards of behavior: norms for how people act and interact.

🌱 How culture evolves

  • Corporate culture evolves over time; it is not created instantly.
  • It is based on the accumulated history of the organization.
  • The vision of the founders plays a foundational role—early decisions and values set the tone.

Example: An organization founded with a vision of employee empowerment may develop a culture where autonomy and innovation are valued, even as new managers join.

⚙️ The link between leadership and culture

  • Leadership styles influence corporate culture.
  • Autocratic styles may foster cultures of compliance and hierarchy.
  • Free-rein styles may encourage cultures of independence and creativity.
  • Over time, repeated leadership behaviors become embedded in the organization's attitudes and values.

🔗 Why Leading Matters

🔗 Achieving organizational goals

  • Without effective leading, plans and structures remain inert.
  • Guiding provides clarity on what needs to be done; motivating ensures people want to do it.
  • Leading bridges the gap between organizational objectives and individual action.

🔗 Shaping long-term identity

  • Leadership styles accumulate into corporate culture, which becomes a lasting organizational asset (or liability).
  • Culture distinguishes the organization in the marketplace and affects recruitment, retention, and performance.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that culture is not static—it evolves as leadership and history accumulate.
42

Controlling

6.5 Controlling

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Controlling is a cyclical process that assesses organizational progress toward goals and uses feedback to continuously improve future performance standards.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What controlling does: assesses the organization's progress toward accomplishing its goals through a structured process.
  • The five-step control process: set standards, measure performance, compare actual to standards, take corrective action if needed, and use information to set future standards.
  • Cyclical nature: information gained from the control process feeds back into setting future performance standards, creating a continuous improvement loop.
  • Common confusion: controlling is not just about fixing problems—it also involves using what you learn to improve future goal-setting.

🔄 The control process

📏 Step 1: Set performance standards (goals)

Performance standards are the goals against which actual performance will be measured.

  • These standards define what success looks like for the organization.
  • They must be established before you can measure or compare anything.
  • Example: An organization sets a goal to increase customer satisfaction scores by 10% this quarter.

📊 Step 2: Measure performance

  • Collect data on actual performance across the organization's activities.
  • This step requires tracking and recording what is actually happening.
  • The measurement must align with the standards set in Step 1.

⚖️ Step 3: Compare actual performance to established standards

  • Evaluate whether actual performance meets, exceeds, or falls short of the goals.
  • This comparison reveals gaps between what was planned and what was achieved.
  • Example: If the standard was 10% improvement but actual improvement was only 5%, there is a 5% gap.

🛠️ Taking action and learning

🔧 Step 4: Take corrective action (if necessary)

  • When actual performance does not meet standards, managers must intervene.
  • Corrective action addresses the gap identified in Step 3.
  • Note: This step is conditional—if performance meets or exceeds standards, no correction may be needed.
  • Example: If customer satisfaction fell short, the organization might implement additional training for service staff.

🔁 Step 5: Use information to set future performance standards

  • The control process is not one-time; it is cyclical.
  • Insights gained from measuring, comparing, and correcting inform the next round of goal-setting.
  • This creates a feedback loop that drives continuous improvement.
  • Don't confuse: controlling is not just backward-looking (fixing past problems)—it is also forward-looking (improving future standards based on what was learned).

🎯 Why controlling matters

🎯 Assessing organizational progress

  • Controlling provides a systematic way to determine whether the organization is on track to accomplish its goals.
  • Without this process, managers would lack visibility into whether plans are working.

🔄 Continuous improvement

  • By feeding information back into future standard-setting, controlling enables organizations to refine their goals and methods over time.
  • Each cycle of the control process builds on the lessons of the previous cycle.
43

Managerial Roles

6.6 Managerial Roles

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Managers take on different roles—informational, interpersonal, and representational—depending on the organizational setting and the interactions required.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three role categories: informational, interpersonal, and spokesperson/representational roles.
  • Informational roles: gathering information, distributing it internally, or speaking for the company.
  • Interpersonal roles: acting as figurehead, leader, or liaison based on interactions with others.
  • Common confusion: roles are situational—the same manager switches between roles depending on what the situation demands, not a fixed job title.

📡 Informational roles

📥 Information gatherer

  • The manager collects data and intelligence relevant to the organization.
  • This role focuses on input: bringing information into the manager's awareness.
  • Example: A manager monitors industry trends or competitor activity to stay informed.

📤 Information distributor

  • The manager shares information internally with employees or other parts of the organization.
  • This role focuses on internal flow: ensuring relevant people have the data they need.
  • Example: A manager relays strategic priorities from top management to their team.

📢 Spokesperson

  • The manager represents the company and communicates information to external audiences.
  • This role focuses on outward communication: the manager speaks on behalf of the organization.
  • Example: A manager presents the company's position to the media or stakeholders.

🤝 Interpersonal roles

🎭 Figurehead

  • The manager performs ceremonial or symbolic duties.
  • This role is based on the manager's position and authority, not necessarily on direct task execution.
  • Example: A manager attends official events or signs documents as a representative of the organization.

🧭 Company leader

  • The manager guides and motivates employees toward organizational goals.
  • This role emphasizes direction and influence within the team or organization.
  • Example: A manager sets the vision for their department and inspires the team to achieve it.

🔗 Liaison

  • The manager builds and maintains relationships with people outside their direct area of responsibility.
  • This role focuses on networking and coordination across boundaries.
  • Example: A manager coordinates with other departments or external partners to facilitate collaboration.

🔄 Role flexibility

🔄 Situational adaptation

  • The excerpt emphasizes that managers switch roles "depending on the situation."
  • A manager does not occupy only one role; they shift between informational, interpersonal, and representational functions as needed.
  • Don't confuse: roles with fixed job titles—roles are behaviors and functions, not permanent assignments.

🧩 Role interdependence

Role typeFocusKey function
InformationalData and communicationGather, distribute, or speak information
InterpersonalRelationships and influenceAct as figurehead, leader, or liaison
  • All three role types support the manager's overall responsibility to guide the organization.
  • Example: A manager may gather information (informational role), then use it to motivate the team (interpersonal role as leader), and finally present results to stakeholders (informational role as spokesperson).
44

Managerial Skills

6.7 Managerial Skills

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Managerial success requires three distinct categories of skills—technical, human relations, and conceptual—that enable managers to apply expertise, work with people, and understand the organization as a whole.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three skill categories: technical skills (specialized knowledge), human relations skills (working with people), and conceptual skills (big-picture thinking).
  • Technical skills: specialized areas of knowledge and expertise, plus the ability to apply that knowledge in practice.
  • Human relations skills: understanding behavior, communicating effectively, and motivating individuals toward objectives.
  • Conceptual skills: viewing the organization as a whole, understanding interdependencies, and assessing external environment relationships.
  • Common confusion: these are not job titles or roles—they are capabilities that managers need to develop across different dimensions of their work.

🔧 Technical Skills

🔧 What technical skills are

A manager's technical skills: specialized areas of knowledge and expertise, as well as the ability to apply that knowledge.

  • Not just knowing facts or theories—the excerpt emphasizes both having specialized knowledge and being able to apply it.
  • These skills are domain-specific: they relate to particular functional areas or industries.
  • Example: A manager in operations needs knowledge of production processes and the ability to use that knowledge to solve real production problems.

🎯 Why application matters

  • The excerpt distinguishes between possessing knowledge and applying it.
  • Technical skills require both dimensions: understanding the specialized area and translating that understanding into action.
  • Don't confuse: technical skills are not just about being an expert—they require practical implementation ability.

🤝 Human Relations Skills

🤝 What human relations skills include

Human relations skills: the ability to understand human behavior, to communicate effectively with others, and to motivate individuals to accomplish their objectives.

The excerpt identifies three components:

ComponentWhat it means
Understanding human behaviorRecognizing how and why people act as they do
Communicating effectivelyConveying information and ideas clearly to others
Motivating individualsInspiring people to work toward their objectives

💬 Why these skills matter

  • Managers work through other people, so understanding and influencing behavior is essential.
  • Communication is not just talking—it must be effective, meaning the message is understood and actionable.
  • Motivation is objective-focused: the goal is to help individuals accomplish their objectives (which align with organizational goals).
  • Example: A manager who understands why team members resist a change can communicate the reasons more effectively and motivate them by connecting the change to their personal goals.

🧠 Conceptual Skills

🧠 What conceptual skills involve

Conceptual skills: the ability to view the organization as a whole, understand how the various parts are interdependent, and assess how the organization relates to its external environment.

Three key abilities:

  1. Viewing the organization as a whole: seeing beyond individual departments or functions to the entire system.
  2. Understanding interdependencies: recognizing how different parts of the organization affect and depend on each other.
  3. Assessing external relationships: evaluating how the organization connects to and is influenced by its external environment.

🔗 Why interdependence matters

  • Organizations are not collections of isolated units—changes in one area ripple through others.
  • Managers with conceptual skills can anticipate these ripple effects and make decisions that account for system-wide impacts.
  • Example: A decision to cut costs in one department might save money but could disrupt workflows in another department that depends on those resources.

🌍 External environment awareness

  • The excerpt emphasizes that conceptual skills extend beyond internal operations to include the organization's relationship with its external environment.
  • This means understanding markets, competitors, regulations, and other outside forces.
  • Don't confuse: conceptual skills are not just abstract thinking—they require practical assessment of real relationships and dependencies.

🎯 How the Three Skills Work Together

🎯 Complementary nature

  • The excerpt presents these as three basic categories, suggesting they are distinct but all necessary.
  • Technical skills provide the specialized foundation; human relations skills enable working through people; conceptual skills ensure decisions fit the bigger picture.
  • A manager needs all three, though the balance may shift depending on the level and context of management.

⚖️ Different dimensions of success

  • Each skill category addresses a different dimension of managerial work:
    • Technical: what specialized knowledge to apply
    • Human relations: who to work with and how to influence them
    • Conceptual: where the organization fits and how parts connect
  • Example: A manager launching a new product needs technical skills to understand the product, human relations skills to coordinate the team, and conceptual skills to see how the launch affects other business units and market positioning.
45

Trends in Management and Leadership

6.8 Trends in Management and Leadership

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Management trends today center on crisis preparedness, leveraging information technology for faster decisions, and developing multinational cultural competencies as organizations globalize.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Three major trends: crisis management, information technology adoption, and multinational cultural management skills.
  • Crisis management approach: requires quick action, transparency, deploying top talent, and learning from the event to prevent recurrence.
  • Technology's role: tools like dashboard software enable managers to make quicker, better-informed decisions.
  • Multinational cultural management: as companies expand globally, managers must set examples, create personal involvement for all employees, and build a culture of trust.
  • Common confusion: these trends are not separate initiatives but interconnected capabilities that modern managers must integrate into their overall leadership approach.

🚨 Crisis management capabilities

🚨 What crisis management requires

Crisis management: the organizational capability to respond effectively when unexpected problems threaten the company.

The excerpt identifies four essential components:

  • Quick action: speed matters when crises emerge.
  • Transparency: telling the truth about the situation, not hiding or downplaying problems.
  • Talent deployment: putting the best people on the task to correct the situation.
  • Learning: management must learn from the crisis to prevent it from happening again.

🔄 Why learning matters

  • The excerpt emphasizes prevention through learning—crisis management is not just about response but about improvement.
  • Don't confuse: crisis management is not only reactive; the learning phase makes it a forward-looking capability.
  • Example: An organization faces a crisis, responds quickly and honestly, assigns top performers to fix it, then analyzes what went wrong to update procedures and training.

💻 Information technology in decision-making

💻 How technology improves management

The excerpt highlights dashboard software as a specific example of information technology that managers use.

Benefits of using the latest information technology:

  • Managers can make quicker decisions.
  • Managers can make better-informed decisions.

📊 What dashboard software does

  • Dashboard software consolidates data and presents it in an accessible format.
  • This allows managers to see key metrics at a glance and respond faster to changing conditions.
  • Example: A manager uses dashboard software to monitor real-time performance indicators, spots a problem immediately, and adjusts operations before the issue escalates.

🌍 Multinational cultural management

🌍 Why cultural management skills are growing in importance

The excerpt states: "As more companies 'go global,' the need for multinational cultural management skills is growing."

What drives this trend:

  • Companies are expanding internationally.
  • Managing across different cultures requires specific skills beyond traditional management competencies.

🤝 Three key practices for multinational cultural management

PracticeWhat it meansWhy it matters
Set a good exampleManagers model the behavior they expectLeadership by example establishes standards across cultures
Create personal involvement for all employeesEngage every employee, regardless of location or backgroundInvolvement builds commitment and bridges cultural differences
Develop a culture of trustBuild an organizational environment where trust is foundationalTrust enables collaboration across diverse cultural contexts

🔍 How these practices work together

  • Setting an example provides the behavioral template.
  • Personal involvement ensures no one is excluded or marginalized.
  • A culture of trust creates the foundation for effective cross-cultural collaboration.
  • Don't confuse: multinational cultural management is not just about understanding different cultures intellectually; it requires active practices that build inclusion and trust.

🔗 Integration of the three trends

🔗 How the trends connect

While the excerpt presents three distinct trends, they share common themes:

  • Speed and responsiveness: both crisis management and information technology emphasize quick action.
  • People-centered approaches: crisis management requires deploying the best people; multinational cultural management focuses on involvement and trust.
  • Continuous improvement: crisis management emphasizes learning; technology adoption requires staying current; cultural management demands ongoing attention to inclusion.

📈 What this means for future managers

The excerpt's framing ("What trends will affect management in the future?") indicates these are not optional specializations but core competencies:

  • Managers must be prepared for crises, not just routine operations.
  • Managers must be comfortable with technology as a decision-making tool.
  • Managers must be culturally competent as organizations operate across borders.

Example: A manager in a global organization uses dashboard software to monitor operations across multiple countries, quickly identifies a supply chain disruption (crisis), responds transparently with the best available team, and ensures all employees in different cultural contexts feel involved in the solution and trust the leadership's approach.

46

Building Organizational Structures

7.1 Building Organizational Structures

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Organizational structures are built by dividing labor, grouping jobs through departmentalization, and assigning authority to coordinate resources so firms can execute plans and respond to dynamic business environments.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Organizing function: managers coordinate and allocate resources by determining work activities, grouping jobs, and assigning authority.
  • Division of labor and specialization: work is divided into separate jobs; high specialization increases efficiency but may reduce employee engagement.
  • Five traditional departmentalization types: functional, product, process, customer, and geographic—each groups work differently based on what the organization needs.
  • Common confusion: line vs. staff positions—line positions directly create goods/services (production, marketing, finance), while staff positions provide advisory and support services (legal, HR, consulting).
  • Why structure matters: the choice of structure affects authority, communication, resource allocation, and the organization's ability to respond to competitive threats and customer needs.

🏗️ The organizing process

🏗️ What organizing involves

Organizing: coordinating and allocating a firm's resources so that the firm can carry out its plans and achieve its goals.

  • Organizing is one of the key management functions (alongside planning, leading, and controlling).
  • The process produces a formal structure within the organization.
  • An organization is defined as two or more people working together with a common objective and clarity of purpose, with well-defined authority lines, information channels, and control mechanisms.

🔧 Three steps of organizing

The organizing process is accomplished by:

  1. Determining work activities and dividing up tasks (division of labor)
  2. Grouping jobs and employees (departmentalization)
  3. Assigning authority and responsibilities (delegation)
  • These steps connect human, material, financial, and information resources deliberately.
  • Some connections are long-lasting (e.g., finance department links); others are temporary (e.g., a problem-solving committee).

✂️ Division of labor and specialization

✂️ How work is divided

Division of labor: the process of dividing work into separate jobs and assigning tasks to workers.

  • Example: In a fast-food restaurant, some employees take orders, others prepare food, a few clean equipment, and at least one supervises.
  • Example: In an auto assembly plant, some workers install rearview mirrors while others mount bumpers.

🎯 What specialization means

Specialization: the degree to which tasks are subdivided into smaller jobs.

  • Highly specialized jobs involve a limited number and variety of tasks (e.g., assembly-line workers).
  • Benefits: employees become specialists, leading to greater skill, efficiency, and consistency in production.
  • Drawbacks: high specialization can result in disinterested or bored employees due to lack of variety and challenge.

Don't confuse: specialization is about how narrow the job is, not about whether the employee is skilled—even a narrow job can require skill, but the variety is limited.

🗂️ Traditional departmentalization

🗂️ What departmentalization is

Departmentalization: the grouping of people, tasks, and resources into organizational units.

  • It facilitates planning, leading, and control processes.
  • An organization chart is a visual representation of structured relationships among tasks and people with authority.
  • Each figure on the chart represents a job that includes several tasks (e.g., a sales manager hires salespeople, establishes territories, motivates, trains, and controls sales operations).

📋 Five basic types

TypeBasisExample from excerpt
FunctionalPrimary functions performed (marketing, finance, production, sales)Ethan Allen Interiors: retail, manufacturing, product design, logistics, operations
ProductGoods or services produced or soldITT: Industrial Process, Control Technologies, Motion Technologies, Interconnect Solutions divisions
ProcessProduction process usedGazprom Neft: exploration, production (drilling), refining, marketing/distribution; Pixar: technology development, creative development, production
CustomerPrimary type of customer servedPNC Financial Services: retail banking (consumers), asset management (individuals/corporations), corporate banking (middle-market companies)
GeographicGeographic segmentationU.S. marketing, Canadian marketing, European marketing, Latin American marketing

🌐 Combining multiple types

  • Large organizations often use several types simultaneously.
  • Example: Procter & Gamble uses four "pillars":
    1. Global Business Units (GBU): product-based (baby care, beauty, fabric care, health/grooming)
    2. Selling and Market Operations (SMO): geographic (North America, Latin America, Europe, Asia Pacific, Greater China, India/Middle East/Africa)
    3. Global Business Services (GBS): geographic support for technology, accounting, IT, payroll, facilities
    4. Corporate Functions: functional specialties (customer development, HR, legal, marketing, R&D, workplace services)

🧭 Why departmentalization choices matter

  • Decisions about how to departmentalize affect:
    • How management assigns authority
    • How resources are distributed
    • How performance is rewarded
    • How lines of communication are set up

📊 Line-and-staff organization

📊 Line organization basics

Line organization: designed with direct, clear lines of authority and communication flowing from top managers downward.

  • Managers have direct control over all activities, including administrative duties.
  • An organization chart shows all positions directly connected via an imaginary line from highest to lowest position (where production of goods/services occurs).
  • Suited for: small, entrepreneurial firms due to simple design and broad managerial control.

🔀 Adding staff positions

Line-and-staff organization: staff positions provide specialized advisory and support services to line managers.

  • As organizations grow and become more complex, staff positions enhance the line structure.
Position typeRoleTypical areas
Line positionsDirectly involved in processes that create goods and servicesProduction, marketing, finance
Staff positionsProvide administrative and support services that line employees needLegal counseling, managerial consulting, public relations, human resource management

Don't confuse: line positions are not "higher" than staff positions—the distinction is about function. Line positions directly produce/sell; staff positions advise and support those who do.

🔍 How to distinguish line from staff

  • Ask: "Does this position directly create the product or service the company sells?"
    • Yes → line position
    • No, but it helps those who do → staff position
  • Example: A production worker and a marketing manager are both line positions (one makes, one sells). An HR manager is a staff position (supports both but doesn't directly produce or sell).

🌟 Why structure design matters today

🌟 Dynamic business environment

  • Today's environment requires structures that allow organizations to quickly respond to:
    • New competitive threats
    • Changing customer needs
  • Future success depends on flexibility and responsiveness.

🎯 What managers must consider

  • Companies base frameworks on traditional, contemporary, or team-based approaches:
    • Traditional structures: more rigid; group employees by function, products, processes, customers, or regions.
    • Contemporary and team-based structures: more flexible; assemble employees to respond quickly to dynamic environments.
  • Regardless of framework, all managers must first consider what kind of work needs to be done within the firm.

📢 Real-world context: communications role

  • The excerpt opens with a case about American Airlines' chief communications officer.
  • Key insight: corporate communication is no longer just marketing—it requires a strategic mindset that goes beyond day-to-day activities and looks ahead to future possibilities.
  • Nearly 40% of Fortune 500 chief communications officers report directly to the CEO, reflecting the expanded role of communications in organizational structure.
  • Example: American Airlines' social media hub has ~30 team members in three groups (customer service, engagement, insights), empowered to reach any department directly to answer customer questions—illustrating how structure supports responsiveness.
47

Contemporary Organizational Structures

7.2 Contemporary Structures

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Contemporary organizational structures like matrix and committee forms combine functional expertise with project flexibility to help companies leverage diverse employee skills more effectively than traditional departmentalization alone.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Matrix structure combines two departmentalization types: functional and product approaches work together, giving employees two supervisors (functional manager + project manager).
  • Committee structure distributes authority: a group rather than an individual holds decision-making power, often in advisory roles.
  • Key trade-off: matrix and committee structures increase flexibility and teamwork but can create power struggles, confusion, and accountability problems.
  • Common confusion: matrix structures are used "in conjunction with" traditional line-and-staff, not as a complete replacement—they layer project teams onto existing functional departments.
  • Why companies adopt them: to pool specialized skills, adapt quickly to change, and tackle complex tasks that single departments cannot handle alone.

🔀 Matrix Structure

🔀 What the matrix structure is

Matrix structure (also called the project management approach): combines two different forms of departmentalization—functional and product—that have complementary strengths and weaknesses.

  • Brings together people from different functional areas (manufacturing, finance, marketing) to work on a special project.
  • Each employee reports to two direct supervisors: the line manager from their functional area and the project manager.
  • The excerpt shows four special project groups (A, B, C, D), each with its own project manager.
  • This dual chain of command creates unique challenges for both managers and subordinates.

✅ Advantages of matrix structure

AdvantageWhat it means
TeamworkPooling skills and abilities of various specialists increases creativity, innovation, and ability to tackle complex tasks
Efficient use of resourcesProject managers use only the specialized staff they need, instead of building large groups of underused personnel
FlexibilityThe project structure adapts quickly to environmental changes; groups can be disbanded when no longer needed
Balance conflicting objectivesDifferent representatives (marketing for customer, finance for profits, engineers for technical capability) serve as focal points for directing activities and overcoming conflict
Higher performanceEmployees on special project teams may experience increased feelings of ownership, commitment, and motivation
Development opportunitiesGives individuals chances to develop and strengthen technical and interpersonal skills

Example: A company wants to launch a new product. The matrix structure lets them pull a marketing specialist, a finance analyst, and an engineer onto one project team without permanently removing them from their home departments.

❌ Disadvantages of matrix structure

DisadvantageWhat it means
Power strugglesFunctional and product managers may have different goals and management styles
Confusion among team membersReporting relationships and job responsibilities may be unclear
Lack of cohesivenessTeam members from different functional areas may have difficulty communicating effectively and working together as a team
  • Don't confuse: The excerpt notes some companies are trying to "unravel complex matrix structures" because they create limited accountability and complicate day-to-day operations.
  • Some CEOs suggest matrix structures make it easier to blame others when things don't go as planned.

🏛️ Committee Structure

🏛️ What committee structure is

Committee structure: authority and responsibility are held by a group rather than an individual.

  • Committees are typically part of a larger line-and-staff organization.
  • Often the committee's role is only advisory, but in some situations the committee has the power to make and implement decisions.
  • Committees can make coordination of tasks in the organization much easier.

🏢 Real-world example: Novartis

  • Novartis (a huge Swiss pharmaceutical company) has a committee structure that reports to its board of directors.
  • The executive committee oversees business operations of group companies within the global organization.
  • Members include: CEO, CFO, head of HR, general counsel, president of operations, head of biomedical research, global head of drug development, CEOs of pharmaceutical and oncology units, and CEOs of other Novartis companies (Sandoz and Alcon).
  • Members are selected by the company's board of directors.

⚖️ Trade-offs of committee structure

Advantages:

  • Committees bring diverse viewpoints to a problem.
  • Expand the range of possible solutions.

Disadvantages:

  • Can be slow to reach a decision.
  • Sometimes dominated by a single individual.
  • More difficult to hold any one individual accountable for a decision made by a group.
  • Committee meetings can sometimes go on for long periods with seemingly little being accomplished.

Don't confuse: Committee structure with matrix structure—committees hold authority as a group and are often advisory; matrix structures assign individuals to dual reporting lines for specific projects.

🔍 Relationship to Traditional Structures

🔍 How contemporary structures fit with traditional forms

  • The excerpt states that "traditional forms of departmentalization still represent how many companies organize their work."
  • Newer, more flexible organizational structures are in use at many firms alongside traditional structures.
  • Matrix structure is "sometimes used in conjunction with the traditional line-and-staff structure."
  • Committee structure: "Committees are typically part of a larger line-and-staff organization."

Key insight: Contemporary structures are not wholesale replacements—they are layered on top of or integrated with traditional line-and-staff and functional departmentalization to add flexibility and cross-functional collaboration.

48

Using Teams to Enhance Motivation and Performance

7.3 Using Teams to Enhance Motivation and Performance

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Organizations increasingly use team-based structures to boost motivation and performance by leveraging collaboration and synergy, though success requires understanding the differences between work groups and work teams and building high-performance characteristics.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why teams matter: Team-based structures can increase individual and group motivation and performance when properly implemented.
  • Work groups vs work teams: Work groups coordinate to help individuals perform better (additive contributions), while work teams collaborate to create synergy (collective performance exceeds the sum of individual contributions).
  • Common confusion: Simply labeling employees as a "team" does not guarantee success—managers and members must commit to creating, developing, and maintaining high-performance teams.
  • Three team types: Problem-solving teams (same department, advisory role), self-managed teams (autonomous, no formal supervision), and cross-functional teams (different functions, same level).
  • Building high-performance teams: Requires selecting collaborative members with diverse skills, setting clear goals, practicing good communication with detached feedback, and having skilled leaders.

👥 Understanding groups as the foundation

👥 What groups are

Groups: social units of two or more people who share the same goals and cooperate to achieve those goals.

  • Every organization contains groups; teams are a specific type of organizational group.
  • Understanding group behavior provides the foundation for understanding work teams.

🏢 Formal vs informal groups

TypeDefinitionPurpose
Formal groupsDesignated and sanctioned by the organizationBehavior directed toward accomplishing organizational goals
Informal groupsBased on social relationshipsNot determined or sanctioned by the organization
  • Example: The sales department at Apple is a formal group that must operate within the larger Apple organizational system.

🧩 What affects group behavior

Factors that influence how organizational groups behave:

  • Larger organizational system: Strategy, policies, procedures, available resources, corporate culture
  • Individual member characteristics: Ability, training, personality
  • Group norms and roles: Implicit behavioral guidelines or standards for acceptable/nonacceptable behavior
  • Group size and cohesiveness: How much members want to stay and resist outside influences

Example: An Apple sales manager may be expected to work at least two Saturdays per month without extra pay—this isn't written anywhere, but it is the expected norm.

🤝 Group cohesiveness

Group cohesiveness: the degree to which group members want to stay in the group and tend to resist outside influences (such as a change in company policies).

When cohesiveness increases:

  • Group size is small
  • Individual and group goals are similar
  • The group has high status in the organization
  • Rewards are group-based rather than individual-based
  • The group competes with other groups within the organization

Positive impacts (when performance norms are high):

  • Increased productivity
  • Enhanced worker self-image from group success
  • Increased company loyalty
  • Reduced employee turnover
  • Reduced absenteeism

Potential drawbacks:

  • Restricted output
  • Resistance to change
  • Conflict with other work groups

Example: Southwest Airlines is known for its work group cohesiveness.

⚖️ Group decision-making trade-offs

StrengthsWeaknesses
Groups bring more information and knowledgeGroups typically take longer to reach a solution
Diversity of perspectives generates more alternativesGroup members may pressure others to conform
Higher-quality decisions than individual decision-makingProcess may be dominated by one or a few participants
Participation increases likelihood of acceptanceGroups lack accountability—difficult to assign responsibility to any one individual

Don't confuse: The opportunity for diverse skills is an argument for using groups, but effectiveness requires both managers and members to understand these strengths and weaknesses.

🔄 Work groups versus work teams

🔄 The critical distinction

Work groups: share resources and coordinate efforts to help members better perform their individual duties and responsibilities. The performance of the group can be evaluated by adding up the contributions of the individual group members.

Work teams: require not only coordination but also collaboration—the pooling of knowledge, skills, abilities, and resources in a collective effort to attain a common goal.

Key difference: Work teams create synergy, causing the performance of the team as a whole to be greater than the sum of team members' individual contributions.

⚠️ Common pitfall

Simply assigning employees to groups and labeling them a team does not guarantee a positive outcome.

  • Managers and team members must be committed to creating, developing, and maintaining high-performance work teams.
  • Success requires deliberate effort beyond just forming the group.

🛠️ Three types of work teams

🛠️ Problem-solving teams

Composition:

  • Employees from the same department or area of expertise
  • Same level of the organizational hierarchy

What they do:

  • Meet regularly to share information
  • Discuss ways to improve processes and procedures in specific functional areas
  • Generate ideas and alternatives
  • May recommend a specific course of action

Limitations:

  • Typically do not make final decisions
  • Do not allocate resources
  • Do not implement change

🚀 Self-managed work teams

Key characteristic: Highly autonomous groups that manage themselves without any formal supervision.

Responsibilities:

  • Setting goals
  • Planning and scheduling work activities
  • Selecting team members
  • Evaluating team performance

Prevalence: Approximately 80 percent of Fortune 1000 companies use some sort of self-managed teams.

Example: Zappos shifted to self-managed work teams in 2013, eliminating the traditional organizational structure and bosses according to a system called holacracy.

Example: At W. L. Gore (inventor of Gore-Tex fabric and Glide dental floss), three employees invented Elixir guitar strings by contributing spare time and persuading colleagues to help. They worked three years entirely on their own—without asking for supervisory or top management permission or being subjected to any oversight—before seeking company support to take the strings to market. Today, Elixir is the number one selling string brand for acoustic guitar players.

🔀 Cross-functional teams

Composition:

  • Employees from about the same hierarchical level
  • Different functional areas of the organization

Duration: Often team members work together only until they solve a given problem or complete a specific project.

Purpose: Allow people with various levels and areas of expertise to pool resources, develop new ideas, solve problems, and coordinate complex projects.

Note: Both problem-solving teams and self-managed teams may also be cross-functional teams.

🏆 Building high-performance teams

🏆 Selecting the right members

Priority: Select employees who are more willing to work together to accomplish a common goal, rather than employees more interested in their own personal achievement.

Skill diversity: Team members should possess a variety of skills—diverse skills strengthen overall effectiveness, so teams should consciously recruit members to fill gaps in the collective skill set.

🎯 Setting clear goals

Why it matters: Teams must have clearly defined goals.

  • Vague or unclear goals will not provide necessary direction
  • Clear goals allow employees to measure their performance against expectations

💬 Practicing good communication

What good communication includes:

  • Team members communicate messages clearly
  • Give appropriate feedback that seeks to correct misunderstandings
  • Feedback should be detached—critique ideas rather than criticize the person who suggests them

Don't confuse: Critiquing ideas vs attacking people—nothing can degrade team effectiveness like personal attacks.

👨‍✈️ Having great leaders

What skilled team leaders do:

  • Divide work so tasks are not repeated
  • Help members set and track goals
  • Monitor team performance
  • Communicate openly
  • Remain flexible to adapt to changing goals or management demands

🏭 Real-world example: GE Aviation

"Teaming" approach: Self-managed groups of employees work together to make decisions to help them do their work efficiently, maintain quality, and meet critical deadlines.

How it works:

  • Decision-making and authority are moved as close to the end-product as possible
  • Front-line employees are accountable for meeting performance goals daily
  • Workers have coaches who give specific goals, not supervisors who give direction
  • Teams manage typical supervisory functions: planning, developing processes, monitoring vacation and overtime
  • Team members sit on a joint council with management and HR to make decisions affecting overall plant operations (e.g., eliminating overtime, promotions, terminations)

Benefits:

  • Workers gain confidence and motivation to fix problems directly rather than waiting for directives
  • People doing the work daily come up with the best ideas to resolve issues and perform tasks most efficiently

Hiring implications: Job candidates need to demonstrate both technical skills and soft skills (e.g., ability to communicate clearly, accept feedback, participate in discussions respectfully).

History: GE Aviation plants in Durham, North Carolina, and Bromont, Quebec, Canada, have used self-managed teams for more than 30 years; the approach is now used at most of its 77 manufacturing facilities worldwide.

49

Authority—Establishing Organizational Relationships

7.4 Authority—Establishing Organizational Relationships

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Organizations must establish clear reporting relationships, decide how many management layers they need, determine how much control each manager should have, and choose where decisions will be made—all of which shape whether the structure becomes mechanistic or organic.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Managerial hierarchy and chain of command: Organizations use layers of management and clear reporting lines to coordinate work and clarify who reports to whom.
  • Authority, delegation, and accountability: Authority flows downward as managers delegate tasks; accountability flows upward as managers answer for their subordinates' actions.
  • Span of control trade-offs: Narrow spans allow close supervision but add costly layers; wide spans reduce costs but may weaken control.
  • Centralization vs. decentralization: Centralized structures concentrate decisions at the top for tight control; decentralized structures push decisions down for speed and flexibility.
  • Common confusion—mechanistic vs. organic: Mechanistic structures are tall, specialized, and centralized (efficient in stable environments); organic structures are flat, flexible, and decentralized (agile in dynamic environments).

🏛️ Managerial hierarchy and chain of command

🏛️ What the managerial hierarchy is

Managerial hierarchy (also called the management pyramid): the levels of management within an organization.

  • Traditionally has three levels: top, middle, and supervisory management.
  • Each unit is controlled and supervised by a manager in a higher unit.
  • The person with the most formal authority is at the top; power decreases as you move down, while the number of employees increases.
  • Not all companies use this traditional configuration—some, like The Morning Star Company, have eliminated hierarchy altogether and use self-management.

🔗 Chain of command and unity of command

Chain of command: the line of authority that extends from one level of the organization to the next, from top to bottom, and makes clear who reports to whom.

  • Shown in the organization chart; can be traced from the CEO down to employees producing goods and services.
  • Unity of command principle: everyone reports to and gets instructions from only one boss.
    • Guarantees that everyone has a direct supervisor and won't take orders from multiple supervisors.
    • Gives clear directions and helps coordinate people doing different jobs.
  • Don't confuse: Matrix organizations automatically violate unity of command because employees report to more than one boss (at least for the duration of a project).
    • Example: Unilever used to have a matrix structure with one CEO for North America and another for Europe; employees in divisions operating in both locations were unsure which CEO's decisions took precedence. The company abandoned the matrix structure due to unclear or duplicate reporting relationships.

⚖️ Authority, delegation, and accountability

Authority: legitimate power, granted by the organization and acknowledged by employees, that allows an individual to request action and expect compliance.

  • Exercising authority means making decisions and seeing that they are carried out.
  • Individuals who are part of the chain of command have authority over other persons in the organization.

Delegation of authority: when managers assign some degree of authority and responsibility to others below them in the chain of command.

  • Makes employees accountable to their supervisor.

Accountability: responsibility for outcomes.

  • How authority and accountability flow:
    • Authority and responsibility move downward as managers assign activities and share decision-making with subordinates.
    • Accountability moves upward as managers in each successively higher level are held accountable for the actions of their subordinates.

📏 Span of control

📏 What span of control means

Span of control (sometimes called span of management): the number of employees the manager directly supervises.

  • Can be as narrow as two or three employees or as wide as 50 or more.
  • In general, the larger the span of control, the more efficient the organization.
  • Both narrow and wide spans have benefits and drawbacks.

⚖️ Trade-offs between narrow and wide spans

Span typeAdvantagesDisadvantages
Narrow• High degree of control<br>• Manager more familiar with each individual<br>• Close supervision provides immediate feedback• More levels of management → more expensive<br>• Decision-making slower due to vertical layers<br>• Top management isolated<br>• Discourages employee autonomy
Wide• Fewer levels → increased efficiency and reduced costs<br>• Increased subordinate autonomy → quicker decision-making<br>• Greater organizational flexibility<br>• Higher job satisfaction due to empowerment• Less control<br>• Managers may lack familiarity with subordinates<br>• Managers spread too thin to provide necessary leadership or support<br>• Lack of coordination or synchronization

🔍 Five factors that determine optimal span of control

  1. Nature of the task: The more complex the task, the narrower the span of control.
  2. Location of the workers: The more locations, the narrower the span of control.
  3. Ability of the manager to delegate responsibility: The greater the ability to delegate, the wider the span of control.
  4. Amount of interaction and feedback between workers and manager: The more feedback and interaction required, the narrower the span of control.
  5. Level of skill and motivation of the workers: The higher the skill level and motivation, the wider the span of control.
  • Example: If hundreds of employees perform the same job (e.g., sewing machine operators working from identical patterns), one supervisor may manage a very large number. But if employees perform complex and dissimilar tasks (e.g., research chemists in a pharmaceutical R&D area), a manager can effectively supervise only a much smaller number.

🎯 Centralization vs. decentralization

🎯 What centralization and decentralization mean

Centralization: the degree to which formal authority is concentrated in one area or level of the organization.

  • In a highly centralized structure, top management makes most of the key decisions, with very little input from lower-level employees.

Decentralization: the process of pushing decision-making authority down the organizational hierarchy, giving lower-level personnel more responsibility and power to make and implement decisions.

✅ Benefits and risks of centralization

Benefits:

  • Top managers develop a broad view of operations.
  • Tight financial controls.
  • Can reduce costs by eliminating redundancy.

Risks:

  • Lower-level personnel don't get a chance to develop decision-making and leadership skills.
  • Organization is less able to respond quickly to customer demands.

✅ Benefits and risks of decentralization

Benefits:

  • Quicker decision-making.
  • Increased levels of innovation and creativity.
  • Greater organizational flexibility.
  • Faster development of lower-level managers.
  • Increased levels of job satisfaction and employee commitment.

Risks:

  • If lower-level personnel don't have the necessary skills and training, they may make costly mistakes.
  • May increase the likelihood of inefficient lines of communication, competing objectives, and duplication of effort.

🧭 When decentralization is usually desirable

Decentralization is usually desirable when the following conditions are met:

  • The organization is very large (e.g., ExxonMobil, Ford, or General Electric).
  • The firm is in a dynamic environment where quick, local decisions must be made (e.g., many high-tech industries).
  • Managers are willing to share power with their subordinates.
  • Employees are willing and able to take more responsibility.
  • The company is spread out geographically (e.g., Nordstrom, Caterpillar, or Ford).

🔄 Factors to consider when choosing the degree of centralization

Several factors must be considered when deciding how much decision-making authority to delegate:

  • The size of the organization.
  • The speed of change in its environment.
  • Managers' willingness to give up authority.
  • Employees' willingness to accept more authority.
  • The organization's geographic dispersion.

Note: As organizations grow and change, they continually reevaluate their structure to determine whether it is helping the company achieve its goals.

🏗️ Mechanistic vs. organic organizational structures

🏗️ Two basic structural models

Structural design generally follows one of two basic models:

Mechanistic organization: characterized by a relatively high degree of job specialization, rigid departmentalization, many layers of management (particularly middle management), narrow spans of control, centralized decision-making, and a long chain of command.

  • Results in a tall organizational structure.
  • Example: The U.S. Army and the United Nations are typical mechanistic organizations.

Organic organization: characterized by a relatively low degree of job specialization, loose departmentalization, few levels of management, wide spans of control, decentralized decision-making, and a short chain of command.

  • Results in a flat organizational structure.
  • Example: Colleges and universities tend to have flat organizational structures, with only two or three levels of administration between the faculty and the president.

📊 Comparison table

Structural CharacteristicMechanisticOrganic
Job specializationHighLow
DepartmentalizationRigidLoose
Managerial hierarchy (levels of management)Tall (many levels)Flat (few levels)
Span of controlNarrowWide
Decision-making authorityCentralizedDecentralized
Chain of commandLongShort

Don't confuse: Few organizations are purely mechanistic or purely organic; most organizations tend more toward one type or the other.

🧩 Factors influencing the choice between mechanistic and organic structures

🎯 Strategy

  • A company's organizational structure should enable it to achieve its goals.
  • Because setting corporate goals is part of a firm's overall strategy-making process, a company's structure depends on its strategy.
  • Innovation strategy → needs the flexibility and fluid movement of information that an organic organization provides.
  • Cost-control strategy → requires the efficiency and tight control of a mechanistic organization.
  • Example: Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella cut more than 18,000 jobs in 2014 (mostly from the failed Nokia acquisition) while also trying to encourage employees and managers to break down barriers between divisions and increase the pace of innovation. Struggling companies often try to simultaneously increase innovation and rein in costs, which can be organizational challenges for managers.

📏 Size

  • Much research shows a company's size has a significant impact on its organizational structure.
  • Smaller companies tend to follow the more organic model—easier to be successful with decentralized decision-making and less employee specialization when you have only 50 employees.
  • As a company grows, it becomes more mechanistic—systems are put in place to manage the greater number of employees; procedures, rules, and regulations replace flexibility, innovation, and independence.
  • Exception: W. L. Gore has nearly 10,000 employees and more than $3 billion in annual revenues but uses an extremely organic organizational structure (employees have no bosses, participate on teams, and often create roles for themselves).

🌍 Business environment

  • The business in which a company operates has a significant impact on its organizational structure.
  • Complex, dynamic, and unstable environments → companies need to organize for flexibility and agility; their organizational structures need to respond to rapid and unexpected changes.
  • Simple, stable environments → companies benefit from the efficiencies created by a mechanistic organizational structure; the environment is predictable, so demands for flexibility and agility are not so great.
50

Degree of Centralization

7.5 Degree of Centralization

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The degree of centralization—whether decision-making authority is concentrated at the top or distributed throughout the organization—must be carefully chosen based on organizational size, environmental dynamics, and employee capabilities to balance control with flexibility.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Centralization vs. decentralization: centralization concentrates formal authority at the top; decentralization pushes decision-making down the hierarchy.
  • Trade-offs: centralization enables tight control and broad oversight but slows responsiveness; decentralization speeds decisions and builds skills but risks costly mistakes.
  • When to decentralize: large size, dynamic environment, willing managers and employees, and geographic dispersion favor decentralization.
  • Common confusion: centralization is not always "bad" and decentralization not always "good"—the right choice depends on context (stability, size, strategy).
  • Mechanistic vs. organic structures: centralization typically pairs with mechanistic (tall, specialized) structures; decentralization with organic (flat, flexible) structures.

🏛️ What centralization and decentralization mean

🏛️ Centralization

Centralization: the degree to which formal authority is concentrated in one area or level of the organization.

  • In a highly centralized structure, top management makes most key decisions with little input from lower levels.
  • Authority flows from the top down; lower-level personnel have limited decision-making power.
  • Example: An organization where all budget approvals and strategic choices must go through the CEO or a small executive team.

🌐 Decentralization

Decentralization: the process of pushing decision-making authority down the organizational hierarchy, giving lower-level personnel more responsibility and power to make and implement decisions.

  • Authority is distributed; employees at various levels can make and implement decisions.
  • Increases autonomy and responsibility for lower-level managers and staff.
  • Example: An organization where regional managers can approve local hiring and pricing without headquarters approval.

⚖️ Benefits and risks of each approach

⚖️ Benefits of centralization

  • Broad view: top managers can develop a comprehensive view of operations.
  • Tight financial controls: easier to monitor and control costs.
  • Reduced redundancy: eliminates duplication of effort across the organization.

⚠️ Risks of centralization

  • Skill development: lower-level personnel don't get chances to develop decision-making and leadership skills.
  • Slow response: the organization is less able to respond quickly to customer demands.
  • Don't confuse: centralization is not the same as "micromanagement"—it refers to where formal authority resides, not how closely work is supervised.

⚖️ Benefits of decentralization

  • Quicker decisions: decisions are made closer to the point of action.
  • Innovation and creativity: increased levels of both.
  • Flexibility: greater organizational flexibility.
  • Manager development: faster development of lower-level managers.
  • Employee satisfaction: increased job satisfaction and commitment.

⚠️ Risks of decentralization

  • Skill gaps: if lower-level personnel lack necessary skills and training, they may make costly mistakes.
  • Communication problems: may increase inefficient lines of communication.
  • Competing objectives: different units may pursue conflicting goals.
  • Duplication: may lead to duplication of effort across units.

🧭 When to choose decentralization

🧭 Five conditions favoring decentralization

The excerpt states that decentralization is usually desirable when the following conditions are met:

ConditionWhy it favors decentralization
Very large organizationExamples: ExxonMobil, Ford, General Electric—size makes centralized control impractical
Dynamic environmentQuick, local decisions must be made (e.g., high-tech industries)
Managers willing to share powerWillingness to delegate authority to subordinates
Employees willing and ableEmployees are ready to take more responsibility
Geographic dispersionExamples: Nordstrom, Caterpillar, Ford—spread-out locations need local autonomy

🔄 Factors to consider

Several factors must be weighed when deciding how much authority to delegate:

  • Size of the organization: larger organizations often need more decentralization.
  • Speed of change in the environment: faster change requires faster, local decisions.
  • Managers' willingness to give up authority: cultural and personal readiness matters.
  • Employees' willingness to accept more authority: capability and motivation of staff.
  • Geographic dispersion: physical spread of operations.

🔄 Ongoing evaluation

  • Organizations continually reevaluate their structure as they grow and change.
  • The goal is to determine whether the structure helps the company achieve its goals.

🏗️ Mechanistic vs. organic organizational structures

🏗️ Mechanistic organization

Mechanistic organization: characterized by a relatively high degree of job specialization, rigid departmentalization, many layers of management (particularly middle management), narrow spans of control, centralized decision-making, and a long chain of command.

  • Results in a tall organizational structure.
  • Examples from the excerpt: U.S. Army, United Nations.
  • Characteristics summary:
ElementMechanistic
Job specializationHigh
DepartmentalizationRigid
Managerial hierarchyTall (many levels)
Span of controlNarrow
Decision-making authorityCentralized
Chain of commandLong

🌿 Organic organization

Organic organization: characterized by a relatively low degree of job specialization, loose departmentalization, few levels of management, wide spans of control, decentralized decision-making, and a short chain of command.

  • Results in a flat organizational structure.
  • Examples from the excerpt: colleges and universities (typically only two or three levels of administration between faculty and president).
  • Characteristics summary:
ElementOrganic
Job specializationLow
DepartmentalizationLoose
Managerial hierarchyFlat (few levels)
Span of controlWide
Decision-making authorityDecentralized
Chain of commandShort

🔍 Common confusion: pure vs. hybrid

  • Few organizations are purely mechanistic or purely organic.
  • Most organizations tend more toward one type or the other.
  • The choice is not binary; it's a spectrum.

🎯 What determines mechanistic vs. organic choice

🎯 Strategy alignment

  • A company's organizational structure should enable it to achieve its goals.
  • Because setting corporate goals is part of strategy-making, structure depends on strategy.
  • Innovation strategy → needs flexibility and fluid information flow → organic organization.
  • Cost-control strategy → requires efficiency and tight control → mechanistic organization.
  • Challenge: struggling companies often try to simultaneously increase innovation and rein in costs, creating organizational tension.
  • Example: Microsoft under CEO Satya Nadella cut over 18,000 jobs (2014) and additional sales/marketing jobs later, while also trying to break down divisional barriers and increase innovation pace as the company shifted from software developer to cloud computing service.

📏 Size

  • Smaller companies tend to follow the organic model.
    • Easier to succeed with decentralized decision-making with fewer employees (e.g., 50 employees).
    • Less employee specialization because fewer people must know more about the entire process.
  • As a company grows, it becomes more mechanistic.
    • Systems, procedures, rules, and regulations are put in place to manage greater numbers.
    • Flexibility, innovation, and independence are replaced by standardization.
  • Exception: W. L. Gore has nearly 10,000 employees and over $3 billion in annual revenues but uses an extremely organic structure (employees have no bosses, participate on teams, create their own roles).

🌍 Business environment

  • Complex, dynamic, unstable environments → companies need flexibility and agility → organic structures.
    • Organizational structures must respond to rapid and unexpected changes.
  • Simple, stable environments → demands for flexibility are lower → mechanistic structures create efficiencies.
    • The environment is predictable.

🕸️ The informal organization

🕸️ What it is

Informal organization: the network of connections and channels of communication based on the informal relationships of individuals inside the organization.

  • These relationships do not show up on the organization chart.
  • Can be between people at the same hierarchical level or different levels and departments.
  • Some are work-related (e.g., carpooling, riding the same train).
  • Others are based on nonwork commonalities (e.g., same church, health club, children at the same school).

🎯 Functions of the informal organization

The informal organization serves several important purposes:

  1. Friendships and social contact: provides a source of social relationships for organization members.
  2. Information and connection: helps employees feel better-informed and connected with what is happening, giving them a sense of control.
  3. Status and recognition: can provide status and recognition that the formal organization cannot or will not provide.
  4. Socialization: aids new employee socialization by informally passing along rules, responsibilities, objectives, and job expectations.
  5. Rapid information transmission: the organizational grapevine transmits information quickly and reaches places the formal system does not.

📡 The grapevine and rumor mill

Grapevine (or rumor mill): the informal channels of communication used by the informal organization.

  • Managers need to pay attention because employees increasingly trust grapevine information, especially in the social media era.
  • Survey findings:
    • 47% would believe a message from the grapevine over a company leader's speech.
    • Only 42% would believe senior leadership; 11% would believe a blend.
    • 57% gave the grapevine favorable ratings for accuracy.
  • One respondent noted: "The grapevine may not be wholly accurate, but it is a very reliable indicator that something is going on."

🤝 Using the informal organization

  • Managers should use the informal organization as a tool to benefit the formal organization.
  • Best practice: bring informal leaders into the decision-making process.
  • Result: people who use and nurture the grapevine will have more accurate information to transmit.
  • Don't confuse: the informal organization is not "gossip to be stamped out"—it's a natural communication network that can support or undermine formal goals depending on how it's managed.
51

Organizational Design Considerations

7.6 Organizational Design Considerations

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Organizations are increasingly adopting flexible structures—including virtual corporations, outsourcing, and technology-enabled teams—to adapt to rapid technological change and global competition while managing the challenges of integrating diverse operations and cultures.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Reengineering: Organizations periodically redesign business structures and processes by abandoning outdated rules and asking "If we were a new company, how would we run this place?"
  • Virtual corporations and teams: Technology enables networks of independent companies and geographically dispersed employees to collaborate without traditional boundaries or hierarchies.
  • Outsourcing evolution: Once limited to cost-cutting and low-level functions, outsourcing now spans mature and nontraditional functions and is increasingly viewed as a source of innovation and competitive advantage.
  • Common confusion: Virtual corporations vs. virtual teams—virtual corporations are networks of independent companies sharing capabilities, while virtual teams are groups of employees from the same organization working across locations.
  • Global merger challenges: Combining mega-firms requires resolving structural questions (centralization, departmentalization) and uniting distinctly different corporate cultures.

🔄 Reengineering Business Structures

🔄 What reengineering means

Reengineering: the complete redesign of business structures and processes in order to improve operations; a simpler definition is "starting over."

  • Top management asks: "If we were a new company, how would we run this place?"
  • The goal is to identify and abandon outdated rules and fundamental assumptions about technology, people, and organizational goals that no longer hold.
  • Purpose: redesign business processes to achieve improvements in cost control, product quality, customer service, and speed.

🎯 Expected outcomes

  • A more efficient and effective organizational structure better suited to the current and future competitive climate.
  • The process should result in structures that transform information technology into a competitive advantage.
  • Example: An organization might discover that formal rules based on old technology assumptions are slowing down customer service and redesign processes to eliminate those bottlenecks.

🌐 Virtual Structures

🌐 Virtual corporations

Virtual corporation: a network of independent companies (suppliers, customers, even competitors) linked by information technology to share skills, costs, and access to one another's markets.

Key attributes:

AttributeDescription
TechnologyInformation technology helps geographically distant companies form alliances and work together
OpportunismAlliances are less permanent, less formal, and more opportunistic than traditional partnerships
ExcellenceEach partner brings core competencies, creating an organization with higher quality in every functional area
TrustNetwork structure makes companies more reliant on each other, forcing stronger relationships
No bordersExpands traditional organizational boundaries

🏢 Pure virtual form

  • In the purest form: no central office, no organization chart, no hierarchy, no vertical integration.
  • Each company contributes only its core competencies (key capabilities).
  • Example: A manufacturer would only manufacture, relying on a product design firm to decide what to make and a marketing company to sell the result.

📱 Real-world application

  • Purely virtual organizations are still relatively scarce, but many companies embrace several characteristics.
  • Example: Cisco Systems uses many manufacturing plants but owns none of them; relies on contract manufacturers for all manufacturing needs; human hands touch fewer than 10 percent of customer orders; fewer than half of all orders are processed by a Cisco employee.
  • To customers, the interdependency of suppliers and inventory systems makes it look like one huge, seamless company.

👥 Virtual teams

Virtual teams: technology-enabled work teams where geography is no longer a limitation when employees are considered for a work team.

Benefits:

  • Reduced travel time and costs
  • Reduced relocation expenses
  • Utilization of specialized talent regardless of employee location

How managers create them:

  • Make a list of required skills
  • Create a general list of employees who possess those skills
  • Choose the best mix of people and create the virtual team

⚠️ Special challenges

  • Keeping team members focused, motivated, and communicating positively despite their locations.
  • If feasible, at least one face-to-face meeting during early stages of team formation helps with these potential problems.
  • Don't confuse: Virtual teams are employees of the same organization working across locations, not independent companies collaborating (that's a virtual corporation).

📤 Outsourcing Trends

📤 Evolution of outsourcing

  • Historical reasons: cost reduction and labor needs; often work outsourced to firms in foreign countries.
  • Traditional functions: payroll (recording hours, managing benefits and wage rates, issuing paychecks) handled for years by third-party providers.
  • Expanded scope (2017): customer service, production, engineering, information technology, sales and marketing, and more.

🔄 Changing business view

According to Deloitte's Global Outsourcing Survey (280 global organizations):

  • Outsourcing continues to be successful because it adapts to changing business environments.
  • Growth across mature functions (HR, IT) and nontraditional functions (facilities management, purchasing, real estate).
  • Some businesses view outsourcing as a way of infusing operations with innovation and maintaining competitive advantage—not just cost-cutting.
  • As companies increasingly view outsourcing beyond cost-cutting, they expect more from vendors in terms of supplying innovation and other benefits.

💼 The gig economy

Gig economy: a work approach where companies offer contract work to freelancers who are not considered full-time employees eligible for company benefits.

Context:

  • Became prevalent over the last several years, partly due to slow economic recovery from the 2007–2009 global recession.
  • U.S. businesses hesitated to hire full-time workers even as they experienced gradual growth.

Advantages and disadvantages:

  • Some gig workers like the independence of being self-employed.
  • Others acknowledge taking on multiple small projects because they can't find full-time work as company employees.
  • Another group works full-time but signs up for gigs (e.g., driving for Uber or Lyft) to supplement income.
  • Recent estimates suggest the gig economy may impact more than one-third of the U.S. workforce over the next few years.

✅ Keys to successful outsourcing

Managers must:

  • Identify a specific business problem
  • Consider all possible solutions
  • Decide whether outsourcing the work is the appropriate answer
  • Develop a strategic outsourcing partnership with vendors and a solid framework promoting seamless collaboration and communication
  • Engage with outsourcing partners regularly to instill trust between the two entities
  • Remain flexible in accommodating requests or adjusting needs to build a long-term strategic partnership beneficial to both parties

🌍 Global Merger Challenges

🌍 Structural questions

Recent mergers creating mega-firms (e.g., Microsoft and LinkedIn, Amazon and Whole Foods, Verizon and Yahoo) raise important questions:

  • How can managers organize the global pieces of huge, complex new firms into a cohesive, successful whole?
  • Should decision-making be centralized or decentralized?
  • Should the firm be organized around geographic markets or product lines?
  • How can managers consolidate distinctly different corporate cultures?

🤝 Cultural integration

  • Beyond designing a new organizational structure, one of the most difficult challenges is uniting cultures and creating a single business.
  • Failure to effectively merge cultures can have serious effects on organizational efficiency.

📋 Integration strategies

Example: Pfizer and Pharmacia merger

  • Put together 14 groups to make recommendations concerning finances, human resources, operation support, capital improvements, warehousing, logistics, quality control, and information technology.
  • Hired an outside consultant to facilitate the process.
  • First task: deal with conqueror (Pfizer) versus conquered (Pharmacia) attitudes.
  • Company executives wanted to ensure all employees knew their ideas were valuable and senior management was listening.

🎯 Integration plan must include

  • Strategies for dealing with cultural differences
  • Establishing a logical leadership structure
  • Implementing a strong two-way communications channel at all levels of the organization
  • Redefining the "new" organization's vision, mission, values, and culture

📡 The Informal Organization

📡 What the informal organization is

Informal organization: the network of connections and channels of communication based on the informal relationships of individuals inside an organization.

  • Not all of a company's influential relationships appear as part of the organization chart.
  • A web of informal, personal connections exists between workers.
  • Vital information and knowledge pass through this web constantly.

🗣️ The grapevine

Survey findings on credibility:

  • When a message from senior leadership conflicts with the grapevine, 47 percent of responding employees said they would put more credibility in the grapevine.
  • Only 42 percent said they would believe senior leadership.
  • Another 11 percent indicated they would believe a blend of elements from both messages.

Perceived accuracy:

  • 57 percent of employees gave the grapevine favorable ratings for accuracy.
  • One survey respondent: "The grapevine may not be wholly accurate, but it is a very reliable indicator that something is going on."

🔧 Using the informal organization

  • Managers need to learn to use the existing informal organization as a tool that can potentially benefit the formal organization.
  • Excellent way: bring informal leaders into the decision-making process.
  • That way, people who use and nurture the grapevine will have more accurate information to send through it.

🗺️ Mapping informal relationships

  • Using social media analysis software and other tracking tools, managers can map and quantify the normally invisible relationships that form between employees at all levels.
  • This helps managers foster teamwork, motivate employees, and boost productivity.
52

The Informal Organization

7.7 The Informal Organization

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The informal organization—the network of unofficial relationships and communication channels within a company—gives employees more control over their work environment and helps keep them informed through continuous information flow.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What it is: A network of connections and communication channels based on informal relationships among individuals inside the organization.
  • How it differs from formal structure: Informal relationships can exist between people at the same hierarchical level or across different levels and departments, regardless of official reporting lines.
  • Key benefit: Delivers a continuous stream of company information throughout the organization, helping employees stay informed.
  • Impact on performance: Gives employees more control over their work environment by providing information access beyond formal channels.
  • Common confusion: Don't confuse the informal organization with the formal organizational chart—informal networks operate alongside, not instead of, formal structures.

🕸️ What the informal organization is

🕸️ Definition and scope

The informal organization: the network of connections and channels of communication based on the informal relationships of individuals inside the organization.

  • It is not shown on official organizational charts or job descriptions.
  • It exists naturally as people form relationships through daily work interactions.
  • These relationships create their own communication pathways separate from official reporting structures.

🔄 How relationships form

  • Informal relationships can develop horizontally: between people at the same hierarchical level.
  • They can also develop vertically and diagonally: between people at different levels and in different departments.
  • Example: An employee in marketing might have an informal relationship with someone in finance at a higher level, creating a communication channel that bypasses formal departmental boundaries.

📡 How it affects company performance

📡 Information flow

  • The informal organization delivers a continuous stream of company information throughout the organization.
  • This ongoing flow helps employees stay informed beyond what they receive through official channels.
  • Information can travel faster and more widely than through formal communication structures alone.

🎯 Employee empowerment

  • Gives employees more control over their work environment.
  • By staying informed through informal channels, employees can:
    • Better understand what's happening in the organization
    • Make more informed decisions in their work
    • Respond more quickly to changes and opportunities
  • This control comes from access to information, not from formal authority.

⚖️ Relationship to formal structure

  • The informal organization operates alongside the formal organizational structure.
  • It does not replace formal reporting relationships or official communication channels.
  • Both formal and informal structures coexist and influence how work actually gets done.
  • Don't confuse: The informal organization is not a replacement for formal hierarchy—it's a complementary network that emerges naturally from human relationships.
53

Trends in Organizational Structure

7.8 Trends in Organizational Structure

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

W. L. Gore & Associates demonstrates that a flat, informal organizational structure with no hierarchy can successfully drive innovation, employee satisfaction, and business performance in a large global company.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Gore's radical structure: no bosses, no titles, no departments, no formal job descriptions, and no managerial hierarchy—only peer relationships among "associates."
  • How decisions are made: committees of employees make major decisions (hiring, firing, compensation, even executive pay); employees work on rotating teams and make minor decisions independently.
  • Common confusion: flat structure vs. chaos—Gore's informal structure requires more relationship-building and explanation of rationale, not less accountability; employees must "please everyone" rather than one boss.
  • Why it works: the structure fosters innovation, keeps turnover low (3%), and has sustained success ($3 billion revenue, 10,000+ employees, 20 consecutive years on Fortune's "100 Best Companies to Work For").
  • Challenges addressed: generational and tenure-based cultural divides required a "strategy refresh" to integrate younger, tech-savvy employees while maintaining core values.

🏢 Gore's structural model

🏢 What makes Gore's structure unique

W. L. Gore & Associates: a company with more than 10,000 employees in 30 countries operating with no hierarchy structure, no bosses, no titles, no departments, and no formal job descriptions.

  • Founded in 1958 by Wilbert Gore (who left DuPont to explore Teflon applications).
  • Best known for Gore-Tex fabric, Glide dental floss, and Elixir guitar strings.
  • Top management treats employees as peers, calling them "associates" rather than subordinates.
  • Example: When Terri Kelly became CEO in 2005 (after 22 years as an associate), the announcement was low-key; Kelly herself emphasizes "it's not about the CEO—it's about the people who work there and their relationships with one another."

🔄 No formal authority lines

  • Employees can speak to anyone in the company at any time.
  • No traditional chain of command to follow.
  • This forces employees to invest considerable time developing relationships across the organization.
  • Don't confuse: absence of hierarchy does not mean absence of accountability—employees must satisfy many peers rather than one boss.

🗳️ Decision-making and governance

🗳️ Committee-based decisions

  • Major decisions (hiring, firing, compensation, executive pay) are made by committees comprised of employees.
  • Employees set top executives' compensation, not the other way around.
  • This distributes power and ensures decisions reflect collective judgment.

👥 Team-based work

  • Employees work on teams that are rotated every few years.
  • All employees are expected to make minor decisions independently instead of deferring to a "boss."
  • Kelly's philosophy: "It's easier to say 'Just do it' than to explain the rationale. But in the long run, you'll get much better results because people are making a commitment."
  • Example: Rather than issuing orders, leaders must explain reasoning and build buy-in, which takes more effort but yields stronger commitment.

🌱 Cultural evolution and challenges

🌱 Strategy refresh

  • Several years ago, Gore conducted surveys and discussions with employees about how they fit into the organizational culture.
  • Cultural divide discovered: multiple generations of workers and differences in length of service created tensions.
  • Kelly and her team worked to bridge this gap.

💻 Integrating younger employees

  • Kelly recognizes not everyone will become a "lifer" at Gore.
  • Younger employees bring important value: they help the company become more tech-savvy in communications and stay well-connected in a fast-moving business world.
  • The company balances long-tenured employees' deep knowledge with newer employees' fresh perspectives and digital skills.

📈 Performance outcomes

📈 Business results

MetricResult
Revenue$3 billion
Product rangeThousands of advanced technology products for electronics, industrial, fabrics, and medical markets
Employee count10,000+ in 30 countries
Turnover rate3% per year (very low)
Job applicationsThousands annually (high selectivity)
Fortune rankingNamed one of 12 "legends" on "100 Best Companies to Work For" (all 20 years the list has existed)

🚀 Innovation and satisfaction

  • The informal structure fosters innovation by removing bureaucratic barriers.
  • It has been a significant contributor to associate satisfaction.
  • The company focuses on products and company values rather than on individual leaders.
  • Example: Gore produces thousands of advanced technology products, suggesting the structure supports rapid product development and market responsiveness.

🔍 Mechanistic vs. organic

  • Organic organization: Gore exemplifies an organic structure with its flexibility, peer relationships, decentralized decision-making, and emphasis on innovation.
  • Contrast with mechanistic: a mechanistic organization would have formal hierarchy, clear job descriptions, centralized authority, and rigid procedures—none of which Gore employs.
  • The flat structure directly affects innovation by removing approval layers and empowering employees to experiment and make decisions quickly.
54

Achieving High Performance through Human Resources Management

8.1 Achieving High Performance through Human Resources Management

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Human resource management is a sequential process of hiring, developing, motivating, and evaluating employees that turns people into a competitive advantage by aligning HR decisions with the firm's business goals.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • HR management is strategic: HR practices form a decision support system designed to make employees a key element for competitive advantage, not just administrative tasks.
  • The process is sequential: you cannot train and pay employees until they are selected and placed, which follows recruitment, which comes after planning and job analysis—each step builds on the previous one.
  • Two parallel planning activities: determining how many people the firm needs (demand forecast) and analyzing what skills each job requires (job analysis and design).
  • Internal vs external recruitment: firms can fill positions by promoting current employees (internal labor market) or attracting outside applicants (external labor market).
  • Common confusion: job description vs job specification—the description lists what tasks the job involves; the specification lists what skills/knowledge a person must have to do those tasks.

🔄 The Sequential HR Management Process

🔄 Why sequence matters

The HR management process follows a specific order because later steps depend on earlier ones:

  • Employees cannot be trained and compensated until they are selected and placed in jobs.
  • Selection and placement cannot happen until recruitment brings in applicants.
  • Recruitment cannot begin until the firm knows what jobs exist and what skills are needed (job analysis and human resource planning).

The human resource management process: hiring, developing, motivating, and evaluating employees to achieve organizational goals.

📋 The seven sequential activities

  1. Job analysis and design – study what tasks a job requires
  2. Human resource planning and forecasting – determine how many people are needed
  3. Employee recruitment – attract qualified applicants
  4. Employee selection – choose the best candidates
  5. Training and development – build skills and knowledge
  6. Performance planning and evaluation – assess and improve performance
  7. Compensation and benefits – pay and reward employees

🎯 The strategic goal

  • Good HR practices along this sequence foster performance improvement, skill development, and employee loyalty.
  • The process is designed to develop high-performance employees who want to stay with the organization.
  • HR decisions are based on the firm's business model goals and strategies, not made in isolation.

🔍 Job Analysis and Design

🔍 What job analysis reveals

Job analysis: a study of the tasks required to do a job well.

  • Job analysis produces information about the essential skills, knowledge, and abilities required for a specific job.
  • This is the foundation for knowing what kind of person to hire.
  • Example: when Alcon Labs gained approval for a new product, HR specialists had to assess whether new sales positions with different skill requirements were needed.

📄 Two key documents

DocumentWhat it containsPurpose
Job descriptionTasks and responsibilities of the jobLists what the job involves
Job specificationSkills, knowledge, and abilities a person must haveLists what qualifications a person needs
  • Don't confuse: the description is about the job itself; the specification is about the person who can do it.
  • Both documents help HR planners find the right people for specific jobs.
  • The excerpt provides a detailed example: a College Recruiter position with duties (conducting campus interviews, working with managers) and qualifications (bachelor's degree, two years HR experience, communication skills).

🔄 Jobs are examined and updated

  • HR responsibility includes reviewing jobs to make changes in duties and task responsibilities as needed.
  • Example: when Best Buy faced financial pressures and online competition, CEO Hubert Joly and his team examined staffing and instituted a plan to keep and promote staff as a core competency.

📊 Human Resource Planning and Forecasting

📊 What HR planning means

Human resource planning: having the right number of people, with the right training, in the right jobs, to meet organizational goals.

  • Planning involves determining whether new people must be hired or current employees can be trained.
  • Example: when Alcon Labs needed to sell a new product, planners had to decide if additional sales representatives were needed and assess skills of existing employees.

🔮 Two types of forecasts

HR demand forecast: determining personnel needs for the future

  1. How many people will be needed by some future time (e.g., in one year)?
  2. How many people currently employed will be available to fill jobs at that future time?

Internal supply forecast: estimating the number of current employees who will be available to fill various jobs at some future time.

🪜 Succession planning and contingent workers

  • Succession planning: reviewing employee performance to identify people who can fill vacancies and be promoted.
  • Example: Best Buy reviews manager performance to identify promotion candidates; their general managers average five years tenure at a store.

Contingent worker: someone who wants to work but not on a permanent, continuous basis.

  • Firms can hire experienced contractors or interim executives as temporary workers for short-term needs.
  • Example: Best Buy might hire contingent workers during the holiday shopping season if there is a temporary shortage of sales professionals.

🎣 Employee Recruitment

🎣 Two labor markets

The firm can look for applicants in two places:

Labor marketDefinitionCommon methods
InternalEmployees currently employed by the firmPromotions, job transfers
ExternalPool of potential applicants outside the firmAdvertising, job fairs, college recruiting, online platforms

Recruitment: the process of attracting qualified people to form an applicant pool.

🏢 Internal recruitment tools

  • A human resource information system with an employee database helps facilitate internal recruitment.
  • The database contains: previous work experience, skills, education and certifications, job and career preferences, performance, and attendance.
  • Most firms (BNSF Railway, Walmart, Boeing, Ritz-Carlton Hotels) promote from within and manage upward mobility of employees.

🌐 External recruitment methods

When positions cannot be filled from within, firms use numerous methods:

  • Print, radio, web, and television advertising
  • Job fairs (corporate open houses): one- or two-day events where applicants learn about opportunities, get tours, and apply for jobs
    • Example: hospitality and entertainment firms like Ritz-Carlton Hotels and Six Flags frequently use job fairs
  • College recruiting: scheduling job fairs and on-campus interviews with graduating seniors
    • Example: firms needing accountants, engineers, and sales managers (Deloitte, Cisco Systems, Salesforce.com) recruit on campuses

💻 Online recruiting revolution

The internet, social media, and specialized software have completely changed recruitment:

  • Platforms like Monster.com, Indeed, StartWire, and Glassdoor enable applicants to search openings, post résumés, and apply for jobs.
  • Most companies provide links to their career page where applicants can:
    • Learn about company culture
    • Listen to or read employee testimonials
    • Search for additional openings
  • Large firms may receive thousands of online applications per month.
  • Firms depend on software to scan and track applicant résumés and applications because manual review is impractical.
55

Employee Recruitment

8.2 Employee Recruitment

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Employee recruitment involves attracting qualified applicants from both internal and external labor markets through various methods including online platforms, job fairs, and social networks to build a pool of candidates for open positions.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two labor markets: internal (current employees) vs. external (outside applicants) serve as sources for filling positions.
  • Recruitment methods: include print/web advertising, job fairs, college recruiting, online platforms, and social networking.
  • Online recruiting transformation: internet, social media, and specialized software have completely changed how firms find and screen applicants.
  • Recruitment branding: presenting an accurate and positive image of the firm helps candidates evaluate whether the job and company culture fit their expectations.
  • Common confusion: recruitment vs. selection—recruitment is about attracting applicants to form a pool; selection (covered in 8.3) is about choosing from that pool.

🔍 Internal vs. External Labor Markets

🏢 Internal labor market

The internal labor market consists of employees currently employed by the firm.

  • Firms use human resource information systems containing employee databases with:
    • Previous work experience
    • Skills, education, certifications
    • Job and career preferences
    • Performance and attendance records
  • Most common outcomes: promotions and job transfers.
  • Example: BNSF Railway, Walmart, Boeing, and Ritz-Carlton Hotels promote from within and manage upward mobility of employees.
  • Why it matters: internal recruitment facilitates succession planning and reduces turnover.

🌐 External labor market

The external labor market is the pool of potential applicants outside the firm.

  • Used when positions cannot be filled from within the organization.
  • Recruitment: the process of attracting qualified people to form an applicant pool.
  • Firms turn to external markets when they need fresh talent, specialized skills, or cannot find suitable internal candidates.

📣 Traditional Recruitment Methods

📰 Advertising and job fairs

  • Media channels: print, radio, web, and television advertising.
  • Job fairs (corporate open houses): usually one- or two-day events where:
    • Applicants are briefed about job opportunities
    • Given tours of facilities
    • Encouraged to apply for jobs
  • Example: hospitality and entertainment firms like Ritz-Carlton Hotels and Six Flags frequently use job fairs to attract applicants.

🎓 College recruiting

  • Very common for firms needing professional and scientific positions:
    • Accountants
    • Engineers
    • Sales managers
  • Example: Deloitte, Cisco Systems, Salesforce.com schedule job fairs and on-campus interviews with graduating seniors.

💻 Online Recruiting and Digital Transformation

🌐 How the internet changed recruitment

  • The excerpt states: "The internet, social media, and specialized software have completely changed the employee recruitment process."
  • Major platforms: Monster.com, Indeed, StartWire, and Glassdoor enable applicants to:
    • Search for job openings
    • Post their résumés
    • Apply for jobs companies have posted
  • Most companies provide links to their career pages where applicants can:
    • Learn about company culture
    • Listen to or read employee testimonials
    • Search for additional openings

🤖 Software for screening applicants

  • The challenge: large firms may receive thousands of online applications per month.
  • The solution: firms depend on software to scan and track applicant materials.
  • How it works: uses key words to match skills or other requirements for a particular job.
  • Social media has also changed how companies search for applicants and verify applicant information.

🔗 Social networking for recruitment

  • Referrals and professional networking: commonly used methods for identifying job prospects, particularly for managerial, professional, and technical positions.
  • LinkedIn: the most popular social network for professionals.
    • More than 530 million members worldwide
    • Giant database of contacts with profiles showing:
      • Past and present professional experience
      • Skills
      • Professional referrals
      • Affiliations with business and professional associations
    • Members can search through extended networks based on job, job title, company, geography, zip code, or professional organization membership
  • Other platforms: ExecuNet and ExecRank allow members to search for contacts and network with other professionals.
  • Six degrees of separation concept: one person can be linked to any other individual through no more than six other people.

⚠️ Privacy and social networking concerns

  • LinkedIn and similar networks are based on voluntary participation.
  • Members consent to being networked.
  • Don't ignore: the excerpt raises important questions regarding privacy concerns and use of one's social network, though it does not elaborate on specific risks.

🎨 Recruitment Branding

🖼️ What recruitment branding means

Recruitment branding involves presenting an accurate and positive image of the firm to those being recruited.

  • Example: Carbone Smolan Agency (CSA), a New York–based image consulting firm, assists in developing recruitment branding strategies.
  • Goal: help candidates make informed decisions about whether the firm is a good fit.

📋 Realistic job preview

A realistic job preview informs job candidates about organizational realities of the job and the firm so they can more accurately evaluate jobs and firm expectations.

  • What it covers:
    • Work assignments
    • Performance standards
    • Promotional opportunities
    • Company culture
    • Many other characteristics of the job
  • Why it matters: helps candidates set accurate expectations and reduces turnover from mismatched expectations.
  • Don't confuse: recruitment branding is not just marketing hype—it emphasizes accuracy and realism, not only positive aspects.
56

Employee Selection

8.3 Employee Selection

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Employee selection is a systematic, multi-step screening process that progressively filters job applicants to identify those who possess the qualifications necessary to succeed on the job.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What selection is: the process of determining which applicants in the pool have the qualifications needed for job success.
  • How it works: a "successive hurdles" approach where applicants must pass each step to receive a job offer, but can be rejected at any stage.
  • Six main steps: initial screening, employment testing, selection interview, background/reference checks, physical exams/drug testing, and the hiring decision.
  • Common confusion: selection is not just about evaluating skills—it also assesses cultural fit, motivation, behavior patterns, and how candidates handle realistic job situations.
  • Why applicant experience matters: treating job applicants like valued customers helps attract the most qualified employees and protects the firm's reputation (applicants may be current or future customers).

🪜 The Successive Hurdles Approach

🪜 What the selection process is

Selection: the process of determining which people in the applicant pool possess the qualifications necessary to be successful on the job.

  • Selection begins after a firm has attracted enough job applicants.
  • Employment specialists conduct the process.
  • It is structured as a series of steps or "hurdles."

🎯 How successive hurdles work

  • An applicant who successfully "jumps over" each step will very likely receive a job offer.
  • Alternatively, an applicant can be rejected at any step or hurdle.
  • This approach progressively narrows the applicant pool to the most qualified candidates.
  • Each step serves as a filter to screen out less suitable candidates before investing more time and resources.

📋 The Six Selection Steps

📝 Step 1: Initial screening

  • What happens: Applicant completes an application form and/or submits a résumé, and has a brief interview of 30 minutes or less.
  • What's evaluated: Educational background, previous work experience, and job duties performed.
  • This is the first filter—a quick assessment to determine if the candidate meets basic qualifications.

🧪 Step 2: Employment testing

  • What happens: Applicant may be asked to take one or more tests following initial screening.
  • Example tools: Wonderlic Personnel Tests offer a suite of pre-employment tests for each phase of hiring.
  • What's assessed:
    • Cognitive ability: ability to learn, adapt, and solve problems
    • Motivation potential: attitude, behavior performance, and productivity
    • Knowledge and skills: math, verbal, data entry, software proficiency
  • Real-world application: Martha LaCroix of Yankee Candle Company uses personality assessments to ensure prospective employees will fit the firm's culture. Predictive Index (PI) Worldwide helped develop a behavioral profile of top-performing store managers, which is used for personality testing and to develop interview questions revealing how an applicant may behave in certain work situations.

💬 Step 3: Selection interview

Selection interview: an in-depth discussion of an applicant's work experience, skills and abilities, education, and career interests.

  • Most widely used tool in making hiring decisions.
  • For managerial and professional positions: applicant may be interviewed by several persons, including the line manager for the position to be filled.
  • What's assessed: Communication skills and motivation.
  • Realistic job situations: Applicant may be presented with scenarios (e.g., dealing with a disgruntled customer) and asked to describe how they would handle the problem.

🚨 Interview pitfalls to avoid

Carolyn Murray of W.L. Gore & Associates listens for casual remarks that may reveal the reality behind applicant answers. Examples of problematic responses:

QuestionProblematic ResponseWhy It's a Problem
"Give me an example of a time when you had a conflict with a team member.""Our leader asked me to handle all of the FedExing for our team. I did it, but I thought that FedExing was a waste of my time."Shows unwillingness to help teammates when needed (Gore works from a team concept).
"Tell me how you solved a problem that was impeding your project.""One of the engineers on my team wasn't pulling his weight, and we were closing in on a deadline. So I took on some of his work."Resolved the immediate issue but did nothing to prevent the problem from happening again.
"What's the one thing that you would change about your current position?""My job as a salesman has become boring. Now I want the responsibility of managing people."Probably not maximizing current territory and complaining—may find the next role boring too.

Don't confuse: The interview is not just about what candidates say they can do—it's about revealing how they actually think and behave through their casual remarks and responses to realistic scenarios.

🔍 Step 4: Background and reference check

  • What happens: If applicants pass the selection interview, most firms examine their background and check their references.
  • What's examined: Legal history, reasons for leaving previous jobs, and even creditworthiness.
  • Trend: An increasing number of employers (e.g., American Airlines, Disney, Microsoft) are carefully researching applicants' backgrounds.

🏥 Step 5: Physical exams and drug testing

  • Physical exams: A firm may require an applicant to have a medical checkup to ensure they are physically able to perform job tasks.
  • Drug testing: Common in the transportation and health care industries.
  • Examples: Southwest Airlines, BNSF Railway, Texas Health Resources, and the U.S. Postal Service use drug testing.
  • Reasons: Workplace safety, productivity, and employee health.

✅ Step 6: Decision to hire

  • When it happens: If an applicant progresses satisfactorily through all the selection steps (or jumps all of the selection hurdles).
  • Who decides: Nearly always made by the manager of the new employee.
  • Contingencies: The job offer may be contingent on passing a physical exam and/or drug test.

🤝 Treating Applicants as Valued Customers

🎯 Why applicant experience matters

  • An important aspect of employee recruitment and selection involves treating job applicants as valued customers.
  • Some applicants may actually be customers of the firm.
  • Firms must provide good customer service to applicants if they expect to hire the most qualified employees.

📞 Key touchpoints in the selection process

Companies have several opportunities to create a positive impression during these communication channels:

  • In-person greetings: At a job fair or at the interview itself
  • Phone calls: From HR professionals to set up interviews and follow-up conversations
  • E-mail correspondence: To acknowledge receipt of applications and thank applicants for submitting their job application
  • Thank-you notes: From the employer following the second interview

🏨 Example: Ritz-Carlton Hotels approach

Ritz-Carlton Hotels (a Marriott International subsidiary) is recognized for treating prospective employees especially well.

During recruitment for a new Washington D.C. hotel:

  • Goal: Provide applicants with a personal demonstration of the famous Ritz-Carlton service-oriented culture.
  • Arrival experience: Applicants experienced the "warm welcome" from several employees who greeted them, wished them luck, and escorted them past a violinist and piano player to the waiting room, where beverages and snacks were available.
  • Screening process: Standardized screening questionnaire, followed by a professionally developed structured interview for those who passed.
  • Departure experience: "Fond farewell" where applicants were thanked, given Ritz-Carlton chocolates, and escorted out of the hotel.

Follow-up:

  • Every applicant receives a personal, formal thank-you note for coming to the job fair.
  • Those considered for positions but later rejected receive another note.

Why this matters: An applicant could be a future Ritz-Carlton hotel guest, or the son or daughter of a guest.

🎓 Ritz-Carlton's orientation philosophy

  • Every employee must go through seven days of training before ever working in a Ritz-Carlton.
  • Two full days are indoctrination in Ritz-Carlton values and philosophy.
  • Goal: Create a significant emotional experience for new employees during their first few days.
  • First-day experience: New employees arrive at 6:00 a.m. and see senior leaders lined up outside the doors, clapping and cheering as they greet them.
  • Message: "You are important and we will treat you exactly as we want you to treat customers."
  • Leadership involvement: The leadership team facilitates the program, sending a powerful message about the importance of consensual commitment.
  • Orientation message: "For these next few days, we will orient you to who we are—our heart, our soul, our goals, our vision, our dreams—so you can join us, and not just work for us."

🎩 The Ritz-Carlton motto

"We Are Ladies and Gentlemen Serving Ladies and Gentlemen"

  • Implemented by former president and COO Horst Schultz in the mid-1980s.
  • Still at the heart of the company's values today.
  • Schultz's explanation: "You are not servants. We are not servants. Our profession is service. We are Ladies and Gentlemen, just as the guests are, who we respect as Ladies and Gentlemen. We are Ladies and Gentlemen and should be respected as such."
  • This motto teaches both applicants and employees that they deserve the same respect as customers, and that service is a profession, not servitude.

Don't confuse: Treating applicants well is not just about being nice—it's a strategic investment in attracting top talent and protecting the firm's brand reputation with potential customers.

57

Employee Training and Development

8.4 Employee Training and Development

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Organizations invest in training and development activities to ensure both new and experienced employees acquire the knowledge and skills needed to perform their jobs successfully and improve organizational results.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What training and development involves: learning situations where employees acquire additional knowledge or skills to increase job performance.
  • Two main delivery methods: training is done either on the job (at the worksite) or off the job (away from the workplace).
  • On-the-job approaches: include orientation, job rotation, apprenticeship, and mentoring—often inexpensive with instantaneous feedback.
  • Off-the-job approaches: classroom training, simulations, and web-based e-learning—useful when workplace training is impractical.
  • Common confusion: orientation vs. job training—orientation introduces company values and policies; job training teaches specific job tasks and skills.

🏢 On-the-Job Training Methods

🎯 Orientation

Orientation: getting the new employee ready to perform on the job.

  • Two phases:
    • Formal orientation (often half-day classroom): covers company history, values, expectations, policies, customers, and overview of products/services.
    • Specific job orientation (by supervisor): covers work rules, equipment, and performance expectations; more informal and may last days or weeks.
  • Why it matters: orientation is essential for new employees and is usually the first step in training.

🔄 Job rotation and specific instruction

Job rotation: the reassignment of workers to several different jobs over time.

  • Takes place at the job site or workstation and is directly related to the job.
  • Methods include:
    • Specific job instruction
    • Coaching (guidance from experienced employees)
    • Special project assignments
    • Job rotation across departments
  • Example: Walmart management trainees rotate through merchandising, customer service, credit, and HR during their first year or two.

🛠️ Apprenticeship

Apprenticeship: usually combines specific on-the-job instruction with classroom training.

  • May last as long as four years.
  • Found in skilled trades: carpentry, plumbing, electrical work.
  • Blends hands-on practice with theoretical knowledge.

🤝 Mentoring

Mentoring: a senior manager or other experienced employee providing job- and career-related information to a mentee.

  • Advantages: inexpensive and provides instantaneous feedback.
  • Becoming increasingly popular with firms including FedEx, Merrill Lynch, Dow Chemical, and Bank of America.
  • Technology-enabled mentoring: e-mail and video conferencing facilitate long-distance mentoring across countries.
  • Example: Dow Chemical uses e-mail and video conferencing for mentoring between employees in different countries; writing in English helps non-native speakers meet the company's English fluency requirement.

💻 Off-the-Job Training Methods

🏫 Classroom-based training

  • Employees learn the job away from the job.
  • Takes place in a classroom setting.
  • Methods include:
    • Cases
    • Role-play exercises
    • Films and videos
    • Lectures
    • Computer demonstrations
  • Purpose: develop workplace skills in a controlled environment.

🌐 Web-based and e-learning

E-learning and e-training: online computer presentation of information for learning new job tasks.

  • Why organizations use it: saves time and travel costs, especially for geographically dispersed employees.
  • Example: Union Pacific Railroad delivers training materials online to tens of thousands of employees across the United States.

📚 Programmed instruction

Programmed instruction: an online, self-paced, and highly structured training method that presents trainees with concepts and problems using a modular format.

  • Used for technical and safety training.
  • Software ensures employees receive, undergo, complete, and sign off on training modules.
  • Example: Union Pacific uses programmed instruction for technical and safety training.

🎮 Simulation training

Simulation: a scaled-down version of a manufacturing process or equipment (e.g., a mock cockpit).

  • Allows employees to practice in a safe, controlled environment.
  • Provides more direct transfer of learning to the job.
  • Example: American Airlines uses flight simulators for pilots to practice hazardous maneuvers or learn new aircraft controls without passengers.
  • Don't confuse: simulation is not just watching a video—it's interactive practice in a realistic but risk-free setting.

📊 Training Process and Objectives

🎯 Training objectives

  • Specify what training should achieve:
    • Performance improvements
    • Reductions in errors
    • Job knowledge to be gained
    • Other positive organizational results
  • Objectives guide the design and evaluation of training programs.

🔄 The training and development process

The excerpt references Exhibit 8.8, which shows the process of creating and implementing training and development activities (specific steps not detailed in the excerpt).

Training TypeLocationKey Characteristics
On-the-jobAt the worksiteDirect, immediate, often inexpensive; includes orientation, rotation, apprenticeship, mentoring
Off-the-jobAway from workplaceClassroom, e-learning, simulation; useful when workplace training is impractical or unsafe

🌍 International Training Considerations

✈️ Global mobility and expatriate support

  • International job experience is increasingly seen as an essential leadership competency.
  • Companies develop rotational programs to give employees critical global experience.
  • Example: Brookfield Global Relocation Services manages over 60,000 relocations in 140 countries annually, providing high levels of service to relocating employees and families.

🏠 Challenges for expatriates

Beyond work demands, expatriates face challenges including:

  • Choosing schools for children
  • Securing housing
  • Finding medical facilities
  • Opening bank accounts
  • Finding transportation and obtaining a driver's license
  • Completing government forms
  • Locating food stores
  • Learning about community and entertainment offerings

📋 Global training standards

  • Example: KPMG International (189,000 staff in 152 countries) offers the KPMG Global Opportunities (GO) program for job rotation, transfers, and function changes.
  • KPMG Code of Conduct: defines values and standards for conducting business globally; all employees and partners must affirm compliance annually and complete mandatory training.
  • Why annual affirmation matters: reinforces principles and builds understanding of firm expectations across diverse locations.
58

Performance Planning and Evaluation

8.5 Performance Planning and Evaluation

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Performance planning and evaluation systematically compare actual employee performance against established expectations to guide decisions about training, compensation, promotion, and other job changes.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What it is: a structured process where managers set performance standards, employees work to meet them, and supervisors evaluate results to determine contributions to the organization.
  • The five-step cycle: establish standards → employee works → supervisor evaluates → make reward/job change decisions → provide feedback reinforcement.
  • Shift from annual to continuous: companies have moved away from once-a-year appraisals toward real-time feedback for faster skill development and performance improvement.
  • Common confusion: performance appraisal is not just about measuring output quantity—it also assesses quality, job knowledge, initiative, relationships, attendance, and punctuality.
  • Why it matters: appraisals directly connect to compensation, promotion, training needs, and performance improvement plans for underperforming employees.

🔄 The Performance Planning and Appraisal Process

📋 Step 1: Manager establishes performance standards

  • The manager communicates expectations to employees as:
    • Job objectives
    • Schedules and deadlines
    • Product and/or service quality requirements
  • These standards become the baseline for later evaluation.

🛠️ Step 2: Employee works to meet standards

  • The employee performs job tasks with the established expectations in mind.
  • This is the active work period between setting standards and evaluation.

🔍 Step 3: Supervisor evaluates performance

Performance appraisal: a comparison of actual performance with expected performance to determine an employee's contributions to the organization and to make decisions about training, compensation, promotion, and other job changes.

The evaluation examines multiple dimensions:

  • Output measures: quality and quantity of work produced
  • Behavioral characteristics:
    • Job knowledge
    • Initiative
    • Relationships with others
    • Attendance and punctuality

Don't confuse: Performance evaluation is not only about "how much" work is done; it also covers "how well" and "how" the employee works (behavior, collaboration, reliability).

🎯 Step 4: Make decisions based on evaluation

After the evaluation, managers can make several types of decisions:

Decision typeWhen usedWhat happens
RewardSatisfactory or excellent performancePay raise granted
Job changeStrong performancePromotion offered
Performance improvement planUnsatisfactory workEmployee receives structured plan outlining required improvements, milestones, time periods, and consequences if performance does not improve

🔁 Step 5: Provide rewards and reinforcement

  • Rewards serve as positive feedback.
  • They provide reinforcement or encouragement for the employee to continue improving performance.
  • This step closes the loop and motivates ongoing development.

📊 Information Sources for Appraisals

📏 Rating scales

The excerpt provides a detailed example of a behavior-based rating scale for a college recruiter position:

  • Scale range: 1 (very poor/unacceptable) to 9 (outstanding)
  • Job description: Visits campuses and conducts interviews of graduating seniors
  • What gets rated: specific job behaviors tied to planning, organization, timeliness, and follow-through

Example behaviors at different rating levels:

  • Rating 9–8: Plans schedule to minimize travel expenses and maximize visits; completes campus reports before arriving at next campus
  • Rating 7–6: Might not identify faculty contacts for pre-visit information; occasionally doesn't request résumés two days before arrival
  • Rating 4–3: Notes sometimes incomplete; occasionally late starting interviews; frequently late sending thank-you letters
  • Rating 2–1: Always late completing campus-recruiting reports

📝 Other information sources

Performance information can be assembled from:

  • Supervisor logs of employee job incidents
  • Reports of sales and production statistics

Key requirement: Performance information should be accurate and a record of the employee's job behavior and efforts.

⏱️ Timing: From Annual to Continuous Feedback

🔄 The shift in practice

  • Old standard: Annual performance appraisals were once common practice.
  • Current trend: Most companies have moved away from annual reviews.
  • New approach: Managers are encouraged to provide employees with continuous real-time feedback.

🚀 Why continuous feedback matters

  • Skill development can be improved more rapidly.
  • Job performance can be enhanced faster.
  • Employees receive guidance when they need it, not months later.

Don't confuse: The shift to continuous feedback doesn't eliminate formal appraisals entirely; it supplements them with ongoing communication so employees don't wait a full year to learn how they're doing.

59

Employee Compensation and Benefits

8.6 Employee Compensation and Benefits

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Employee compensation—including both direct pay and indirect benefits—is closely tied to performance appraisals and must balance internal job value with external market rates to attract and retain skilled workers.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two main compensation types: direct pay (wages/salaries) and indirect pay (benefits like health insurance, pensions, vacation).
  • Pay determination factors: internal factors (skill level, job importance, management responsibility) and external factors (competitor wages, geographic market rates).
  • Incentive pay structures: employees can earn additional compensation through commissions, bonuses, or profit-sharing based on performance or company results.
  • Common confusion: base pay vs. incentive pay—base pay is fixed regardless of output; incentive pay rewards specific achievements or sales levels.
  • Benefits importance: as health insurance and benefit costs rise, indirect pay has become increasingly critical to employee job satisfaction.

💰 How firms determine pay levels

💼 Internal pay structure influences

  • Pay based on job value and responsibility: wages, salaries, and benefits reflect the employee's skills, experience, and the level of the position.
  • Jobs of equal importance receive similar compensation rates.
    • Example: if a drill-press operator and a lathe operator are equally important to the firm, both might earn $21 per hour.
  • Management hierarchy: as management responsibility increases, so does pay—the highest-level positions (president, chief information officer, chief financial officer) receive the highest compensation.

🌍 External market influences

  • Competitor wages matter: firms must monitor what competitors pay to avoid losing their best employees to higher-paying employers.
  • HR professionals regularly evaluate salaries by:
    • Geography
    • Job position
    • Competitor and market wages
  • Information sources: wage and salary surveys from the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, U.S. Department of Labor, and websites like Glassdoor.
  • Three pay strategies: firms can choose to pay at, above, or below the going market rate.
    • Paying below-market wages risks inability to hire skilled people.
  • What determines pay level: the firm's financial condition (profitability), efficiency, employee productivity, and competitor rates.
    • Example: MillerCoors Brewing Co. is a high-paying firm at $29–$33 per hour for production employees.

💵 Types of direct pay

💵 Base pay

Base pay: an amount of pay received by the employee regardless of output level.

  • Typically structured as an hourly rate or monthly salary.
  • Paid based on time worked, not performance or output.

📈 Incentive pay arrangements

Employees can earn additional pay beyond base salary through performance-based compensation.

🎯 Commission structures

  • Common in sales and manufacturing roles.
  • Accelerated commission example: a salesperson receives:
    • Base monthly salary: $1,000
    • 3% on the first $50,000 of product sold: $1,500
    • 4% on the next $30,000: $1,200
    • 5% on any sales beyond $80,000: $1,000
    • Total: $4,700
  • As sales increase, the incentive becomes increasingly attractive and rewarding, making pay a powerful motivator.

🏆 Bonuses

  • Paid for reaching certain monthly or annual performance goals or achieving specific cost-saving objectives.
  • Employees are rewarded based on achieving certain goals.
  • Design consideration: should bonuses be the same for all employees or differentiated by organizational level, base pay, or other criteria?
    • Example: Choice Homes (a large-scale builder) pays an annual incentive share that is the same for everyone—the president receives the same profit share or bonus as the lowest-paid employee.

💼 Profit-sharing plans

  • Employees receive some portion of the firm's profit.
  • Usually based on annual company financial performance, paid once a year.
  • Don't confuse with: bonuses (which can be monthly or based on specific goals) vs. profit-sharing (which is tied to overall company financial performance and typically annual).

🎁 Types of indirect pay (benefits)

⚖️ Legally required benefits

Employers must provide these benefits by law:

BenefitWhat it covers
Unemployment compensationMoney for a certain period while unemployed; requires minimum weeks worked, being without a job, and willingness to accept suitable positions
Worker's compensationPays employees for lost work time caused by work-related injuries; may cover rehabilitation after serious injury
Social SecurityGovernment pension plan; also provides disability and survivor benefits, benefits for kidney dialysis/transplants, Medicare (health care for seniors), and Medicaid (health care for the poor)

🎉 Voluntary benefits (not required by law)

Many employers offer additional benefits to attract and retain employees:

  • Paid time off: vacations, holidays, sick days, even pay for jury duty
  • Health insurance: including dental and vision coverage
  • Supplemental benefits: disability insurance, life insurance, pet insurance, legal benefits
  • Retirement benefits: 401K contributions, pensions, retirement savings accounts
  • Stock purchase options

🔧 Flexible benefit arrangements

  • Some firms with numerous benefits allow employees to mix and match benefit items or select based on individual needs.
  • Example scenarios:
    • A younger employee with a family may choose medical, disability, and life insurance.
    • An older employee may put more benefit dollars into a retirement savings plan.

📊 Why compensation matters

😊 Impact on job satisfaction

  • Pay and benefits are frequently studied as aspects of employee job satisfaction.
  • Pay can be perceived as very satisfactory or can be a point of job dissatisfaction.
  • Research finding: in a study by SAP, direct compensation was the most important element of job satisfaction by employees from various companies.

📈 Rising importance of benefits

  • As the cost of health insurance and other benefits has risen sharply over the past few years, benefits have become increasingly important to workers.
  • Health insurance and benefits are now critical factors in employee retention and satisfaction.

💡 Strategic employee investment example

The excerpt describes Starbucks' approach under CEO Howard Schultz:

  • Core philosophy: the single most important aspect of creating an enduring brand is its people.
  • Innovative benefits: offered health benefits and stock ownership for part-time workers—something that had never been done before.
  • Employee-first approach: when it comes to customers versus employees, employees always come first.
  • Results:
    • Store manager attrition: 15%
    • Part-time hourly employee turnover: 65%
    • Compared to competitors like McDonald's and Taco Bell: 200–300% annual turnover (turning over the workforce every four months)
  • Investor resistance: Schultz made 220 presentations to raise $2.8 million and was rejected in all but 12; investors saw him as an idealist putting unnecessary burden on the bottom line.
  • Rationale: "If you give up some equity to employees, they'll reward you for that."
  • Don't confuse: short-term cost vs. long-term value—while benefits increase immediate expenses, they reduce turnover and improve service quality, ultimately benefiting the bottom line.
60

The Labor Relations Process

8.7 The Labor Relations Process

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The labor relations process creates and maintains union-management relationships through three phases—organizing workers into unions, negotiating labor agreements through collective bargaining, and administering those agreements daily—while addressing disputes over wages, hours, and working conditions.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What a labor union is: an organization representing workers in dealing with management over disputes involving wages, hours, and working conditions.
  • Three phases of labor relations: union organizing, collective bargaining to negotiate agreements, and daily administration of the contract.
  • Union structure: local unions (plant/geographic branches), national/international unions, and federations (collections of unions banded together).
  • Common confusion: union shop vs agency shop vs open shop—different levels of membership/payment requirements for workers.
  • How disputes are resolved: grievances follow a step-by-step procedure, escalating from supervisor to arbitration if unresolved.

🏗️ Union structure and the modern labor movement

🏗️ Three-part structure

The modern labor movement consists of:

  • Local unions: branches representing workers at specific plants or geographic areas
  • National/international unions: organizations ranging from thousands to over a million members
  • Federations: collections of unions banded together for organizing, public relations, political purposes, and other mutually-agreed-upon goals

📉 Membership trends

  • Union membership has declined significantly over three decades—now half what it once was.
  • In 1983: 20.1% of workers (17.7 million members)
  • In 2017: 10.7% of workers (14.8 million members)
  • The number of employed union members declined by 2.9 million since 1983.
  • Much decline in national unions resulted from union mergers.

🏢 Local union functions

Local union: a branch or unit of a national union that represents workers at a specific plant or over a specific geographic area.

Three main functions:

  1. Collective bargaining (every 3–4 years)
  2. Worker relations and membership services (day-to-day)
  3. Community and political activities

👷 Shop steward role

Shop steward: an elected union official who represents union members to management when workers have complaints.

  • For most union members, the shop steward is their primary contact with the union.
  • Oversees labor relations on a day-to-day basis at the plant level.

🤝 Federation example

  • For 50 years, the AFL-CIO dominated the American labor movement.
  • In 2005, several unions split from AFL-CIO to form the Change to Win Coalition (representing over 5.5 million members).
  • Reason for split: disagreements over leadership and ineffective organizing strategies.
  • Primary goal of new federation: strengthen union-organizing drives and reverse membership decline.

📝 Union organizing process

📝 How organizing begins

A nonunion employer becomes unionized through an organizing campaign started either:

  • From within: by unhappy employees
  • From outside: by a union targeting the employer for an organizing drive

✍️ Authorization cards

  • Union organizer tries to convince workers to sign authorization cards.
  • Cards prove the worker's interest in having the union represent them.
  • Once the union gets signed cards from at least 30% of employees, it can ask the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) for a union certification election.
  • Important: employers can speak out against unions in letters, posters, and assemblies, but it is illegal to interfere directly with the card-signing campaign or coerce employees into not joining.

🗳️ Certification election

  • Election by secret ballot determines whether workers want union representation.
  • NLRB posts an election notice and defines the bargaining unit—employees eligible to vote and who will be represented by the union if certified.
  • Supervisors and managers cannot vote.
  • Both union and employer engage in pre-election campaigns through speeches, memos, and meetings.
  • If a majority vote for the union, NLRB certifies the union as the exclusive bargaining agent for all eligible voters.
  • Employer must then bargain with the union over wages, hours, and other terms of employment.

❌ Decertification elections

  • After one year, if union and employer don't reach an agreement, workers can petition for a decertification election.
  • Allows workers to vote out the union.
  • Also held when workers become dissatisfied with a union that has represented them for a longer time.
  • Number of decertification elections has increased to several hundred per year in recent years.

🎯 Campaign arguments

Union benefits emphasizedEmployer arguments against unionization
Almost always: grievance procedures, job security, improved benefits, higher payEmployee can come directly to management; third party unnecessary
Often: more influence in decision-making, better working conditions, lobbying opportunities, increased productionUnion members pay monthly dues ($15–$40)
Seldom: higher-quality products, technical training, more job satisfactionMerit-based decisions better than seniority-based
Pay and benefits similar to leading firms in industry
Company meets all health and safety standards
Performance and productivity more important than union representation for pay raises

🤝 Collective bargaining and contract negotiation

🤝 What collective bargaining is

Collective bargaining: the process of negotiating a labor agreement that provides for compensation and working arrangements mutually acceptable to the union and to management.

📋 Negotiation process

  • Both management and union negotiation teams consist of a few people.
  • One person on each side is the chief spokesperson.
  • Bargaining begins with setting a list of contract issues to discuss.
  • Much bargaining takes place through face-to-face meetings and exchange of written proposals.
  • Demands, proposals, and counterproposals are exchanged during several rounds.
  • Resulting contract must be approved by top management and ratified by union members.
  • Once both sides approve, the contract is a legally binding agreement.

🔐 Union security arrangements

Different levels of union membership/payment requirements:

TypeDefinitionWorker requirements
Union shopMost common arrangementNonunion workers can be hired, but must join the union within 30–60 days
Agency shopDoes not require union membershipWorkers must pay the union a fee (agency fee) to cover representation expenses
Open shopLegal in 28 right-to-work statesWorkers can work at unionized company without joining union or paying dues/fees

Don't confuse: Under the Taft-Hartley Act of 1947, states can make all forms of union security illegal by enacting a right-to-work law, creating open shops.

🎛️ Management rights

Management rights clause: a contract provision giving the employer all rights to manage the business except as specified in the contract.

  • When a company becomes unionized, management loses some decision-making abilities.
  • Most union contracts have a management rights clause.
  • Example: if the contract doesn't specify promotion criteria, managers can use any criteria they wish with this clause.
  • Another approach: list areas not subject to collective bargaining (e.g., work schedules, hiring/firing, production standards, number of supervisors, promotions/demotions/transfers).

💰 Wages and benefits

  • Much bargaining effort focuses on wage adjustments and changes in benefits.
  • Once agreed to, they remain in effect for the length of the contract.
  • Example: In 2015, United Auto Workers negotiated a four-year contract with modest hourly wage increases (about 3% for years 1 and 3, 4% in year 4).
  • Cost-of-living adjustments: hourly rates can increase when cost of living increases above a certain level (e.g., 4% annually).
  • In some industries (steel, auto), benefits are 40% of total compensation cost.

Benefits may include:

  • Higher wages for overtime, holiday work, less desirable shifts
  • Insurance programs (life, health, hospitalization, dental)
  • Payment for nonwork time (rest periods, vacations, holidays, sick time)
  • Pensions
  • Income-maintenance plans (supplementary unemployment benefits)

Example: In the auto industry, state unemployment compensation plus employer supplementary unemployment pay together maintain as much as 80% of an employee's normal pay when laid off.

🛡️ Job security and seniority

Seniority: the length of an employee's continuous service with a firm.

  • Most financial security is directly related to job security—the assurance workers will keep their jobs.
  • Job security depends primarily on the company's continued success and financial well-being.
  • Seniority is discussed in about 90% of all labor contracts.
  • Unions typically want workers with the most seniority to have the most job security.
  • Example: After the 9/11 terrorist attack in 2001, thousands of airline employees lost their jobs—those with the least seniority were laid off first.

⚖️ Grievance handling and conflict resolution

⚖️ What a grievance is

Grievance: a formal complaint by an employee or the union that management has violated some part of the contract.

  • The union's main way of policing the contract is the grievance procedure.
  • Example grievance: an employee is disciplined with a one-day suspension (and loss of pay) for being late for work several times in one month.

📊 Step-by-step grievance procedure

The typical process escalates through multiple levels:

  1. Step 1: Employee presents grievance to supervisor (in person or in writing)
  2. Step 2: If unresolved, grievance is put in writing; employee, union officials, supervisor, and perhaps plant manager discuss it
  3. Step 3: If still unresolved, another meeting with higher-level representatives of both parties
  4. Step 4: If top management and local union president can't resolve it, the grievance goes to arbitration

🧑‍⚖️ Arbitration

Arbitration: the process of settling a labor-management dispute by having a third party [make a decision].

  • Final step when grievances cannot be resolved internally.
  • A neutral third party reviews the case and makes a binding decision.
  • Example from excerpt: NFL player Ezekiel Elliott was suspended by the commissioner; he and the NFL Players Association appealed multiple times, eventually losing in federal court when the judge ruled the suspension did not violate the labor agreement.
61

Managing Grievances and Conflicts

8.8 Managing Grievances and Conflicts

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Unionized workplaces use a formal grievance procedure with arbitration as the final step to resolve disputes, while contract negotiations may escalate to economic pressure tactics like strikes or lockouts when peaceful resolution fails.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Grievance procedure: a step-by-step process for resolving formal complaints that management violated the contract, starting with the supervisor and escalating to arbitration if needed.
  • Arbitration as final resolution: a neutral third party makes a binding decision when internal grievance steps fail to resolve the dispute.
  • Economic pressure tactics: when contracts expire without agreement, unions may strike while employers may lock out workers or hire replacements.
  • Common confusion: grievance handling (resolving complaints under an existing contract) vs. contract settlement pressure (forcing agreement on a new contract when negotiations stall).
  • Legal framework: federal laws govern fair treatment, wages, pensions, and protect against discrimination in hiring, promotion, and compensation.

📋 The Grievance Process

📝 What constitutes a grievance

Grievance: a formal complaint by an employee or the union that management has violated some part of the contract.

  • Not just any workplace complaint—must allege a contract violation.
  • The union uses this procedure as the main way to "police the contract."
  • Example: An employee receives a one-day suspension and loss of pay for being late several times in one month; this becomes a grievance if the employee or union believes the discipline violated contract terms.

🪜 Step-by-step escalation

The typical grievance procedure follows these stages:

  1. Initial presentation: Employee presents the grievance to the supervisor, either in person or in writing.
  2. Written grievance meeting: If unresolved, the grievance is put in writing and discussed by the employee, union officials, supervisor, and possibly the plant manager.
  3. Higher-level meeting: If still unresolved, another meeting occurs with higher-level representatives from both sides.
  4. Top-level attempt: The local union president and top management try to resolve it.
  5. Arbitration: If all internal steps fail, the grievance goes to arbitration.

⚖️ Arbitration as final step

Arbitration: the process of settling a labor-management dispute by having a third party—a single arbitrator or a panel—make a decision.

  • The decision is final and binding on both union and employer.
  • The arbitrator reviews the grievance at a hearing and presents the decision in a document called the award.
  • Example: In the late-arrival suspension case, the arbitrator might rule the discipline was improper because the employer didn't accurately maintain the employee's attendance record.
  • Don't confuse: Arbitrators act like judges in making binding decisions, but they are not part of the court system—they are neutral third parties agreed upon by both sides.

⚔️ Contract Settlement Pressure Tactics

🔨 When economic pressure becomes necessary

  • Most labor agreements specify peaceful conflict resolution through arbitration.
  • However: When a contract expires and no new agreement is reached, the union is free to use economic pressure.
  • This is a different situation from grievance handling—it's about forcing agreement on new contract terms, not resolving disputes under an existing contract.

🪧 Union pressure strategies

TacticDescriptionExample from excerpt
StrikeEmployees refuse to workUnited Auto Workers used a selective strike at a GM parts facility in Flint, Michigan, stopping production at many assembly plants; GM lost approximately $2.2 billion over 54 days
Selective strikeStrike at a critical facility that supplies othersThe Flint plant supplied parts to other plants, multiplying the strike's impact
BoycottTry to keep customers and others from doing business with employerListed as a union strategy
PicketingMarch near entrance to publicize the dispute and discourage customersListed as a union strategy
Corporate campaignDisrupt stockholder meetings or buy company stock for more influenceListed as a union strategy

Strike: occurs when employees refuse to work.

🔒 Employer pressure strategies

TacticDescriptionExample from excerpt
LockoutEmployer refuses to let employees enter plant to workIn 2018, Alcoa locked out more than 1,000 union workers from its Quebec smelter facility after union members went on strike
Strike replacementsUse nonunion employees to do jobs of striking workersListed as employer strategy
Mutual-aid pactReceive money from other companies in the industry to cover income lost from strikesListed as employer strategy
Shift productionMove production to nonunion plant or out of countryListed as employer strategy

⚖️ Legal Framework Overview

📜 Key federal laws affecting labor relations

The excerpt mentions several laws that impact human resource management and labor relations:

  • Wagner Act (1935): Gives workers the right to unionize and prohibits employer unfair labor practices; enforced by National Labor Relations Board.
  • Taft-Hartley Act (1947): Obligates unions to bargain in good faith and prohibits union unfair labor practices; enforced by Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service.
  • Fair Labor Standards Act (1938): Sets minimum wage, restricts child labor, sets overtime pay.

💰 Wage and compensation protections

  • Equal Pay Act (1963): Eliminates pay differentials based on gender.
    • When signed in 1963, women earned 59-64 cents per dollar men earned.
    • By 2012, women earned 77 cents per dollar.
    • By 2016, the gap improved to 80.5 percent.
  • Pension Reform Act (Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 1974): Protects retirement income of employees and retirees.
  • Federal tax laws also affect profit-sharing and stock purchase plans.

🛡️ Anti-discrimination protections

The excerpt lists multiple laws ensuring fair treatment:

  • Civil Rights Act (1964), Title VII: Prohibits employment discrimination based on race, color, religion, gender, or national origin.
  • Age Discrimination Act (1967): Prohibits age discrimination against those over 40.
  • Americans with Disabilities Act (1990): Prohibits employment discrimination based on mental or physical disabilities.
  • Pregnancy Discrimination Act (1978): Treats pregnancy as a disability, prevents employment discrimination based on pregnancy.

Key principle: Hiring, training, job placement, promotion, and compensation decisions must be unbiased and based on performance, not protected characteristics.

62

Legal Environment of Human Resources and Labor Relations

8.9 Legal Environment of Human Resources and Labor Relations

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Federal laws and agencies create a comprehensive legal framework that protects employees from discrimination, ensures fair compensation and safe working conditions, and governs the relationship between employers and labor unions.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core protection: Federal laws prohibit discrimination in hiring, training, placement, promotion, and compensation based on age, race, gender, color, national origin, religion, or disability.
  • Key agencies: EEOC enforces anti-discrimination laws, OSHA ensures workplace safety, and the NLRB oversees union-management relations.
  • Wage and benefit laws: Legislation governs minimum wage, overtime pay, pensions, unemployment compensation, and family leave.
  • Common confusion: "Reasonable accommodation" under the ADA does not mean unlimited changes—employers must balance employee needs against "undue hardship" to the business.
  • Union-management balance: The Wagner and Taft-Hartley Acts create mutual obligations—employees have the right to unionize, but both employers and unions must bargain in good faith and avoid unfair labor practices.

⚖️ Anti-Discrimination Laws and Protections

🚫 Core principle of fair treatment

Federal laws ensure that job applicants and employees are treated fairly and not discriminated against; hiring, training, and job placement must be unbiased, and promotion and compensation decisions must be based on performance.

  • The goal is to help all Americans with talent, training, and desire to advance in their careers.
  • These laws apply throughout the employment lifecycle: from recruitment through termination.

👥 Protected classes

Protected class: specific groups who have legal protection against employment discrimination, including women, African Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, and others.

  • Employers cannot make employment decisions based on race, color, religion, gender, national origin, age (over 40), or disability.
  • Example: An employer cannot refuse to hire someone because of their ethnicity or pay them less because of their gender.

💰 Equal Pay Act (1963)

  • Original goal: Stop the practice of paying women lower wages for the same job based on gender.
  • Historical context: When signed in 1963, women earned 59–64 cents for every dollar men earned in the same jobs.
  • Progress has been slow: By 2012, women earned 77 cents per dollar; by 2016, this improved slightly to 80.5 percent.
  • Don't confuse: This law addresses pay for the same job, not overall wage gaps across different occupations.

♿ Americans with Disabilities Act (1990)

Disabled person: someone who has a physical or mental impairment that greatly limits one or more major life activities.

  • More than 40 million Americans (12.6% of the population) were disabled in 2015.
  • Employer obligations:
    • Cannot discriminate against disabled persons
    • Must make "reasonable accommodations" so qualified employees can perform the job
    • Exception: accommodations that would cause "undue hardship" for the business
  • Examples of reasonable accommodations: altering work schedules, modifying equipment for wheelchair users, adding ramps and elevators.
  • Example: McDonald's and DuPont are praised for their efforts to hire disabled workers.

💼 Wage, Leave, and Benefit Laws

💵 Fair Labor Standards Act (1938)

  • Sets the federal minimum wage (periodically raised by Congress).
  • Requires overtime pay: premium rate (time and one-half) for hours worked beyond 40 in one week.
  • Many minimum-wage jobs are in service firms like fast-food chains and retail stores.
  • Enforced by the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor.

🏦 Pension Reform Act (1974)

  • Also called the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA).
  • Protects the retirement income of employees and retirees.
  • Establishes minimum requirements for private pension plans.
  • Enforced by the IRS, Department of Labor, and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

👶 Family and Medical Leave Act (1993)

Who is covered:

  • Employers with 50 or more employees
  • Workers employed for at least one year and 1,250 hours in the past year

What it provides:

  • Up to 12 weeks of unpaid leave during any 12-month period
  • Continuation of paid health benefits
  • Guaranteed return to the same or equivalent job

Reasons for leave:

  • Birth or adoption of a child
  • Serious illness of a child, spouse, or parent
  • Serious illness that prevents the worker from doing the job

Current reality:

  • Only 11% of private industry workers have access to paid family leave
  • Only 5% of low-wage earners get paid maternity leave
  • Nearly half of workers will not take time off because they cannot afford to go without income
  • The U.S. is one of only four countries (with Liberia, Suriname, and Papua New Guinea) that do not guarantee paid parental leave

🏢 Workplace Safety and Health

🦺 Occupational Safety and Health Act (1970)

OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration): sets workplace safety and health standards, provides safety training, and inspects places of work to determine employer compliance with safety regulations.

  • Requires employers to provide a workplace free of health and safety hazards.
  • Example: Manufacturers must require employees on loading docks to wear steel-toed shoes to prevent foot injuries if materials are dropped.
  • OSHA inspects assembly plants, construction sites, warehouse facilities, and other workplaces.

🔬 Drug and AIDS testing

  • Governed by federal laws (specific regulations not detailed in the excerpt).
  • Employers must be aware of changes to laws concerning employee safety, health, and privacy.

🤝 Labor Union Laws and Agencies

⚖️ Wagner Act (1935) and Taft-Hartley Act (1947)

Wagner Act provisions:

  • Gives workers the right to unionize
  • Prohibits employer unfair labor practices
  • Enforced by the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB)

Taft-Hartley Act provisions:

  • Obligates the union to bargain in good faith
  • Prohibits union unfair labor practices
  • Enforced by the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service

Mutual obligations:

  • Employees have the right to unionize and bargain collectively
  • Employer must deal with the union fairly, bargain in good faith, and not discriminate against union members
  • Union must represent all covered employees fairly and deal with the employer in good faith

🏛️ National Labor Relations Board (NLRB)

  • Established to enforce the Wagner Act
  • Five members appointed by the president
  • Main office in Washington, DC, with regional and field offices throughout the U.S.

Functions:

  • Field agents investigate charges of employer and union wrongdoing (unfair labor practices)
  • Supervises elections to decide union representation
  • Judges conduct hearings to determine if employers and unions have violated the law

🤝 Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service

Helps unions and employers negotiate labor agreements through two processes:

ProcessRole of Specialist
ConciliationAssists management and union with focusing on issues; acts as go-between or communication channel
MediationTakes stronger role by suggesting compromises to disputing organizations
  • Both processes require expert communication and persuasion.
  • Specialists serve as impartial third parties between union and company.

👮 Enforcement Agencies

🏛️ Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC)

Created by the 1964 Civil Rights Act; one of the most influential agencies for enforcing employment laws.

Three basic functions:

  1. Processing discrimination complaints
  2. Issuing written regulations
  3. Gathering and disseminating information

Complaint process:

  • Can be filed by an individual or group of employees
  • Protected groups may pursue class-action complaints that may become lawsuits
  • EEOC receives tens of thousands of complaints from current or former employees each year
  • Monetary benefits won for employees have grown substantially over the past 10 years

Examples of settlements:

  • Ford Motor Company: settled sexual and racial harassment claims by more than 30 women for over $10 million at two Chicago-area plants (2017)
  • Sears, Motorola, AT&T: made large back-pay awards and offered special training to minority employees after courts found discrimination

🛡️ Affirmative Action Programs

Affirmative action programs: programs established by organizations to expand job opportunities for women and minorities.

  • Many employers set up these programs as a measure to prevent employment discrimination.
  • Despite these efforts, the EEOC still receives tens of thousands of complaints annually.
  • Don't confuse: Affirmative action is a proactive measure to expand opportunities, not a response to proven discrimination.

📋 Summary Table of Key Laws

LawYearPurposeEnforcement Agency
Social Security Act1935Retirement income and old-age health careSocial Security Administration
Wagner Act1935Right to unionize; prohibits employer unfair labor practicesNLRB
Fair Labor Standards Act1938Minimum wage, child labor restrictions, overtime payWage and Hour Division, DOL
Taft-Hartley Act1947Union must bargain in good faith; prohibits union unfair practicesFederal Mediation and Conciliation Service
Equal Pay Act1963Eliminates pay differentials based on genderEEOC
Civil Rights Act, Title VII1964Prohibits discrimination based on race, color, religion, gender, national originEEOC
Age Discrimination Act1967Prohibits age discrimination against those over 40EEOC
OSH Act1970Hazard-free workplaceOSHA
Pension Reform Act (ERISA)1974Minimum requirements for private pension plansIRS, DOL, PBGC
Pregnancy Discrimination Act1978Treats pregnancy as disabilityEEOC
Immigration Reform and Control Act1986Verifies employment eligibilityEmployment Verification Systems, INS
Americans with Disabilities Act1990Prohibits discrimination based on disabilitiesDepartment of Labor
Family and Medical Leave Act1993Unpaid leave for childbirth, adoption, or illnessEEOC
63

Trends in Human Resource Management and Labor Relations

8.10 Trends in Human Resource Management and Labor Relations

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Organizations are leveraging employee diversity as a competitive advantage, adopting technology and outsourcing for HR efficiency, hiring for cultural fit, and facing potential labor union growth in the service sector.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Employee diversity as competitive advantage: diverse workforces enable better problem-solving, stronger reputation, quicker adaptation, and more robust solutions.
  • Outsourcing and technology: firms use specialized software and external providers to handle routine HR tasks more efficiently and cost-effectively.
  • Hiring for cultural fit: companies recruit employees whose values and behaviors align with corporate culture to build competitive advantage.
  • Service worker unionization: labor unions are targeting low-wage service workers (home health aides, personal care aides, food preparation) as a growth opportunity.
  • Common confusion: cultural fit vs. technical fit—firms now screen for both values alignment and job-specific technical knowledge/skills.

🌈 Employee Diversity as Strategic Advantage

🎯 What competitive advantage means

Competitive advantage: a set of unique features of a company and its product or service that are perceived by the target market as superior to those of the competition.

  • It is the factor that causes customers to choose one firm over competitors.
  • Can come from many sources: route structure (Southwest Airlines), service quality (Ritz-Carlton), manufacturing efficiency (Toyota), or location and products (Starbucks).
  • For many firms, HR practices—especially employee diversity—create this advantage.

💪 How diversity creates advantage

Employee diversity produces tangible benefits:

  • More effective problem-solving
  • Stronger reputation for hiring women and minorities
  • Greater overall employee diversity
  • Quicker adaptation to change
  • More robust product solutions (diverse teams generate more improvement options)

Critical requirement: top management must be fully committed to hiring and developing women and minority individuals.

📮 Example: U.S. Postal Service

The USPS launched a diversity development program in 1992 to serve as the organization's "social conscience" and increase awareness of ethnic and cultural diversity.

Twenty-five years later (2017):

  • 39% minority employees: 21% African-American, 8% Hispanic, 8%+ other minorities
  • 40% women in the workforce

🔧 Outsourcing and Technology in HR

🔄 How the HR role has changed

Over the past 20 years, technology has transformed HR by handling routine tasks such as:

  • Payroll processing
  • Initial applicant screening
  • Benefits enrollments

💻 Technology solutions

Large firms purchase specialized software:

  • SAP
  • Oracle/PeopleSoft

These systems perform the information-processing aspects of many HR tasks.

🤝 Outsourcing HR functions

HR outsourcing: contracting out HR tasks to external service providers.

When firms outsource:

  • Another firm can perform the task better and more efficiently (cost savings)
  • HR requirements are extraordinary and too overwhelming to execute in-house timely
  • The provider has greater expertise

Example: CBS Corp. hired Fidelity Investments to manage its 401(k) plan with more than $4 billion in assets.

Service providers mentioned: Aon Hewitt, Workforce Solutions.

🎭 Hiring for Organizational Culture and Fit

🏢 What corporate culture means

Corporate culture: the core values and beliefs that support the mission and business model of the firm and guide employee behavior.

  • For growing firms, corporate culture can be a key aspect of developing employees into a competitive advantage.

🎯 Cultural fit screening methods

CompanyScreening Method
Ritz-Carlton & CypressCarefully crafted applicant questionnaires to screen for values and behaviors
JetBlueBehavioral-based interview questions derived from corporate values (safety, integrity, caring, fun, passion)
Southwest AirlinesNon-HR employees (flight attendants, gate agents, pilots) and frequent flyer passengers interview applicants

Don't confuse: Cultural fit is about values alignment; technical fit is about job-specific knowledge and skills—firms increasingly screen for both.

💡 Technical knowledge and skills fit

Tech companies (IBM, Amazon, Microsoft) receive thousands of applications and look for the best talent:

  • IBM: Skills-based approach rather than focusing on education level and academic degrees
  • Amazon: Seeks employees who are "relentlessly curious" and customer-focused
  • Microsoft: Looks for demonstrated leadership, concrete results, and love of learning

👷 Service Workers and Labor Union Growth

📉 Current union challenges

Organized labor faces:

  • Declining union membership (now little more than 10% of U.S. workforce)
  • Loss of factory jobs
  • Dwindling political clout
  • Jobs shifting outside the United States

📈 Opportunity in service sector

Mary Kay Henry (SEIU international president) believes unions can experience resurgence by organizing service workers.

SEIU growth: jumped from 1.1 million to 2 million members in a decade—fastest-growing union in the nation.

🎯 Target demographic

Low-wage service workers are:

  • Primarily the working poor
  • Disproportionately women, immigrants, and minority group members
  • Traditionally more open to unionization

Goal: Increase wages and benefits similar to how unions brought factory workers into the middle class in the 1930s.

📊 Projected job growth in low-wage services (through 2026)

Job CategoryProjected Growth
Home health aides47%
Personal care aides39%
Food preparation17%
Janitorial10%

✅ Recent success

SEIU successfully unionized hundreds of workers providing services to people with disabilities in California, aiming to raise work standards and increase hourly wages and benefits.

Outlook: Many believe labor's future depends on successfully recruiting the massive numbers of employees in fast-growing, low-wage service jobs.

64

Early Theories of Motivation

9.1 Early Theories of Motivation

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Early motivation theories evolved from Taylor's economic-focused scientific management through the Hawthorne studies' discovery of social factors to Maslow's hierarchy showing that people are motivated by a progression of unmet needs from basic survival to self-actualization.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What motivation is: the set of forces that push people to expend energy in a certain direction to satisfy needs and wants, driven by the gap between current state and required/desired state.
  • Taylor's scientific management: assumed workers are primarily motivated by economic incentives and that there is "one best way" to perform any job through scientific study and standardization.
  • Hawthorne effect discovery: the studies revealed that social factors, group pride, special attention, and management concern significantly affect productivity—not just physical conditions or economic incentives.
  • Common confusion: early theories vs. later findings—Taylor focused only on economic motivation, but Hawthorne studies showed social needs also play an important role in workplace motivation.
  • Maslow's progression principle: people are motivated by unmet needs in a hierarchy, and once a lower-level need is satisfied, it diminishes in importance and higher-level needs become motivators.

🔑 Understanding Motivation Fundamentals

🔑 What motivation means

Motivation: the set of forces that prompt a person to release energy in a certain direction.

  • Motivation is essentially a need- and want-satisfying process.
  • It is what pushes us to move from where we are to where we want to be.

📊 Needs vs. wants

ConceptDefinitionRole in motivation
NeedThe gap between what is and what is requiredCreates tension that pushes behavior
WantThe gap between what is and what is desiredCreates tension that pushes behavior
  • Unsatisfied needs and wants create a state of tension.
  • This tension motivates individuals to practice behavior that will result in the need being met or the want being fulfilled.
  • Expending effort results in some kind of reward.

🎁 Two types of rewards

Intrinsic rewards (from within the individual):

  • Satisfaction
  • Contentment
  • Sense of accomplishment
  • Confidence
  • Pride

Extrinsic rewards (from outside the individual):

  • Pay raises
  • Promotions
  • Bonuses
  • Prestigious assignments

Don't confuse: intrinsic rewards come from internal feelings of achievement, while extrinsic rewards are tangible external benefits provided by others.

🏭 Frederick Taylor's Scientific Management

🏭 Core premise and context

  • Frederick W. Taylor was a mechanical engineer, sometimes called the "father of scientific management."
  • He worked as a manager at Midvale and Bethlehem Steel companies in Philadelphia in the early 1900s.
  • Taylor was frustrated at the inefficiency of laborers working in the mills.
  • His approach was based on economic incentives and the premise that there is "one best way" to perform any job.

⚙️ Taylor's methodology

Taylor's systematic approach to improving productivity:

  • Studied individual jobs in the mill
  • Redesigned equipment and methods used by workers
  • Timed each job with a stopwatch
  • Broke down every task into separate movements
  • Prepared instruction sheets telling exactly:
    • How each job should be done
    • How much time it should take
    • What motions and tools should be used

Example: Taylor would time a steelworker's movements, identify wasted motions, and create a standardized procedure that eliminated inefficiency.

📋 Four basic principles

Taylor's ideas led to dramatic increases in productivity and resulted in four basic principles of scientific management:

  1. Develop a scientific approach for each element of a person's job
  2. Scientifically select, train, teach, and develop workers
  3. Encourage cooperation between workers and managers so that each job can be accomplished in a standard, scientifically determined way
  4. Divide work and responsibility between management and workers according to who is better suited to each task

🎯 Impact and limitations

Contributions:

  • Vastly increased production efficiency
  • Contributed to the specialization of labor
  • Contributed to the assembly-line method of production
  • Still used nearly a century later (e.g., UPS uses industrial engineers to maximize delivery efficiency)

Fundamental flaw:

  • Assumed that all people are primarily motivated by economic means
  • Taylor's successors found that motivation is much more complex than he envisioned

Don't confuse: Taylor's methods improved efficiency, but his assumption that economic incentives alone drive motivation was incomplete.

💡 The Hawthorne Studies

💡 Origins and initial experiment

  • Began in the 1930s at the Hawthorne Western Electric plant
  • Ushered in the human relations era of management (focused on how human behavior and relations affect organizational performance)
  • Engineers initially decided to examine the effects of varying levels of light on worker productivity

Unexpected results:

  • Engineers expected brighter light to lead to increased productivity
  • Instead, varying the level of light in either direction (brighter or dimmer) led to increased output
  • This puzzling result prompted further investigation

🔬 Mayo's expanded research

In 1927, Harvard professor Elton Mayo and researchers joined the investigation:

  • Conducted experiments from 1927 to 1932
  • Studied: job redesign, length of workday and workweek, length of break times, and incentive plans

🎭 The Hawthorne effect

Hawthorne effect: employees will perform better when they feel singled out for special attention or feel that management is concerned about employee welfare.

Key findings:

  • Increases in performance were tied to a complex set of employee attitudes
  • Both experimental and control groups developed a sense of group pride because they had been selected to participate
  • The pride from special attention motivated workers to increase productivity
  • Supervisors who allowed employees to have some control over their situation further increased motivation

👥 Social factors matter

The studies provided evidence that:

  • Informal work groups (the social relationships of employees) have positive effects on group productivity
  • Group pressure from these social relationships influences performance
  • In addition to personal economic needs emphasized in the classical era, social needs play an important role in influencing work-related attitudes and behaviors

Don't confuse: the Hawthorne studies didn't disprove economic motivation—they revealed that social and psychological factors are also powerful motivators that Taylor's theory overlooked.

🏔️ Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs

🏔️ Core theory

Psychologist Abraham Maslow proposed a theory of motivation based on universal human needs:

  • Each individual has a hierarchy of needs
  • Consists of five levels: physiological, safety, social, esteem, and self-actualization needs
  • People act to satisfy their unmet needs

🔄 How the hierarchy works

The progression principle:

  • When you have an unmet need, it motivates you to satisfy it
  • Example: When you're hungry, you look for and eat food, thus satisfying a basic physiological need
  • Once a need is satisfied, its importance to the individual diminishes
  • A higher-level need is then more likely to motivate the person

🥖 Physiological needs (most basic)

Physiological needs: the most basic human needs—the needs for food, shelter, and clothing.

  • In large part, physiological needs motivate a person to find a job
  • People need to satisfy these survival requirements first before other needs become motivators

Don't confuse: Maslow's hierarchy doesn't mean people ignore higher needs until lower ones are perfectly met—it means lower unmet needs tend to be more urgent motivators, and as they are reasonably satisfied, attention shifts to higher-level needs.

65

9.2 The Hawthorne Studies

9.2 The Hawthorne Studies

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The Hawthorne studies revealed that workers increase productivity when they receive special attention or believe management cares about their welfare, not just because of physical working conditions.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core finding: Pride from special attention motivates workers to boost productivity.
  • Supervisor role: Allowing employees some control over their situation further increases motivation.
  • The Hawthorne effect: Employees perform better when they feel singled out for attention or sense management concern for their welfare.
  • Common confusion: The effect is not about changing physical conditions or pay; it's about the perception of being valued and noticed.
  • Why it matters: Shows that psychological and social factors—not just economic incentives—drive worker motivation.

🔬 What the Hawthorne Studies discovered

🎯 Special attention as a motivator

  • Workers became more productive when they received special attention.
  • The key mechanism: pride that comes from being singled out.
  • This was a departure from earlier theories (like scientific management) that focused on economic incentives and optimal work methods.
  • Example: When an organization selects a group of workers for observation or a pilot program, those workers may increase output simply because they feel noticed.

👥 Management concern and employee welfare

  • Workers responded positively when they felt management cared about their welfare.
  • The perception of concern—not necessarily concrete changes—was enough to boost motivation.
  • Don't confuse: This is not about actual improvements in working conditions; it's about employees' feeling that management is concerned.

🎛️ The role of control and supervision

🎛️ Employee autonomy increases motivation

  • Supervisors who allowed employees to have some control over their situation saw further increases in worker motivation.
  • Giving workers a sense of agency—even modest control—amplified the motivational effect beyond attention alone.
  • Example: A supervisor who lets workers adjust their break schedule or choose task order may see higher engagement than one who rigidly dictates every detail.

🔄 How control interacts with attention

  • Control is not a replacement for attention; it is an additional factor.
  • The excerpt suggests a layered effect: special attention provides a baseline boost, and autonomy adds to it.

📊 The Hawthorne effect

📊 Definition and mechanism

Hawthorne effect: The phenomenon that employees perform better when they feel singled out for attention or feel that management is concerned about their welfare.

  • It is named after the Hawthorne studies conducted by Elton Mayo.
  • The effect highlights the importance of psychological and social factors in motivation.
  • Workers' performance improves not because of changes in objective conditions (lighting, pay, tools) but because of subjective perceptions (being valued, being watched).

⚠️ Common confusion: attention vs. conditions

  • Don't confuse: The Hawthorne effect is not about improving physical working conditions or offering financial rewards.
  • It is about the social and psychological experience of being noticed and valued.
  • Example: Two groups receive the same equipment upgrade, but only one group is told "management is closely monitoring your progress"—the monitored group may outperform the other due to the Hawthorne effect, not the equipment.

🧩 Implications for management

🧩 Shift from economic to social motivation

  • The Hawthorne studies challenged the scientific management view that workers are motivated primarily by economic incentives.
  • They showed that social recognition and perceived care are powerful motivators.
  • Managers can increase motivation by:
    • Showing genuine interest in employees' well-being.
    • Providing opportunities for employees to feel special or recognized.
    • Allowing some degree of control or input in how work is done.

🔍 Practical takeaways

FactorHow it motivatesManagement action
Special attentionWorkers feel valued and singled outRecognize individuals or teams publicly
Management concernWorkers perceive care for their welfareCommunicate interest in employee well-being
Employee controlWorkers gain autonomy over their situationAllow input on schedules, methods, or decisions
  • These findings laid the groundwork for later human relations and behavioral approaches to management.
  • Don't confuse: The Hawthorne effect is not manipulation; it reflects genuine human needs for recognition and belonging.
66

9.3 Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs

9.3 Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Maslow's hierarchy of needs proposes that humans have five levels of needs—physiological, safety, social, esteem, and self-actualization—and managers can increase motivation by helping employees satisfy their unmet needs.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core premise: humans act to satisfy unmet needs arranged in a five-level hierarchy from fundamental to higher-order.
  • The five levels: physiological (base), safety, social, esteem, and self-actualization (top).
  • How it relates to motivation: an individual's intention to work toward a goal is a primary source of motivation; unmet needs drive behavior.
  • Managerial application: managers who accept Maslow's ideas modify organizational and managerial practices to increase the likelihood that employees will satisfy their needs.
  • Common confusion: the hierarchy is ordered—fundamental physiological needs are at the base, not at the top; higher needs (like self-actualization) come after lower needs are met.

🏔️ The five-level hierarchy

🏔️ Structure of the hierarchy

A theory of motivation developed by Abraham Maslow; holds that humans have five levels of needs and act to satisfy their unmet needs.

  • The hierarchy is ordered from base to top:

    1. Physiological needs (fundamental, at the base)
    2. Safety needs
    3. Social needs
    4. Esteem needs
    5. Self-actualization needs (at the top)
  • The excerpt emphasizes that these are arranged "in order," meaning lower-level needs come before higher-level needs.

🔑 Why the hierarchy matters

  • Unmet needs drive action: people act to satisfy their unmet needs.
  • The gap between what is (current state) and what is required (need fulfillment) creates motivation.
  • Example: if an employee's physiological or safety needs are not met, they will focus on satisfying those before pursuing social or esteem needs.

⚠️ Don't confuse the order

  • The base is physiological, not self-actualization.
  • Self-actualization is at the top, meaning it is pursued after lower needs are satisfied.
  • The excerpt explicitly states "at the base of the hierarchy are fundamental physiological needs, followed in order by safety, social, esteem, and self-actualization needs."

🎯 How needs relate to motivation

🎯 Intention and goal-directed behavior

A theory of motivation based on the premise that an individual's intention to work toward a goal is a primary source of motivation.

  • Motivation comes from the intention to work toward a goal.

  • This intention is shaped by:

    • The strength of the individual's belief that an act will have a particular outcome.
    • Whether the individual values that outcome.
  • Example: if an employee believes that performing well will lead to recognition (esteem need) and values that recognition, they will be motivated to perform well.

🔄 The gap between current state and needs

  • The excerpt defines two types of gaps:

    • Need: the gap between what is and what is required.
    • Want: the gap between what is and what is desired.
  • Unmet needs create a gap that prompts individuals to release energy in a certain direction (motivation).

🛠️ Managerial application

🛠️ Modifying practices to satisfy needs

  • Managers who accept Maslow's ideas attempt to increase employee motivation by modifying organizational and managerial practices.
  • The goal is to increase the likelihood that employees will satisfy their needs (the excerpt text cuts off here, but the implication is clear: help employees meet their needs at each level).

📋 Practical implications

Need levelWhat it means for managers
PhysiologicalEnsure basic working conditions (pay, breaks, comfort)
SafetyProvide job security, safe working environment
SocialFoster teamwork, belonging, positive relationships
EsteemOffer recognition, respect, opportunities for achievement
Self-actualizationEnable personal growth, autonomy, meaningful work
  • Example: a manager might increase social need satisfaction by encouraging cooperation and team-building, or address esteem needs by recognizing individual contributions.

🔍 Connection to other motivation concepts

  • The excerpt mentions intrinsic job elements (motivators) that lead to worker satisfaction, which align with higher-level needs like esteem and self-actualization.
  • Extrinsic elements of the work environment (hygiene factors) do not serve as a source of employee satisfaction or motivation, but may relate to lower-level needs like safety and physiological needs.
  • Don't confuse: Maslow's hierarchy focuses on the order and types of needs; other theories (like expectancy theory) focus on how beliefs and outcomes shape motivation.
67

9.4 McGregor's Theories X and Y

9.4 McGregor's Theories X and Y

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y present contrasting assumptions about human nature at work—pessimistic versus optimistic—and managers who adopt Theory Y assumptions are more likely to motivate employees through positive incentives and self-direction.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Theory X assumption: people don't like to work and will avoid it if they can, so they must be controlled, directed, or threatened to make an effort.
  • Theory Y assumption: people want to be self-directed and will try to accomplish goals they believe in; they can be motivated with positive incentives.
  • McGregor's personal belief: Theory Y assumptions describe most employees, and managers should develop practices based on those assumptions.
  • Common confusion: Theory X vs Theory Y are not personality types of workers; they are management assumptions about human nature that shape how managers treat employees.
  • Theory Z extension: William Ouchi combined U.S. and Japanese practices (long-term employment, slow career development, group decision-making) but U.S. firms have moved away from Japanese practices due to Japan's long-term economic decline.

🧩 Theory X: The pessimistic view

🧩 Core assumption

Theory X: a set of assumptions that people don't like to work and will avoid it if they can.

  • This is a management belief about human nature, not a description of actual worker types.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that this view is "pessimistic."

🔒 Implications for management

  • Because people don't like to work, they must be controlled, directed, or threatened to get them to make an effort.
  • Example: A manager who believes Theory X might use close supervision, strict rules, and punishment to ensure employees complete tasks.
  • Don't confuse: Theory X is not saying "some workers are lazy"; it is a management philosophy that assumes all workers need external pressure.

🌱 Theory Y: The optimistic view

🌱 Core assumption

Theory Y: a management style based on a relatively optimistic view of human nature; assumes that the average person wants to work, accepts responsibility, is willing to help solve problems, and can be self-directed and self-controlled.

  • This is the opposite of Theory X.
  • The excerpt lists four positive traits: wants to work, accepts responsibility, willing to help solve problems, and can be self-directed and self-controlled.

🎯 Implications for management

  • Workers can be motivated with positive incentives rather than threats.
  • Managers should develop practices that allow employees to be self-directed and pursue goals they believe in.
  • Example: A manager who believes Theory Y might give employees autonomy, involve them in goal-setting, and provide recognition for achievements.

💡 McGregor's personal stance

  • McGregor personally believed that Theory Y assumptions describe most employees.
  • He advocated that managers seeking to motivate subordinates should develop management practices based on Theory Y assumptions.
  • This is a normative claim: not just "Theory Y exists" but "managers should adopt it."

🌏 Theory Z: Combining U.S. and Japanese practices

🌏 What Theory Z is

Theory Z: a theory developed by William Ouchi that combines U.S. and Japanese business practices by emphasizing long-term employment, slow career development, moderate specialization, group decision-making, individual responsibility, relatively informal control over the employee, and concern for workers.

  • This is an extension beyond McGregor's X and Y.
  • It blends elements from two national business cultures.

🔑 Key features of Theory Z

FeatureDescription
Long-term employmentWorkers stay with the organization for extended periods
Slow career developmentPromotions and advancement happen gradually
Moderate specializationWorkers are not hyper-specialized
Group decision-makingDecisions are made collectively
Individual responsibilityDespite group decisions, individuals are still accountable
Informal controlLess rigid oversight of employees
Concern for workersManagement cares about employee well-being

📉 Current status

  • The excerpt notes that the long-term decline of the Japanese economy has resulted in most U.S. firms moving away from Japanese management practices.
  • This suggests Theory Z is less influential now than when Ouchi first proposed it.
  • Don't confuse: Theory Z is not a replacement for X and Y; it is a separate framework that tried to blend cultural practices.
68

9.5 Herzberg's Motivator-Hygiene Theory

9.5 Herzberg's Motivator-Hygiene Theory

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Herzberg's research shows that job satisfaction and dissatisfaction are driven by two separate sets of factors—intrinsic motivators that create satisfaction and extrinsic hygiene factors that, if poorly managed, cause dissatisfaction.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two-factor structure: satisfaction and dissatisfaction are not opposites but are influenced by different job elements.
  • Motivating factors (satisfiers): intrinsic job elements like achievement, recognition, the work itself, responsibility, advancement, and growth lead to satisfaction.
  • Hygiene factors (dissatisfiers): extrinsic work environment elements like company policy, supervisor relationships, working conditions, peer relationships, salary, benefits, and job security can cause dissatisfaction if not well managed.
  • Common confusion: hygiene factors do not motivate when present—they only prevent dissatisfaction; motivators are what actually drive satisfaction.
  • Key insight: one of Herzberg's most interesting results is that these two categories operate independently.

🔬 The Two-Factor Structure

🔬 Satisfaction vs dissatisfaction

  • Herzberg's studies revealed that certain job factors are consistently related to satisfaction while others create dissatisfaction.
  • These are not two ends of the same spectrum; they are separate dimensions.
  • This means improving hygiene factors will not create satisfaction—it will only remove dissatisfaction.

🎯 Why this matters

  • Managers cannot motivate employees simply by improving pay or working conditions.
  • True motivation requires addressing the intrinsic elements of the job itself.
  • Example: An organization improves salary and office conditions (hygiene factors) but employees still feel unmotivated because the work lacks challenge or recognition (missing motivators).

✨ Motivating Factors (Satisfiers)

✨ What they are

Motivating factors (satisfiers): primarily intrinsic job elements that lead to satisfaction.

The excerpt lists:

  • Achievement
  • Recognition
  • The work itself (nature of the work)
  • Responsibility
  • Advancement
  • Growth

🔑 Intrinsic nature

  • These factors are intrinsic—they come from within the job and the employee's relationship to the work.
  • They relate to the content and meaning of the work, not the surrounding conditions.
  • Example: An employee feels satisfied when given responsibility for an important project (intrinsic motivator), not just when given a nicer desk (extrinsic hygiene factor).

💡 How they create satisfaction

  • When present, these factors actively lead to satisfaction.
  • They tap into higher-level needs like accomplishment and personal development.
  • Don't confuse: these are what actually motivate; hygiene factors only prevent problems.

🛡️ Hygiene Factors (Dissatisfiers)

🛡️ What they are

Hygiene factors (dissatisfiers): extrinsic elements of the work environment that can result in job dissatisfaction if not well managed.

The excerpt lists:

  • Company policy
  • Relationships with supervisors
  • Working conditions
  • Relationships with peers and subordinates
  • Salary and benefits
  • Job security

🌍 Extrinsic nature

  • These factors are extrinsic—they surround the job but are not the job itself.
  • They relate to the work environment and context, not the work content.

⚠️ How they create dissatisfaction

  • These factors can result in job dissatisfaction if not well managed.
  • The key phrase is "if not well managed"—their role is preventive, not motivational.
  • When hygiene factors are adequate, they do not create satisfaction; they simply remove sources of dissatisfaction.
  • Example: Poor working conditions or unfair company policies cause dissatisfaction; fixing them brings employees to neutral, not to motivated.

🔍 Distinguishing the Two Categories

AspectMotivating Factors (Satisfiers)Hygiene Factors (Dissatisfiers)
NatureIntrinsic job elementsExtrinsic work environment elements
Effect when presentLead to satisfactionPrevent dissatisfaction (do not motivate)
Effect when absent/poorLack of satisfactionJob dissatisfaction
ExamplesAchievement, recognition, work itself, responsibility, advancement, growthCompany policy, supervisor relationships, working conditions, peer relationships, salary, benefits, job security
What they addressThe content and meaning of workThe context and conditions of work

🚫 Common confusion

  • Don't assume: improving hygiene factors (e.g., raising pay, improving office space) will motivate employees.
  • Hygiene factors only move employees from dissatisfied to neutral.
  • To actually motivate, managers must address the intrinsic motivators.
  • Example: An employee with excellent pay and benefits (good hygiene) may still lack motivation if the work is repetitive and offers no recognition or growth (missing motivators).
69

Contemporary Views on Motivation

9.6 Contemporary Views on Motivation

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Four contemporary motivation theories—expectancy, equity, goal-setting, and reinforcement—provide managers with distinct frameworks for understanding and improving employee performance by addressing beliefs about outcomes, fairness perceptions, goal clarity, and behavioral consequences.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Expectancy theory: motivation depends on whether employees believe their actions will produce valued outcomes.
  • Equity theory: employees compare their treatment to coworkers' and react to perceived fairness or unfairness.
  • Goal-setting theory: specific goals plus progress feedback drive high performance.
  • Reinforcement theory: behavior is shaped by its consequences—people act based on what they expect will follow.
  • Common confusion: these theories address different motivational levers (beliefs vs. fairness vs. targets vs. consequences), not competing explanations—managers can apply multiple frameworks simultaneously.

🎯 Expectancy Theory

🔍 What drives action

Expectancy theory: the probability of an individual acting in a particular way depends on the strength of that individual's belief that the act will have a particular outcome and on whether the individual values that outcome.

  • Motivation is not automatic; it requires two conditions:
    • The employee believes the action will lead to a specific result.
    • The employee values that result.
  • Example: An employee will work harder on a project if they believe extra effort will lead to recognition (belief) and they care about being recognized (value).

⚙️ How it works

  • Strength of belief matters: weak belief → low motivation, even if the outcome is valued.
  • Value of outcome matters: strong belief → still low motivation if the employee doesn't care about the result.
  • Managers can increase motivation by clarifying the link between actions and outcomes, and by offering outcomes employees actually value.

⚖️ Equity Theory

🧮 Fairness comparisons

Equity theory: based on individuals' perceptions about how fairly they are treated compared with their coworkers.

  • Employees constantly compare their own situation (effort, rewards) to that of others.
  • Perceived unfairness—not objective unfairness—drives reactions.
  • Example: An employee who works the same hours as a coworker but receives lower pay may feel demotivated, even if the pay is objectively adequate.

🔄 Why perceptions matter

  • Equity is relative, not absolute: the same reward can motivate or demotivate depending on what others receive.
  • Don't confuse with expectancy theory: equity focuses on fairness comparisons, not on belief about outcomes.
  • Managers must attend to perceived fairness in pay, recognition, workload, and other factors.

🎯 Goal-Setting Theory

🎯 Specific goals and feedback

Goal-setting theory: employees are highly motivated to perform when specific goals are established and feedback on progress is offered.

  • Two key elements:
    • Specific goals: clear, concrete targets (not vague "do your best").
    • Feedback on progress: employees need to know how they are doing.
  • Example: Setting a sales target of "increase sales by 10% this quarter" with weekly progress updates motivates more than saying "try to sell more."

🔑 Why specificity and feedback work

  • Specific goals provide direction and a clear standard for success.
  • Feedback allows employees to adjust effort and strategy.
  • Don't confuse with reinforcement theory: goal-setting emphasizes targets and tracking, not consequences of behavior.

🔁 Reinforcement Theory

🔁 Behavior follows consequences

Reinforcement theory: behavior is a function of consequences; that is, people do things because they know other things will follow.

  • People repeat actions that lead to positive outcomes and avoid actions that lead to negative outcomes.
  • Motivation is shaped by what happens after the behavior, not just by goals or beliefs beforehand.
  • Example: An employee who receives praise after completing a task on time is more likely to meet deadlines in the future.

🧩 How consequences shape behavior

  • Positive consequences (rewards, recognition) increase the likelihood of repeating the behavior.
  • Negative consequences (criticism, penalties) decrease the likelihood.
  • Managers can use reinforcement deliberately: reward desired behaviors consistently to strengthen them.
  • Don't confuse with expectancy theory: reinforcement focuses on actual consequences that follow behavior, while expectancy focuses on beliefs about future outcomes before acting.

📊 Comparing the Four Theories

TheoryCore FocusKey MechanismManagerial Implication
ExpectancyBeliefs about outcomesBelief strength × outcome valueClarify action-outcome links; offer valued rewards
EquityFairness perceptionsComparison with coworkersEnsure perceived fairness in treatment and rewards
Goal-settingTargets and feedbackSpecific goals + progress updatesSet clear, concrete goals; provide regular feedback
ReinforcementBehavioral consequencesWhat follows behaviorReward desired behaviors consistently

🧠 Using multiple frameworks

  • These theories are not mutually exclusive; they address different aspects of motivation.
  • A manager can set specific goals (goal-setting), ensure fair treatment (equity), clarify how effort leads to rewards (expectancy), and praise good performance (reinforcement) all at once.
  • Each theory offers a distinct lens for diagnosing and addressing motivation problems.
70

9.7 From Motivation Theory to Application

9.7 From Motivation Theory to Application

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Managers can increase employee motivation and performance by redesigning jobs through horizontal expansion (enlargement), vertical expansion (enrichment), and other tools like flexible scheduling, recognition programs, empowerment, and variable pay.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Job enlargement: horizontal expansion—adding more tasks and variety to a job, especially useful for mundane, repetitive work.
  • Job enrichment: vertical expansion—giving employees more autonomy, responsibility, and decision-making authority.
  • How to distinguish enlargement vs enrichment: enlargement adds more tasks at the same level; enrichment adds higher-level responsibilities and control.
  • Other motivational tools: work-scheduling options, employee-recognition programs, empowerment, and variable-pay programs complement job redesign.
  • Why it matters: these applications translate motivation theories into concrete management practices that improve satisfaction and performance.

🔧 Job redesign approaches

📏 Job enlargement (horizontal expansion)

Job enlargement: the horizontal expansion of a job, which involves increasing the number and variety of tasks that a person performs.

  • What it means: adding more tasks at the same level of responsibility.
  • When it works best: when the job is mundane and repetitive in nature.
  • How it helps: increasing task diversity can enhance job satisfaction by reducing monotony.
  • Example: An employee who previously did only one repetitive task now rotates through three different tasks at the same skill level.

Don't confuse: horizontal expansion does not mean giving more authority or decision-making power—it means doing more kinds of things at the same level.

📐 Job enrichment (vertical expansion)

Job enrichment: the vertical expansion of an employee's job to provide the employee with more autonomy, responsibility, and decision-making authority.

  • What it means: adding higher-level responsibilities and control over one's work.
  • Key elements: autonomy, responsibility, and decision-making authority.
  • How it differs from enlargement: enrichment moves upward (more control), not just sideways (more tasks).
  • Example: An employee who previously followed instructions now has the authority to decide how to complete the work and solve problems independently.

🔄 Comparison: enlargement vs enrichment

DimensionJob enlargementJob enrichment
DirectionHorizontal (same level)Vertical (higher level)
What changesNumber and variety of tasksAutonomy, responsibility, decision-making
Best forMundane, repetitive jobsEmployees ready for more control
GoalReduce monotony through varietyIncrease ownership and engagement

🛠️ Other motivational tools

🕒 Work-scheduling options

  • The excerpt lists work-scheduling options as one of the popular motivational tools.
  • These give employees flexibility in when or how they work.
  • Why it matters: flexibility can improve work-life balance and satisfaction.

🏆 Employee-recognition programs

  • Recognition programs acknowledge and reward employee contributions.
  • Why it matters: recognition addresses intrinsic motivators (recall Herzberg's motivating factors like achievement and recognition).

💪 Empowerment

  • Empowerment means giving employees the authority and resources to make decisions.
  • Connection to job enrichment: empowerment is closely related to the vertical expansion of responsibility and autonomy.
  • Why it matters: empowered employees feel more ownership and are more motivated to perform.

💰 Variable-pay programs

  • Variable-pay programs link compensation to performance or outcomes.
  • Why it matters: aligns with reinforcement theory (behavior is a function of consequences) and expectancy theory (linking effort to valued outcomes).
  • Example: An organization offers bonuses or profit-sharing based on individual or team performance.

🌐 Broader organizational initiatives

📚 Education and training investment

  • Companies are investing more in employee education and training.
  • How it helps: makes employees more productive and confident in their jobs.
  • Why it matters: training increases competence, which can satisfy higher-level needs (Maslow) and intrinsic motivators (Herzberg).

🤝 Ownership participation

  • Managers are giving employees the opportunity to participate in company ownership (e.g., stock options, profit-sharing).
  • Why it matters: ownership can strongly increase employee commitment and align employee interests with company success.

⚖️ Work-life benefits

  • Employers are providing more work-life benefits to employees.
  • A small but growing percentage of companies offers paid sabbaticals in addition to regular vacation and sick time.
  • Why it matters: work-life benefits address employees' personal and family needs, reducing dissatisfaction (hygiene factors) and improving retention.

Don't confuse: work-life benefits are not the same as motivators—they prevent dissatisfaction and help retain employees, but may not directly drive high performance (recall Herzberg's distinction between hygiene factors and motivators).

71

Trends in Employee Motivation

9.8 Trends in Employee Motivation

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Organizations today are using a combination of education investment, ownership opportunities, work-life benefits, knowledge-sharing communities, and careful management of turnover to motivate and retain employees in a changing workforce landscape.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core tactics: companies invest in training, offer ownership participation, provide work-life benefits, and some offer paid sabbaticals beyond regular time off.
  • Knowledge worker management: establishing communities of practice enables workers to share expertise across the organization.
  • Critical attention areas: managers must monitor absence rates and turnover (both employee and management).
  • Workforce composition shift: as the workforce changes, understanding how to manage different types of workers (especially knowledge workers) becomes increasingly important.
  • Common confusion: motivation is not just about compensation—while money matters, non-monetary strategies (training, ownership, work-life balance) are also essential for retention.

💼 Investment in People

📚 Employee education and training

  • Companies are investing more resources in employee education and training programs.
  • Why it works: training makes employees more productive and confident in their jobs.
  • This is a proactive approach—building capability rather than just rewarding performance.
  • Example: An organization provides skill-development courses that help employees perform their current roles better and prepare for future responsibilities.

🤝 Ownership participation

  • Managers are giving employees the opportunity to participate in company ownership.
  • Impact: ownership participation can strongly increase employee commitment.
  • This aligns employee interests with company success—when the company does well, employees benefit directly.
  • Don't confuse: ownership participation is different from just salary increases; it creates long-term stake in organizational outcomes.

🏡 Work-Life Integration

⚖️ Work-life benefits

  • Employers are providing more work-life benefits to employees.
  • These benefits help employees balance professional and personal responsibilities.
  • Example: flexible scheduling, family support programs, wellness initiatives.

🌴 Paid sabbaticals

  • A small but growing percentage of companies offers employees paid sabbaticals.
  • What makes this notable: sabbaticals are in addition to regular vacation and sick time.
  • This represents extended time off for renewal, learning, or personal projects.
  • The excerpt notes this is still emerging—not yet widespread but increasing.

🧠 Managing Knowledge Workers

👥 Communities of practice

Communities of practice: structures that enable workers to share expertise across the organization.

  • Purpose: facilitate knowledge sharing among employees.
  • This is particularly important as the composition of the workforce changes.
  • Knowledge workers possess specialized expertise that needs to be distributed throughout the organization.
  • Example: An organization creates forums or networks where employees with similar expertise can exchange insights and solutions across different departments.

📊 Why knowledge workers matter

  • The excerpt emphasizes that understanding how to manage knowledge workers is becoming increasingly important.
  • This is tied to workforce composition changes—the nature of work and workers is evolving.
  • Knowledge workers require different management approaches than traditional workers.

📉 Monitoring Workforce Stability

🚪 Absence and turnover management

Managers in today's business environment need to pay special attention to two metrics:

MetricWhat to monitorWhy it matters
Absence ratesHow often employees are absentIndicates engagement and satisfaction levels
Employee turnoverRate at which employees leaveAffects continuity and organizational knowledge
Management turnoverRate at which managers leaveImpacts leadership stability and team morale

🎯 Proactive management

  • The excerpt emphasizes "special attention"—this is not passive tracking but active management.
  • Both absence and turnover are indicators of underlying motivation and retention issues.
  • Management turnover is specifically called out—losing managers creates additional disruption beyond losing individual contributors.
72

Production and Operations Management—An Overview

10.1 Production and Operations Management—An Overview

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Production and operations management is essential for both manufacturers and service firms because it controls the conversion of inputs into outputs while balancing quality, cost, efficiency, and customer satisfaction to maintain competitive advantage.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What production and operations management does: manages the conversion process that turns inputs (natural resources, raw materials, human resources, capital) into outputs (products and services).
  • Why it matters: operations managers control about three-fourths of a firm's assets and work across divisions to produce goods profitably while satisfying customers.
  • Three main decision stages: production planning (where, when, how), production control (quality, costs, scheduling, day-to-day operations), and improving production methods.
  • Customer satisfaction shift: in the 1980s, U.S. industries lost customers to foreign competitors due to quality issues; today, quality focus and outward customer orientation are central to operations management.
  • Common confusion: production planning operates at three time horizons (long-term: 3–5 years; medium-term: ~2 years; short-term: within 1 year), each addressing different decisions.

🏭 What production and operations management is

🏭 Core definition and conversion process

Production: the creation of products and services.

Operations management: managing the conversion process that turns inputs into outputs.

  • Inputs include:

    • Natural resources
    • Raw materials
    • Human resources
    • Capital
  • Outputs are:

    • Products
    • Services
  • This conversion process is an essential function in every firm, whether manufacturing or service-based.

👥 The role of operations managers

  • Operations managers are the people charged with managing and supervising the conversion process.

  • They play a vital role in today's firms because they:

    • Control about three-fourths of a firm's assets, including inventories, wages, and benefits
    • Work closely with other major divisions (marketing, finance, accounting, human resources)
    • Ensure the firm produces goods profitably and satisfies customers
  • Cross-functional collaboration:

    • Marketing personnel help decide which products to make or services to offer
    • Accounting and human resources help combine people and resources to produce high-quality goods on time and at reasonable cost
    • Operations managers are involved in development and design of goods and determine the most effective production processes

🎯 The three stages of operations decisions

📋 Stage 1: Production planning

  • When it happens: the first decisions at the planning stage.
  • What managers decide:
    • Where production will occur
    • When production will occur
    • How production will occur
  • Key actions:
    • Determine site locations
    • Obtain necessary resources

⚙️ Stage 2: Production control

  • Focus: controlling quality and costs, scheduling, and day-to-day operations.
  • What it involves:
    • Running a factory or service facility
    • Managing the actual operations on a daily basis
  • This stage is about execution and maintaining standards during ongoing production.

🔧 Stage 3: Improving production and operations

  • Goal: develop more efficient methods of producing the firm's goods or services.
  • Nature: this is an ongoing process focused on continuous improvement.

Important note: All three decision stages are ongoing and may occur simultaneously—they are not strictly sequential.

📅 Production planning in depth

📅 What production planning balances

Production planning: allows the firm to consider the competitive environment and its own strategic goals to find the best production methods.

  • Production planning must balance goals that may conflict:
    • Providing high-quality service while keeping operating costs low
    • Keeping profits high while maintaining adequate inventories of finished products
  • Accomplishing all these goals simultaneously is sometimes difficult.

⏰ Three time horizons of production planning

Time FrameDurationFocus Areas
Long-term planning3–5 yearsWhich goods to produce, how many to produce, where they should be produced
Medium-term planning~2 yearsLayout of factory/service facilities, where and how to obtain resources for production, labor issues
Short-term planningWithin 1 yearConverts plans into specific operational actions
  • Don't confuse: each planning horizon addresses different strategic questions; long-term focuses on "what and where," medium-term on "layout and resources," and short-term on "execution."

🎯 The shift toward customer satisfaction

📉 Historical turning point: the 1980s

  • Before the 1980s:

    • The manufacturing function in most companies was inwardly focused
    • Manufacturing had little contact with customers
    • Didn't always understand customer needs and desires
  • What happened in the 1980s:

    • Many U.S. industries (automotive, steel, electronics) lost customers to foreign competitors
    • The reason: their production systems could not provide the quality customers demanded

📈 Today's approach

  • Most American companies (both large and small) now consider a focus on quality to be a central component of effective operations management.
  • Stronger links between marketing and manufacturing:
    • Encourage production managers to be more outwardly focused
    • Consider decisions in light of their effect on customer satisfaction
  • Service companies: making operating decisions with customer satisfaction in mind can be a competitive advantage.

🏦 Service sector examples

  • Banks: using technology such as online banking and mobile apps to make services more accessible
  • Colleges: offer online courses to accommodate working students' schedules
  • Tax services: file tax returns via the cloud

Example: Service organizations face challenges where customers demand better service, shorter waiting periods, and more individualized attention—just as manufacturers must meet quality and delivery expectations.

🌍 Challenges driving operations management evolution

🌍 What forces companies to rethink production

  • Technological advances: new methods and tools become available

  • Ongoing competition: other firms constantly improve

  • Consumer expectations: customers demand more and better

  • Result: companies must rethink where, when, and how they produce products or services.

🏭 Manufacturer responses

  • It is no longer enough to simply push products through the factory and onto the market.

  • Consumer demands:

    • High quality at reasonable prices
    • Timely delivery
  • How manufacturers compete:

    • Automating factories
    • Developing new production processes
    • Focusing on quality-control techniques
    • Improving relationships with suppliers
  • Firms that can't meet these expectations face strong competition from businesses that can.

🛎️ Service organization responses

  • Customer demands:
    • Better service
    • Shorter waiting periods
    • More individualized attention
  • Service companies use new methods to deliver what customers need and want.

Don't confuse: both manufacturers and service firms face similar pressures (quality, speed, customer satisfaction), but their operational challenges differ—manufacturers focus on physical production efficiency, while service firms focus on delivery and accessibility.

73

10.2 The Production Process: How Do We Make It?

10.2 The Production Process: How Do We Make It?

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Production planning requires choosing the right production process—mass production, mass customization, or customization—based on how inputs are converted into outputs and the timing that best fits company goals and customer demand.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Four key production planning decisions: production process type, site selection, facility layout, and resource planning.
  • Three production types: mass production (many identical goods), mass customization (standardized up to a point, then tailored), and customization (each product unique).
  • Two ways to classify processes: (1) how inputs convert to outputs (process manufacturing vs. assembly) and (2) timing (continuous vs. intermittent).
  • Common confusion: mass customization vs. customization—mass customization uses standardized techniques until a certain point, then adds unique features; customization produces each item uniquely from start to finish.
  • Why it matters: the production process choice affects costs, scheduling ease, and the firm's ability to meet customer needs.

🏭 Three production types

🏭 Mass production

Mass production: manufacturing many identical goods at once.

  • Emerged from the Industrial Revolution; Henry Ford's Model-T is the classic example—every car was identical, even the color (black only).
  • Goal: keep manufacturing costs low through uniform products, repetitive processes, and standardization.
  • Examples: canned goods, over-the-counter drugs, household appliances, breakfast cereals, soft drinks, computer keyboards.
  • As products became more complex (e.g., cars with sophisticated electronics), mass production also became more complex, requiring more assembly stations.

🎨 Mass customization

Mass customization: goods are produced using mass-production techniques up to a point, then custom-tailored to individual customer needs or desires.

  • Combines efficiency of mass production with personalization.
  • How it works: standardized base components are produced in volume, then customized features are added for each customer.
  • Example: American Leather (Dallas furniture manufacturer) uses the same basic frames for all furniture, but automated cutting machinery pre-cuts the specific color and type of leather each customer orders; finished within 30 days.
  • Other examples: Dell Computers, tract homes, TaylorMade golf clubs.
  • Don't confuse with full customization: the base is still standardized; only the final features vary.

✂️ Customization

Customization: the firm produces goods or services one at a time according to the specific needs or wants of individual customers; each product or service is unique.

  • The opposite of mass production—no two products are the same.
  • Example: a print shop handles varied projects (newsletters, brochures, stationery, reports), each differing in quantity, printing process, binding, ink color, and paper type.
  • Job shop: a manufacturing firm that produces goods in response to individual customer orders.
  • Service examples: custom homes, legal services, haircuts, doctors developing treatment plans for each patient, real estate agents creating service plans based on each client's house type.
Production TypeCharacteristicsExamples
Mass ProductionHighly uniform products; many made sequentially; uniform standardized productionBreakfast cereals, soft drinks, computer keyboards
Mass CustomizationUniform production to a point, then unique features added to each productDell Computers, tract homes, TaylorMade golf clubs
CustomizationEach product/service produced according to individual customer requirementsCustom homes, legal services, haircuts

🔄 Converting inputs to outputs

🔄 What are inputs and outputs?

Inputs: natural resources, raw materials, human resources, capital.
Outputs: products or services.

  • In manufacturing, the conversion is usually obvious: Harley-Davidson converts steel, rubber, paint, and other inputs into motorcycles.
  • In services, the conversion is less obvious: a hospital converts medical personnel's knowledge and skills, plus equipment and supplies, into health care services for patients.
  • Customer role in services: customers may participate in the transformation process (e.g., a tax preparation service combines the tax preparer's knowledge with the client's personal financial information to complete the tax return).

⚙️ Process manufacturing

Process manufacturing: basic inputs (natural resources, raw materials) are broken down into one or more outputs (products).

  • The input is decomposed or extracted to create the output.
  • Example: bauxite (input) is processed to extract aluminum (output).

🔧 Assembly process

Assembly process: basic inputs are either combined to create the output or transformed into the output.

  • The opposite of process manufacturing—inputs are put together or changed.
  • Combination example: an airplane is created by assembling thousands of parts (raw material inputs).
  • Transformation example: steel manufacturers use heat to transform iron and other materials into steel.
Organization TypeInputOutput
AirlinePilots, flight attendants, reservations system, ticketing agents, customers, airplanes, maintenance crews, ground facilitiesMovement of customers and freight
Grocery storeMerchandise, building, clerks, supervisors, store fixtures, shopping carts, customersGroceries for customers
High schoolFaculty, curriculum, buildings, classrooms, library, auditorium, gymnasium, students, staff, suppliesGraduates, public service
ManufacturerMachinery, raw materials, plant, workers, managersFinished products for consumers and other firms
RestaurantFood, cooking equipment, servers, chefs, dishwashers, host, patrons, furniture, fixturesMeals for patrons

⏱️ Production timing

⏱️ Continuous process

Continuous process: uses long production runs that may last days, weeks, or months without equipment shutdowns.

  • Best for: high-volume, low-variety products with standardized parts.
  • Examples: nails, glass, paper.
  • Service example: your local electric company.
  • Advantages: per-unit costs are low; production is easy to schedule.

🔀 Intermittent process

Intermittent process: short production runs are used to make batches of different products; machines are shut down to change them to make different products at different times.

  • Best for: low-volume, high-variety products (mass customization or customization).
  • Examples: job shops.
  • Service applications: most service firms rely on intermittent processes—a restaurant preparing gourmet meals, a physician performing surgical procedures, an advertising agency developing ad campaigns all customize services to suit each customer.
  • Note: "production runs" may be very short—one grilled salmon or one physical exam at a time.
  • Don't confuse with continuous: intermittent processes involve frequent stops and changes; continuous processes run without interruption.

📍 Facility location decisions

📍 Why location matters

  • The facility's location (factory or service office) affects operating costs, shipping costs, and ultimately the price of the product or service and the company's ability to compete.
  • Mistakes are expensive: moving a factory or service facility after production begins is difficult and costly.
  • Firms must weigh multiple factors to make the right decision.

🏗️ Availability of production inputs

  • Organizations need certain resources (inputs) to produce products and services.
  • Key considerations: availability of raw materials, parts, equipment, and manpower for each potential site.
  • Shipping costs: can be as much as 25 percent of a manufacturer's total cost, so locating where these and other costs are low can contribute significantly to success.
  • Proximity to suppliers: companies using heavy or bulky raw materials may locate close to suppliers—mining companies near ore deposits, oil refiners near oil fields, paper mills near forests, food processors near farms.
  • Example: Niagara Purified Drinking Water in Los Lunas, New Mexico—a 166,000 square foot vacant building, rich water sources, and a ready pool of relatively inexpensive labor (due to high unemployment) made the location attractive; the business created 40 new jobs and helped diversify the town's economy.

👷 Labor availability and cost

  • Critical for both manufacturing and service businesses: availability and cost of labor.
  • Factors affecting payroll costs: cost of living, number of jobs available, size, skills, and productivity of the local workforce.
  • Unionization: whether local labor is unionized is another consideration in many industries.
  • Payroll costs can vary widely from one location to another.

🛒 Marketing factors

  • (The excerpt ends here; marketing factors are mentioned but not detailed in the provided text.)
74

Location, Location, Location: Where Do We Make It?

10.3 Location, Location, Location: Where Do We Make It?

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Site selection and facility layout decisions are critical production-planning tasks that balance resource availability, costs, market access, and operational efficiency to maximize a firm's competitive advantage.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Site selection factors: availability and cost of production inputs (raw materials, labor), shipping costs, proximity to suppliers or customers, and local incentives all influence where to locate facilities.
  • International considerations: foreign locations may offer lower labor costs, fewer regulations, and proximity to new markets, prompting many firms to consider global sites.
  • Facility layout types: process, product, fixed-position, and cellular manufacturing layouts each suit different production needs and product characteristics.
  • Common confusion: don't confuse proximity decisions—some firms need to be near suppliers (heavy/bulky materials), others near customers (service advantages), and still others near neither (distribution-focused).
  • Make-or-buy decisions: resource planning includes determining whether to produce components internally or outsource them based on cost, quantity, and competitive secrecy needs.

🏭 Site Selection Factors

📦 Availability of Production Inputs

Access to resources, or inputs, is a huge consideration in site selection.

  • Executives must assess availability of raw materials, parts, equipment, and manpower for each potential site.
  • Shipping costs can represent up to 25% of a manufacturer's total cost, making location a major success factor.
  • Proximity logic varies by industry:
    • Heavy/bulky materials → locate near suppliers (mining near ore deposits, paper mills near forests, bottlers near water sources)
    • Example: Niagara Purified Drinking Water chose Los Lunas, New Mexico for its water source and available 166,000 sq ft building, creating 40 jobs in a high-unemployment area.

👷 Labor Considerations

  • Availability and cost of labor are critical to both manufacturing and service businesses.
  • Payroll costs vary widely based on:
    • Cost of living differences
    • Number of available jobs
    • Size, skills, and productivity of local workforce
    • Unionization of local labor
  • Example: The water-bottling company benefited from a ready pool of relatively inexpensive labor due to high local unemployment.

🎯 Marketing Factors

  • Firms must evaluate how location affects their ability to serve customers.
  • Two approaches:
    • Distribution-focused: assess difficulty and costs of shipping to customers from chosen location
    • Proximity-focused: locate near customers to offer better service at lower cost
  • Additional considerations:
    • Ease of customer access to purchase products/services
    • Location of competitors
    • Geographic spread of multiple facilities to maximize market coverage

🏗️ Manufacturing Environment

  • Some localities have a strong existing manufacturing base in certain industries.
  • Benefits of established manufacturing areas:
    • Greater availability of skilled manufacturing workers
    • Better accessibility to suppliers and transportation
    • Increased plant operating efficiency
  • Example: Nestlé proposed a bottled water plant in Phoenix to provide employment replacing jobs lost in the 2008 recession, though it faced local opposition over water diversion concerns.

💰 Local Incentives

  • Tax breaks are a common incentive (reduced taxes on income, real estate, utilities, or payroll).
  • Local governments may offer financial assistance and/or regulatory exemptions to attract or keep production facilities.
  • Example: Many U.S. cities competed to attract Amazon's second headquarters by offering tax incentives alongside touting local attractions and workforce strength.

🌍 International Location Considerations

💵 Financial Reasons for Foreign Locations

FactorBenefit
Labor costsConsiderably lower in countries like Singapore, China, India, and Mexico
RegulationsFewer regulations governing factory operations
Market accessProduction closer to new markets

🚗 Real-world application

  • Automobile manufacturers (Toyota, BMW, Hyundai) build plants in the United States to reduce shipping costs.
  • Don't confuse: foreign locations aren't only about cheap labor—market proximity is equally important for some industries.

🏢 Designing the Facility

🎯 Layout Goals

  • Determine the most efficient and effective design for the particular production process.
  • Manufacturers focus on product and worker movement efficiency.
  • Service organizations focus on how layout affects customer behavior.
  • Example: A hospital might want freight elevators in the center for convenience, but this could block patient, visitor, and medical personnel flow.

🔄 Process Layout

The process layout arranges workflow around the production process, with all workers performing similar tasks grouped together.

  • Products pass from one workstation to another (but not necessarily to every workstation).
  • All similar operations grouped: all grinding in one area, all assembling in another, all inspection in another.
  • Best for: small numbers of a wide variety of products using general-purpose machines that can be changed rapidly.
  • Example: A manufacturer of custom machinery would use a process layout.

➡️ Product Layout (Assembly-Line)

The product (or assembly-line) layout arranges workstations or departments in a line with products moving along the line.

  • Best for: products requiring continuous or repetitive production processes in large quantities.
  • Examples: automobile and appliance manufacturers, food-processing plants.
  • Service companies may also use product layout for routine processing operations.

📍 Fixed-Position Layout

A fixed-position layout lets the product stay in one place while workers and machinery move to it as needed.

  • Best for: products that cannot be moved—ships, airplanes, construction projects.
  • Limited space often means parts must be assembled at other sites, transported, then assembled at the fixed site.
  • Also common for on-site services: housecleaning, pest control, landscaping.

🔬 Cellular Manufacturing

Cellular manufacturing combines aspects of both product and fixed-position layouts using work cells—small, self-contained production units.

  • Work cells include several machines and workers arranged in compact, sequential order.
  • Each cell performs all or most tasks necessary to complete a manufacturing order.
  • Typically 5-10 workers per cell, trained to do any production step.
  • Goal: create a team environment with members involved in production from beginning to end.

🛠️ Resource Planning

📋 Bill of Material

A bill of material lists the items and the number of each required to make the product.

  • Resource planning specifies which raw materials, parts, and components will be required, and when.
  • Must forecast expected quantity of finished goods to determine amounts needed.
  • Scale matters: Boeing airplane components number in the millions.
  • Cost significance: material and supply costs can amount to as much as half of sales revenues in many industries.

🤔 Make-or-Buy Decision

The make-or-buy decision determines whether to make production materials internally or buy them from outside sources.

Factors to consider:

FactorLean toward BuyLean toward Make
Quantity neededSmall quantities, used in only one productLarge quantities, used across products
Item typeStandard items (screws, bolts, rivets, nails)Custom items with special design features
Competitive advantageCommodity componentsSecret design features needing protection
Cost-effectivenessCheaper to purchaseMore economical to produce internally

🔗 Outsourcing

Outsourcing: when items are purchased from an outside source instead of being made internally.

  • Example: Harley-Davidson purchases tires, brake systems, and other motorcycle components from manufacturers that make them to Harley's specifications.
  • Don't confuse: outsourcing is about buying finished components, not just raw materials—it's a strategic decision about what capabilities to maintain in-house.

Purchasing (or procurement): the process of buying production inputs from various sources.

75

10.4 Pulling It Together: Resource Planning

10.4 Pulling It Together: Resource Planning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Effective resource planning—from deciding whether to make or buy components, managing inventory levels, using computerized planning systems, and building strong supplier relationships—is essential for keeping production costs low, ensuring quality, and satisfying customers.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Resource planning scope: specifying which raw materials, parts, and components are needed and when, often representing up to half of sales revenues in cost.
  • Make-or-buy decision: firms must weigh cost-effectiveness, volume needs, competitive secrecy, and supplier reliability when choosing to produce internally or outsource.
  • Inventory management trade-off: large inventories meet demand and enable quantity discounts but tie up money and risk obsolescence; the goal is to balance ordering, holding, and shortage costs.
  • Evolution of planning systems: from MRP (materials focus) to MRPII (integrating multiple departments) to ERP (incorporating suppliers and customers into one unified system).
  • Supply-chain management shift: moving from competitive, transactional supplier relationships to collaborative partnerships that reduce costs, improve quality, and manage disruptions.

🛠️ The make-or-buy decision

🛠️ What it is

Make-or-buy decision: the choice of whether to produce materials internally or purchase them from outside sources.

  • Not every component needs to be made in-house; firms evaluate each item based on strategic and economic factors.
  • When items are purchased from outside sources instead of being made internally, it is called outsourcing.

📊 Factors to consider

FactorWhen to makeWhen to buy
Quantity neededHigh volume across many productsLow volume, used in only one product
StandardizationCustom, proprietary designsStandard items (screws, bolts, nails)
Competitive advantageSpecial design features that must stay secretNo competitive risk from external production
Supplier reliabilityOutside sources unreliable or low qualityHigh-quality suppliers available and dependable

🔍 Real-world example

  • Harley-Davidson purchases tires, brake systems, and other components from manufacturers that make them to Harley's specifications.
  • However, if a product has special design features that need protection, a firm may produce all parts internally.

⚠️ Don't confuse

  • Cost-effectiveness alone is not the only criterion—quality, reliability, and competitive secrecy also matter.
  • Shutting down production due to late deliveries or using inferior parts can damage reputation and be more costly than higher internal production costs.

📦 Inventory management

📦 What inventory is

Inventory: the supply of goods a firm holds for use in production or for sale to customers.

Inventory management: deciding how much of each type of inventory to keep on hand and the ordering, receiving, storing, and tracking of it.

⚖️ The core trade-off

  • Large inventories:
    • ✅ Meet most production and customer demands
    • ✅ Take advantage of quantity discounts
    • ❌ Tie up the firm's money
    • ❌ Expensive to store
    • ❌ Can become obsolete
  • Small inventories:
    • ✅ Lower holding costs
    • ❌ Risk stockouts and production delays
    • ❌ May require frequent reordering (higher transaction costs)

🎯 The goal

  • Keep down the costs of ordering and holding inventories while maintaining enough on hand for production and sales.
  • Managers must measure three costs: holding inventory, frequent reordering, and not keeping enough inventory on hand, then minimize all three.

🖥️ Tracking tools

  • Most companies keep a perpetual inventory: a continuously updated list of inventory levels, orders, sales, and receipts for all major items.
  • Today, companies mostly use computers to track inventory levels, calculate order quantities, and issue purchase orders at the right times.

💡 Why it matters

  • Good inventory management enhances product quality, makes operations more efficient, and increases profits.
  • Poor inventory management can result in dissatisfied customers, financial difficulties, and even bankruptcy.

💻 Computerized resource planning systems

💻 Materials requirement planning (MRP)

MRP: a system that uses a master schedule to ensure that materials, labor, and equipment needed for production are at the right places in the right amounts at the right times.

  • How it works:
    • Based on forecasts of demand for the company's products
    • Says exactly what will be manufactured during the next few weeks or months and when
    • Computer compares production needs to materials already on hand
    • Orders are placed so items arrive when needed for production
  • Benefit: helps ensure a smooth flow of finished products.

💻 Manufacturing resource planning II (MRPII)

MRPII: developed in the late 1980s to expand on MRP by integrating data from many departments (finance, marketing, accounting, engineering, manufacturing).

  • What it adds:
    • Generates a production plan for the firm
    • Creates management reports, forecasts, and financial statements
    • Lets managers make more accurate forecasts and assess the impact of production plans on profitability
  • Key feature: if one department's plans change, the effects transmit throughout the company.

💻 Enterprise resource planning (ERP)

ERP: a system that goes beyond MRP and MRPII by incorporating information about the firm's suppliers and customers into the flow of data, uniting all major departments into a single software program.

  • What it enables:
    • Production can call up sales information and know immediately how many units must be produced to meet customer orders
    • Provides information about availability of both human resources and materials needed for production
    • Allows for better cost control and eliminates production delays
  • Automatic adjustments: the system notes any changes (e.g., plant closure for maintenance, supplier delivery delays) so all functions adjust accordingly.
  • Adoption: both large and small organizations use ERP to improve operations.

🔄 Evolution summary

SystemFocusScope
MRPMaterials, labor, equipment timingInternal production scheduling
MRPIIIntegrated departmental dataInternal cross-functional coordination
ERPSuppliers and customers includedExternal and internal integration

🔗 Supply-chain management

🔗 What the supply chain is

Supply chain: the entire sequence of securing inputs, producing goods, and delivering goods to customers.

  • If any links in this process are weak, customers—the end point of the supply chain—will likely end up dissatisfied.

🔗 The shift in supplier relationships

  • Past approach:
    • Competitive and antagonistic
    • Used many suppliers and switched frequently
    • Contract negotiations tried to get better terms at the expense of the other
    • Communication limited to purchase orders and billing statements
  • Current approach:
    • Emphasis on developing a strong supply chain
    • Develop tight bonds with suppliers
    • Reduce the number of suppliers and ask them to offer more services or better prices in return for an ongoing relationship
    • Suppliers play an important role in supporting operations, not viewed as "outsiders"

🎯 Supply-chain management definition

Supply-chain management: focuses on smoothing transitions along the supply chain, with the ultimate goal of satisfying customers with quality products and services.

💰 Benefits of effective supply-chain strategies

  • Cost reduction:
    • Integration of shipper and customer supply chains allows companies to automate more processes and save time
    • Better information about production and inventory enables ordering and receiving goods at the optimal point to keep inventory holding costs low
  • Quality improvement: suppliers expected to meet high quality standards and offer suggestions to help reduce production costs.
  • Innovation support: suppliers can contribute to the design of new products.

⚠️ Managing supply-chain risks

  • Contingency planning: companies need backup plans for supply-chain disruptions (e.g., blizzards closing airports, droughts causing crop failures).
  • Length and distance considerations: importing parts from or outsourcing manufacturing to Asia creates a long supply chain; perhaps there are closer suppliers or manufacturers who can meet needs at lower overall cost.
  • Periodic reevaluation: companies should reevaluate outsourcing decisions periodically.
  • Real-world example: General Motors is reconsidering far-flung suppliers due to political shifts, protectionist measures, and natural disasters; creating a new supplier park near its Texas SUV plant to trim logistics expenses and gain benefits from proximity.

🔍 Don't confuse

  • Global parts networks have long been seen as critical to cutting costs, but more companies are concluding they're a risky bet—proximity and reliability can outweigh pure cost savings.
76

Production and Operations Control

10.5 Production and Operations Control

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Production control coordinates materials, equipment, and human resources through routing and scheduling to ensure operations run as planned and achieve efficiency.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What production control does: coordinates resources to achieve production and operating efficiencies, with correction mechanisms when plans go wrong.
  • Two key aspects: routing (setting the workflow sequence) and scheduling (timing and coordination).
  • Routing fundamentals: determines the sequence of machines and operations from start to finish, depending on product type and facility layout.
  • Value-stream mapping: a tool that visualizes the flow from suppliers through factory to customers, helping identify bottlenecks.
  • Common confusion: routing is not just about physical movement—it's about the entire work flow sequence that increases productivity and cuts unnecessary costs.

🔄 What production control means

🎯 Core definition and purpose

Production control: the coordination of materials, equipment, and human resources to achieve production and operating efficiencies.

  • Every company needs systems to ensure production and operations are carried out as planned.
  • It includes mechanisms to correct errors when things don't go according to plan.
  • The goal is efficiency—getting the right resources in the right sequence at the right time.

🔑 Two key aspects

Production control has two main components that work together:

AspectWhat it does
RoutingSets out the workflow and sequence of operations
SchedulingTimes and coordinates when operations happen
  • Both are necessary for effective production control.
  • The excerpt focuses primarily on routing as the first step.

🗺️ Routing: the workflow foundation

📍 What routing establishes

Routing: the first step in production control that sets out a work flow—the sequence of machines and operations through which a product or service progresses from start to finish.

  • It answers "where to next?" at each stage of production.
  • The sequence depends on two factors:
    • The type of goods being produced
    • The facility layout
  • Example: A product moves from machine A to machine B to machine C in a specific order determined by routing.

💡 Why routing matters

Good routing procedures deliver two main benefits:

  • Increase productivity: by optimizing the flow of work
  • Cut unnecessary costs: by eliminating wasteful steps or movements

Don't confuse: Routing is not just about physical location—it's about the entire sequence of operations that transforms inputs into outputs.

🔍 Value-stream mapping as a routing tool

🛠️ What value-stream mapping does

Value-stream mapping: a tool whereby production managers "map" the flow from suppliers through the factory to customers.

  • Uses simple icons to represent materials and information needed at various points in the flow.
  • Provides a visual representation of the entire production process.
  • Helps identify where bottlenecks may occur in the production process.

📊 How it improves production

Value-stream mapping is valuable for:

  • Visualizing how to improve production routing
  • Seeing the entire flow from beginning to end
  • Spotting inefficiencies and problem areas

🏭 Real application example

The excerpt describes Rader Awning & Upholstery's use of value-stream mapping:

  • The company worked with New Mexico Manufacturing Extension Partnership (MEP)
  • They evaluated how orders were processed from sales to manufacturing over two days
  • The mapping helped them automate some operations
  • Example: An awning manufacturer traces the path of an order from the moment a sale is made through all manufacturing steps, identifying where delays or inefficiencies occur, then uses that information to decide which operations to automate.
77

Looking for a Better Way: Improving Production and Operations

10.6 Looking for a Better Way: Improving Production and Operations

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

To compete effectively in today's business world, firms must simultaneously reduce production costs and deliver high-quality goods and services by adopting quality-management techniques, lean manufacturing, and continuous improvement methods.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The dual challenge: firms must keep production costs down while meeting customer demands for high-quality goods and services.
  • Quality from two perspectives: consumers measure quality by how well a product serves its purpose; manufacturers measure it by conformity to predetermined standards.
  • Company-wide commitment: quality control requires dedication across all functions (marketing, purchasing, accounting, shipping, manufacturing), not just end-of-line inspection.
  • Common confusion: quality control vs. Total Quality Management—TQM is broader, emphasizing quality principles in all aspects of production and operations, not just inspection.
  • Continuous improvement philosophy: systematically seeking better ways to do things rather than only troubleshooting problems as they arise.

🎯 The Quality Imperative

🎯 Why quality matters

  • Quality and productivity must go hand in hand for business success.
  • Defective products create multiple problems:
    • Waste materials and time
    • Increase costs
    • Cause customer dissatisfaction
    • Usually result in lost sales
  • Poor quality has cascading negative effects beyond immediate production.

📏 Defining quality

Quality: goods and services that meet customer expectations by providing reliable performance.

Two perspectives on quality:

PerspectiveDefinitionFocus
ConsumerHow well a product serves its purposeFunctional performance and reliability
ManufacturerDegree to which product conforms to predetermined standardsMeeting specifications and consistency
  • Both perspectives must align for true quality achievement.
  • Example: A manufacturer might meet internal standards, but if the product doesn't serve the customer's purpose well, quality has failed from the consumer perspective.

🏢 Quality Control Fundamentals

🏢 What quality control involves

Quality control: creating quality standards, producing goods that meet them, and measuring finished goods and services against them.

Three core activities:

  • Creating quality standards
  • Producing goods that meet those standards
  • Measuring finished goods and services against the standards

🚫 Beyond end-of-line inspection

  • Quality control requires more than just inspecting goods at the end of the assembly line.
  • It demands a company-wide dedication to managing and working in ways that build excellence into every facet of operations.
  • Don't confuse: traditional inspection (checking finished products) vs. modern quality control (building quality into every step of the process).

🌟 Total Quality Management (TQM)

🌟 Origins and philosophy

  • Dr. W. Edwards Deming, an American management consultant, pioneered the idea that quality control should be a company-wide goal.
  • Timeline:
    • 1950s: Japanese companies adopted Deming's ideas
    • 1970s: United States began to embrace these concepts
  • Deming believed quality control starts with top management, who must foster a company-wide culture dedicated to producing quality.

🌟 What TQM emphasizes

Total Quality Management (TQM): emphasizes the use of quality principles in all aspects of a company's production and operations.

Key recognition:

  • All employees involved with bringing a product or service to customers contribute to its quality.
  • Functions that contribute to quality include:
    • Marketing
    • Purchasing
    • Accounting
    • Shipping
    • Manufacturing

🔄 Continuous improvement

Continuous improvement: a commitment to constantly seek better ways of doing things in order to achieve greater efficiency and improve quality.

How continuous improvement works:

  • Company-wide teams work together
  • Focus on preventing problems rather than only reacting to them
  • Systematically improve key processes instead of troubleshooting problems only as they arise
  • Continually measures performance using statistical techniques
  • Looks for ways to apply new technologies and innovative production methods

Example: Rather than waiting for defects to appear and then fixing them, teams analyze processes to identify potential failure points and redesign workflows to eliminate those risks before problems occur.

🎲 Six Sigma Quality Program

🎲 What Six Sigma is

Six Sigma: a company-wide process that focuses on measuring the number of defects that occur and systematically eliminating them.

Key characteristics:

  • Company-wide scope (like TQM)
  • Emphasis on measurement: quantifying defects
  • Systematic approach to elimination: not just reduction, but removing defects entirely
  • Uses statistical methods to track and improve quality

🔍 How Six Sigma differs from TQM

While both are company-wide quality approaches:

  • Six Sigma places stronger emphasis on statistical measurement of defects
  • TQM emphasizes quality principles across all aspects of operations
  • Both share the goal of continuous improvement and company-wide commitment
  • Don't confuse: Six Sigma is more metrics-focused; TQM is more culture-focused (though they often complement each other)

🏭 Production and Operations Control Context

🏭 Production control basics

Production control: the coordination of materials, equipment, and human resources to achieve production and operating efficiencies.

Two key aspects mentioned:

  • Routing: sets out workflow and sequence of operations
  • Scheduling: specifies and controls time required for each production step

🗺️ Value-stream mapping

Value-stream mapping: production managers "map" the flow from suppliers through the factory to customers using simple icons to represent materials and information needed at various points.

Benefits:

  • Helps identify where bottlenecks may occur in the production process
  • Valuable tool for visualizing how to improve production routing
  • Example: Rader Awning & Upholstery used value-stream mapping to automate operations, resulting in 20% productivity improvement per salesperson, 15% decrease in production defects, and 25% drop in installation corrections.

📅 Scheduling tools

Three common scheduling tools for complex situations:

ToolBest UseKey Feature
Gantt chartsFew tasks, long task times, short/simple routesBar graphs showing scheduled vs. actual production on a timeline
Critical Path Method (CPM)Large projects needing resource/cost/quality monitoringIdentifies longest path of linked activities; delays on critical path delay entire project
PERTProjects with uncertain task durationsUses three time estimates (optimistic, most probable, pessimistic) for each activity

Gantt chart limitations:

  • Static (don't update automatically)
  • Fail to show how tasks are related
  • These problems are solved by CPM and PERT

🛤️ Critical Path Method details

Critical path: the longest path through linked activities in a project diagram.

How CPM works:

  1. Manager identifies all activities required to complete the project
  2. Identifies relationships between activities
  3. Determines the order in which activities need to be completed
  4. Develops a diagram using arrows to show task dependencies
  5. Calculates the critical path

Key insight: If tasks on the critical path are not completed on time, the entire project will fall behind schedule.

Example: In constructing a house, the foundation (5 days) and frame (7 days) are on the critical path. Activities like installing appliances or roofing are not on the critical path, so short delays in these won't delay the overall project (total critical path time: 38 days).

⏱️ PERT vs. CPM

Key difference:

  • CPM assumption: the amount of time needed to finish a task is known with certainty (shows one time estimate per activity)
  • PERT approach: assigns three time estimates for each activity:
    • Optimistic time for completion
    • Most probable time
    • Pessimistic time

Advantage of PERT:

  • Allows managers to anticipate delays and potential problems
  • Enables more realistic scheduling when task durations are uncertain
78

Transforming the Factory Floor with Technology

10.7 Transforming the Factory Floor with Technology

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Technology—especially computer systems, robotics, and integrated manufacturing platforms—enables manufacturers to automate production, improve efficiency, and compete more effectively by streamlining design, testing, and manufacturing processes.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Quality control evolution: Quality management shifted from end-of-line inspection to company-wide dedication (TQM) and statistical defect elimination (Six Sigma).
  • Lean manufacturing and JIT: Eliminating non-value-added steps and receiving materials exactly when needed reduces waste and inventory costs, though supply-chain disruptions pose risks.
  • Computer-aided systems: CAD/CAM integrates design, testing, and manufacturing control into linked systems, speeding development and enabling virtual prototyping.
  • Robotics and automation: Robots perform repetitive, precise, or hazardous tasks independently, replacing human effort where accuracy and speed matter most.
  • Common confusion: Lean manufacturing vs. JIT—lean eliminates unnecessary production steps; JIT focuses on timing material arrivals to match production needs (they complement each other).

🏭 Quality Control Philosophies

🎯 Total Quality Management (TQM)

Total Quality Management (TQM): emphasizes the use of quality principles in all aspects of a company's production and operations, recognizing that all employees contribute to quality.

  • Dr. W. Edwards Deming pioneered the idea that quality control must be a company-wide goal starting with top management.
  • TQM was adopted by Japanese firms in the 1950s but largely ignored in the U.S. until the 1970s.
  • Key principle: Quality is not just the manufacturing department's job—marketing, purchasing, accounting, shipping, and all functions contribute.

🔄 Continuous improvement

Continuous improvement: a commitment to constantly seek better ways of doing things in order to achieve greater efficiency and improve quality.

  • Company-wide teams work together to prevent problems and systematically improve key processes.
  • Instead of only troubleshooting problems as they arise, continuous improvement continually measures performance using statistical techniques.
  • Looks for ways to apply new technologies and innovative production methods.

📉 Six Sigma quality program

Six Sigma: a company-wide process that focuses on measuring the number of defects that occur and systematically eliminating them in order to get as close to "zero defects" as possible.

  • Aims for no more than 3.4 defects per million in every process.
  • Focuses on designing products that have fewer defects and satisfy customer needs.
  • DMAIC process: Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, and Control—employees at all levels define quality requirements, measure and analyze production results using statistics, and find ways to improve and control quality.
  • Example: General Electric was one of the first companies to institute Six Sigma throughout the organization, giving it a competitive manufacturing advantage.
  • Service firms and government entities have also applied Six Sigma.

🏆 Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award

Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award: established by U.S. Congress in 1987 to recognize U.S. companies that offer goods and services of world-class quality.

  • Named for a former secretary of commerce.
  • Administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce's National Institute of Standards and Technologies (NIST).
  • Most important criterion: effectiveness at meeting customer expectations and demonstrating quality goods and services.
  • Companies must also show continuous improvement in internal operations, with leaders and employees actively participating and responding quickly to data and analysis.
  • Example: 2017 winners included Bristol Tennessee Essential Services (small business), city of Fort Collins, Colorado (nonprofit), and Southcentral Foundation in Anchorage, Alaska (health care).

🌍 ISO international standards

ISO 9000 (introduced in the 1980s):

A set of five technical standards designed to offer a uniform way of determining whether manufacturing plants and service organizations conform to sound quality procedures.

  • Developed by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) in Geneva, Switzerland.
  • To register, a company must audit its manufacturing and customer service processes—design, production, installation, inspection, packaging, and marketing.
  • Over 500,000 organizations worldwide have met ISO 9000 standards.

ISO 14000 (launched after ISO 9000):

  • Designed in response to environmental issues such as global warming and water pollution.
  • Promotes clean production processes.
  • Companies must commit to continually improving environmental management and reducing pollution from production processes.

✂️ Lean Manufacturing and Just-in-Time

✂️ Lean manufacturing

Lean manufacturing: streamlines production by eliminating steps in the production process that do not add benefits customers want.

  • Core idea: Cut non-value-added production processes so the company can concentrate resources on items essential to satisfying customers.
  • Toyota was a pioneer in developing these techniques, now adopted across many industries.
  • Helps manufacturers respond to rapidly changing customer demands while keeping inventory and production costs down.

⏰ Just-in-time (JIT)

Just-in-time (JIT): based on the belief that materials should arrive exactly when they are needed for production, rather than being stored on-site.

  • Goes hand in hand with lean manufacturing.
  • Relies closely on computerized systems such as MRP, MRPII, and ERP.
  • Manufacturers determine what parts will be needed and when, then order them from suppliers so they arrive "just in time."
  • Inventory and products are "pulled" through the production process in response to customer demand.

⚠️ JIT risks and benefits

Requires close teamwork:

  • Any delays in deliveries of supplies could bring JIT production to a halt.
  • Requires close coordination between vendors and purchasing and production personnel.

Vulnerability to disruptions:

  • Unexpected events like the September 11 terrorist attacks or port shutdowns due to Hurricane Harvey and devastation from Hurricane Maria in Puerto Rico can cause chaos in supply chains.

Benefits when employed properly:

  • Can greatly reduce inventory-holding costs.
  • Smooths production highs and lows.

Don't confuse: Lean manufacturing eliminates unnecessary production steps (what you do); JIT focuses on timing material arrivals (when materials arrive). They complement each other but address different aspects of efficiency.

💻 Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing

🖥️ Computer-aided design (CAD)

Computer-aided design (CAD): computers are used to design and test new products and modify existing ones.

  • Engineers use these systems to draw products and look at them from different angles.
  • Can analyze products, make changes, and test prototypes before manufacturing a single item.
  • Example: Cardianove Inc., a Montreal-based medical equipment manufacturer, used CAD software to develop the world's smallest heart pump, shaving two years off normal design time. The CAD program ran complex three-dimensional simulations to confirm the design would function properly inside the human body, testing over 100 virtual prototypes before producing the top three designs for real-life testing.

🏭 Computer-aided manufacturing (CAM)

Computer-aided manufacturing (CAM): uses computers to develop and control the production process.

  • These systems analyze the steps required to make the product.
  • Automatically send instructions to the machines that do the work.

🔗 CAD/CAM systems

CAD/CAM systems: combine the advantages of CAD and CAM by integrating design, testing, and manufacturing control into one linked computer system.

  • The system helps design the product, control the flow of resources needed to produce it, and operate the production process.
  • Companies can further improve design and manufacturing through additive manufacturing (commonly referred to as 3D printing).
  • Specialized printers can create products or parts for use in early prototypes.
  • Some industries print certain components on site rather than shipping them.

🤖 Robotics and Automation

🤖 What robots are

Robots: computer-controlled machines that can perform tasks independently.

Robotics: the technology involved in designing, constructing, and operating robots.

  • The first robot, or "steel-collar worker," was used by General Motors in 1961.
  • Robots can be mobile or fixed in one place.
  • Fixed robots have an arm that moves and does what the computer instructs.

🔧 Robot capabilities

Range of complexity:

  • Some robots are simple, with limited movement for a few tasks such as cutting sheet metal and spot welding.
  • Others are complex, with hands or grippers that can be programmed to perform a series of movements.
  • Some robots are equipped with sensing devices for sight and touch.

Operation:

  • Robots usually operate with little or no human intervention.
  • Replacing human effort with robots is most effective for tasks requiring accuracy, speed, or strength.

🏥 Robot applications

Manufacturing:

  • Manufacturers such as Harley-Davidson are most likely to use robots.

Service firms:

  • Some service firms are also finding robots useful.
  • Example: Hospitals may use robots to sort and process blood samples, freeing medical personnel from a tedious, sometimes hazardous, repetitive task.

🔄 Flexible Manufacturing Systems

🔄 What FMS is

Flexible manufacturing system (FMS): automates a factory by blending computers, robots, machine tools, and materials-and-parts-handling machinery into an integrated system.

  • These systems combine automated workstations with computer-controlled transportation devices.
  • Automatic guided vehicles (AGV) move materials between workstations and into and out of the system.
  • Represents the integration of multiple automation technologies into a cohesive, adaptable production environment.

🎯 Why flexibility matters

  • FMS allows factories to be adaptable—they can adjust to different production requirements without complete retooling.
  • Blends multiple technologies (computers, robots, machine tools, materials handling) into one integrated system.
  • Computer-controlled transportation devices coordinate the movement of materials, creating a smooth, automated flow through the production process.
79

Trends in Production and Operations Management

10.8 Trends in Production and Operations Management

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

U.S. manufacturing competitiveness depends on addressing a looming workforce skills gap, maintaining innovation leadership through increased investment in science and research, and leveraging business process management technology to integrate global supply chains.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Workforce crisis: Finding qualified employees is a top concern; 3.5 million new manufacturing jobs expected but 2 million may go unfilled due to skills gaps.
  • Innovation at risk: U.S. federal research funding as a share of GDP has declined 40% over 40 years, threatening America's global lead in science and innovation.
  • Education mismatch: 85% of future U.S. jobs will require advanced training or degrees, but current educational trends suggest workers may not receive globally competitive preparation.
  • Business Process Management (BPM): Technology that integrates scattered corporate functions across global supply chains, saving U.S. firms $117 billion annually in inventory costs alone.
  • Common confusion: Technology replacing jobs vs. technology as imperative—the real issue is whether qualified workers will be available to use advanced technology competitively.

🏭 The Workforce Challenge

👷 Skills gap threatens competitiveness

According to the National Association of Manufacturers Skills Gap Report, manufacturing executives rank a "high-performing workforce" as the most important factor in their firms' future success.

  • The numbers: 3.5 million new manufacturing jobs will need to be filled over the next decade, but 2 million jobs will go unfilled due to skills shortages.
  • What employers need: U.S. Department of Labor study concluded that 85% of future jobs will require advanced training, an associate degree, or a four-year college degree.
  • Current reality: Only 15% of future jobs will require minimum skills.
  • Example: Manufacturing executives rank "finding qualified employees" above high energy costs, taxes, federal regulations, and litigation as their most serious problem.

📚 Education trends falling short

  • U.S. secondary education trends suggest future workers studying math and science may not receive globally competitive educations.
  • As demand for better-educated and highly skilled workers grows, troubling trends project a severe shortage.
  • Don't confuse: The issue is not just keeping students in school, but ensuring they receive education that meets global standards.

🌍 Global competition intensifies

  • U.S. workers no longer compete only against one another but against workers in less-developed countries with lower wages and increasing access to modern technology.
  • This is particularly true for manufacturers who account for the bulk of U.S. exports and compete directly with imports.
  • A more integrated global economy offers both new challenges and new opportunities to the U.S. workforce.

🔬 Innovation Leadership Under Threat

📉 Declining federal investment

Federal research as a share of GDP has declined 40 percent over the past 40 years.

  • A Task Force on the Future of American Innovation (coalition of leaders from industry, science, and higher education) warns the U.S. is in danger of losing its global lead in science and innovation for the first time since World War II.
  • The root cause identified: dwindling federal investment in science and research.
  • Why it matters: The U.S. can only continue to create high-wage, value-added jobs by climbing the innovation ladder faster than the rest of the world.

📊 Troubling export and enrollment trends

IndicatorTrendImplication
High-tech exportsDeclined from $221B (2008) to $153B (latest data) after rising from $77B (1990)10-year decline in U.S. share of worldwide high-tech exports
Graduate enrollmentDeclining in U.S.; rising in China, India, elsewhereFuture talent shortage in science and engineering
Workforce retirementsScience and engineering jobs facing retirementsCritical shortage of U.S. talent in these fields

🔑 What federally funded research enables

  • Federally funded, peer-reviewed, and patented scientific advances are essential to innovation.
  • Example: Basic research helped bring us lasers, the World Wide Web, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and fiber optics.
  • National Association of Manufacturers President: "Modern manufacturing offers high-paying, long-term careers. It's a high-tech, sleek industry. It's time to close the skills gap and develop the next generation of the manufacturing workforce."

💻 Business Process Management Revolution

🔗 What BPM is and why it matters

Business Process Management is the glue to bind it all together. It provides a unified system for business.

  • The challenge: Twenty-first century corporations are scattered, with partners and suppliers spread across thousands of miles; global design, supply, and logistics chains are stretched to the breaking point.
  • The solution: BPM technology integrates and optimizes a company's sprawling functions by automating much of what it does.
  • The results: BPM has saved U.S. firms $117 billion a year on inventory costs alone.

⚙️ How BPM works in practice

Example: When a Dell system is ordered online:

  • Rather than waiting for a person to initiate action, electronic traffic flows automatically between suppliers.
  • Every part arrives within a few hours.
  • Assembly, software loading, and testing are scheduled automatically.
  • Production runs like a well-oiled clock; customers get computers quickly; Dell can bill on shipment.
  • A well-designed BPM system can even reschedule production runs, reroute deliveries, or shift work to alternate plants.

📈 Real-world BPM benefits

  • Lockheed Martin: Used BPM to unify hundreds of acquired businesses, saving $50 million per year by making better use of existing resources and data.
  • Walmart and Dell: BPM is key to their success; they collect, digest, and utilize production, sales, and shipping data to continually hone operations.

📊 Competitive advantages from collaborative processes

According to BPMI chair Jeanne Baker, companies with good collaborative processes experience:

  • 15% less inventory
  • 17% stronger order fulfillment
  • 35% shorter cash-to-cash cycles
  • 10% less stock outs
  • 7-8% increase in revenues from savings
  • Overall sales increases

🧠 The data challenge

  • Companies are flooded with information from business intelligence (BI), enterprise resource planning (ERP), customer relationship management (CRM), and other systems.
  • The challenge: making sense of it all.
  • The key insight: "How you leverage the value chain is the true competitive advantage of the 21st century."
  • Don't confuse: Having data vs. using data effectively—BPM drives growth through automation of business processes, particularly those that integrate organizations.

📊 Current State of U.S. Manufacturing

📈 Positive indicators

  • Manufacturing employment added one million factory jobs since the end of the great recession, reaching 12.5 million in December 2017.
  • U.S. exports have quadrupled over the past 25 years.
  • Integration of technology into manufacturing processes has made U.S. manufacturers more competitive.

⚠️ Ongoing concerns

  • Rapid changes in technology and intense global competition (particularly from Asia) create anxiety about the future.
  • Key questions facing the industry:
    • Is technology replacing too many jobs?
    • With qualified workers predicted to be in short supply, is increased reliance on technology imperative to compete globally?
    • Will the United States lose its edge in innovation leadership?
    • What should be done to ensure today's students are tomorrow's innovators and scientists?

🎯 What's needed to maintain competitive edge

  • More investment—both private and federal—is needed for science and research.
  • Commitment to innovation and concerted development of a more highly educated and skilled workforce.
  • Recognition that maintaining position as the world's leading innovator is essential.
80

The Marketing Concept

11.1 The Marketing Concept

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The marketing concept is a customer-focused strategy that uses market research to identify buyer needs and wants before creating products, then delivers value through the right combination of product, price, place, promotion, and people to build long-term profitable relationships.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The "right" principle: Marketing means getting the right goods/services to the right people at the right place, time, and price, using the right promotion and people—this is the foundation of all marketing strategy.
  • Marketing vs. sales confusion: Marketing is the process of communicating value so products sell; sales is the actual selling—they are different but complementary parts of strategy.
  • Customer value over price alone: Value is the ratio of benefits to sacrifices (not just monetary price); competing only on price is risky because customers will leave for cheaper alternatives.
  • Relationship marketing builds loyalty: Focusing on long-term partnerships through value and satisfaction increases retention, which is far more profitable than constantly acquiring new customers (5% retention increase can boost profits 25–95%).
  • The Five Ps (marketing mix): Product, Price, Place, Promotion, and People are the tools marketers use to develop and deliver offerings that meet customer needs.

🎯 What marketing is and how it works

🎯 Core definition of marketing

Marketing: The process of getting the right goods or services or ideas to the right people at the right place, time, and price, using the right promotion techniques and utilizing the appropriate people to provide the customer service associated with those goods, services, or ideas.

  • This is called the "right" principle—the basis of all marketing strategy.
  • Marketing can also be described as finding out the needs and wants of potential buyers (organizations or consumers) and then providing goods and services that meet or exceed their expectations.
  • Don't confuse: Marketing ≠ sales. Sales is selling the product to customers; marketing is communicating the product's value so that it sells.

🔄 Exchange: the heart of marketing

Exchange: Takes place when two parties give something of value to each other to satisfy their respective needs or wants.

  • In a typical exchange, a consumer trades money for a good or service.
  • Nonmonetary exchanges also exist—example: volunteering time for a company charity in exchange for a T-shirt.
  • To encourage exchanges, marketers follow the "right" principle.
  • Example: If an Avon representative doesn't have the right lipstick when the customer wants it, at the right price, the customer won't buy—no exchange happens.

🧩 The marketing concept explained

Marketing concept: The use of marketing data to focus on the needs and wants of customers in order to develop marketing strategies that not only satisfy the needs of the customers but also accomplish the goals of the organization.

  • The marketing concept is based on the "right" principle and is oriented toward pleasing customers by offering value.
  • Key distinction: Products are created after market research identifies customer needs and wants—not the other way around.
  • Organizations don't just create products and then figure out how to sell them; they use customer data from the very beginning to design the best possible offering.

🔑 Three components of the marketing concept

The marketing concept involves:

  1. Focusing on customer needs and wants so the organization can distinguish its product(s) from competitors' offerings (products = goods, services, or ideas).
  2. Integrating all organizational activities (including production and promotion) to satisfy those wants and needs.
  3. Achieving long-term goals by satisfying customer wants and needs legally and responsibly.

Examples from the excerpt:

  • Enterprise Rent-A-Car found customers didn't want to drive to offices → began delivering vehicles to homes or workplaces.
  • Disney found patrons disliked waiting in lines → offered premium FastPass to avoid long waits.

💎 Customer value and satisfaction

💎 What is customer value?

Customer value: The ratio of benefits for the customer (organization or consumer) to the sacrifice necessary to obtain those benefits. The customer determines the value of both the benefits and the sacrifices.

  • Creating customer value is a core business strategy of many successful firms.
  • Don't confuse: Value ≠ low price. Price is not the only thing that matters.
  • A business focused only on production cost and price will be managed as if providing a commodity differentiated only by price.
  • Customers who only value price will leave as soon as a competitor offers a lower price.

🎁 Why value beats price competition

  • Many customers will pay a premium for superior customer service or accept fewer services for a value price.
  • It's better to use marketing strategies based on customer relationships and service—these are harder for competitors to replicate.
  • Example: Southwest Airlines doesn't offer assigned seats, meals, or in-flight movies, but delivers on-time departures—it routinely beats full-service airlines in "service value" surveys despite offering fewer luxuries.

😊 Customer satisfaction

Customer satisfaction: The customer's feeling that a product has met or exceeded expectations.

  • Expectations are often the result of communication, especially promotion.
  • Success comes from using marketing research to identify specific expectations, then crafting strategy to meet or exceed them.
  • Example: Lexus consistently wins awards for outstanding customer satisfaction and has been America's top-ranked vehicle for five years in a row (according to JD Powers surveys measuring quality/reliability, appeal, ownership costs, and dealer service satisfaction).

🤝 Building long-term relationships

🤝 What is relationship marketing?

Relationship marketing: A strategy that focuses on forging long-term partnerships with customers.

  • Companies build relationships by offering value and providing customer satisfaction.
  • Once relationships are built, customers tend to continue purchasing from the same company—even if competitors have lower prices or offer sales promotions/incentives.
  • Customers (organizations and consumers) buy from suppliers they trust and feel a kinship with, regardless of unknown competitors' offerings.

📈 Why relationships are profitable

BenefitFor the companyFor the customer
Repeat sales & referralsIncreases in sales, market share, and profitsStable relationships with trusted suppliers
Lower costsLess expensive to serve existing customers than attract new onesBusiness buyers produce higher-quality products while cutting costs through supplier partnerships
Retention impactIncreasing customer retention rates by 5% increases profits by 25–95%Greater value and satisfaction than competing firms offer

🎟️ Loyalty programs as relationship tools

  • Frequent-buyer clubs are an excellent way to build long-term relationships.
  • Examples: All major airlines have frequent-flyer programs (fly certain miles → free ticket); cruise lines, hotels, car rental agencies, credit cards, and mortgage companies also give "airline miles" with purchases.
  • Consumers patronize the airline and partners because they want the free tickets → creates long-term relationship with ongoing benefits.
  • Example: Southwest Airlines goes further—members get birthday cards, and some are profiled in the airline's in-flight magazine.

🛠️ The Five Ps of marketing strategy

🛠️ What is marketing strategy?

  • Marketers use different "tools" to develop products/services that meet customer needs and wants, provide excellent value, and satisfy customers.
  • Marketing strategy = five components called the Five Ps (also called "the marketing mix").
  • These are the methods, tools, and processes used by marketers to develop and market products.

📦 The Five Ps breakdown

PDefinitionNotes
ProductSomething offered in exchange and for which marketing actions are taken and decisions madeCan be goods (physical things like smartphones), services (telecommunications for smartphones), or ideas (the thought that constant connectivity is crucial). All products have both tangible and intangible aspects.
PriceSomething given in exchange for a productMay be monetary or nonmonetary (e.g., waiting in long lines for a restaurant, giving blood). Has many names: rent, fees, charges, etc.
PlaceMethod of getting the product from creator to customerIncludes transportation, location, supply chain management (managing each entity in the route to buyer), online presence, inventory, and atmospherics (how the office/store/website looks).
PromotionMethods for informing and influencing customers to buyIncludes traditional advertising, sales promotion, public relations, personal selling, social media, and e-commerce. Often mistaken for marketing because it's the most visible part—but marketing encompasses much more.
PeopleMethods of utilizing organization employees to support marketing strategiesCrucial to developing the product's intangible aspects. All products have tangible and intangible aspects.

🌍 Environmental scanning

Environmental scanning: The process of continually collecting and evaluating environmental information by a team of specialists.

  • Marketers cannot create products in isolation—they must understand and consider all aspects of the external environment.
  • Goal: Identify current and future market opportunities and threats.
  • Example: Computer manufacturers understand the importance of environmental scanning to monitor rapidly changing consumer interests.
81

Creating a Marketing Strategy

11.2 Creating a Marketing Strategy

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Marketing strategy combines five tools—product, price, place, promotion, and people—with environmental scanning and target market selection to create a competitive advantage that delivers superior value to specific customer groups.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The 5Ps framework: Marketing strategy consists of five components (product, price, place, promotion, people) that must all work together—the mix is only as strong as its weakest part.
  • Environmental scanning is foundational: Organizations must continuously collect and evaluate data across six categories (cultural/social, demographic, economic, technological, political/legal, competitive) to identify opportunities and threats.
  • Target market focus: Firms direct efforts toward a specific group of customers rather than the entire market, allowing efficient resource use and better value delivery.
  • Four types of competitive advantage: Cost, product differentiation, service differentiation, and niche—each offers different durability and strategic benefits.
  • Common confusion: Marketing is often mistaken for promotion alone, but promotion is only one visible component of a much broader marketing mix.

🎯 The Five Ps of Marketing Strategy

🛍️ Product

Product: Something offered in exchange and for which marketing actions are taken and marketing decisions made.

  • Products can be goods (physical items like smartphones), services (telecommunications), or ideas (the concept that constant connectivity is crucial).
  • All products have both tangible and intangible aspects.
  • Product strategy involves choosing brand names, packaging, colors, warranties, accessories, and service programs.
  • Marketers view products in a larger context: the item itself plus the brand name and company image create value.
  • Example: Ralph Lauren and Gucci names add extra value to products from cosmetics to towels, allowing higher prices than identical products without those names.

💰 Price

Price: Something given in exchange for a product.

  • Price may be monetary or nonmonetary (waiting in long lines, giving blood).
  • Price has many names: rent, fees, charges, and others.
  • An inappropriate price can doom even an excellent product with excellent distribution.

📍 Place

Place: Some method of getting the product from the creator to the customer.

  • Includes transportation, location, supply chain management (managing each entity that deals with the product on its route to the buyer), online presence, inventory, and atmospherics.
  • Atmospherics refers to how the office, store, or website looks.
  • A poor distribution system can doom an excellent product.

📣 Promotion

Promotion: Methods for informing and influencing customers to buy the product.

  • Components include traditional advertising, sales promotion, public relations, personal selling, social media, and e-commerce.
  • Don't confuse: Promotion is often mistaken for marketing because it is the most visible part, but marketing encompasses much more than just promotion.

👥 People

People: Methods of utilizing organization employees to support the marketing strategies of the company.

  • People are crucial to developing the product's intangible aspects.
  • All products have both tangible and intangible aspects, and people help create the intangible value.

🔍 Environmental Scanning and Market Understanding

🌐 What environmental scanning is

Environmental scanning: The process of continually collecting and evaluating environmental information.

  • Organizations assemble teams of specialists to perform this task.
  • Goal: identify current and future market opportunities and threats.
  • Marketers cannot create products in isolation—they must understand and consider all aspects of the external environment.

📊 Six categories of environmental data

CategoryExamples of Factors
Cultural/social forcesBuying behaviors of specific cultures and subcultures, values of potential customers, changing roles of families, societal trends like working from home and flexible work hours
Demographic forcesChanges in ages of potential customers (baby boomers, millennials), birth and death rates, locations of various groups
Economic forcesChanging incomes, unemployment levels, inflation, recession
Technological forcesAdvances in telecommunications and computer technology
Political and legal forcesChanges in laws, regulatory agency activities, political movements
Competitive forcesNew and shifting competition from domestic and foreign-based firms

💡 Real-world application: Digital convergence

  • Computer manufacturers scan the environment to monitor rapidly changing consumer interests.
  • Convergence means the digital industry (computers, smartphones, mobile devices) is merging with entertainment (television, radio, streaming video, internet).
  • Example: Apple capitalized on this through iTunes, iPhone, iPad, and iWatch; Samsung doubled efforts to compete; device-free streaming services (Amazon Music, Pandora, Spotify) provided competition while restoring music industry profitability.

🎯 Defining the Target Market

🎪 What a target market is

Target market: The specific group of customers (which could be organizations or individual consumers) toward which a firm directs its marketing efforts.

  • Marketers focus on providing value for a well-defined target market or markets.
  • Identifying a target market helps a company focus its marketing efforts on those most likely to buy.
  • Concentrating on potential customers lets the firm use its resources efficiently.

🏨 Target market examples: Marriott Hotel Brands

BrandPrice RangeTarget Market
Fairfield Inn$105–125Economizing business and leisure travelers
Towne Place Suites$110–140Moderate-tier travelers who stay three to four weeks
SpringHill Suites$120–165Business and leisure travelers looking for more space and amenities
Courtyard$120–170Travelers seeking quality and affordable accommodations designed for the road warrior
Residence Inn$126–175Travelers seeking a residential-style hotel
Marriott Hotels, Resorts, and Suites$135–410Grounded achievers who desire consistent quality
Renaissance Hotels and Resorts$135–415Discerning business and leisure travelers who seek creative attention to detail
Ritz-Carlton$295–1,500Senior executives and entrepreneurs looking for a unique, luxury, personalized experience

🛍️ Other target market examples

  • Quaker Oats targets its grits to blue-collar consumers in the South.
  • Williams Sonoma has several store types, each geared toward a distinct target market: Pottery Barn (upscale home furnishings), West Elm, Mark and Graham, Rejuvenation (jewelry and accessories, affordable and sustainable home improvement).
  • McDonald's targets parents with young children (Ronald McDonald, Happy Meals, playgrounds); Wendy's targets a more adult crowd (flat-screen TVs, digital menu boards, leather seating by fireplace, expanded adult menu).

🏆 Creating a Competitive Advantage

🎖️ What competitive advantage is

Competitive advantage (also called differential advantage): A set of unique features of a company and its products that are perceived by the target market(s) as significant and superior to those of the competition.

  • Competitive advantage is the factor that causes customers to patronize a specific firm and not the competition.
  • Every target market requires a unique marketing mix to satisfy needs and meet firm goals.

💵 Cost competitive advantage

Cost competitive advantage: The ability to produce a product or service at a lower cost than all competitors while maintaining satisfactory profit margins.

  • Firms become cost leaders by: obtaining inexpensive raw materials, making plant operations more efficient, designing products for ease of manufacture, controlling overhead costs, avoiding marginal customers.
  • Limitation: Over time, this advantage may fail because competing firms adopt the same technology or use the same lower-cost suppliers.
  • Example: Bell Labs invented fiber-optic cables that reduced transmission costs, but within five years the technology spread through the industry and Bell Labs lost its cost advantage.
  • Don't confuse: Cost advantage may not offer long-term competitive advantage due to continual erosion.

🎨 Product differentiation competitive advantage

Differential competitive advantage: Unique features that provide a longer-lasting competitive advantage than cost advantages.

  • Common differential advantages: brand names (Tide detergent), strong dealer network (Caterpillar for construction equipment), product reliability (Lexus vehicles), image (Neiman Marcus in retailing), service (Federal Express).
  • Brand names like Chanel, BMW, and Cartier stand for quality worldwide.
  • Durability: Can be more successful for long-term viability of the company compared to cost advantages.
  • Created through continual product and marketing innovations and attention to quality and value.

🤝 Service differentiation competitive advantage

  • In today's world of instant connection and social media, services are crucial for both tangible and intangible products.
  • Customers demand higher service levels; poor service can go viral on social media with serious consequences.
  • Example: Some small companies have had to close their doors based on one poor service interaction that went viral.
  • More than 80 percent of U.S. GDP is based on services.
  • Higher-level services require more planning, better execution, and constant evolution through customer relationships (customers are co-creators of the service).
  • Why it matters: Service differentiation can be one of the most enduring and viable types of competitive advantage.

🎯 Niche competitive advantage

Niche competitive advantage: Targeting and effectively serving a single segment of the market.

  • For small companies with limited resources facing giant competitors, a niche strategy may be the only viable option.
  • Good candidate: A market segment with good growth potential but not crucial to major competitors' success.
  • The firm must be able to defend against challengers through superior ability to serve buyers in the segment.
  • Example: Regions Bank–Music Row Private Bank concentrates on country music stars and entertainment industry professionals in Nashville (office in the heart of music district), expanding to Miami (Latin music epicenter) and Atlanta (rhythm-and-blues and contemporary urban music center).

🔧 Developing the Marketing Mix

🧩 How the marketing mix works

Marketing mix: The combination of the 5Ps that brings a specific group of consumers a product with superior value.

  • Every target market requires a unique marketing mix.
  • A strategy must be constructed for each of the 5Ps, and all strategies must be blended together.
  • Critical principle: The marketing mix is only as good as its weakest part.
  • Example: An excellent product with a poor distribution system is doomed to failure; an excellent product with excellent distribution but inappropriate price is also doomed.

🎯 Marketing mix requires careful tailoring

  • At first glance, McDonald's and Wendy's might seem to have the same marketing mix (both fast-food).
  • But they differ: McDonald's targets parents with young children (Ronald McDonald, Happy Meals, playgrounds); Wendy's targets adults (no playgrounds, flat-screen TVs, digital menu boards, leather seating by fireplace, expanded adult menu).
  • This shows how seemingly similar companies create distinct marketing mixes for different target markets.

🛠️ Product strategy comes first

  • Marketing strategy typically starts with the product.
  • Marketers can't plan a distribution system or set a price without knowing exactly what product will be offered.
  • Product strategy involves choosing brand name, packaging, colors, warranty, accessories, and service program.
  • Consumers buy things not only for what they do, but also for what they mean.

🤝 Relationship Marketing and Customer Retention

💎 Why customer retention matters

  • Focusing on customer retention can be a winning tactic.
  • Studies show: increasing customer retention rates by 5 percent increases profits by anywhere from 25 to 95 percent.
  • Customers benefit from stable relationships with suppliers.
  • Business buyers have found that partnerships with suppliers are essential to producing high-quality products while cutting costs.

🔄 How loyalty is built

  • Customers remain loyal to firms that provide them greater value and satisfaction than they expect from competing firms.
  • Frequent-buyer clubs are an excellent way to build long-term relationships.
  • Example: All major airlines have frequent-flyer programs (fly a certain number of miles, become eligible for a free ticket); cruise lines, hotels, car rental agencies, credit-card companies, and mortgage companies give away "airline miles" with purchases.
  • Consumers patronize the airline and its partners because they want the free tickets, creating a long-term relationship with ongoing benefits.

🎂 Going beyond standard programs

  • Southwest Airlines carries its loyalty program further than most.
  • Members get birthday cards, and some even get profiled in the airline's in-flight magazine.
  • This shows how personalization and recognition can strengthen customer relationships beyond transactional rewards.
82

Developing a Marketing Mix

11.3 Developing a Marketing Mix

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Once a firm identifies its target market and competitive advantage, it must create a unique marketing mix—a coordinated blend of product, pricing, place, promotion, and other strategies—that delivers superior value and ensures every element supports the others, because the mix is only as strong as its weakest part.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What the marketing mix is: a strategy based on the 5Ps (product, price, place, promotion, and others) tailored to a specific target market to deliver superior value.
  • Why coordination matters: every element must be blended together; an excellent product with poor distribution or wrong pricing will fail.
  • Common confusion: similar businesses (e.g., McDonald's vs. Wendy's) may seem to have the same mix, but they target different segments and tailor each element differently.
  • Not-for-profit application: marketing principles apply to non-profit organizations, helping them identify target markets, develop effective mixes, and generate funds to cover or expand services.
  • Buyer behavior foundation: understanding how consumers make purchase decisions—and the cultural, social, individual, and psychological factors that influence them—is essential for developing the marketing mix.

🎯 Core concept: the marketing mix

🎯 What the marketing mix is

Marketing mix: a strategy based on the 5Ps that brings a specific group of consumers a product with superior value.

  • It is created after the firm has defined its target market and identified its competitive advantage.
  • Every target market requires a unique marketing mix to satisfy customer needs and meet firm goals.
  • A strategy must be constructed for each of the 5Ps, and all strategies must be blended together.

⚖️ Why every element must work together

  • The marketing mix is only as good as its weakest part.
  • Example: an excellent product with a poor distribution system is doomed to failure.
  • Example: an excellent product with excellent distribution but an inappropriate price is also doomed to failure.
  • Successful marketing mix requires careful tailoring—all elements must support one another.

🔍 How similar businesses differ

  • Don't confuse: businesses in the same industry may appear similar but target different segments with different mixes.
  • Example: McDonald's and Wendy's are both fast-food, but:
    • McDonald's targets parents with young children (Ronald McDonald, Happy Meals, playgrounds).
    • Wendy's targets a more adult crowd (flat-screen TVs, digital menu boards, leather seating by fireplace, expanded adult menu—no playgrounds).

🛍️ The 5Ps: product, price, place, promotion, and more

🛍️ Product strategy

Product: goods, services, or even ideas.

  • Marketing strategy typically starts with the product—marketers can't plan distribution or set price without knowing what will be offered.
  • Goods can be business goods (commercial/industrial) or consumer goods (e.g., tires, MP3 players, clothing).
  • Services can be consumer services (lawn care, hair styling) or professional services (engineering, accounting, consultancy).
  • Ideas are also marketed (e.g., "go green," "give blood," industry-wide campaigns like avocado or milk industries).

What product strategy involves:

  • Choosing brand name, packaging, colors, warranty, accessories, and service program.
  • Marketers view products in a larger context: not just the item itself, but also the brand name and company image.
  • Example: Ralph Lauren and Gucci create extra value—products with those names sell at higher prices than identical products without the names.
  • Consumers buy things not only for what they do, but also for what they mean.

💰 Pricing strategy

Pricing strategy: based on demand for the product and the cost of producing it.

  • Price can have a major impact on success if not balanced with the other 5Ps.
  • For some products (especially services), a price that is too low may hurt sales—higher price is often equated with higher value.
  • For specialty products, a high price is expected (designer clothes, luxury cars).
  • Example: costume jewelry is often marked up more than 1000% over production cost because of the image factor of a higher price.

Special pricing considerations:

  • Introductory price: used to get people to try a new product.
  • Low-price entry: some firms enter with low prices and keep them low (Carnival Cruise Lines, Suzuki cars).
  • High-price entry: others enter with very high prices and lower them over time (high-definition TVs, personal computers).

📍 Place (distribution) strategy

Place (distribution) strategy: creating the means (the channel) by which a product flows from producer to consumer.

What place includes:

  • Physical location and physical attributes of the business.
  • Inventory and control systems, transportation, supply chain management.
  • Presence on the web.

Distribution decisions:

  • How many stores and which specific wholesalers and retailers will handle the product in a geographic area.
  • Example: cosmetics are distributed in many ways:
    • Avon: sales force calls directly on consumers.
    • Clinique and Estée Lauder: selected department stores.
    • Cover Girl and Coty: chain drugstores and mass merchandisers.
    • Redken: hair salons.
    • Revlon: several of these channels.

For services:

  • Place often becomes synonymous with physical location (and attributes like atmospherics) and online presence.
  • Also includes supply chain management.
  • Example: an engineering firm develops offices with lush interiors (to denote success) and manages supplies like computers for computer-aided drafting.

📣 Promotion strategy

Promotion strategy: covers personal selling, traditional advertising, public relations, sales promotion, social media, and e-commerce.

The promotional mix:

  • These elements are called the promotional mix.
  • Each element is coordinated with the others to create a promotional blend.
  • Example: an advertisement helps a buyer get to know the company and paves the way for a sales call.
  • A good promotional strategy can dramatically increase a firm's sales.

🎭 Public relations

  • Used to create a good image of the company and its products.
  • Bad publicity costs nothing to send out, but can cost a firm a great deal in lost business.
  • Tools include publicity, crisis management strategy, and in-house communication to employees.
  • Good publicity (e.g., a TV or magazine story about a new product) may result from much time, money, and effort by a public-relations department.
  • Public-relations activities always cost money—in salaries and supplies.
  • Public relations is the least "controllable" of all promotion tools; requires much effort and relationship-building to develop ongoing goodwill and networking.

🎁 Sales promotion

  • Directly stimulates sales.
  • Includes trade shows, catalogs, contests, games, premiums, coupons, and special offers.
  • A direct incentive for the customer to purchase the product immediately.
  • Takes many forms and must adhere to strict laws and regulations (e.g., some contests and giveaways are not allowed in all U.S. states).
  • Example: McDonald's discount coupons and contests offering money and food prizes.

📱 Social media

  • A major element of the promotion mix today.
  • Most businesses have a corporate website and pages on social media sites (Facebook, Pinterest, Twitter).
  • More powerful than traditional advertising for getting the company's message out, especially for some target markets.
  • Can create instant branding for companies and individuals.

🌐 E-commerce

  • Use of the company website to support and expand the marketing strategies of the 5Ps.
  • Can include actual "order online" capabilities, create online communities, and collect data from existing and potential customers.
  • Some e-commerce websites offer free games and other interactive options.
  • All this activity helps build and strengthen long-term customer relationships.

🎗️ Not-for-profit marketing

🎗️ How marketing applies to not-for-profits

  • Marketing principles and techniques are vital to not-for-profit organizations.
  • Marketing helps not-for-profits identify target markets and develop effective marketing mixes.
  • In some cases, marketing has kept symphonies, museums, and other cultural groups from closing.
  • In organizations like the American Heart Association, marketing ideas and techniques have helped managers do their jobs better.

🎯 Key difference: profit motive vs. mission focus

AspectPrivate sectorNot-for-profit
ObjectiveProfit motive guides decisions and evaluates resultsFocus on generating enough funds to cover expenses or expand services
Success measureProfit for redistribution to owners/shareholdersNot based on profit; e.g., Methodist Church doesn't gauge success by offering-plate money; Museum of Science and Industry doesn't base performance on turnstile tokens
Use of fundsDistributed to ownersUsed to provide or expand services (e.g., American Red Cross raises funds for basic services; extra funds expand or improve services)

🛒 Buyer behavior and decision-making

🛒 Why buyer behavior matters

Buyer behavior: the actions people take with regard to buying and using products.

  • An organization that wants to be successful must consider buyer behavior when developing the marketing mix.
  • Marketers must understand buyer behavior to predict how changes affect sales.
  • Example: how raising or lowering a price will affect the buyer's perception of the product and create a fluctuation in sales.
  • Example: how a specific review on social media can create an entirely new direction for the marketing mix based on comments (buyer behavior/input) of the target market.

🔄 The consumer purchase decision-making process

The process has five steps:

  1. Need recognition: could be simple (running out of coffee) or take months (repeated car repairs influence decision to buy new car).
  2. Information gathering: buyer researches relevant information (e.g., for a house: financing, available homes, styles, locations).
  3. Evaluate alternatives: consumer narrows choices (e.g., eliminate all homes over $150,000 or more than 30-minute drive to work).
  4. Purchase decision: the decision to buy or not to buy.
  5. Post-purchase evaluation: consumer assesses the decision and satisfaction with the purchase, including the product and the buying experience.

🌍 Influences on consumer decision-making

Cultural, social, individual, and psychological factors impact consumer decision-making from need recognition through post-purchase behavior.

Culture:

Culture: the set of values, ideas, attitudes, and symbols created to shape human behavior.

  • Culture is the part of customs and traditions of a group of people transformed into art, food, costumes/clothing, architecture, language, and other unique manifestations.
  • Culture is environmentally oriented.
  • Example: nomads of Finland developed a culture for Arctic survival; natives of Brazilian jungle created a culture for jungle living.
  • Culture by definition is social.
  • Purchase roles within the family are influenced by culture.
83

Buyer Behavior

11.4 Buyer Behavior

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Understanding buyer behavior—the actions people take when buying and using products—is essential for marketers to develop effective marketing mixes, because purchase decisions follow distinct processes influenced by cultural, social, individual, and psychological factors, with business buyers following a more rational, specification-driven approach than consumers.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What buyer behavior is: the actions people take with regard to buying and using products, which marketers must understand to develop successful marketing strategies.
  • Consumer decision process: follows five steps—need recognition, information gathering, evaluating alternatives, purchase decision, and post-purchase evaluation.
  • Four influence categories: cultural, social, individual, and psychological factors shape consumer decisions throughout the entire process.
  • B2B vs consumer markets: business purchases involve greater risk, more rational decision-making, larger volumes, fewer customers, and direct distribution, unlike consumer markets.
  • Common confusion: business and consumer decision processes look similar but differ fundamentally—businesses set specifications before searching for products to minimize organizational risk, while consumers evaluate products more flexibly.

🛒 The Consumer Decision-Making Process

🔍 Five sequential steps

The consumer purchase decision follows a structured path:

StepWhat happensExample from excerpt
1. Need recognitionConsumer realizes a need existsRunning out of coffee; repeated car repairs triggering need for new car
2. Information gatheringBuyer researches optionsResearching financing, available homes, styles, locations when buying a house
3. Evaluate alternativesConsumer narrows choices based on criteriaEliminating homes over $150,000 or more than 30 minutes from work
4. Purchase decisionDecision to buy or not to buyMaking the final commitment
5. Post-purchase evaluationAssessing satisfaction with purchase and experienceEvaluating both the home itself and the buying experience

⚙️ How the process works

  • The process is sequential: each step builds on the previous one.
  • Duration varies: need recognition can be immediate (running out of coffee) or develop over months (repeated car repairs).
  • Post-purchase matters: evaluation includes both the product and the buying experience, not just the item purchased.
  • Don't confuse: this is not a single moment of choice—it's an extended process with distinct phases.

🌍 Cultural Influences on Buying

🎭 What culture means in buyer behavior

Culture: the set of values, ideas, attitudes, and symbols created to shape human behavior.

  • Culture encompasses customs, traditions, art, food, clothing, architecture, and language of a group.
  • It is environmentally oriented: nomads of Finland developed Arctic survival culture; Brazilian jungle natives created jungle-living culture.
  • It is social in nature: human interaction creates values and prescribes acceptable behavior.

🔄 How culture shapes purchases

  • Culture creates common expectations that give order to society.
  • Purchase roles within families are influenced by culture.
  • Cultural practices include rites of passage: bar mitzvah in Jewish culture, quinceañera in Hispanic culture.
  • Culture evolves: values that no longer meet society's needs fade away.
    • Example: the belief that very large families are "good" has faded as Americans moved from rural to urban environments where children are no longer needed for farm chores.

👥 Social and Individual Influences

👥 Social factors

  • Consumers seek others' opinions to reduce search effort, evaluation effort, or uncertainty, especially when:
    • Perceived risk is high
    • Products are new
    • Products have image-related attributes
    • Attribute information is lacking or uninformative

Reference groups: all the formal and informal groups that influence the buying behavior of an individual.

  • Consumers use products or brands to identify with or become a member of a group.
  • They learn by observing how reference group members consume.
  • Example reference groups: fraternities, sororities, work groups, clubs.

🧬 Individual characteristics

  • Gender differences:
    • Physiological differences create different needs (health and beauty products).
    • Cultural, social, and economic roles affect decision-making processes.
    • Shopping behavior differs: most women enjoy shopping; men claim to dislike it and shop only out of necessity.
    • Men desire simple shopping experiences, stores with less variety, and convenience.
    • Online: women shop based on future needs; men shop when need is immediate.
    • Women make impulse buys more frequently; men tend to think logically.

Personality: a broad concept that can be thought of as a way of organizing and grouping how an individual typically reacts to situations.

  • Personality combines psychological makeup and environmental forces.
  • Includes underlying dispositions, especially most dominant characteristics.
  • Some marketers believe personality influences types and brands purchased (e.g., car, clothes, jewelry choices may reflect personality traits).
  • Note: the excerpt states personality is "one of the least useful concepts in the study of consumer behavior."

🧠 Psychological influences

  • Include perception, beliefs, and attitudes—the tools consumers use to:

    • Recognize feelings
    • Gather and analyze information
    • Formulate thoughts and opinions
    • Take action
  • Context-dependent: unlike cultural, social, and individual factors, psychological influences are applied on specific occasions and affected by environment.

    • Example: individuals perceive and process stimuli differently when sitting in class concentrating on a lecture vs. talking to friends vs. watching TV at home.

🏢 Business-to-Business (B2B) Buyer Behavior

🔑 Key difference from consumer markets

The key difference between a consumer product and a business product is the intended use.

  • Same product, different classification based on context:
    • Example: a computer purchased for home use = consumer good.
    • Same computer purchased by Netflix for a scriptwriter = business good (because Netflix is a business).

📊 B2B decision-making process

Business purchases involve greater risk than consumer purchases, so organizations:

  • Base decisions on more data
  • Use rational decision-making to optimize value and minimize risk

Steps (similar to consumer process but with key differences):

  1. Need recognition
  2. Setting specifications ← major difference
  3. Information search (including identification of suppliers)
  4. Evaluation (including evaluation of suppliers)
  5. Purchase ("go or no-go")
  6. Post-purchase evaluation

The critical distinction: businesses decide beforehand what exactly is needed (setting specifications), then seek information about products meeting those specifications. This reduces organizational risk.

Don't confuse: while the steps look similar to consumer buying, the sequence and emphasis differ—specifications come before product search in B2B, not during evaluation.

🏭 Characteristics of B2B markets vs consumer markets

CharacteristicBusiness marketsConsumer marketsWhy it matters
Purchase volumeBuy in much larger quantitiesSmaller quantitiesMars buys truckloads of sugar daily; Home Depot buys thousands of batteries daily; federal government uses millions of pens daily
Number of customersFar fewer customersMore than 125 million consumer households in U.S.Easier to identify prospective buyers and monitor current needs; fewer customers for airplanes or industrial cranes
Location of buyersMuch more geographically concentratedDispersedComputer industry concentrated in Silicon Valley; aircraft manufacturing in Seattle, St. Louis, Dallas/Fort Worth; suppliers locate close to manufacturers to lower distribution costs
DistributionDirect sales to buyer (large quantities or custom items like heavy machinery)More likely sold through intermediaries (wholesalers, retailers)Business sales often involve customization or bulk

🎯 Why B2B differences matter for marketers

  • Fewer, larger customers make relationship management more critical.
  • Geographic concentration affects distribution strategy and supplier location decisions.
  • Direct distribution requires different sales approaches than consumer retail.
  • Rational, specification-driven purchasing means marketing must focus on meeting defined criteria, not emotional appeals.

🔍 Why Understanding Buyer Behavior Matters

💡 Strategic implications for marketers

  • Marketers must understand buyer behavior to develop the marketing mix effectively.
  • Understanding how raising or lowering price affects buyer perception and creates sales fluctuations.
  • A specific review on social media can create an entirely new direction for the marketing mix based on buyer behavior/input of the target market.

🎯 Application to not-for-profit organizations

  • Not-for-profit organizations do not seek profit for redistribution to owners/shareholders.
  • Focus: generating enough funds to cover expenses or expand services to assist more people.
  • Examples:
    • Methodist Church does not gauge success by money in offering plates.
    • Museum of Science and Industry does not base performance on dollar value of tokens in turnstile.
    • American Red Cross raises funds for basic services; excess funds expand or improve services.
  • Marketing techniques help not-for-profits understand donor and beneficiary behavior to achieve mission goals.
84

Market Segmentation

11.5 Market Segmentation

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Market segmentation enables organizations to divide large markets into strategic, targetable groups, creating tailored marketing mixes that are more cost-effective and successful than attempting to reach the entire market.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why segment: Organizations cannot profitably target the total market for a product; segmentation identifies the most profitable parts to focus on.
  • Five consumer forms: Demographic, geographic, psychographic, benefit, and volume segmentation each use different criteria to divide markets.
  • Common confusion: Demographics vs psychographics—demographics provide observable skeleton data (age, income), while psychographics add the "meat" (lifestyle, personality, interests) that often better informs messaging.
  • Business segmentation differs: Business markets segment by geography, volume, benefits, product use, purchasing function characteristics, client size, and industry.
  • Research enables segmentation: Marketing research (primary and secondary data) helps identify customer preferences and validate segment choices.

🎯 What segmentation is and why it matters

🎯 The core definition and purpose

Market segmentation: the process of separating, identifying, and evaluating the layers of a market to identify a target market.

  • Organizations cannot create a marketing mix (5Ps) for every part of the total market—it would be too expensive.
  • Instead, companies "cut up" targets into specific segments they are strategically positioned to succeed in.
  • Example: A cereal market might be segmented into families with children (who buy presweetened cereals) and families without children (who buy health-oriented cereals).

💡 How segmentation varies by market type

  • Consumer markets use five basic forms (demographic, geographic, psychographic, benefit, volume).
  • Business markets use different criteria: geography, volume, benefits, plus product use, purchasing function, client size, and industry.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that segmentation strategy must match the target market type.

🧑‍🤝‍🧑 Five forms of consumer market segmentation

📊 Demographic segmentation

Demographic segmentation: uses categories such as age, education, gender, income, and household size to differentiate among markets.

  • Most common form because demographic information is easy to obtain (e.g., U.S. Census Bureau data).
  • Helps find concentrations of high-income consumers, singles, blue-collar workers, etc., within cities.
  • Limitation: Even though it's easier to get, it may not always be the best approach because it is limited in what it can reveal about consumers.

Age segmentation example (Frito Lay products):

ProductTarget age groupPositioning
Fritos33- to 51-year-old males"Hunger satisfaction"
DoritosTeens, mostly males"Bold and daring snacking"
TostitosUpscale consumers born 1946–1964"Social food that brings people together"
  • Income segmentation: Budget Gourmet targets lower-income groups; Stouffer's and California Pizza Kitchen target higher-income consumers.

🗺️ Geographic segmentation

Geographic segmentation: segmenting markets by region of the country, city or county size, market density, or climate.

Market density: the number of people or businesses within a certain area.

  • Companies segment geographically to meet regional preferences and buying habits.
  • Example: Pizza Hut gives easterners extra cheese, westerners more ingredients, and midwesterners both.
  • Example: The "pickup truck belt" runs from upper Midwest through Texas and Gulf states; Ford dominates the northern half, Chevrolet the southern half.

🧠 Psychographic segmentation

Psychographic segmentation: market segmentation by personality or lifestyle.

  • Groups people with common activities, interests, and opinions and gives them a "lifestyle name."
  • Why it matters more than demographics: Demographics provide the skeleton, but psychographics add meat to the bones.
  • Demographics provide basic observable data; psychographics provide vital information often much more useful in crafting the marketing message.

Don't confuse: Two managers might have identical demographics (male, 35, $80,000 income) but very different psychographics—one is a rugby captain and homeowner's association president, the other holds opera season tickets and leads the Friends of the Public Library. The same ad would not work for both.

Example: Harley-Davidson divides customers into seven lifestyle segments, from "cocky misfits" (arrogant troublemakers) to "laid-back camper types" (committed to cycling and nature) to "classy capitalists" (wealth and privilege).

🎁 Benefit segmentation

Benefit segmentation: based on what a product will do rather than on consumer characteristics.

  • Focuses on the benefits consumers seek from the product.
  • Example: Crest toothpaste subdivided its market into regular Crest, Crest Tartar Control (prevent cavities and tartar), Crest for kids (sparkles, bubble gum taste), and Crest that prevents gum disease.
  • Example: Topol targets people who want whiter teeth (no coffee/tea/tobacco stains); Sensodyne targets people with highly sensitive teeth.

📦 Volume segmentation

Volume segmentation: based on the amount of the product purchased.

  • Every product has heavy, moderate, and light users, plus nonusers.
  • Heavy users often account for a very large portion of sales, so firms may target marketing mix to the heavy-user segment.
  • Example: In fast food, the heavy user (young, single male) is only one in five patrons but makes over 60% of all visits.
  • Heavy shoppers visit grocery stores 122 times/year vs. 93 for medium shoppers; they visit discount stores more than twice as often and convenience/gas stores more than five times as often, and spend more per trip.

🏢 Business market segmentation

🏢 How business segmentation differs

Business markets segment differently than consumer markets, though some overlap exists:

Segmentation basisHow it works in business markets
Geography, volume, benefitsSimilar to consumer markets
Use of productE.g., petrochemical company segments by polyethylene use: one segment for instrumentation panels, another for car seats
Purchasing function characteristicsPurchasing committees vs. purchasing managers vs. purchasing departments
Size of clientLarge customers have different needs than smaller customers
IndustryE.g., food systems segmented into restaurants vs. government agencies (schools, military bases)
  • Business segmentation considers characteristics of business customers and organizational buying behavior.

🔬 Marketing research supports segmentation

🔬 What marketing research is

Marketing research: the process of planning, collecting, and analyzing data relevant to a marketing decision.

  • Results are communicated to management.
  • Information collected includes customer preferences, perceived benefits of products, and consumer lifestyles.
  • Helps companies make better use of their marketing budgets.
  • Uses range from fine-tuning existing products to discovering whole new marketing concepts.

📊 Primary vs. secondary data

  • Primary data: the organization actually gets the data and analyzes it.
  • Secondary data: the organization uses data already developed and published by another entity for its own purposes.

🔍 Three basic primary research methods

Survey research:

  • Data gathered from respondents in person, through the internet, by telephone, or by mail.
  • Obtains facts, opinions, and attitudes.
  • Uses a questionnaire for orderly, structured data-gathering.
  • Face-to-face interviews may occur at respondent's home, shopping mall, or place of business.

Observation research:

  • Monitors respondents' actions without direct interaction.
  • Fastest-growing form: cash registers with scanners that read bar codes to identify purchases.
  • Example: Portable people meter (PPM) clips to clothing, worn during all waking hours, records all electronic media encountered (TV programs, radio, web streaming, supermarket music), automatically sends data back when placed in cradle at night.

Experiment:

  • Investigator changes one or more variables (price, package design, shelf space, advertising theme/expenditures) while observing effects on another variable (usually sales).
  • Objective: measure causality.
  • Example: Reveal the impact of a package design change on sales.

🎯 Research examples in practice

  • Olive Garden: everything from décor to wine list based on marketing research; each new menu item goes through consumer taste tests.
  • Hallmark Cards: tests messages, cover designs, and card size; knows engagement cards sell best in Northeast (engagement parties popular), birthday cards for "Daddy" sell best in South (adults call fathers Daddy).
85

What Is a Product?

11.6 What Is a Product?

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

A product—whether a good, service, or idea—creates value for customers through both tangible and intangible attributes, and understanding how products are classified helps marketers design effective strategies for their target markets.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What a product is: a good, service, or idea with perceived attributes and benefits that create customer value, including both tangible (packaging, warranties) and intangible (brand image, relationships) elements.
  • Why classification matters: marketers must understand how consumers view product types to design the right marketing mix for the target market.
  • Consumer products by effort: products are classified by how much effort consumers expend to acquire them—unsought, convenience, shopping, and specialty products each require different marketing approaches.
  • Common confusion: durability vs. effort—consumer durables/nondurables classify by lifespan, while convenience/shopping/specialty classify by purchase effort; these are separate classification systems.
  • Business products differ: products bought by businesses are classified as capital products (large, expensive, long lifespan) or expense items (smaller, cheaper, shorter lifespan), requiring different sales strategies.

🎁 Core product concept

🎁 What a product includes

Product: a good, service, or idea, along with its perceived attributes and benefits, that creates value for the customer.

  • A product is not just the physical item; it is a bundle of benefits that deliver value.
  • Attributes can be tangible or intangible.
  • Customers make purchase decisions by considering both types of attributes together.

🔍 Tangible vs. intangible attributes

Attribute typeWhat it includesExample
TangiblePhysical, observable featuresPackaging, warranties
IntangibleSymbolic, experiential featuresBrand image, depth of service provider relationship
  • Example: When buying jeans, a consumer considers price, brand, store image, and style—all part of the marketing mix, combining tangible and intangible factors.
  • Example: A plane ride includes a tangible part (the plane itself) and intangible parts (ticketing, maintenance, piloting services).
  • Example: Accounting services include a tangible part (correct tax forms) and an intangible part (trust in the preparer).

📦 Consumers buy packages of benefits

  • The excerpt emphasizes that consumers are "really buying packages of benefits that deliver value."
  • Every product includes some tangible and some intangible aspects working together.
  • Marketers must understand this dual nature to appeal to the target market.

🛒 Consumer product classifications

🛒 Two main classification systems

The excerpt presents two ways to classify consumer products:

  1. By durability: how long the product lasts.
  2. By effort expended: how much work consumers put into acquiring it.

Don't confuse: These are separate systems. A durable good (like a washing machine) can be a shopping product (requires comparison effort), but durability and effort are different dimensions.

⏱️ Classification by durability

Consumer products: products bought by the end user.

Consumer nondurables: consumer products that get used up.

Consumer durables: consumer products that last for a long time.

  • Nondurables example: Nexxus shampoo, Lay's potato chips.
  • Durables example: Whirlpool washing machines, Apple computers.
  • This classification is about lifespan, not purchase behavior.

🛍️ Classification by effort expended

The excerpt identifies four major categories based on how much effort consumers are willing to make:

Unsought products: products unplanned by the potential buyer or known products that the buyer does not actively seek.

Convenience products: relatively inexpensive items that require little shopping effort.

Shopping products: bought only after a brand-to-brand and store-to-store comparison of price, suitability, and style.

Specialty products: products for which consumers search long and hard and for which they refuse to accept substitutes.

🚫 Unsought products

  • These are either unplanned or not actively sought.
  • Examples: life insurance, burial plots, time-share condos.
  • Consumers expend "no effort" to "some to considerable effort" (the excerpt's table shows variation).

🍫 Convenience products

  • Relatively inexpensive, require little shopping effort.
  • Bought routinely without much planning.
  • Examples: soft drinks, candy bars, milk, bread, small hardware items.
  • Well-known brands: Pepsi-Cola, Pepperidge Farm breads, Domino's pizza, Sure deodorant, UPS shipping.
  • Key point: "This does not mean that such products are unimportant or obscure"—many are famous brands.

🏠 Shopping products

  • Require brand-to-brand and store-to-store comparison.
  • Consumers compare price, suitability, and style.
  • Examples: furniture, automobiles, a vacation in Europe, some clothing items.
  • May be purchased "after months or even years of search and evaluation."
  • Contrast with convenience: convenience products are bought with little planning; shopping products involve extended search.

💎 Specialty products

  • Consumers search long and hard and refuse to accept substitutes.
  • Examples: expensive jewelry, designer clothing, state-of-the-art stereo equipment, limited-production automobiles, gourmet restaurants.
  • Distribution is often limited to one or two sellers in a region (e.g., Neiman-Marcus, Gucci, Porsche dealer).
  • Why limited distribution works: because consumers are willing to spend much time and effort to find these products.

📊 Summary table from the excerpt

Product typeExamplesDegree of effort
UnsoughtLife insurance, burial plots, time-share condosNo effort to considerable effort
ConvenienceSoft drinks, bread, milk, coffeeVery little or minimum effort
ShoppingAutomobiles, homes, vacationsConsiderable effort
SpecialtyExpensive jewelry, gourmet restaurants, limited-production automobilesMaximum effort

🏢 Business product classifications

🏢 What business products are

Business products: products bought by businesses or institutions for use in making other products.

  • Can be commercial, industrial, or services products.
  • Commercial example: an 18-wheeler truck for a transportation company.
  • Industrial example: a major robotics installation in a manufacturing facility.
  • Services example: telecommunications consulting for a corporation setting up offices in Singapore.

💰 Capital products vs. expense items

Capital products: usually large, expensive items with a long life span.

Expense items: typically smaller, less expensive items that usually have a life span of less than a year.

ClassificationCharacteristicsExamples
Capital productsLarge, expensive, long lifespanBuildings, large machines, airplanes
Expense itemsSmaller, less expensive, lifespan < 1 yearPrinter cartridges, paper

🏭 Six categories of industrial products

The excerpt further classifies industrial products into six categories:

🏗️ 1. Installations

  • Large, expensive capital items.
  • "Determine the nature, scope, and efficiency of a company."
  • Represent "a big commitment against future earnings and profitability."
  • Example: General Motors' truck assembly plant in Fort Wayne, Indiana.
  • Require longer negotiations, more planning, and judgments from more people than any other product type.

🖨️ 2. Accessories

  • Capital products, but less impactful and expensive than installations.
  • More standardized than installations.
  • Examples: Minolta photocopy machines, HP laptops, Black & Decker table drills and saws.
  • Marketers often rely on well-known brand names, extensive advertising, and personal selling.

🔩 3. Component parts and materials

  • Expense items built into the end product.
  • Can be custom-made (e.g., drive shaft for an automobile, computer case, special pigment for painting Navy buoys).
  • Can be standardized for many users (e.g., Intel's Pentium chip, cement for construction).

🌲 4. Raw materials

  • Expense items with little or no processing.
  • Used to create a final product.
  • Examples: lumber, copper, zinc.

✏️ 5. Supplies

  • Do not become part of the final product.
  • Bought routinely and in fairly large quantities.
  • Have little impact on long-run profits.
  • Examples: pencils, paper, paint, machine oil (Bic pens, Champion copier paper, Pennzoil machine oil).

🧹 6. Services

  • Expense items used to plan or support company operations.
  • Examples: janitorial cleaning, management consulting services.

🎯 Why classification matters for marketers

🎯 Designing the marketing mix

  • Marketers must know how consumers view the types of products their companies sell.
  • This knowledge helps them "design the marketing mix to appeal to the selected target market."
  • Different product categories require different marketing strategies.

🎯 Distribution strategy varies by category

  • Convenience products: need wide distribution because consumers won't search hard.
  • Specialty products: limited distribution works because consumers will search extensively.
  • Example: Specialty products may be limited to "one or two sellers in a given region" (Neiman-Marcus, Gucci, Porsche dealer).

🎯 Promotion and selling approaches differ

  • Accessories (business products): marketers rely on well-known brand names, extensive advertising, and personal selling.
  • Installations (business products): require longer negotiations and involvement of more decision-makers.
  • Understanding classification helps allocate marketing resources appropriately.
86

Creating Products That Deliver Value

11.7 Creating Products That Deliver Value

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

New products are the lifeblood of companies, requiring a systematic development process from goal-setting through rollout to maximize success and minimize the high risk of failure.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why new products matter: Companies that lead their industries get a large percentage of revenues from products developed within the last five years; 94% of executives believe their innovation processes need updating.
  • High failure risk: New-product failure rates for household and grocery products approach 80%, with only 3% exceeding initial sales targets in Year 1.
  • Systematic development process: Six stages—set goals, develop ideas, screen concepts, develop prototypes, test-market, and introduce—reduce failure risk.
  • Common confusion: Line extensions (new flavors/sizes using existing brand names) vs. new products (new brand names in new categories for the organization).
  • Product life cycle management: Products move through introduction, growth, and maturity stages, requiring different marketing strategies at each stage.

💡 Why new products are critical

💡 Revenue and survival driver

  • New products "pump life into company sales," enabling firms not only to survive but also to grow.
  • Companies like Allegheny Ludlum (steel), Dow (chemicals), Samsung (electronics), Campbell Soup (foods), and Stryker (medical products) get most of their profits from new products.
  • Industry leaders in profitability and sales growth derive a large percentage of revenues from products developed within the last five years.

🚨 Innovation urgency

  • A recent McKinsey survey found that 94% of top executives believed their companies' innovation approach and process needed updating.
  • This signals how important new products are as the "lifeblood of a company."

🏷️ Types of new products

🏷️ New product vs. line extension

TypeDefinitionExample
New productProduct with a new brand name in a product category new to the organizationNot specified in excerpt
Line extensionNew flavor, size, or model using an existing brand name in an existing categoryDiet Cherry Coke, caffeine-free Coke

📦 Line extension strategy

  • Expanding the line by adding new models enables companies to tie up large amounts of shelf space and brand recognition.
  • Examples: Seiko (watches), Kraft (cheeses), Oscar Mayer (lunch meats), Sony (consumer electronics), Crayola bubble bath shampoo.

🔧 Services vs. goods

  • Services companies can often introduce and adapt products faster than goods manufacturers.
  • Service delivery is more flexible; changes can often be made immediately.
  • Customers often expect and require immediate improvements to services.

⚠️ The risk landscape

⚠️ Failure rates

  • New-product failure rates for household and grocery products can approach 80%.
  • Overall, companies report that only 3% of products exceed initial sales targets in Year 1.
  • Industrial goods failure rates tend to be lower than consumer goods.
  • Example: Facebook launched Facebook Home in 2013 at $99/year but experienced failure.

🎯 Why systematic processes matter

  • Developing new products is both costly and risky, especially for goods companies.
  • To increase chances for success, most firms use a structured product development process.
  • The process helps manage risk and improve success rates.

🛠️ The six-stage development process

🎯 Stage 1: Set new-product goals

  • New-product goals are usually stated as financial objectives.
  • Examples:
    • Recover investment in three years or less
    • Earn at least 15% return on investment
  • Nonfinancial goals may include using existing equipment or facilities.

💭 Stage 2: Develop new-product ideas

Idea sources by company size:

  • Smaller firms: employees, customers, investors, distributors
  • Larger companies: same sources plus structured marketing research (focus groups, brainstorming)

Focus group: Eight to 12 participants led by a moderator in an in-depth discussion on one particular topic or concept.

  • Goal: Learn and understand what people have to say and why; get people to speak at length about how they feel about a product, how it fits into their lives, and their emotional involvement.
  • Examples of focus group–influenced products: Toyota RAV4 interior design, Stick Ups room deodorizers, Swiffer WetJet, Wendy's Salad Sensations, machine tools, keyboard designs, aircraft interiors, backhoe accessories.

Brainstorming: Members of a group think of as many ways to vary a product or solve a problem as possible.

  • Criticism is avoided, no matter how ridiculous an idea seems.
  • Emphasis is on sheer numbers of ideas.
  • Evaluation is postponed to later development steps.

🔍 Stage 3: Screen ideas and concepts

  • Ideas are checked against the firm's new-product goals and long-range strategies.
  • Rejection reasons:
    • Don't fit well with existing products
    • Needed technology not available
    • Company doesn't have enough resources
    • Sales potential is low

🧪 Stage 4: Develop the concept

Three main activities:

  1. Creating a prototype
  2. Testing the prototype
  3. Building the marketing strategy

Testing variation factors:

  • Company's experience with similar products
  • Ease of making the item
  • Ease of consumer use

Example: Kraft developing a new salad dressing flavor would benefit from existing experience and go directly to advanced taste tests and home-use tests. A new soft drinks line would require extensive testing of many aspects before production.

Marketing strategy refinement:

  • Channels of distribution selected
  • Pricing policies developed and tested
  • Target market further defined
  • Demand estimated
  • Profit plan continually updated

Communication strategy development:

  • Logo and package wording created
  • Promotion themes developed
  • Product introduced to sales force

🧪 Stage 5: Test-market the new product

Test-marketing: Testing the product among potential users.

  • Allows management to evaluate various strategies and see how well the marketing mix parts fit together.
  • Few new-product concepts reach this stage.
  • Firms must decide whether to introduce regionally or nationally.
  • Risk: Companies that don't test-market run a strong risk of product failure.
  • Why it matters: Test-marketing is the "acid test" of new-product development—the product is put into the marketplace to see how it performs against competition.

🚀 Stage 6: Introduce the product (rollout)

Rollout: Market introduction of a product that passes test-marketing.

Logistical coordination requirements:

  • Various divisions encouraged to give new item attention
  • Packaging and labeling (possibly in different languages)
  • Sales training sessions scheduled
  • Spare parts inventoried
  • Service personnel trained
  • Advertising and promotion campaigns readied
  • Wholesalers and retailers informed

International considerations:

  • Product may need alteration for target countries
  • Example: electrical products may need to run on different electrical currents

For services companies:

  • Prototype development takes less time and resources
  • Involves developing the service and training service personnel to test in market

👤 Product management

👤 Role of the product manager

Product manager: Develops and implements a complete strategy and marketing program for a specific product or brand of product.

  • When a new product enters the marketplace in large organizations, it is often placed under product/brand manager control.
  • Some companies have numerous brands of the same product type (e.g., many laundry soap versions), each with different target markets, brand names, and attributes.

📜 History

  • Product management first appeared at Procter & Gamble in 1929.
  • A new company soap (Camay) was not doing well, so an executive was assigned to devote exclusive attention to developing and promoting it.
  • He was successful, and the company added other product managers.
  • Since then, many firms (especially consumer products companies) have set up product management organizations.

🔄 The product life cycle

🔄 What it is

Product life cycle: A pattern of sales and profits over time for a product (e.g., Ivory dishwashing liquid) or a product category (e.g., liquid detergents).

  • Product managers create marketing mixes for products as they move through the life cycle.
  • The firm must keep revising the marketing mix to stay competitive and meet target customer needs.

🌱 Stage 1: Introduction

Introductory stage: When a product enters the life cycle and faces many obstacles.

Characteristics:

  • Frequent product modifications
  • Limited distribution
  • Heavy promotion
  • High failure rate
  • High production and marketing costs
  • Low sales volume
  • Small or negative profits

Competition: Usually light

📈 Stage 2: Growth

Growth stage: Stage where a product that survives introduction advances; sales grow at an increasing rate.

Characteristics:

  • Sales grow at an increasing rate
  • Healthy profits
  • Many competitors enter the market
  • Large companies may acquire small pioneering firms

Strategic shifts:

  • Emphasis switches from primary demand promotion to aggressive brand advertising
  • Goal changes from convincing people to buy the product category to convincing them to buy specific brands
  • Example: from "buy flat-screen TVs" to "buy Sony versus Panasonic or Sharp"

Distribution importance:

  • Distribution becomes a major key to success (in growth and later stages)
  • Manufacturers scramble to acquire dealers and distributors
  • Build long-term relationships
  • Without adequate distribution, impossible to establish strong market position

End of growth phase:

  • Prices normally begin falling
  • Profits peak
  • Price reductions result from increased competition and cost reductions from economies of scale
  • Most firms have recovered development costs; priority shifts to increasing/retaining market share and enhancing profits

🎯 Stage 3: Maturity

  • After growth, sales continue to mount but at a [excerpt ends here]

Don't confuse: The life cycle applies to both individual products (Ivory dishwashing liquid) and entire product categories (liquid detergents); strategies differ depending on which level you're managing.

87

The Product Life Cycle

11.8 The Product Life Cycle

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The product life cycle framework helps product managers forecast sales and adapt marketing strategies as products move through introduction, growth, maturity, and decline stages, each requiring different approaches to pricing, promotion, distribution, and product modification.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What the life cycle is: a pattern of sales and profits over time for a product or product category, requiring continuous revision of the marketing mix.
  • Four distinct stages: introduction (high costs, low sales, frequent modifications), growth (rapid sales increase, many competitors), maturity (slowing growth, line extensions), and decline (falling sales and profits).
  • Strategic shifts across stages: emphasis moves from encouraging trial and establishing distribution → attracting repeat buyers → seeking new users → reducing expenses while retaining loyal customers.
  • Common confusion: a temporary sales decline does not mean a product has entered the decline stage; prematurely pulling back marketing support can become a self-fulfilling prophecy.
  • Why it matters: understanding which stage a product occupies enables better sales forecasting and prevents costly strategic mistakes.

🌱 The four stages of the product life cycle

🌱 Introduction stage

Introductory stage: when a product enters the life cycle, facing many obstacles, frequent product modifications, limited distribution, and heavy promotion.

  • Characteristics:

    • Competition may be light
    • High failure rate
    • High production and marketing costs
    • Low sales volume
    • Small or negative profits
  • Why profits are low: the company must recover development costs while spending heavily on promotion and dealing with limited distribution.

  • Example: A new beverage entering the market must build brand awareness, train sales personnel, inform wholesalers and retailers, and establish distribution—all before significant sales occur.

📈 Growth stage

Growth stage: the stage where sales grow at an increasing rate, profits are healthy, and many competitors enter the market.

  • Key shifts:

    • Sales grow at an increasing rate (not just growing, but accelerating)
    • Profits become healthy
    • Many competitors enter
    • Large companies may acquire small pioneering firms
  • Strategic emphasis changes: from primary demand promotion (convincing people to buy the product category) to aggressive brand advertising (convincing them to buy your brand versus competitors).

  • Example: The goal shifts from "buy flat-screen TVs" to "buy Sony versus Panasonic or Sharp."

  • Distribution becomes critical: manufacturers scramble to acquire dealers and distributors and build long-term relationships; without adequate distribution, establishing a strong market position is impossible.

  • End of growth phase:

    • Prices normally begin falling
    • Profits peak
    • Price reductions result from increased competition and economies of scale
    • Most firms have recovered development costs; priority shifts to increasing or retaining market share

🔄 Maturity stage

Maturity stage: sales continue to mount but at a decreasing rate; most products on the market for a long time are in this stage.

  • Characteristics:

    • Sales still grow, but the rate slows down
    • Most marketing strategies are designed for mature products
    • Most products that have been on the market for a long time occupy this stage
  • Common strategy—line extension: bringing out several variations of a basic product.

  • Example: Kool-Aid was originally offered in six flavors; today there are more than 50, plus sweetened and unsweetened varieties.

📉 Decline (and death) stage

Decline stage: when sales and profits fall.

  • What governs the rate of decline:

    1. The rate of change in consumer tastes
    2. The rate at which new products enter the market
  • Example: Sony VCRs are in the decline stage; demand has been surpassed by DVDs and online streaming of content.

  • Possible reversal: sometimes companies can improve a product by implementing changes (new ingredients, new services); if customers accept the changes, the product can move out of decline and back into the introduction stage.

🎯 Using the life cycle as a management tool

🎯 Planning and forecasting

  • Marketers who understand the cycle concept are better able to:

    • Forecast future sales
    • Plan new marketing strategies
  • Critical warning: marketers must be sure a product has actually moved from one stage to the next before changing strategy.

  • Don't confuse: a temporary sales decline should not be interpreted as a sign that the product is dying.

  • Self-fulfilling prophecy risk: pulling back marketing support can bring about the early death of a healthy product.

📋 Strategic needs at each stage

StageMarketing objectivesProductDistributionPromotionPricing
IntroductionEncourage trial, establish distributionEstablish competitive advantageEstablish distribution networkBuild brand awareness, provide informationSet introductory price (skimming or penetration)
GrowthGet triers to repurchase, attract new usersMaintain product qualitySolidify distribution relationshipsReposition productMaintain prices
MaturitySeek new users or new usesModify productProvide additional incentives to ensure supportReduce prices to meet competitionReduce prices to meet competition
DeclineReduce marketing expenses, keep loyal usersMaintain productEliminate trade allowancesEliminate most advertising and sales promotionsMaintain prices

🔍 Key strategic shifts

  • Introduction → Growth: shift from building awareness to differentiating your brand from competitors.
  • Growth → Maturity: shift from attracting new users to modifying the product and seeking new uses.
  • Maturity → Decline: shift from active promotion to cost reduction while maintaining loyal customers.

👤 The role of the product manager

👤 What a product manager does

Product manager: develops and implements a complete strategy and marketing program for a specific product or brand of product.

  • Scope: some companies have numerous brands of the same type of product (e.g., many versions of laundry soap), each with different target markets, brand names, and attributes.

  • Responsibility: product managers create marketing mixes for their products as they move through the life cycle.

📜 Historical context

  • Product management first appeared at Procter & Gamble in 1929.
  • A new company soap (Camay) was not doing well, so a young executive was assigned to devote exclusive attention to developing and promoting this product.
  • He was successful, and the company soon added other product managers.
  • Since then, many firms, especially consumer products companies, have set up product management organizations.
88

Pricing Strategies and Future Trends

11.9 Pricing Strategies and Future Trends

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Pricing strategies must balance earning fair returns with perceived customer value, and the internet has fundamentally shifted pricing power by enabling instant price comparisons and detailed customer data collection.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Price is perceived value: the amount exchanged is based on expected satisfaction at purchase time, not actual satisfaction after use.
  • Different strategies for different goals: skimming starts high and drops over time; penetration starts low to gain volume; leader pricing uses below-cost items to attract customers.
  • Psychology matters: odd-even pricing and prestige pricing leverage consumer perceptions of bargains versus quality.
  • Common confusion: price skimming vs penetration pricing—skimming starts high and lowers gradually (tests willingness to pay); penetration starts low to capture market share quickly.
  • Internet impact: shopbots and comparison tools give buyers bargaining power, while sellers gain detailed customer data for tailored pricing.

💰 What price means and why it matters

💰 Price as perceived value

Price: the perceived value that is exchanged for something else; typically the amount of money exchanged for a product.

  • The key word is perceived—customers pay based on what they expect to get, not what they actually receive after using the product.
  • After purchase, actual satisfaction may be less than perceived value at the time of transaction.
  • Price can be anything with perceived value, not just money.
    • Barter: when products are exchanged for each other (e.g., trading one textbook for another).

📊 Revenue and profit goals

  • Gross revenue = price charged × number of units sold.
  • Revenue funds all company activities (production, finance, sales, distribution).
  • Profit is what remains after all expenses.
  • Managers aim for a price that:
    • Allows a fair return on investment.
    • Maximizes return while maintaining fairness.
    • Equals perceived value to target consumers.

⚖️ The pricing balance

  • Too high: sales opportunities are lost → lost revenue.
  • Too low: may be seen as great value, but the company may not meet profit goals; in services, too-low prices can hurt credibility and lose sales.

🚀 Pricing strategies for new products

🪂 Price skimming

Price skimming: introducing a new product at a high price and then lowering the price over time.

  • As the product moves through its life cycle, price usually drops because competitors enter the market.
  • As price falls, more consumers can afford the product.
  • Example: DVD players launched around $500, later dropped below $100; flat-screen TVs started over $1,000, now 4-inch Insignia models under $220.

Four advantages:

  1. High initial price tests what buyers are willing to pay.
  2. If too high, price can be lowered.
  3. High introductory price creates an image of quality and prestige.
  4. Later price drops make consumers feel they are getting a bargain.

Disadvantage:

  • High prices attract competition.

When to use:

  • Virtually any new product: high-definition TVs, new cancer drugs, color printers, rare teas (e.g., Emperor's White Tea at $16 per tin).

🎯 Penetration pricing

Penetration pricing: offering new products at low prices in the hope of achieving large sales volume.

  • Requires extensive planning—company must gear up for mass production and marketing.
  • Example: Procter & Gamble's SpinBrush toothbrush; Texas Instruments' digital watches (facilities could produce 6 million watches/year to meet world demand).

Two advantages:

  1. Low initial price may induce consumers to switch brands (e.g., Gallo's jug wines lured customers from Taylor California Cellars and Inglenook).
  2. May discourage competitors from entering—their costs would be higher, so they'd need to sell more at the same price to break even.

Risk:

  • If demand estimates are wrong, losses can be huge.

🔄 Don't confuse: skimming vs penetration

AspectPrice skimmingPenetration pricing
Starting priceHighLow
Price trajectoryLowers over timeStays low
GoalTest willingness to pay; create prestigeCapture large market share quickly
RiskAttracts competitionRequires accurate demand forecasting
PlanningLess extensiveMore extensive (mass production)

🛒 Pricing strategies for established products

🎣 Leader pricing

Leader pricing: pricing products below normal markup or even below cost to attract customers to a store where they wouldn't otherwise shop.

  • Loss leader: a product priced below cost.
  • Goal: increase overall sales volume and profit.
  • Items chosen are usually:
    • Well known.
    • Priced low enough to appeal to many customers.
    • Items consumers will buy at lower price even if they switch brands.
  • Example: supermarkets feature coffee and bacon; department stores and specialty stores also use this heavily.

📦 Bundling

Bundling: grouping two or more related products together and pricing them as a single product.

  • Example: Marriott weekend rates include room + breakfast + free Wi-Fi; washer and dryer sold together at lower combined price; Aussie shampoo bundled with conditioner.
  • Why it works: reaches market segments that wouldn't buy products separately.
    • Some buyers want one product but have less use for the second.
    • Bundling the second at slightly reduced price creates sales that otherwise wouldn't happen.

🧠 Psychological pricing tactics

🔢 Odd-even pricing

Odd-even pricing (or psychological pricing): setting a price at an odd number to connote a bargain and at an even number to imply quality.

  • Odd numbers (e.g., $99.95, $49.95) make consumers feel they are paying a lower price.
  • Even numbers imply higher quality or status.

💎 Prestige pricing

Prestige pricing: raising the price of a product so consumers will perceive it as being of higher quality, status, or value.

  • Common where high prices indicate high status.
  • Example: shirts that sell for $65 elsewhere sell for at least $150 in specialty shops on Rodeo Drive in Beverly Hills.
  • If price were lower, customers would perceive them as low quality.

Why prevalent in services:

  • Services are tied directly to the people who provide them.
  • Those people have limited time each week.
  • Once the calendar fills up, demand increases → prices become prestige prices.
  • Service providers with reputations for excellent service are more in demand, often with waiting lists.

🛠️ Pricing of services

  • More complex than pricing goods.
  • May be priced as:
    • Standard services: e.g., hair stylist's haircut price.
    • Tailored services: designed for specific buyer, e.g., architect's fee for designing a new building.

🌐 Internet impact on pricing

🔍 Buyer power through comparison tools

  • Internet, corporate networks, and wireless setups link buyers and sellers globally.
  • Buyers can quickly and easily compare products and prices → better bargaining position.
  • Shopbots (online price-comparison engines) add new features:
    • ShopSmarter.com includes coupons and retailer discounts in price results.
    • Vendio eCommerce toolbar flashes alerts when it finds lower prices for the same item on other sites.
    • BuySAFE lets consumers search ~1.5 million products backed by antifraud guarantees (reimbursement up to $25,000 if seller fails to deliver).

📈 Growth of comparison shopping

  • More than 90% of consumers have used smartphones for comparison-shopping in stores.
  • Growth from established sites: Shopify, Bizrate, NexTag, plus shopping sections of Amazon, Microsoft MSN, and Google.
  • Why consumers like it: hunt for better bargains.
  • Why merchants like it: drives consumer spending.

📊 Seller power through data collection

  • Technology enables sellers to collect detailed data about customers':
    • Buying habits.
    • Preferences.
    • Spending limits.
  • Sellers can tailor products and prices to individual customers.

🏪 Impact on traditional retail

  • Amazon and online businesses from traditional retailers (e.g., Walmart) have drastically changed the retail landscape.
  • Amazon Prime (free shipping + amenities for annual fee) has taken market share from traditional low-cost warehouse clubs like Costco and Sam's Club.

⚖️ Ethical considerations: dynamic pricing and price gouging

🌀 Dynamic pricing

Dynamic pricing: uses computer algorithms to analyze demand and automatically raises prices as demand increases.

  • Example: Amazon uses dynamic pricing; consumers saw price increases for generators and water before hurricanes Harvey, Irma, and Juan in 2017.

🚨 Price gouging during natural disasters

  • Late summer 2017: hurricanes impacted Texas, Florida, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands.
  • Reports of stores, hotels, service stations engaging in price gouging.
  • Many states have laws against price gouging during natural disasters.
  • Example: Best Buy charged $42 for a 24-bottle case of water (normally $5–$8).
    • Best Buy apologized, said employee multiplied single-bottle price by 24 (they don't normally sell cases).
    • Response aimed at deflecting negative public reaction.

💭 Economic arguments for higher prices during disasters

  • Some economists (Chicago School) argue price increases during disasters are beneficial:
    • Regulating lower prices discourages consumers from purchasing essentials (water, gasoline) until disaster occurs because they anticipate regulated prices.
    • Higher prices encourage efficient use (e.g., family rents one hotel room instead of two at $100/night vs $50/night) → increases supply for those who need it most.

⚠️ Risks for companies

  • Accused of price gouging damages reputation.
  • Dynamic pricing deemed acceptable for sporting event tickets but not during natural disasters.
  • Companies must balance profit goals with public perception and ethics.
89

Trends in Developing Products and Pricing

11.10 Trends in Developing Products and Pricing

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The internet and big data analytics are shifting pricing power to both buyers and sellers while enabling firms to move from mass marketing to customized, one-to-one marketing strategies.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Internet impact on pricing: Online price-comparison tools (shopbots) give consumers bargaining power, while sellers collect detailed customer data to tailor products and prices.
  • One-to-one marketing: Creating a unique marketing mix for every consumer using marketing databases and big data analytics.
  • How databases work: Marketing databases store customer profiles and purchase patterns, enabling personalized messaging similar to old-fashioned corner-store relationships.
  • Common confusion: Traditional advertising vs. targeted marketing—mass messaging to everyone simultaneously vs. customized individual messages delivered through data-driven channels.
  • Big data applications: Companies like Facebook and Google process user behavior data to provide marketers with high-probability targets and personalized product recommendations.

🌐 Internet's impact on pricing power

💻 Price-comparison engines (shopbots)

  • What they do: Enable consumers to quickly and easily compare products and prices across retailers, putting buyers in better bargaining positions.
  • New features: Sites like ShopSmarter.com now include coupons and additional retailer discounts in price results; Vendio eCommerce offers toolbars that alert users to lower prices while browsing.
  • BuySAFE innovation: Allows consumers to search products backed by antifraud guarantees (up to $25,000 reimbursement if seller fails to deliver).

📱 Mobile comparison shopping

  • According to recent surveys, more than 90 percent of consumers have used smartphones when comparison-shopping in stores.
  • Growth has come from established sites like Shopify, Bizrate, NexTag, and shopping sections of Amazon, Microsoft's MSN, and Google.
  • Why merchants like these sites: They help drive consumer spending—consumers who use comparison-shopping sites for product information or in-store discount coupons spend more than those who don't.

🔄 Two-way power shift

  • Buyers gain: Quick access to pricing information and better bargaining position.
  • Sellers gain: Ability to collect detailed data about customers' buying habits, preferences, and spending limits to tailor products and prices.

🎯 One-to-one marketing revolution

🎯 What is one-to-one marketing

One-to-one marketing: Creating a unique marketing mix for every consumer.

  • The key enabler is a good marketing database.
  • Sometimes called micromarketing because it targets individual consumers rather than mass audiences.
  • Goal: Replicate the personalized relationship people used to have with corner grocers, butchers, or bakers who knew customers by name and stocked what they wanted.

💾 Marketing databases explained

Marketing database: A computerized file of customers' and potential customers' profiles and purchase patterns.

  • Historical context: In the 1960s, network television enabled advertisers to "get the same message to everyone simultaneously"; database marketing can get a customized, individual message to everyone simultaneously through direct mail or the internet.
  • How it works: "A database is sort of a collective memory," says Richard G. Barlow, president of Frequency Marketing, Inc. "It deals with you in the same personalized way as a mom-and-pop grocery store."

📊 Scale of implementation

Impressive database sizes demonstrate widespread adoption:

CompanyDatabase Size
Ford Motor Company~50 million names
Kraft General Foods30 million
Citicorp30 million
Kimberly Clark (Huggies)10 million new parents

Example: American Express can pull from its database all cardholders who made purchases at golf pro shops in the past six months, who attended symphony concerts, or who traveled to Europe more than once in the past year, as well as the very few people who did all three.

🌾 Real-world application

Novartis Seeds, Inc. case:

  • Minneapolis-based agriculture business produces individually customized, full-color brochures for 7,000 farmers.
  • Each piece features products selected by Novartis dealers specifically for the farmer based on information collected about the farm operation and types of crops grown.
  • Result: Instead of a 30-page catalog, customers get a one-page brochure with only the five or six products they need, plus complementary products dealers feel they should consider.

📈 Big data and targeted marketing

📊 What is big data

Big data: Large data sets and systems and solutions developed to manage large accumulations of data.

  • Companies such as Facebook and Google can process information and then tailor information to provide marketers with higher-probability targets.

🔍 How big data works in practice

Example 1: Travel planning:

  • You and friends discuss a spring break vacation and search for Florida gulf coast locations.
  • That data, along with the social group considering the vacation, can be sold to companies that provide travel services, airline flights, hotel rentals, etc.
  • Suddenly, you and your friends see travel offers and alternate destinations on your Facebook page.

Example 2: Shopping behavior:

  • You search for a mystery novel to read on a long flight and also search for ways to remove a rust stain on a sweater.
  • When you go to your Amazon page, you see several new mystery novels and cleaning solutions highlighted.
  • Key insight: All of this was done through big data and analytics to provide consumers solutions they are looking for as well as products they don't even know that they want.

🔄 Traditional vs. targeted marketing

The excerpt contrasts two approaches (Exhibit 11.9):

AspectTraditional AdvertisingTargeted Marketing Using Big Data
ApproachMass messaging to broad audienceCustomized individual messages
DeliverySame message to everyone simultaneouslyPersonalized content based on behavior
Data useLimited consumer insightsExtensive data collection and analysis

Don't confuse: Traditional advertising aims for reach (getting a message to many people); targeted marketing using big data aims for relevance (getting the right message to the right person at the right time).

90

The Nature and Functions of Distribution (Place)

12.1 The Nature and Functions of Distribution (Place)

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Distribution channels exist to efficiently move products from producers to end users by reducing transaction complexity, easing the flow of goods, and enabling producers to focus on manufacturing while intermediaries handle sales and logistics.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What distribution is: managing the movement of products from manufacturer to business users and consumers, including logistics, inventory, and supply-chain management.
  • Marketing intermediaries: agents, brokers, industrial distributors, wholesalers, and retailers form the distribution channel between producers and end users.
  • Why channels exist: they reduce the number of transactions needed and ease the flow of goods through sorting, accumulating, and allocating processes.
  • Common confusion: distribution is not just physical delivery—it encompasses location, hours, website presence, atmospherics, and the entire supply chain system.
  • Nontraditional channels: internet, mail-order, infomercials, and kiosks provide alternative routes to market that can differentiate products and reach niche markets.

🔗 Understanding Distribution and the Supply Chain

🔗 What distribution encompasses

Distribution: efficiently managing the acquisition of raw materials by the factory and the movement of products from the producer or manufacturer to business-to-business (B2B) users and consumers.

  • Distribution is broader than just shipping—it includes:
    • Location and hours
    • Website presence
    • Logistics
    • Atmospherics
    • Inventory management
    • Supply-chain management
  • Logistics activities typically fall under the marketing department's responsibility.

⛓️ The supply chain system

Supply chain: the system through which an organization acquires raw material, produces products, and delivers the products and services to its customers.

  • Supply chain management increases efficiency by minimizing inventory and moving goods efficiently from producers to ultimate users.
  • The distribution channel is the series of marketing entities products pass through on their way from producers to end users.

👥 Marketing Intermediaries in the Channel

🤝 Types of intermediaries

Marketing intermediaries: organizations that assist in moving goods and services from producers to end users and consumers.

Intermediary TypeRoleKey Characteristics
Agents and brokersSales representatives who make dealsWork on commission; do not own or take possession of goods
Industrial distributorsIndependent wholesalers for B2BBuy product lines from manufacturers; sell to industrial users; often have sales force
WholesalersMiddle-tier sellersSell finished goods to retailers, manufacturers, and institutions
RetailersFinal sellersSell goods to consumers and industrial users for their own consumption

🏭 End users in the channel

  • Final consumers: individuals purchasing for personal use
  • Industrial users: firms that buy products for internal use or for producing other products/services
    • Examples: manufacturers, utilities, airlines, railroads, hotels, hospitals, schools

🔄 Channel structure variations

  • Products can move through multiple intermediary levels before reaching end users.
  • Each intermediary may take physical possession and legal ownership as products transfer.
  • Separate channel structures exist for consumer products versus industrial products.

🌐 Nontraditional Distribution Channels

💡 Alternative channel approaches

Nontraditional channels help differentiate products and provide market access without traditional intermediaries:

  • Internet and e-commerce: direct online sales bypassing retail stores
  • Mail-order channels: catalog and direct-mail sales
  • Infomercials: television-based direct sales
  • Kiosks: self-service stations for ordering, information, and transactions

📍 Real-world applications

Examples from the excerpt:

  • A London publisher sells short stories through vending machines in subway stations (printed like folded maps for commuters)
  • Ethan Allen uses kiosks as product locator tools
  • University kiosks allow students to register for classes, check grades, and print transcripts
  • New Orleans food companies band together to sell through collective and individual websites

⚖️ Trade-offs of nontraditional channels

  • Limitation: may reduce brand coverage compared to traditional retail
  • Benefit: provides market access for niche products without establishing full intermediary networks
  • Benefit: offers additional sales avenues for larger firms alongside traditional channels

🔢 Why Distribution Channels Exist

➗ Reducing transaction complexity

The transaction reduction principle: channels dramatically decrease the number of transactions needed.

Example from the excerpt:

  • Without intermediary: 4 students × 5 textbooks from different publishers = 20 transactions
  • With bookstore intermediary: 5 publishers → 1 bookstore + 1 bookstore → 4 students = 9 transactions

This reduction allows:

  • Producers to focus on production rather than distribution details
  • More efficient matching of buyers and sellers
  • Exception: manufacturers often deal directly with giant retailers like Walmart due to huge sales opportunities

📦 Easing the flow of goods

Channels simplify distribution through three key processes:

🔀 Sorting processes

Sorting: consists of sorting out, accumulating, and allocating to manage product flow.

ProcessDefinitionExample
Sorting outBreaking different items into separate similar stocksSeparating eggs by grade and size; organizing dress lines by designer/moderate/economy
AccumulatingBringing similar stocks together into larger quantitiesPlacing 12 large Grade A eggs in cartons; merging dress lines from different designers
AllocatingBreaking similar products into smaller lotsBreaking tank-car milk loads into gallon jugs; dispersing goods by region as ownership changes

Note: Allocating at the wholesale level is called "breaking bulk."

Why it matters: Without these processes, modern society would revert to home-based industries providing custom products to local markets only—a much lower level of consumption.

🎯 Locating buyers

  • Wholesalers must find retailers who can sell profitable merchandise volumes
  • Example: sporting-goods wholesalers identify retailers most likely to reach sporting-goods consumers
  • Retailers must understand consumer buying habits and locate stores where consumers expect to find merchandise
  • Every channel member must actively locate buyers for their products

🏪 Storing merchandise

  • Channel members store goods so they're available when consumers want to buy
  • High retail space costs mean wholesalers or manufacturers often handle storage
  • This function ensures product availability without requiring retailers to hold all inventory

🏢 Wholesaling Operations

🏭 What wholesalers do

Wholesalers: firms that sell finished goods to retailers, manufacturers, and institutions (such as schools and hospitals) for use in performing their own missions.

Wholesalers serve multiple customer types:

  • Retailers (who then sell to consumers)
  • Manufacturers (who use products in their operations—e.g., computer paper, batteries, switches)
  • Institutions (schools, hospitals buying supplies)
  • Other wholesalers (adding another distribution stage)

🏪 Types of wholesalers

🛒 Merchant wholesalers

Merchant wholesaler: an institution that buys goods from manufacturers and resells them to businesses, government agencies, other wholesalers, or retailers.

  • Make up 80% of all wholesaling establishments
  • Conduct slightly less than 60% of all wholesale sales
  • Key characteristic: take title to (ownership of) the goods they sell

🤝 Agents and brokers

Manufacturers' representatives (manufacturers' agents):

  • Represent noncompeting manufacturers
  • Function as independent agents, not salaried employees
  • Do not take title to or possession of merchandise
  • Earn commissions only on completed sales
  • Found in electronics, clothing, hardware, furniture, toys, and other industries

Brokers:

  • Bring buyers and sellers together
  • Do not take title to merchandise
  • Receive commissions on sales
  • Have little influence over company sales policies
  • Operate in markets where buyer-seller information is scarce: real estate, agriculture, insurance, commodities

Don't confuse: Merchant wholesalers take ownership of goods; agents and brokers only facilitate sales without taking title.

🛍️ The Retail Landscape

📊 Retail industry scale

  • 15 million Americans work in retailing
  • About half work in service businesses (barbershops, law offices, amusement parks)
  • Most sales come from giant retail organizations (Walmart, Target, Macy's)
  • Concentration: 50% of all retail sales come from fewer than 10% of retail businesses
  • This small group employs about 40% of retail workers

🎯 The retail paradox

Despite most retailers being small businesses, the industry is dominated by large organizations in terms of sales volume and employment—illustrating the competitive intensity of the retail sector.

91

Wholesaling

12.2 Wholesaling

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Wholesalers serve as intermediaries who buy finished products from manufacturers and sell them to retailers and other institutions, primarily through merchant wholesalers who take ownership or agents and brokers who facilitate transactions without taking title.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What wholesalers do: sell finished products to retailers and institutions (manufacturers, schools, hospitals), not directly to end consumers.
  • Two main types: merchant wholesalers (buy and resell, take ownership) vs. agents and brokers (provide services, earn commissions, do not take ownership).
  • Common confusion: ownership/title—merchant wholesalers take title to goods; agents and brokers do not, they only facilitate transactions.
  • Role in distribution: wholesalers are part of the distribution channel that moves goods from producers to end users.

🏢 What wholesalers are and do

🏢 Definition and core function

Wholesalers: firms that sell finished goods to retailers, manufacturers, and institutions.

  • They are intermediaries in the distribution channel between producers and end users.
  • They typically sell to other businesses, not to final consumers.
  • Their customers include:
    • Retailers
    • Other institutions (manufacturers, schools, hospitals)
    • Other wholesalers

🔗 Place in the distribution system

  • Wholesalers are part of the distribution channels—the series of marketing entities through which goods and services pass from producers to end users.
  • They assist in moving goods and services from producers to end users.
  • They help ease the flow of goods and reduce the number of transactions needed in the supply chain.

🔀 Two main types of wholesalers

🏪 Merchant wholesalers

Merchant wholesalers: institutions that buy goods from manufacturers (take ownership) and resell them to businesses, government agencies, other wholesalers, or retailers.

  • Key characteristic: they take title (ownership) of the merchandise.
  • They buy from manufacturers and sell to other businesses.
  • They own the goods during the distribution process.
  • Example: An organization purchases products from a factory, stores them in its warehouse, and later sells them to retail stores—it owns the inventory during this period.

🤝 Agents and brokers

Agents and brokers: independents who provide buying and selling services.

  • Key characteristic: they do not take title (ownership) of the merchandise.
  • They facilitate transactions between buyers and sellers.
  • Compensation: they receive commissions based on their sales, not profit from owning and reselling goods.
  • Example: A representative connects a manufacturer with a retailer and earns a percentage of the sale, but never owns the products being sold.

⚖️ How to distinguish the two types

FeatureMerchant wholesalersAgents and brokers
Ownership (title)Take title to goodsDo not take title
Business modelBuy and resellProvide buying/selling services
Revenue sourceProfit from resaleCommissions from sales
RiskBear inventory and ownership riskNo ownership risk

Don't confuse: Both types are wholesalers and both operate between manufacturers and end users, but only merchant wholesalers actually own the goods they handle. Agents and brokers are facilitators, not owners.

92

12.3 The Competitive World of Retailing

12.3 The Competitive World of Retailing

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Retailing encompasses both in-store and nonstore operations that serve millions of Americans, with store atmosphere shaped by strategic choices about employees, merchandise, fixtures, sound, and odors.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Scale of retailing: approximately 15 million Americans are engaged in retailing activities.
  • Two main categories: retailing divides into in-store operations and nonstore operations.
  • In-store formats: include department stores, specialty stores, discount stores, off-price retailers, factory outlets, and catalog showrooms.
  • Nonstore formats: include vending machines, direct sales, direct-response marketing, home shopping networks, and internet retailing.
  • Store atmosphere drivers: the most important factors are employee type and density, merchandise type and density, fixture type and density, sound, and odors.

🏬 The Two Worlds of Retailing

🏪 In-store retail operations

In-store retailing refers to physical locations where customers can browse and purchase products.

Six main formats:

  • Department stores: traditional multi-category retailers
  • Specialty stores: focused on specific product categories
  • Discount stores: emphasize lower prices
  • Off-price retailers: sell branded goods at reduced prices
  • Factory outlets: manufacturer-owned stores selling directly to consumers
  • Catalog showrooms: display samples with inventory stored separately

Example: A customer might visit a department store for variety, a specialty store for expertise in one category, or a discount store for lower prices on similar goods.

🌐 Nonstore retail operations

Nonstore retailing reaches customers without requiring them to visit a physical store location.

Five main channels:

ChannelHow it works
Vending machinesAutomated dispensing of products
Direct salesFace-to-face selling, often in homes or workplaces
Direct-response marketingCustomers respond to promotions via mail, phone, or online
Home shopping networksTelevision-based selling with phone or online ordering
Internet retailingE-commerce platforms and websites

Don't confuse: Direct sales (personal interaction) with direct-response marketing (responding to advertisements without a salesperson present).

🎨 Creating Store Atmosphere

🎭 The five critical factors

The excerpt identifies the most important elements that shape a store's atmosphere—the overall sensory and psychological environment customers experience.

Store atmosphere: the environment created by strategic choices about employees, merchandise, fixtures, sound, and odors.

👥 Employee type and density

  • Type: the kind of staff (expertise level, service orientation, appearance)
  • Density: how many employees are present relative to store size and customer volume
  • This affects how quickly customers receive help and the quality of service interactions

📦 Merchandise type and density

  • Type: the categories and quality levels of products offered
  • Density: how much product is displayed and how tightly packed it is
  • Affects browsing ease, perceived value, and shopping experience

🪑 Fixture type and density

  • Type: the style and quality of display units, shelving, and furniture
  • Density: how much display equipment fills the space
  • Influences navigation, product visibility, and overall aesthetic

🔊 Sound and odors

  • Sound: background music, volume levels, announcements
  • Odors: scents from products, intentional fragrance, or environmental smells
  • These sensory elements create emotional responses and can influence purchase behavior

Why atmosphere matters: The excerpt positions these five factors as "the most important" in creating store atmosphere, suggesting they are strategic levers retailers can adjust to influence customer experience and sales.

📊 Retailing by the Numbers

📈 Industry scale

  • Approximately 15 million Americans are engaged in retailing
  • This represents a significant portion of the U.S. workforce
  • The scale reflects retailing's role as a major employment sector and economic activity

🔄 The retail landscape

Retailing serves as the final link between producers and end users (consumers and industrial users).

Retailers: firms that sell goods to consumers and to industrial users for their own consumption.

The diversity of formats—from vending machines to department stores to internet platforms—reflects retailers' adaptation to different customer needs, shopping preferences, and convenience requirements.

93

Using Supply Chain Management to Increase Efficiency and Customer Satisfaction

12.4 Using Supply Chain Management to Increase Efficiency and Customer Satisfaction

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Supply-chain management coordinates all activities of supply-chain members into a seamless process to increase customer satisfaction and efficiency.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core goal: coordinate all supply-chain activities into a seamless process that increases customer satisfaction.
  • What managers oversee: channel strategy, sourcing/procurement, production scheduling, order processing, inventory management, transportation/storage, and customer service.
  • Why coordination matters: integrating activities across the entire chain—from raw materials to finished goods—improves efficiency and customer experience.
  • Common confusion: supply-chain management is not just logistics or distribution; it encompasses the entire flow from sourcing raw materials through customer service.

🔗 What supply-chain management coordinates

🎯 The seamless process goal

Supply-chain management: coordinating all activities of supply-chain members into a seamless process to increase customer satisfaction.

  • The emphasis is on coordination across all members, not just managing one piece.
  • "Seamless" means activities flow smoothly without gaps or friction between stages.
  • The outcome is both efficiency (smoother operations) and customer satisfaction (better experience).

🧩 Scope of activities

Supply-chain managers have responsibility for a wide range of activities:

  • Channel strategy decisions: determining the overall approach to moving goods through the supply chain.
  • Sourcing and procurement: coordinating the acquisition of raw materials.
  • Production scheduling: planning when and how much to produce.
  • Order processing: managing customer orders as they come in.
  • Inventory management: controlling stock levels throughout the chain.
  • Transportation and storage: moving and storing both supplies and finished goods.
  • Customer-service activities: coordinating post-sale support and service.

Don't confuse: this is not just "logistics" (transportation and storage) or "distribution" (moving finished products). Supply-chain management starts with raw materials and extends through customer service.

🔄 How coordination increases efficiency and satisfaction

🔄 Integration across the chain

  • By coordinating activities from sourcing raw materials to customer service, supply-chain management eliminates silos and handoff problems.
  • Each stage is managed with awareness of the others, reducing delays, errors, and redundancies.
  • Example: if production scheduling is coordinated with inventory management and order processing, the organization can avoid stockouts and overproduction.

😊 Customer satisfaction outcomes

  • The seamless process means customers experience:
    • Faster order fulfillment (efficient order processing and transportation).
    • More reliable availability (better inventory management).
    • Better service (coordinated customer-service activities).
  • Efficiency gains (lower costs, fewer errors) also support competitive pricing and service quality.

📊 Supply-chain management vs. related concepts

ConceptWhat it coversHow it differs from supply-chain management
LogisticsTransportation, storage, and physical movementNarrower; part of supply-chain management but does not include sourcing, production scheduling, or customer service
DistributionMoving finished products from producer to end usersFocuses on the downstream flow; supply-chain management also includes upstream (raw materials, production)
Supply-chain managementAll activities from raw materials to customer service, coordinated seamlesslyBroadest scope; integrates sourcing, production, distribution, and service

Don't confuse: the excerpt notes that logistics activities are "part of the large series of activities included in the supply chain," meaning supply-chain management is the overarching framework.

94

Promotion Strategy

12.5 Promotion Strategy

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Promotion aims to stimulate demand for a company's goods or services through a coordinated mix of communication activities designed to inform, persuade, or remind target audiences to engage in the exchange process.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What promotion is: the attempt by marketers to inform, persuade, or remind consumers and industrial users to engage in the exchange process.
  • The promotional mix: the combination of advertising, personal selling, sales promotion, and public relations used to promote a product.
  • Key distinction: public relations and publicity differ—publicity is information appearing in news media not directly paid for by the company, while public relations includes any communication or activity designed to win goodwill or prestige.
  • Supporting activities: prospecting (looking for sales prospects), qualifying questions (separating prospects from non-buyers), and reach (number of target consumers exposed to a commercial at least once during a specific period).
  • Why it matters: promotion strategy coordinates these elements to stimulate demand and drive the exchange process.

🎯 What promotion does

🎯 The core purpose

Promotion: the attempt by marketers to inform, persuade, or remind consumers and industrial users to engage in the exchange process.

  • Promotion is not just advertising; it encompasses all communication efforts aimed at stimulating demand.
  • Three main functions:
    • Inform: educate audiences about products or services
    • Persuade: convince audiences to choose a particular offering
    • Remind: keep the product or company top-of-mind
  • The ultimate goal is to drive the exchange process—getting buyers and sellers to transact.

🎨 The promotional mix

Promotional mix: the combination of advertising, personal selling, sales promotion, and public relations used to promote a product.

  • This is the toolkit marketers use to achieve promotional goals.
  • Four main components work together in a coordinated strategy (details in following sections).

🧩 The four elements of the promotional mix

📢 Advertising

  • Part of the promotional mix used to reach broad audiences.
  • The excerpt mentions reach: the number of different target consumers who are exposed to a commercial at least once during a specific period, usually four weeks.
  • Reach measures breadth of exposure, not frequency or depth.

🤝 Personal selling

Personal selling: a face-to-face sales presentation to a prospective customer.

  • Direct, one-on-one interaction between a salesperson and a potential buyer.
  • Involves two key activities:
    • Prospecting: the process of looking for sales prospects (the companies and people who are most likely to buy a seller's offerings).
    • Qualifying questions: inquiries used by salespeople to separate prospects from those who do not have the potential to buy.
  • Example: A salesperson identifies potential buyers, then uses qualifying questions to determine which ones have the need, budget, and authority to purchase.

🎁 Sales promotion

Sales promotion: marketing events or sales efforts—not including advertising, personal selling, and public relations—that stimulate buying.

  • These are short-term incentives or activities designed to encourage immediate purchase.
  • Don't confuse: sales promotion is distinct from the other three elements of the promotional mix—it's the "extra" push beyond ongoing advertising, personal selling, or PR efforts.
  • Example: limited-time discounts, contests, samples, or special events that create urgency.

🌟 Public relations and publicity

🌟 Public relations

Public relations: any communication or activity designed to win goodwill or prestige for a company or person.

  • Broader than publicity; includes all efforts to build a positive image and reputation.
  • Can include community involvement, sponsorships, events, and media relations.

📰 Publicity

Publicity: information about a company or product that appears in the news media and is not directly paid for by the company.

  • A subset of public relations.
  • Key distinction: publicity is earned media coverage, not paid advertising.
  • Example: A news article about a company's new product launch or a feature story about the company's community work—the company did not pay for the media space, but benefited from the exposure.

🔍 Supporting concepts

🔍 Sales prospects and prospecting

Sales prospects: the companies and people who are most likely to buy a seller's offerings.

  • Not everyone is a prospect; prospects are those with the highest potential to buy.
  • Prospecting is the active process of identifying these potential customers.
  • Qualifying questions help salespeople focus their efforts on the most promising prospects, avoiding wasted time on those who cannot or will not buy.

📊 Measuring reach

  • Reach is a metric used primarily in advertising to measure exposure.
  • Defined as the number of different target consumers exposed to a commercial at least once during a specific period (usually four weeks).
  • Focuses on breadth: how many unique individuals saw the message, not how many times they saw it.

🛒 Related distribution concepts

🛒 Retailers and wholesalers

The excerpt includes definitions of channel partners that work with promotion efforts:

TypeDefinitionRole
RetailersFirms that sell goods to consumers and to industrial users for their own consumptionEnd-point sellers who often execute promotional activities at the point of sale
WholesalersFirms that sell finished goods to retailers, manufacturers, and institutionsIntermediaries who may support promotional efforts through trade promotions

📱 Social media

Social media: a relatively new marketing channel that includes platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest, and Instagram.

  • Represents a modern promotional channel that can support all four elements of the promotional mix.
  • Enables direct communication with consumers and can amplify reach, personal engagement, sales promotions, and public relations efforts.
95

12.6 The Huge Impact of Advertising

12.6 The Huge Impact of Advertising

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Advertising media selection depends on matching cost efficiency, reach, and frequency metrics to the target audience, while technology continues to reshape traditional advertising strategies.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Cost per contact: the cost of reaching one member of the target market, often expressed per thousand.
  • Reach vs frequency: reach measures how many different people see the ad at least once; frequency measures how many times each person sees it.
  • Media selection principle: match the advertising medium to the target audience characteristics.
  • Common confusion: reach is not the same as frequency—reach counts unique people exposed, frequency counts repeated exposures to the same person.
  • Technology's role: technology continues to drive recent changes to traditional advertising strategies.

📊 Core advertising metrics

💰 Cost per contact

Cost per contact: the cost of reaching one member of the target market.

  • This metric helps compare the efficiency of different advertising media.
  • Often expressed on a cost per thousand basis to make comparisons easier across large audiences.
  • Example: if Medium A costs $5 per thousand contacts and Medium B costs $8 per thousand, Medium A is more cost-efficient per contact.

📡 Reach

Reach: the number of different target customers who are exposed to a commercial at least once during a specific period, usually four weeks.

  • Reach counts unique individuals, not total exposures.
  • The standard measurement period is four weeks.
  • Focus is on breadth: how many different people in the target market see the message at least once.

🔁 Frequency

Frequency: the number of times an individual is exposed to a message.

  • Frequency counts repeated exposures to the same person.
  • Focus is on depth: how many times each person encounters the ad.
  • Don't confuse: high reach with low frequency means many people see the ad once; low reach with high frequency means fewer people see it many times.

🎯 Media selection strategy

🎯 Matching medium to audience

  • Core principle: media selection is a matter of matching the advertising medium with the target audience.
  • The choice depends on where and how the target customers can be reached most effectively.
  • Advertisers must consider which media their specific audience uses and pays attention to.
  • Example: if the target audience primarily uses a certain type of media, that medium should be prioritized even if cost per contact is slightly higher.

🔧 Technology's impact

  • Technology continues to drive many of the recent changes to traditional advertising strategies.
  • The excerpt notes this as an ongoing process affecting how traditional media are used.
  • Traditional advertising approaches are being reshaped by technological developments, though the excerpt does not detail specific technologies.

📋 Comparison of key metrics

MetricWhat it measuresFocusTime frame
Cost per contactCost to reach one target memberEfficiencyPer exposure or per thousand
ReachNumber of different people exposed at least onceBreadth (unique audience)Usually four weeks
FrequencyNumber of times each person is exposedDepth (repetition)Campaign duration
96

The Importance of Personal Selling

12.7 The Importance of Personal Selling

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Personal selling is a powerful promotional tool that allows salespeople to demonstrate products, customize messages, and effectively close sales through direct engagement with prospects.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Scale of personal selling: approximately 6.5 million people in the United States are directly engaged in personal selling.
  • Core advantages: enables product demonstration and message tailoring to individual prospects; particularly effective in closing sales.
  • Professional characteristics: successful salespeople are knowledgeable, creative, and familiar with the selling process.
  • How it differs from other promotion: unlike advertising or sales promotion, personal selling involves face-to-face presentation in a conversation with a prospective purchaser.

💼 What personal selling is

💼 Definition and scope

Personal selling consists of a face-to-face presentation in a conversation with a prospective purchaser.

  • This is one element of the promotional mix (alongside advertising, sales promotion, public relations, social media, and e-commerce).
  • It involves direct human interaction, not mass communication.
  • Approximately 6.5 million people in the United States work directly in personal selling roles.

🔍 How it differs from other promotional tools

  • Personal selling = face-to-face conversation with prospects.
  • Advertising = paid, nonpersonal promotion by an identified sponsor.
  • Sales promotion = marketing activities like coupons, samples, displays, demonstrations (not face-to-face conversations).
  • Public relations = programs designed to earn public understanding and acceptance.
  • Don't confuse: demonstrations can be part of sales promotion or personal selling; the key distinction is whether there's a direct conversation with a prospective purchaser.

🎯 Why personal selling matters

🎯 Key advantages

Personal selling offers unique capabilities that other promotional methods cannot match:

AdvantageWhat it enables
Product demonstrationSalesperson can show the product in action
Message tailoringCustomize the message to fit the specific prospect's needs and situation
Closing effectivenessParticularly effective in closing a sale (completing the transaction)
  • Example: A salesperson can adjust their pitch based on a prospect's reactions, answer specific questions, and address objections in real time—something mass advertising cannot do.

🏆 Professional salesperson characteristics

The excerpt emphasizes that effective personal selling requires specific qualities:

  • Knowledgeable: understand the product, market, and customer needs.
  • Creative: able to adapt approaches and find solutions.
  • Familiar with the selling process: understand the steps and techniques that lead to successful sales.

These traits distinguish professional salespeople from simple order-takers; they actively shape the sales outcome through skill and expertise.

97

Sales Promotion

12.8 Sales Promotion

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Sales promotion uses short-term marketing activities beyond advertising and personal selling to stimulate immediate purchases from consumers and trade partners.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Primary goal: immediate purchase, whether targeting consumers or the trade (wholesalers and retailers).
  • What it includes: marketing activities other than personal selling, advertising, and public relations that stimulate buying.
  • Popular types: coupons, samples, product placement, premiums, contests, sweepstakes, trade shows, conventions, and point-of-purchase displays.
  • Common confusion: sales promotion is distinct from advertising (paid nonpersonal promotion) and personal selling (face-to-face presentation)—it focuses on direct buying stimuli.
  • Role in promotional mix: one of several tools (alongside advertising, personal selling, public relations, social media, e-commerce) combined to promote products.

🎯 What sales promotion is

🎯 Definition and scope

Sales promotion consists of marketing activities—other than personal selling, advertising, and public relations—that stimulate consumers to buy.

  • It is a distinct element within the promotional mix.
  • The excerpt emphasizes what it is not: not personal selling, not advertising, not public relations.
  • It complements these other tools by providing direct incentives to buy.

🛒 Core objective

  • Immediate purchase is the goal of most sales promotion efforts.
  • This applies whether the target is:
    • Consumers: end users who buy products for personal use.
    • The trade: wholesalers and retailers who distribute products.
  • Example: A retailer offers a coupon to encourage shoppers to buy a product today rather than wait.

🎁 Types of sales promotion

🎁 Consumer-focused promotions

The excerpt lists several popular consumer sales promotion tools:

  • Coupons: discounts that encourage trial or repeat purchase.
  • Samples: free product trials to reduce purchase risk.
  • Product placement: featuring products in media or events to increase visibility.
  • Premiums: bonus items given with purchase to add value.
  • Contests and sweepstakes: games or drawings that create excitement and engagement.

🏢 Trade-focused promotions

Sales promotion also targets intermediaries in the distribution channel:

  • Trade shows: events where businesses showcase products to retailers and wholesalers.
  • Conventions: gatherings that facilitate networking and product demonstrations.
  • Point-of-purchase displays: in-store materials that catch attention at the moment of buying decision.

Example: A manufacturer sets up a booth at a trade show to demonstrate new products to potential retail buyers, aiming to secure immediate orders.

🔄 Sales promotion within the promotional mix

🔄 The broader context

The excerpt places sales promotion as one component of the promotional mix:

ElementDescription (from excerpt)
AdvertisingAny paid form of nonpersonal promotion by an identified sponsor
Personal sellingFace-to-face presentation in a conversation with a prospective purchaser
Sales promotionMarketing activities that stimulate consumers to buy (other than the above)
Public relationsLinks organizational policies with public interest; earns public understanding
Social mediaPlatforms like Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest, Instagram
E-commerceOnline selling channels

🎨 Integrated marketing communications (IMC)

  • The excerpt notes that organizations increasingly use IMC: "the careful coordination of all of the elements of the promotional mix to produce a consistent, unified message that is customer focused."
  • Sales promotion must align with other promotional tools to avoid mixed messages.
  • Don't confuse: sales promotion is a tactical tool for immediate action, while advertising and public relations often build longer-term awareness and image.

🎪 Activities included in sales promotion

🎪 Beyond basic incentives

The excerpt specifies that sales promotion includes:

  • Displays: visual presentations that attract attention in retail environments.
  • Shows and exhibitions: events where products are showcased to groups.
  • Demonstrations: live presentations showing how products work or their benefits.
  • Other selling efforts: additional activities designed to stimulate immediate buying behavior.

🚫 What to exclude

Sales promotion does not include:

  • Personal selling (face-to-face conversations).
  • Advertising (paid nonpersonal promotion).
  • Public relations (earning public understanding and acceptance).

Example: A store demonstration where a representative shows how a kitchen gadget works is sales promotion; if that same representative then has a one-on-one conversation to close a sale, that shifts to personal selling.

98

12.9 Public Relations Helps Build Goodwill

12.9 Public Relations Helps Build Goodwill

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Public relations builds a positive organizational image through unpaid publicity and community engagement, creating a favorable environment for selling products.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What PR focuses on: obtaining good publicity for companies and organizations through unpaid media coverage.
  • How PR differs from advertising: publicity appears in news media but is not directly paid for by the company, unlike advertising which is paid promotion.
  • Key PR activities: providing speakers, writing speeches for executives, and encouraging employee civic participation.
  • Why PR matters: these activities create a positive image and generate buzz that supports product sales.
  • Common confusion: publicity vs. advertising—publicity is earned media coverage, not paid promotional messages.

🎯 What Public Relations Does

📰 The core focus: publicity

Publicity is any information about a company or product that appears in the news media and is not directly paid for by the company.

  • PR departments work to get favorable media coverage without paying for ad space.
  • The key distinction: publicity appears as news or editorial content, not as paid advertisements.
  • This earned media often carries more credibility because it comes through journalistic channels rather than paid promotional channels.

🤝 Community engagement activities

PR departments engage in several relationship-building activities:

  • Furnish company speakers for business and civic clubs
  • Write speeches for corporate officers
  • Encourage employees to take active roles in civic groups

These activities serve a dual purpose: they position the organization as a community participant and create visibility beyond traditional advertising.

🔗 How PR Fits the Promotional Mix

🎭 Building the backdrop for sales

  • PR activities help build a positive image for the organization.
  • They create buzz—word-of-mouth and general awareness that circulates beyond paid channels.
  • This positive environment serves as a "good backdrop for selling its products."

Example: An organization whose executives speak at community events and whose employees volunteer in civic groups builds goodwill; when that organization's products come to market, potential customers already have a favorable impression.

🔄 Complementing other promotional tools

Promotional elementHow it worksPayment model
AdvertisingPaid, identified sponsorDirect payment for placement
Personal sellingFace-to-face presentationSalesperson compensation
Sales promotionCoupons, samples, contestsDirect cost per promotion
Public relationsPublicity, speeches, civic engagementNot directly paid for media coverage
  • PR does not replace advertising or selling; it creates a favorable context in which those tools work more effectively.
  • Don't confuse: PR involves costs (staff, event participation), but the resulting publicity itself is not purchased ad space.

💡 Why Organizations Use PR

🌟 Credibility advantage

  • Information that appears as news or editorial content often carries more weight than paid ads.
  • Audiences may view publicity as more objective because it comes through media gatekeepers rather than directly from the company.

🏗️ Long-term image building

  • PR activities accumulate over time to shape how the public perceives the organization.
  • A positive image makes all other promotional efforts—advertising, sales calls, promotions—more effective.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that this positive image and buzz create the conditions for successful selling.
99

Trends in Social Media

12.10 Trends in Social Media

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Social media has become a hugely powerful marketing channel that can create thousands of impressions with a single post, but it also poses significant risks because viral content—even if false—can severely damage a business.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What social media is: a relatively new marketing channel including platforms like Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest, and Instagram.
  • The power of reach: one creative social media post can achieve thousands of impressions (marketing messages).
  • The double-edged nature: social media is both a powerful tool and a challenge because viral posts can close down a business even if untrue.
  • Common confusion: social media is not just an opportunity—it is simultaneously the newest challenge for marketers because of its unpredictability and risk.
  • Broader trend: the internet and new technology are shifting promotion expenditures away from traditional media toward digital channels like blogs, podcasts, and streaming video.

📱 What social media is and how it works

📱 Definition and platforms

Social media: a relatively new marketing channel that includes platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest, and Instagram.

  • It is a distinct channel within the promotional mix, separate from traditional advertising, personal selling, sales promotion, and public relations.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that it is "relatively new," distinguishing it from older media.

💥 The viral impression effect

  • Impressions are marketing messages that reach an audience.
  • Social media creates a business climate where thousands of impressions can be achieved with one creative post.
  • This is fundamentally different from traditional media, where reach is typically purchased and controlled.
  • Example: A single post that resonates can spread rapidly across networks, multiplying exposure without additional cost.

⚖️ The dual nature of social media power

🚀 Opportunity: hugely powerful tool

  • The excerpt states that social media is "a hugely powerful tool for marketers."
  • The ability to generate massive reach with minimal investment makes it attractive for promotion.
  • It enables direct engagement with customers and potential customers in ways traditional media cannot.

⚠️ Challenge: viral risk

  • Social media "has its challenges" because content can go viral unpredictably.
  • A social media post that goes viral can close down a business, even if it is not true.
  • This means negative or false information can spread just as rapidly as positive content.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that truth does not protect a business—perception and virality matter more in the social media environment.
  • Don't confuse: the power of social media is not purely positive; the same mechanism that creates opportunity also creates existential risk.

🎯 Why it's the newest challenge/opportunity

  • The excerpt explicitly calls social media "the newest challenge/opportunity for marketers."
  • Marketers must navigate both the potential for massive reach and the risk of uncontrollable negative exposure.
  • This dual nature requires new strategies and vigilance that traditional media did not demand.

🌐 Broader digital promotion trends

🌐 Shift from traditional to digital

  • The internet and new technology are having a major impact on promotion and promotion expenditures.
  • Traditional media (like print, radio, and TV) are losing advertising funds to the internet.
  • This represents a fundamental reallocation of marketing budgets driven by technology.

🖊️ New digital channels

The excerpt mentions several emerging tools beyond social media platforms:

ChannelPurpose
BlogsCompanies create blogs to get closer to customers and potential customers
PodcastsOffer advertisers a new medium to reach consumers
Streaming video(Mentioned but not detailed in the excerpt)
  • These channels complement social media as part of the broader digital shift.
  • They enable more direct, personalized, and ongoing communication compared to traditional one-way advertising.
100

Trends in E-Commerce

12.11 Trends in E-Commerce

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

E-commerce is transforming retail by enabling online ordering, product information access, and targeted content delivery, driving major retailers to expand their web presence to remain competitive and serve customers who increasingly shop online.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What e-commerce includes: website development, maintenance, online ordering, customer service, and product introductions.
  • Customization capability: e-commerce can include special components for different target market segments, such as information boxes or games.
  • Consumer behavior shift: ease of use and comparison-shopping ability are driving millions to purchase goods and services online.
  • Retail adaptation: major retailers like Walmart are rapidly increasing their web presence to stay relevant and attract loyal customers who shop online.

🌐 What E-Commerce Encompasses

🏗️ Core components

E-commerce refers to the development and maintenance of a company's website and the facilitation of commerce on the website.

The excerpt identifies several key functions:

  • Online ordering: customers can purchase products directly through the website
  • Customer support: answering questions about products
  • Product launches: introducing new products and ideas to customers
  • Information delivery: providing content and resources to site visitors

🎯 Segment-specific features

E-commerce platforms can include specialized components designed for separate target market segments:

  • Information boxes tailored to specific customer groups
  • Interactive elements like games
  • Customized content based on audience needs

Example: A company might create different landing pages or interactive tools for business customers versus individual consumers, each addressing their unique needs and preferences.

🛒 Consumer Adoption Drivers

🔍 Comparison-shopping power

The excerpt emphasizes two main factors driving online shopping adoption:

FactorImpact
Ease of useMakes online shopping accessible and convenient
Comparison-shopping abilityAllows customers to evaluate options across multiple sellers

These capabilities are "driving millions of people to the internet to purchase goods and services."

💡 Why this matters

  • Consumers gain unprecedented ability to research and compare before buying
  • The convenience factor removes traditional barriers to purchase
  • Shopping can happen anytime, anywhere with internet access

🏪 Retail Industry Response

📈 Strategic web expansion

The excerpt highlights how traditional retailers are adapting:

Major retailers like Walmart are taking specific actions:

  • Quickly increasing their web presence
  • Responding to the "ever-changing business environment"
  • Working to stay relevant in the digital marketplace

🎯 Business objectives

Retailers are pursuing web expansion to:

  • Remain competitive: staying relevant as shopping habits shift online
  • Attract loyal customers: serving customers "who have made the switch to doing most of their shopping on line"
  • Meet customer expectations: providing the online experience shoppers now demand

Don't confuse: This is not about replacing physical stores entirely; it's about adding online capabilities to serve customers who increasingly prefer or expect online shopping options alongside traditional retail.

101

Transforming Businesses through Information

13.1 Transforming Businesses through Information

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Information technology has transformed businesses from industrial operations into knowledge-based enterprises where managing and processing information through computer networks and management information systems provides competitive advantage and enables strategic decision-making.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What IT encompasses: equipment and techniques used to manage and process information, which is at the heart of all organizations.
  • Shift to knowledge economy: in less than 70 years, society moved from industrial to information-driven, with businesses depending on IT for daily operations and strategic decisions.
  • Data vs information distinction: data are raw, unorganized facts; information is processed data used for specific purposes like business decisions—don't confuse collecting data with having usable information.
  • Network integration: computer networks enable sharing information across locations and departments, creating enterprise-wide systems that eliminate duplication and increase productivity.
  • Why it matters: IT gives companies competitive advantage through better decision-making, global collaboration, cost reduction, and operational efficiency.

💻 Information Technology Fundamentals

💻 What information technology includes

Information technology (IT): the equipment and techniques used to manage and process information.

  • IT is not just computers; it encompasses all tools and methods for handling information.
  • Information is essential—without data about orders, products, inventory, customers, suppliers, and employees, a business cannot operate.
  • The excerpt emphasizes that information is "at the heart of all organizations."

📊 The knowledge economy shift

  • Timeline: less than 70 years to shift from industrial society to knowledge-based economy.
  • Pace of change: rapid since personal computers became office fixtures—individual units evolved into small networks, then sophisticated enterprise-wide networks.
  • Current state: businesses depend on IT for everything from running daily operations to making strategic decisions.

🧑‍💼 Knowledge workers

Knowledge workers: people who develop or use knowledge, contributing to and benefiting from information used to perform various business functions.

  • Functions include: planning, acquiring, searching, analyzing, organizing, storing, programming, producing, distributing, marketing, or selling.
  • Most workers today are knowledge workers who must know how to gather and use information from many resources.
  • Example: a financial advisor like John Daly uses IT platforms to manage client information and transactions while focusing on financial expertise rather than maintaining complex IT infrastructure.

🖥️ Computer Equipment and Software

🖥️ Types of business computing equipment

Computer TypeKey CharacteristicsBusiness Use
TabletsSelf-contained with cloud-accessed apps, memory, and storageDominant for many business processes due to increasing power and portability
Desktop PCsSelf-contained with local software, network-linkableHandle text, audio, video, complex graphics for many business processes
Laptop computersPortable with power similar to desktopsMobile computing for workers
MinicomputersMultiple processors supporting 4-200 usersDistinction with smaller mainframes is blurring
Mainframe computersRefrigerator-sized, run many programs simultaneously, support hundreds/thousands of usersExtremely reliable and stable; more secure than PCs; used for processing large amounts of data
ServersGreatest storage capacity and processing speedsNot subject to crashes; can be upgraded and repaired while operating
SupercomputersMost powerful, operating at speeds of 280 trillion calculations per secondTasks taking years on PC completed in hours; used for national security, scientific research, business big data analysis

📝 Common business software types

  • Word processing: write, edit, format documents with spelling/grammar checkers, mail merge, tables.
  • Spreadsheet: prepare and analyze financial statements, forecasts, budgets; formulas recalculate instantly when data changes.
  • Database management: electronic filing cabinets for customer lists, employee data, inventory; can sort and create different reports.
  • Graphics and presentation: create tables, graphs, slides with images, video, animation, sound effects.
  • Desktop publishing: combines word processing, graphics, page layout to create brochures, catalogs, ads, newsletters in-house.
  • Communications programs: translate data for transmission across networks; send and retrieve data and files.
  • Integrated software suites: combine multiple program types designed to work together.
  • Groupware: facilitates collaborative efforts of workgroups in different locations; supports online meetings and project management.
  • Financial software: compile accounting data and create financial statements and reports.

🚀 Supercomputers for specialized tasks

  • Speed capability: currently 280 trillion calculations per second; next goal is petaflops (quadrillions of computations per second).
  • Critical applications: national security research, defense intelligence analysis, scientific research (biomedical experiments, drug development, earthquake/star simulations), demographic studies, weather/environmental studies.
  • Business use: analyzing big data for customer behavior insights, improving inventory and production management, product design.
  • Global priority: countries including the United States, China, France, and Japan have made petascale computing a priority for future scientific, medical, and business discoveries.

🌐 Global Connectivity and Collaboration

🌐 Internet as business tool

  • The internet makes it effortless to connect quickly to almost anyplace in the world.
  • A manager can share information with hundreds of thousands of people worldwide as easily as with a colleague on another floor.
  • The internet and web have become indispensable for facilitating communication within companies and with customers.

🌍 Electronic trading hubs (e-hubs)

Electronic trading hubs (eMarketplaces): special websites that facilitate electronic commerce between businesses in specific industries.

  • Industries served: automotive manufacturing, retailing, telecom provisioning, aerospace, financial products and services, Forex (Foreign Exchange), and more.
  • How they work: provide standard formats for electronic trading of documents plus services like demand forecasting, inventory management, partner directories, transaction settlement.
  • Benefits: lowered costs, decreased inventory levels, shorter time to market, bigger profits, enhanced competitiveness.
  • Example: Alibaba's eWTP pilot in Malaysia provides access for small businesses, not just large companies—designed to give small companies access to free-trade zone benefits.

🔧 Key hub technologies

  • Content managers: keep continuously updated master catalog of inventories of all hub members; each company handles its own content with globally consistent view.
  • Transaction manager: automates trading arrangements between companies, allowing aggregation and settlement services.
  • Future vision: trading hubs for numerous industries could link together in a global e-commerce web—a "hub of all hubs" replacing traditional linear supply chains with parallel, real-time marketplace decision-making.

🗄️ Data and Information Systems

🗄️ Management information systems (MIS)

Management information systems: methods and equipment that provide information about all aspects of a firm's operations.

  • Purpose: provide managers with information needed to make decisions.
  • Function: help managers properly categorize and identify ideas that result in substantial operational and cost benefits.
  • Importance: so integral to daily life that we almost take them for granted.

📊 Data vs information distinction

Data: raw, unorganized facts that can be moved and stored.

Information: meaningful and useful output processed from data, used for specific purposes such as making business decisions.

  • Don't confuse: collecting data ≠ having usable information.
  • Processing requirement: only through well-designed IT systems and computer power can managers process data into meaningful information.
  • Example: a business collects data in daily operations (orders, transactions, customer details), but this becomes useful information only after processing through IT systems.

🗃️ Databases and database management

Database: an electronic filing system that collects and organizes data and information.

Database management system (DBMS): software that allows quick and easy entry, storage, organization, selection, and retrieval of data in a database.

  • Core role: databases are at the core of business information systems.
  • Data flow: data entered into database → turned into information → used to run business and perform analysis.

Example of database use across departments:

DepartmentHow They Use Customer Database
MarketingTrack new orders, determine best-selling products
SalesIdentify high-volume customers, contact customers about new/related products
OperationsUse order information to obtain inventory and schedule production
FinanceUse sales data to prepare financial statements

🏢 Enterprise resource planning (ERP)

Enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems: company-wide systems that bring together human resources, operations, and technology.

  • Integration need: companies can't operate well with separate information systems for specific departmental problems.
  • Team effort: involves employees throughout the firm to integrate systems.
  • Scope: typical subsystems include finance, human resources, engineering, sales and order distribution, order management and procurement.
  • How modules work: work independently then automatically exchange information, creating company-wide system with current delivery dates, inventory status, quality control, and other critical information.

🔗 Computer Networks

🔗 What computer networks are

Computer network: a group of two or more computer systems linked together by communications channels to share data and information.

  • Scale: today's networks often link thousands of users.
  • Transmission capability: can transmit audio and video as well as data.
  • Components: include clients and servers.

🖥️ Client-server architecture

Client: the application that runs on a personal computer or workstation.

Server: manages network resources or performs special tasks such as storing files, managing printers, or processing database queries.

  • Any user on the network can access the server's capabilities.
  • The client relies on the server for resources and special functions.

📈 Network benefits

How networks increase productivity:

  • Easy information sharing: fast sharing creates new ways to work.
  • Efficient resource use: permit communication and collaboration across distance and time.
  • File-sharing: all employees, regardless of location, have access to the same information.
  • Eliminate duplication: shared databases eliminate duplication of effort.
  • Screen-sharing: employees at different sites can work on data as if in the same room—computers connected by phone or cable lines, all see the same display, anyone can make changes visible to others.
  • Videoconferencing: networks enable video meetings across locations.

🏭 Enterprise software on networks

  • Networks make it possible to run enterprise software—large programs with integrated modules managing all internal operations.
  • Enterprise resource planning systems run on networks.
  • Modules work independently then automatically exchange information throughout the company.

👔 Chief Information Officer Role

👔 CIO responsibilities

Chief information officer (CIO): executive with responsibility of managing all information resources.

  • Importance: the responsibility is immense given the massive expansion of information gathered by today's businesses.
  • Dual expertise needed: must possess both technological smarts (implement global IT infrastructures, integrate communications systems, protect customer data) and strong business acumen (focus on efficiency, growth, profits).

💼 Real-world CIO example

  • The excerpt mentions Google's tech chief Ben Fried, who manages technology to deliver more than 9 billion searches daily.
  • His focus includes greater business efficiency, growth, and profits—not just technical implementation.
  • Key lesson: CIOs need both technical and business expertise to be effective.

🎯 Strategic Implications

🎯 Competitive advantage through IT

  • Harnessing the power of information technology gives a company significant competitive advantage.
  • Example: John Daly's firm uses TD Ameritrade's cloud-based tools and open architecture, allowing him to act as entrepreneur with small-firm personal service while providing large-scale IT capabilities customers expect.
  • Lesson: technology enables small businesses to compete by accessing enterprise-level infrastructure without maintaining complex IT resources in-house.

🌏 Global collaboration opportunities

  • Thomas Friedman's observation: "We are now connecting all of the knowledge centers on the planet together into a single global network, which could usher in an amazing era of prosperity and innovation."
  • Opportunities for collaboration on a global scale increase daily.
  • Electronic trading and information sharing facilitate the global economy at all business scales.

🔄 Systems integration benefits

  • Companies are discovering they can't operate well with separate information systems for specific problems.
  • Integration involves employees throughout the firm working as a team.
  • Technology experts learn more about business operations; business managers learn to use IT effectively to create new opportunities and reach goals.
  • Managing collective knowledge using data warehouses and technology tools is becoming integral to business strategy.
102

Linking Up: Computer Networks

13.2 Linking Up: Computer Networks

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Computer networks enable businesses to share data and information efficiently across locations, creating new ways to work and increasing productivity through connected systems that support enterprise-wide operations.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What networks do: connect computer systems to share data, information, audio, and video across the organization.
  • Core architecture: networks use client-server models where clients run applications and servers manage resources and perform specialized tasks.
  • Network types by coverage: LANs connect computers at one site; WANs connect different sites via telecommunications; both can be wired or wireless.
  • Common confusion: intranets vs. VPNs vs. internet—intranets are internal corporate networks behind firewalls; VPNs securely connect private networks over public infrastructure; the internet is a worldwide WAN.
  • Why they matter: networks reduce costs, enable remote work, support enterprise software, and allow real-time collaboration regardless of location.

🌐 Network fundamentals

🖥️ Client-server architecture

Client: the application that runs on a personal computer or workstation. Server: manages network resources or performs special tasks such as storing files, managing printers, or processing database queries.

  • Any user on the network can access the server's capabilities.
  • This architecture enables efficient resource sharing across the organization.
  • Example: multiple employees can access the same printer or database without needing individual copies.

🔄 Core benefits of networking

Networks transform how work gets done by:

  • File-sharing: all employees access the same information regardless of location, eliminating duplication of effort.
  • Screen-sharing: employees at different sites can work on the same files simultaneously, seeing changes in real-time as if in the same room.
  • Videoconferencing: enables face-to-face communication across distances.
  • Enterprise software support: networks run large integrated programs that manage all corporate operations (finance, HR, engineering, sales, procurement).

📡 Network types by coverage

🏢 Local Area Networks (LANs)

Local area network (LAN): lets people at one site exchange data and share hardware and software from various manufacturers.

  • Coverage: single site (office, building, campus).
  • Connection options: wired or wireless.
  • Common uses at small businesses: office automation, accounting, information management.
  • Benefits: more cost-effective than linking terminals to mainframes; helps reduce staff, streamline operations, and cut processing costs.

🌍 Wide Area Networks (WANs)

Wide area network (WAN): connects computers at different sites via telecommunications media such as phone lines, satellites, and microwaves.

  • Coverage: multiple sites, potentially worldwide.
  • Connection method: modems connect computers to phone lines and transmit data almost instantly (less than a second).
  • Key example: the internet is essentially a worldwide WAN.
  • Business advantage: enables round-the-clock work using teams in different time zones.

📶 Wireless networks

TypeCoverageCommon uses
WWAN (Wireless WAN)Several countriesCellular phones, telecommunications carriers
WLAN (Wireless LAN / Wi-Fi)500 ft indoors, 1,000 ft outdoorsHotels, airports, hospitals, universities, warehouses
  • Wireless devices communicate with a wired access point into the wired network.
  • Benefits: no wires to obstruct, flexibility for employees in different locations.
  • Example: Veterans Administration Hospital uses WLAN for doctor-nurse communication, clinical information systems, and pharmacy management.

🔐 Specialized network applications

🏠 Intranets

Intranet: private corporate network that uses internet technology to connect computers; essentially a mini-internet serving only company employees. Firewall: prevents unauthorized access to the intranet.

  • Technology basis: internet technology (WANs) but restricted to internal use.
  • User interface: standard web browser makes it easy to use.
  • Cost advantage: less expensive to install and maintain than other network types.
  • Interactive features: chat rooms, team workspaces.

Common applications:

  • HR administration (benefits updates, time sheets, personnel records).
  • Job boards for internal positions.
  • Performance reviews and incentive payments.
  • Logistics and operations.

Benefits: Reduces administrative burden (e.g., HR department size can shrink by 30%), allows staff to focus on substantive projects, promotes teamwork and knowledge-sharing.

🚪 Enterprise portals

Enterprise portal: internal website that provides proprietary corporate information to a defined user group.

Three forms:

  • Business-to-employee (B2E)
  • Business-to-business (B2B)
  • Business-to-consumer (B2C)

Key difference from standard intranets: users can customize the portal home page to gather only the information they need for their specific job.

What portals provide:

  • Consistent, simple user interface across the company.
  • Integration of disparate systems and multiple data sets.
  • Single source for accurate, timely information (internal and external).
  • Shorter time to complete tasks.
  • Cost savings through elimination of information intermediaries.
  • Improved communications with customers, suppliers, dealers, and distributors.

🔒 Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)

Virtual private network (VPN): connects two or more private networks (such as LANs) over a public network (like the internet) with strong security measures.

How VPNs work:

  • Use existing internet infrastructure and equipment.
  • Connect remote users and offices anywhere in the world without long-distance charges.
  • Encrypt all data through "tunneling" to prevent interception.
  • Allow only authorized users to access the network and sensitive corporate information.

Advantages:

  • More cost-effective than purchasing networking equipment and leasing expensive private lines.
  • No need to buy or maintain special networking equipment.
  • Can outsource management of remote access equipment.
  • Useful for salespeople and telecommuters who can access the company network as if on-site.

When to use: Always use VPNs in public settings (coffee shops, airports) because encryption protects against hackers intercepting browsing activity, especially during sensitive transactions like online purchases.

Tradeoff: Availability and performance depend on factors largely outside the organization's control.

📱 Bluetooth wireless technology

Bluetooth: global standard for short-range wireless technology that improves personal connectivity.

Applications:

  • Connects keyboards and mice to computers.
  • Connects headsets to phones and music players.
  • Enables hands-free phone use while driving.
  • Automotive uses: hands-free calling, connecting portable music players to car audio systems.

Adopters: Amazon, Apple, Audi, BMW, DaimlerChrysler, Google, Honda, Saab, Toyota, Volkswagen.

☁️ Software delivery models

📦 Application Service Providers (ASPs)

Application service provider (ASP): companies subscribe (usually monthly) to use applications hosted by the provider, similar to using telephone voice mail.

Also called: on-demand software, hosted applications, software-as-a-service (SaaS).

How it works:

  • ASPs buy and maintain software on their servers.
  • Software is distributed through high-speed networks.
  • Users can access applications and data from any computer.
  • Subscribers rent applications for a set period and price.

Three major application categories:

  1. Enterprise applications: CRM, ERP, e-commerce, data warehousing.
  2. Collaborative applications: internal communications, e-mail, groupware, document management.
  3. Personal use applications: games, entertainment, home-office applications.

Benefits:

  • IT avoids purchasing, installing, supporting, and upgrading expensive software.
  • Savings in licensing fees, infrastructure, time, and staff.
  • Convenience of access from anywhere.

Market growth: Cloud service revenues reached about $180 billion in 2017, growing three times faster than traditional hardware and software. Leading providers include Amazon Web Services, IBM, Microsoft, and Salesforce.com.

🛠️ Managed Service Providers (MSPs)

Managed service provider (MSP): next generation of ASPs offering greater customization and expanded capabilities, including business processes and complete network server management.

Market size: Global managed IT services reached $149.1 billion in 2016, estimated to reach $256.5 billion in 2021 (11.5% annual growth rate).

Don't confuse: ASPs provide software applications; MSPs provide broader services including infrastructure management and business processes.

💼 Real-world applications

📦 Package delivery industry

Early adopters of wireless technology:

  • Delivery personnel use handheld computers.
  • Send immediate confirmation of package receipt.
  • Real-time tracking and updates.

🚗 Automotive industry

Bluetooth integration now standard in many vehicles:

  • Hands-free phone solutions for safer driving.
  • Simplified connection of portable music players to audio systems.
  • Transfer of downloaded music to car systems.

🏥 Healthcare

Veterans Administration Hospital example:

  • Wi-Fi access in all patient rooms.
  • Improved on-site communication among doctors and nurses.
  • Data transmission and voice-over-internet phone systems.
  • Clinical information systems (Meditech).
  • Pharmacy management systems.
103

Management Information Systems

13.3 Management Information Systems

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Management information systems integrate transaction processing and management support tools to collect, store, and analyze company data at different decision-making levels, enabling managers to make better operational, tactical, and strategic decisions.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What MIS comprises: users, hardware, and software that support decision-making by collecting and storing key company data.
  • Two main system categories: transaction processing systems (TPS) handle routine data collection and storage; management support systems (MSS) perform high-level analysis for decision-making.
  • Three decision-making levels served: operational (day-to-day transactions), tactical (middle management analysis), and strategic (executive-level forecasting and planning).
  • Common confusion: batch vs. online processing—batch collects data over time and processes together (efficient, periodic); online processes data immediately as available (current but more expensive).
  • Why it matters: proper MIS design automates tedious processes, reduces costs, and provides the right information to the right people for better business decisions.

🏗️ Core components and structure

🏗️ What makes up an MIS

Management information systems: users, hardware, and software that support decision-making.

  • Not just software—includes the people who use it and the physical equipment.
  • The system collects and stores the company's key data.
  • It produces information managers need for analysis, control, and decision-making.
  • Example: factories use MIS to automate production and monitor inventory; companies use them to process customer orders, billing, and vendor payments.

📊 How systems relate to management levels

The excerpt describes an integrated structure:

System typeWhat it doesManagement level served
Transaction Processing System (TPS)Receives raw data, prepares for storageOperational (day-to-day)
Management Support Systems (MSS)Analyzes data for forecasts, trends, strategiesTactical and Strategic
  • TPS forms the foundation—it feeds data into a central database.
  • MSS sits on top, using that database to perform higher-level analysis.
  • Each level serves different decision-making needs: operational (routine tasks), tactical (middle management), strategic (executive planning).

🔄 Transaction Processing Systems

🔄 What TPS does

Transaction Processing System (TPS): receives raw data from internal and external sources and prepares these data for storage in a database.

  • The TPS is the starting point of a firm's integrated information system.
  • All the company's key data are stored in a single huge database—the central information resource.
  • The database management system tracks data and allows users to query for needed information.
  • Example: when you check out at a supermarket, book a hotel online, or download music, the TPS records and tracks the transaction.

⚙️ Two ways to update the database

Batch processing:

  • Data are collected over some time period and processed together.
  • Uses computer resources very efficiently.
  • Well-suited to applications that require periodic rather than continuous processing.
  • Example: payroll processing that runs once per pay period; a factory might process accounting data in batches overnight.

Online (real-time) processing:

  • Processes data as they become available.
  • Keeps the company's data current.
  • More expensive than batch processing.
  • Example: airline reservations—information is entered immediately and you quickly receive confirmation via email; a factory operating around the clock might use real-time processing for inventory and other time-sensitive requirements.

Don't confuse: The choice depends on cost vs. benefit—companies must weigh whether having instant updates justifies the higher expense.

🧠 Management Support Systems

🧠 What MSS provides

Management Support Systems (MSS): use the internal master database to perform high-level analyses that help managers make better decisions.

  • MSS goes beyond the routine back-office processes that TPS automates.
  • It uses the same central database but performs analysis rather than just storage.
  • Includes advanced technologies like data warehousing.
  • Purpose: help managers make better decisions by providing deeper insights.

🏢 Data warehouses and data marts

Data warehouse: combines many databases across the whole company into one central database that supports management decision-making.

What data warehouses do:

  • Allow managers to easily access and share data across the enterprise.
  • Provide a broad overview rather than isolated segments of information.
  • Include software to extract data from operational databases, maintain it, and provide it to users.
  • Analyze data much faster than transaction-processing systems.

Data marts: special subsets of a data warehouse that each deal with a single area of data, organized for quick analysis.

Uses:

  • Customer relationship management
  • Fraud detection
  • Product-line analysis
  • Corporate asset management

Example: Union Pacific railroad consolidated multiple separate systems into a unified data warehouse. Before, "stovepipe systems" didn't talk to each other and couldn't provide a whole picture. After implementation, UP could make more accurate forecasts, identify best traffic routes, determine most profitable market segments, predict seasonal patterns, and manage fuel costs—saving millions through optimized locomotive utilization and efficient crew management. The system paid for itself in three years.

📋 Information-reporting systems

Information-reporting system: uses summary data collected by the TPS to produce both regularly scheduled and special reports.

Types of reports:

  • Regularly scheduled reports: produced on a set timetable with varying detail levels depending on the user.
    • Example: payroll personnel get a weekly report showing how each paycheck was determined; higher-level managers get a summary showing total labor cost and overtime by department with year-over-year comparisons.
  • Exception reports: show cases that fail to meet some standard.
    • Example: accounts receivable report listing all customers with overdue accounts helps collection personnel focus their work.
  • Special reports: generated only when a manager requests them.
    • Example: a report showing sales by region and type of customer can highlight reasons for a sales decline.

🎯 Decision Support Systems (DSS)

Decision Support System (DSS): helps managers make decisions using interactive computer models that describe real-world processes.

How DSS works:

  • Uses data from the internal database but looks for specific data relating to problems at hand.
  • A tool for answering "what if" questions about what would happen if the manager made certain changes.
  • Manager enters values describing a particular situation; the program computes the results.

Examples:

  • A manager creates a spreadsheet showing overtime required if the number of workers increases or decreases.
  • Marketing executives at a furniture company run DSS models using sales data and demographic assumptions to forecast types of furniture appealing to fastest-growing population groups.
  • Companies use predictive analytics programs to improve inventory management and use big data to target customer segments for new products.

👔 Executive Information Systems (EIS)

Executive Information System (EIS): customized for an individual executive, providing specific information for strategic decisions.

  • Similar to a DSS but tailored to one executive's needs.
  • Example: a CEO's EIS may include special spreadsheets presenting financial data comparing the company to principal competitors and graphs showing current economic and industry trends.

🤖 Expert Systems

Expert system: gives managers advice similar to what they would get from a human consultant.

How expert systems work:

  • Use artificial intelligence to enable computers to reason and learn to solve problems in much the same way humans do, using what-if reasoning.
  • Expensive and difficult to create.
  • Lower-end systems can run on mobile devices; top-of-the-line systems handle complex tasks.

Applications:

  • Help airlines deploy aircraft and crews (critical to efficient operations; hiring enough people for ongoing analytical tasks would be prohibitively expensive).
  • Oil exploration.
  • Employee work shift scheduling.
  • Illness diagnosis.

Don't confuse: Some expert systems replace human experts; others assist them.

💼 Technology management challenges

💼 Common executive complaints

The excerpt notes that companies make sizable investments in IT to manage overwhelming amounts of data, but often do not reap desired benefits.

Typical complaints from senior executives:

  • Company is spending too much and not getting adequate performance and payoff from IT investments.
  • Investments do not relate to business strategy.
  • Firm seems to be buying the latest technology for technology's sake.
  • Communications between IT specialists and IT users are poor.

Context: People have produced more data in the last 30 years than in the previous 5,000 years combined, making effective technology management critical but challenging.

104

Technology Management and Planning

13.4 Technology Management and Planning

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Effective technology management and planning require an integrated, company-wide strategy that balances business objectives with IT investments, focusing on knowledge management and proactive security measures rather than simply acquiring the latest technology.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The core problem: Companies often invest heavily in IT but fail to align these investments with business strategy, resulting in poor performance and payoff.
  • What technology planning involves: developing a comprehensive plan that coordinates business judgment, technology expertise, and investment to support strategic objectives.
  • Information vs. knowledge management: information management collects and condenses data, while knowledge management unlocks the value of intellectual assets to improve productivity and innovation.
  • Common confusion: KM is not technology-based but a business practice that uses technology—leading with technology alone is a path to failure.
  • Security imperative: protecting data requires formal written policies, proactive prevention strategies, and addressing both technical and human vulnerabilities.

🎯 The IT Investment Challenge

💸 Why IT investments fail

Companies make sizable investments in information technology but often don't reap the desired benefits. Typical complaints from senior executives include:

  • Spending too much without adequate performance and payoff
  • IT investments don't relate to business strategy
  • Buying the latest technology for technology's sake
  • Poor communications between IT specialists and IT users

Example: A growing company may find itself with a decentralized IT structure that includes many separate systems and duplication of efforts, wasting resources without strategic benefit.

🔧 The complexity of IT management

IT managers face multiple challenges:

  • Managing enterprise-wide operations across multiple locations
  • Overseeing networks and mobile devices (laptops, tablets, cell phones)
  • Handling e-mail messaging systems connecting staff from the next town to another continent
  • Working under time constraints and budget restrictions
  • Balancing security for equipment and data

Don't confuse: Technology management is not just about buying new technology—it's about leveraging existing investments, maximizing efficiency, and optimizing utilization, especially when budgets are being cut.

📋 Strategic Technology Planning

🎯 The integrated planning approach

The goal is to develop an integrated, company-wide technology plan that balances business judgment, technology expertise, and technology investment.

This requires:

  • Coordinated effort among top executives, IT managers, and business-unit managers
  • Taking into account the company's strategic objectives
  • Understanding how the right technology will help managers reach those goals

❓ Key planning questions

When planning technology purchases, departmental managers and IT specialists should ask:

CategoryQuestions
Strategic alignmentWhat are the company's overall objectives? What problems does the company want to solve? How can technology help meet those goals and solve the problems?
PrioritiesWhat are the company's IT priorities, both short- and long-term?
InfrastructureWhat type of technology infrastructure (centralized or decentralized) best serves the company's needs?
Technical fitWhich technologies meet the company's requirements? Are additional hardware and software required? Will they integrate with existing systems?
ImplementationDoes the system design include people and process changes, in addition to technological ones? Do you have in-house capabilities or should you bring in an outside specialist?

📊 The planning process

A good technology plan follows these steps:

  1. General needs assessment: Identify what employees need to perform their jobs at the highest levels of efficiency
  2. Ranking of projects: Identify projects that make business sense
  3. Specific choices: Choose the best hardware and software products for the company's needs
  4. Evaluation: Evaluate potential benefits in terms of efficiency and effectiveness

Critical warning: Installing a new IT system on top of inefficient business processes is a waste of time and money. You must evaluate and restructure business processes first.

🧠 Knowledge Management

📚 Information management vs. knowledge management

AspectInformation ManagementKnowledge Management (KM)
DefinitionCollecting, processing, and condensing informationResearching, gathering, organizing, and sharing an organization's collective knowledge
FocusPhysical data handlingUnlocking value of intellectual rather than physical assets
GoalProcess informationImprove productivity, foster innovation, and gain competitive advantage

Information management involves collecting, processing, and condensing information.

Knowledge management (KM) focuses on researching, gathering, organizing, and sharing an organization's collective knowledge to improve productivity, foster innovation, and gain competitive advantage.

🚫 What KM is NOT

The excerpt emphasizes several critical misconceptions:

  • Not technology-based: KM is a business practice that uses technology, not a technology solution
  • Not a software purchase: It's not about buying a major software application that serves as a data depository
  • Not leading with technology: Any "leading with technology" approach is a sure path to failure
  • Not an abstract concept: KM must be perceived as a business problem solver

Don't confuse: Technology facilitates KM but does not constitute it. Better hardware and software alone are not the answer.

🏢 Chief knowledge officer

Some companies are creating a new position:

Chief knowledge officer: a position created to head up knowledge management efforts.

🔄 Implementing KM successfully

Effective KM requires:

  • Interdisciplinary approach: Coordinates all aspects of an organization's knowledge
  • Major behavioral change: Not just technology changes
  • Information culture: Created through organizational structure and rewards
  • Collaborative environment: Promotes a more flexible, collaborative way of working and communicating
  • Leveraging resources: Uses the power of information systems (especially the internet) and human capital

Example: At Bristol-Myers Squibb, the vice president of knowledge management began by looking for specific information-related problems to solve. Scientists were spending about 18 percent of their time searching multiple databases for patents and other information. Simply integrating the relevant databases gave researchers the ability to perform faster searches, saving time and money.

💡 KM benefits

When done correctly, KM delivers:

  • More collaborative environment
  • Reduced duplication of effort
  • Increased shared knowledge
  • Significant benefits in terms of growth, time, and money

Example: A more complex project at Bristol-Myers Squibb involved compiling the best practices of drug-development teams with the best FDA approval rates so that other groups could benefit. Rather than send forms that could be easily set aside, the KM team conducted interviews and lessons-learned sessions, then developed the information into interesting articles rather than dry corporate reports.

🔒 Data Security and Protection

📈 The growing threat landscape

Security concerns are mounting:

  • Security breaches from human hackers or electronic versions (viruses and worms) are increasing at an alarming rate
  • Juniper Networks estimates that cybercrime will cost businesses more than $2 trillion in 2019, compared to just $450 million in 2001
  • Almost all U.S. businesses report at least one security issue
  • Almost 20 percent have experienced multiple security incidents

🎭 Evolution of cybercrime

Computer crooks are becoming more sophisticated:

  • Early cybercrooks: Typically amateur hackers working alone
  • New cybercrooks: More professional, often work in gangs to commit large-scale internet crimes for large financial rewards
  • The internet effect: Criminals can hide behind anonymous screen names, increasing stakes and expanding opportunities for identity theft and similar crimes
  • Low catch rate: Fewer than 5 percent of cybercriminals are caught

⚠️ Major categories of security threats

🚪 Unauthorized access and security breaches

  • Top concern of IT managers from both internal and external sources
  • Can create havoc with systems and damage customer relationships
  • Internal threats: Employees copying confidential new-product information to provide to competitors or using company systems for personal business
  • External threats: Networking links make it easier for outsiders to gain access
  • Keylogging software: Latest form of cybercrime—secretly installed via software downloads, e-mail attachments, or shared files; copies and transmits passwords, PINs, and other personal information from banking and credit card sites to thieves

🦠 Computer viruses, worms, and Trojan horses

Among the top threats to business and personal computer security:

Computer virus: A computer program that copies itself into other software and can spread to other computer systems; can destroy the contents of a computer's hard drive or damage files.

Worm: Spreads itself automatically from computer to computer; unlike a virus, doesn't require e-mail to replicate and transmit itself into other systems; can enter through valid access points.

Trojan horses: Programs that appear to be harmless and from legitimate sources but trick the user into installing them; when run, they damage the user's computer; do not infect other files or self-replicate.

How viruses spread:

  • Can hide for weeks, months, or even years before starting to damage information
  • Spread by sharing disks or downloading infected files over the internet
  • One infected computer or network can spread to another

Protection: Virus protection software automatically monitors computers to detect and remove viruses; program developers make regular updates available to guard against newly created viruses.

💥 Deliberate damage to equipment or information

Example: An unhappy employee in the purchasing department could get into the company's computer system and delete information on past orders and future inventory needs, severely disrupting production and the accounts payable system.

  • Willful acts to destroy or change data are hard to prevent
  • Companies should back up critical information to lessen the damage

📧 Spam

Spam: Unsolicited and unwanted e-mail.

Not just a nuisance—poses a security threat:

  • Viruses spread through e-mail attachments that can accompany spam
  • Now clogging blogs, instant messages, and cell phone text messages as well as e-mail inboxes
  • Corporate threats: Lost productivity and expenses from dealing with spam (opening messages, searching for legitimate messages that spam filters keep out)

🏴‍☠️ Software and media piracy

Piracy: Using software without a license.

  • Copying of copyrighted software programs, games, and movies by people who haven't paid for them
  • Takes revenue away from the company that developed the program (usually at great cost)
  • Includes making counterfeit CDs to sell as well as personal copying of software to share with friends

🛡️ Prevention strategies

📝 Formal security policies

The first step in a company's security strategy:

  • Create formal written information security policies to set standards and provide the basis for enforcement
  • Must have support of top management
  • Follow with procedures to implement the security policies
  • Review security policies often (IT is a dynamic field with ongoing changes)

The problem: Over two-thirds of IT executives worldwide expect a cyberattack in the near future, yet many companies lack basic security policies until after a hack or data crisis.

Why policies matter: "Having a documented, tested process brings order to chaotic situations and keeps everyone focused on solving the most pressing issues." Without information security strategies, companies spend too much time in a reactive mode—responding to crises—and don't focus enough on prevention.

🔧 Types of security measures

Concern AreaPercentageDescription
Connected devices52%Aren't sure how to secure connected devices and apps
Default passwords40%Don't immediately change default passwords
Data collection control33%Don't think they can control how companies collect personal information
Parental awareness33%Parents admit they don't know the risks well enough to explain to children
Credit monitoring37%Use credit-monitoring services

💾 Basic protective measures

Preventing costly problems can be simple:

  • Regular backups: Automatically back up company data every day and store copies off-site; employees should back up their own work regularly
  • Hardware/software database: Maintain a complete and current database of all IT hardware, software, and user details to make it easier to manage software licenses and updates and diagnose problems
  • Remote access: IT staff can use remote access technology to automatically monitor and fix problems, as well as update applications and services

👤 The human factor

Companies should never overlook the human factor in the security equation.

Common security breaches through human error:

  • Outsiders posing as employees: Getting staffer's full name and username from an e-mail message, then calling the help desk to ask for a forgotten password
  • Viewing passwords on notes attached to a desk or computer monitor
  • Using machines that employees leave logged on when they leave their desks

Don't confuse: Security is not just about technical measures—administrative policies that rely on humans to perform them are equally important. Examples: "Users must change their passwords every 90 days" and "End users will update their virus signatures at least once a week."

105

Protecting Computers and Information

13.5 Protecting Computers and Information

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Companies must implement comprehensive security strategies—combining technical measures, formal policies, and employee training—to protect their IT systems and data from an escalating array of threats including cyberattacks, viruses, unauthorized access, and privacy breaches.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why protection matters: Security breaches, viruses, and cybercrimes cost businesses over $2 trillion annually (2019 estimate) and are increasing at an alarming rate.
  • Major threat categories: Unauthorized access, viruses/worms/Trojan horses, deliberate sabotage, spam, and software piracy all pose distinct risks to corporate systems.
  • Prevention requires both technology and policy: Effective security combines technical tools (firewalls, encryption, backups) with administrative policies (password rules, training, audits).
  • Common confusion—reactive vs proactive: Companies often spend too much time responding to crises instead of preventing problems through formal written security policies and regular reviews.
  • Privacy trade-off: While data collection enables business insights, it raises serious concerns about consumer privacy, data mining, and government surveillance.

🚨 The Growing Threat Landscape

💰 The scale of cybercrime

  • Juniper Networks estimates cybercrime will cost businesses more than $2 trillion in 2019, up from just $450 million in 2001.
  • Almost all U.S. businesses report at least one security issue; nearly 20% experience multiple incidents.
  • Fewer than 5% of cybercriminals are caught, making prevention critical.

🎭 Evolution of cybercriminals

  • Early hackers: Typically amateur individuals working alone.
  • Modern cybercriminals: More professional, often work in gangs, commit large-scale crimes for financial rewards.
  • The internet allows criminals to hide behind anonymous screen names, expanding opportunities for identity theft and similar crimes.
  • Example: Criminals pose as employees to trick help desks into revealing passwords, or steal data from unsecured laptops in public places.

📱 Mobile and portable device risks

  • Laptops, tablets, cell phones, and flash drives store sensitive data (passwords, bank details, calendars, marketing plans).
  • These devices can spread viruses when users download infected documents to company computers.
  • Lost or stolen devices expose confidential information to outsiders.
  • Don't confuse: The threat is not just theft of the device itself, but unauthorized access to the data it contains.

🦠 Major Categories of Data Security Threats

🔓 Unauthorized access and security breaches

Unauthorized access includes both external intrusions and internal misuse by employees who copy confidential information or use company systems for personal business.

  • External threats: Outsiders gaining access through networking links.
  • Internal threats: Employees providing confidential new-product information to competitors or interfering with systems operation.
  • Keylogging software: Secretly installed via downloads, e-mail attachments, or shared files; copies and transmits passwords, PINs, and personal information from banking and credit card sites.

🦠 Computer viruses, worms, and Trojan horses

Threat TypeDefinitionHow It SpreadsKey Characteristic
Computer virusA program that copies itself into other softwareVia e-mail, shared disks, or downloaded filesCan destroy hard drive contents or damage files; may hide for weeks/months before activating
WormSelf-replicating malwareSpreads automatically from computer to computer through valid access pointsDoes NOT require e-mail to replicate and transmit
Trojan horseProgram appearing harmless and legitimateUser installs it thinking it's beneficial (e.g., "virus removal" tool)Damages computer or provides "trapdoor" for undocumented access; does NOT infect other files or self-replicate
  • Virus protection software automatically monitors computers to detect and remove viruses; requires regular updates against newly created viruses.
  • Example: A Trojan horse may claim to remove viruses but instead infects the computer or allows hidden access.

💣 Deliberate damage to equipment or information

  • What it is: Willful acts to destroy or change data in computers, often by disgruntled employees.
  • Example: An unhappy employee in purchasing could delete information on past orders and future inventory needs, severely disrupting production and accounts payable.
  • Why it's hard to prevent: Internal access makes sabotage difficult to stop in advance.
  • Mitigation: Companies should back up critical information regularly.

📧 Spam

  • Not just a nuisance: Spam poses real security threats beyond annoyance.
  • How it threatens security: Viruses spread through e-mail attachments accompanying spam.
  • Expanding reach: Now clogs blogs, instant messages, and cell phone text messages, not just e-mail.
  • Business costs: Lost productivity from opening messages and searching for legitimate messages filtered out by spam blockers.

🏴‍☠️ Software and media piracy

Piracy is defined as using software without a license.

  • Includes making counterfeit CDs to sell and personal copying of software to share with friends.
  • Takes revenue away from companies that developed programs at great cost.
  • Affects software programs, games, and movies.

🛡️ Prevention Strategies and Security Measures

📋 Formal security policies

  • First step: Create written information security policies to set standards and provide the basis for enforcement.
  • Reality check: Over two-thirds of IT executives worldwide expect a cyberattack in the near future, yet many companies lack basic security policies until after a crisis.
  • Why policies matter: Without them, companies spend too much time in reactive mode responding to crises instead of focusing on prevention.
  • Key principle: Security plans must have top management support, followed by procedures to implement the policies.
  • Ongoing process: Review security policies often because IT is a dynamic field with constant changes to equipment and processes.

🔧 Technical vs administrative measures

Technical measures (handled automatically):

  • Encryption technology
  • Firewalls
  • Intrusion-detection systems
  • Automated backups

Administrative policies (rely on humans):

  • "Users must change their passwords every 90 days"
  • "End users will update their virus signatures at least once a week"
  • Logging out when leaving desks
  • Choosing sensible passwords

🔐 Specific protection procedures

Protection AreaSpecific Measures
Physical securityStringent measures to protect premises and equipment
Data protectionEncryption technology to encode confidential information so only recipients can decipher it
Access controlAuthorization systems from simple passwords to sophisticated fingerprint/voice identification
Network securityFirewalls (hardware/software to prevent unauthorized access to/from private networks)
MonitoringIntrusion-detection systems that signal possible unauthorized access and document suspicious events
AuditingPeriodic IT audits to catalog all attached storage devices and computers; technology to monitor ports for unauthorized devices
BackupRegular automatic backups stored off-site; employees backing up their own work

Encryption: Technology to encode confidential information so only the recipient can decipher it.

Firewalls: Hardware or software designed to prevent unauthorized access to or from a private network.

👥 The human factor in security

Common vulnerabilities:

  • Employees leaving notes with passwords attached to desks or monitors
  • Leaving machines logged on when away from desks
  • Leaving laptop computers unsecured in public places
  • Falling for social engineering (outsiders posing as employees to get passwords from help desks)

Training and policies:

  • Hold frequent staff-training sessions on correct security procedures
  • Teach employees to choose sensible passwords: at least 6–8 characters, containing numbers, letters, and punctuation marks; avoid dictionary words and personal information
  • Train employees to troubleshoot problems in advance rather than just react
  • Establish FAQ databases so employees can solve problems themselves
  • Develop healthy communications atmosphere

Flash drives and mobile devices:

  • Manufacturers now add password protection and encryption to flash drives
  • Companies can use monitoring software to prevent unauthorized access on PCs and laptops

💾 Backup and database management

  • Daily backups: Systems should automatically back up company data every day.
  • Off-site storage: Store copies of backups off-site to protect against physical disasters.
  • Complete database: Maintain current database of all IT hardware, software, and user details to manage licenses, updates, and diagnose problems.
  • Remote access: IT staff can use remote technology to automatically monitor, fix problems, and update applications.

🔒 Privacy Concerns and Data Mining

📊 The privacy threat from data warehouses

  • The problem: Huge electronic file cabinets full of personal information threaten personal privacy.
  • Before: Financial, medical, tax, and other records were stored in separate computer systems.
  • Now: Computer networks make it easy to pool data into data warehouses.
  • Data sources: Companies collect information from warranty cards, credit-card records, website registrations, online purchases, and grocery discount club cards.
  • Profiling: Telemarketers combine data from different sources to create detailed consumer profiles.

🔍 Data mining and surveillance concerns

Data mining: Sophisticated database applications that look for hidden patterns in a group of data, a process that increases the potential for tracking and predicting people's daily activities.

  • Post-9/11 context: Government began looking for ways to improve domestic-intelligence collection and analyze terrorist threats.
  • Dual risks:
    • Business errors: May result in consumers being targeted with inappropriate advertising.
    • Government errors: Could do untold damage to unjustly targeted individuals.
  • Concern: Programs that eavesdrop electronically could lead to excessive government surveillance encroaching on personal privacy.

⚖️ Consumer rights and company responsibilities

Consumer pushback:

  • Consumers increasingly fight to regain control of personal data and how it's used.
  • Privacy advocates work to block sales of information collected by governments and corporations (e.g., driver's license information, supermarket discount card data).

Company practices:

  • Most registration and warranty forms now include opt-out boxes to prevent selling consumer names.
  • Many companies state in privacy policies they will not abuse collected information.
  • Regulators take action against companies that fail to respect consumer privacy.

The balance:

  • Companies must find a balance between collecting needed information and protecting individual consumer rights.
  • Example: With buying-habit information, advertisers can target consumers for specific marketing programs, but this raises privacy concerns.

🔥 Disaster Preparedness

🌪️ Natural disasters and fault tolerance

  • Threats: Major fires, earthquakes, floods, power outages, equipment failure.
  • Solution: Many companies install specialized fault-tolerant computer systems to withstand natural disasters.
  • Comprehensive planning: Plans must cover human error, power outages, equipment failure, hacking, and terrorist attacks.

🎯 Proactive vs reactive approach

  • Problem: Companies without information security strategies spend too much time responding to crises.
  • Solution: Take a proactive approach to prevent security and technical problems before they start.
  • Expert advice: "Having a documented, tested process brings order to chaotic situations and keeps everyone focused on solving the most pressing issues." (Stephanie Ewing, data security expert)

📈 Security Spending and Priorities

💵 Investment trends

  • Companies have increased spending on technology to protect IT infrastructure and data in response to mounting security concerns.
  • Investments include specialized hardware, software, and development of specific security strategies.

📊 Top concerns for data protection

ConcernPercentage
Aren't sure how to secure connected devices and apps52%
Don't immediately change default passwords40%
Parents don't know risks well enough to explain to children33%
Don't think they can control how companies collect personal information33%
Use credit-monitoring services37%

🎯 Key takeaway

The excerpt emphasizes that protection requires both immediate technical measures and long-term strategic planning, with regular reviews and updates to keep pace with evolving threats.

106

Trends in Information Technology

13.6 Trends in Information Technology

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Companies must stay current on emerging IT trends—such as digital forensics, distributed workforces, and cloud computing—to maintain their competitive edge and optimize operational efficiency.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Digital forensics enables organizations to extract evidence from computers and networks for legal and investigative purposes.
  • Distributed workforce model allows knowledge workers to work remotely, delivering cost savings, higher productivity, and better employee retention.
  • Cloud computing creates a virtual computing environment that companies can access on-demand without investing in expensive supercomputer equipment.
  • Common confusion: Cloud computing vs. internal grids—cloud uses external resources on an as-needed basis; internal grids harness a company's own networked computers.
  • Why it matters: These trends help companies reduce costs, increase flexibility, and improve decision-making capabilities.

🔍 Digital Forensics

🔍 What digital forensics provides

Digital forensics: techniques that allow corporations, government agencies, attorneys, and lawmakers to obtain evidence from computers and corporate networks.

  • Recovers various types of digital information: web pages, pictures, documents, and e-mails.
  • Provides legally admissible evidence from IT systems.
  • Used by multiple stakeholders including corporations, government agencies, attorneys, and lawmakers.

🎯 Applications

  • Investigative purposes for legal cases.
  • Corporate compliance and internal investigations.
  • Law enforcement and regulatory requirements.

👥 Distributed Workforce Model

👥 What the distributed workforce means

  • Knowledge workers now work remotely rather than from a traditional office location.
  • Represents a shift in how companies organize their workforce and physical infrastructure.

💰 Benefits companies gain

BenefitDescription
Cost savingsReduced office space and overhead expenses
Employee satisfactionWorkers gain flexibility and work-life balance
ProductivityMore satisfied employees tend to be more productive
RetentionIncreased employee retention rates

Example: An organization allows its knowledge workers to work from home or remote locations instead of requiring daily office attendance, reducing real estate costs while improving employee morale.

⚠️ Don't confuse

  • This is not just "telecommuting" or occasional remote work—it's a comprehensive business model that fundamentally changes how companies structure their operations.

☁️ Cloud Computing and Grid Solutions

☁️ What cloud computing is

Cloud computing: harnesses the power of computers, online software, and data storage to create a virtual computing environment that is invisible to the user.

  • Companies access computing resources on an as-needed basis.
  • Eliminates the need to invest in expensive supercomputer equipment.
  • The computing environment is "invisible" to users—they don't need to know where or how processing occurs.

🔧 How cloud computing works

  • Resources are accessed remotely through the internet.
  • Companies pay for what they use rather than owning infrastructure.
  • Provides scalability—resources can expand or contract based on needs.

Example: An organization needs significant computing power for a short-term project. Instead of purchasing expensive servers, it accesses cloud computing resources for just the duration needed, then scales back down.

🏢 Outsourcing vs. internal grids

ApproachDescriptionAdvantage
Cloud/OutsourcingUse external computing resourcesAdditional flexibility and cost advantages
Internal gridsSet up networked computing within the companyMaintain control while gaining efficiency
  • Outsourcing provides flexibility—companies can adjust resources without capital investment.
  • Internal grids allow companies to harness their own networked computers for distributed computing power.
  • Companies can choose one approach or combine both strategies.

📊 Strategic value

  • Reduces capital expenditure on IT infrastructure.
  • Provides computing power that would otherwise be unaffordable.
  • Allows companies to focus resources on core business rather than IT management.
  • Enables rapid scaling to meet changing business demands.
107

Accounting: More than Numbers

14.1 Accounting: More than Numbers

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Accounting provides the essential framework for understanding a firm's financial condition and enables all stakeholders—from managers to investors—to make informed decisions based on accurate financial information.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why accounting matters: It is the backbone of any business, converting financial transaction details into reports that describe financial position and performance.
  • Two types of accounting: Managerial accounting serves internal decision-makers; financial accounting produces reports for external stakeholders like investors and lenders.
  • Who uses financial information: Employees at all levels, investors, lenders, suppliers, government agencies, and job seekers all benefit from understanding accounting basics.
  • Common confusion: Internal vs. external reports—managerial accounting provides detailed operational data for managers, while financial accounting follows GAAP standards for outsiders.
  • Recent importance: High-profile fraud cases (Enron, WorldCom, Madoff) have raised awareness about the critical need for accurate financial information and sound procedures.

📊 What accounting does

📊 The accounting process

Accounting: the process of collecting, recording, classifying, summarizing, reporting, and analyzing financial activities.

  • It transforms raw transaction data (sales, payments, purchases) into usable information.
  • The system converts details into reports that people can use to evaluate the firm and make decisions.
  • All types of organizations use accounting procedures: businesses, hospitals, schools, government agencies, and civic groups.

🔄 From data to decisions

  • The accounting system follows a flow: Data → Information → Reports.
  • Reports describe:
    • Financial position at one point in time
    • Financial performance during a specified period
  • Example: Sales details are collected, classified, and summarized into sales reports that show how well marketing strategies are working.

📈 What accounting reveals

  • Provides a framework for looking at:
    • Past performance
    • Current financial health
    • Possible future performance
  • Enables comparison of financial positions and performances across different firms.
  • Example: Understanding financial reports allows you to evaluate two companies and choose the better investment.

🔍 Two types of accounting

🏢 Managerial accounting (internal)

Managerial accounting: provides financial information that managers inside the organization can use to evaluate and make decisions about current and future operations.

  • Purpose: Used within the organization for internal decision-making.
  • Users: Managers in operations, production, manufacturing, and top executives.
  • Types of reports:
    • Sales reports showing marketing strategy effectiveness and units sold
    • Production cost reports to track and control costs
    • Labor requirement reports for planning future work
  • Detail level: Managers may prepare very detailed reports for their own use and provide summary reports to top management as "snapshots" of operations.

🌐 Financial accounting (external)

Financial accounting: focuses on preparing external financial reports that are used by outsiders—people who have an interest in the business but are not part of management.

  • Purpose: Used primarily by external stakeholders to assess financial strength.
  • Users: Lenders, suppliers, investors, government agencies, and others outside management.
  • Standards: Must follow Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) to ensure accuracy and consistency.
  • Note: Although these reports are useful for managers, their primary audience is external.

🆚 Key distinction

AspectManagerial AccountingFinancial Accounting
AudienceInternal managersExternal stakeholders
PurposeOperational decisionsAssess financial strength
DetailVery detailed, customizedStandardized, summary
StandardsFlexibleMust follow GAAP
ExamplesProduction costs, sales by productBalance sheet, income statement

Don't confuse: Both types provide useful information for managers, but financial accounting's primary purpose is external reporting with standardized formats.

👥 Who uses financial information

👔 Internal users

  • Employees at all levels use accounting information to monitor operations.
  • Must decide:
    • Which financial information is important for their company or business unit
    • What those numbers mean
    • How to use them to make decisions
  • Example: Production managers use cost reports to plan future work based on current financial data.

🏦 External users

  • Lenders: Assess ability to repay loans
  • Suppliers: Evaluate creditworthiness before extending credit
  • Investors: Decide whether to buy stock or bonds
  • Government agencies: Monitor compliance and collect taxes
  • Job seekers: Research companies before interviewing
  • All benefit from knowing accounting and financial statement basics.

🌍 Universal relevance

The excerpt emphasizes that "all of us" benefit from knowing accounting basics, whether:

  • Self-employed
  • Working for a local small business
  • Working for a multinational Fortune 100 firm
  • Not currently in the workforce

📜 Standards and regulation

📏 GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles)

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP): standards that accountants in the United States follow when preparing financial statements to ensure accuracy and consistency.

  • Ensures financial information is reported consistently across companies.
  • Makes it possible to compare financial statements between different firms.

🏛️ FASB (Financial Accounting Standards Board)

Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB): a private organization responsible for establishing financial accounting standards used in the United States.

  • Sets the rules that govern financial accounting in the U.S.
  • Works (or has worked) with international bodies to develop standards.

🌐 International standards challenge

  • Current situation: No international accounting standards exist; practices vary from country to country.
  • Impact on multinationals: Companies must conform financial statements to both their own country's standards and the parent company's country standards.
  • Convergence efforts: FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) worked together to develop global standards, but as of the excerpt's writing, they have not agreed on a global set.
  • Why it matters: About 150 countries use IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards), but the U.S. uses GAAP.

🚧 Obstacles to global standards

  • Different approaches: U.S. demands very detailed rules due to frequent litigation; IASB sets principles and leaves preparers to apply them.
  • Cost concerns: U.S. companies fear that moving to global standards would be costly and time-consuming (software changes, training, business practice changes).
  • Current status: The two organizations "agree to disagree" on convergence timing but keep each other informed about upcoming changes.

⚠️ Why accuracy matters: fraud cases

💥 High-profile scandals

The excerpt describes how accounting topics "rarely made the news" before 2001, but major fraud cases changed that:

  • Enron Corp. (2001):

    • Manipulated accounting rules to improve financial statements
    • Filed bankruptcy
    • Top executives charged with conspiracy and fraud
    • Accounting firm Arthur Andersen convicted of obstruction of justice and went out of business (2002)
  • Bernard Madoff:

    • Bilked investors out of more than $65 billion
    • Serving a 150-year prison term
  • WorldCom:

    • CEO Bernard Ebbers sentenced to 25 years
    • $11 billion in accounting fraud
  • Tyco:

    • CEO L. Dennis Kozlowski fined $70 million and sentenced to 8 to 25 years
  • Other companies: Adelphia, and more

📉 Impact of fraud

  • Investor confidence: Crisis in confidence sent stock prices tumbling.
  • Value destruction: Companies lost billions in value.
  • Critical concerns raised:
    • Independence of auditors
    • Questions of integrity and public trust
    • Issues with current financial reporting standards

🎓 Lessons learned

  • More people now pay attention to accounting topics.
  • Recognition that accounting is "the backbone of any business."
  • Increased awareness of the importance of:
    • Accurate financial information
    • Sound financial procedures
    • Proper audits (financial statement reviews)

Don't confuse: The excerpt emphasizes that these were not just technical errors but cases where executives "knowingly flouted accepted accounting standards to inflate current profits and increase their compensation."

📄 Key financial reports

📋 The annual report

Annual report: a yearly document that describes a firm's financial status, discusses activities during the past year, and prospects for the future.

  • Chief element: Financial statements
  • Three primary financial statements:
    1. The balance sheet
    2. The income statement
    3. The statement of cash flows

📊 Types of financial reports

The accounting system generates two types:

  1. Internal reports: Used within the organization (managerial accounting)
  2. External reports: Used by outsiders (financial accounting)

Financial statements are a specific category of reports that include balance sheets and income statements, used primarily by external stakeholders but also useful for managers.

Special reports include breakdowns like sales and expense by product line.

👨‍💼 The accounting profession

📈 Industry size and growth

  • The accounting profession has grown due to:
    • Increased complexity, size, and number of businesses
    • Frequent changes in tax laws
  • Now a $95 billion-plus industry
  • More than 1.4 million accountants in the United States

🔧 Modern accountant's role

  • Not just number-crunching: Accountants now work closely with clients to:
    • Prepare financial reports
    • Help develop good financial practices
  • Technology impact: Advances have taken tedium out of data-gathering and offer powerful analytical tools.
  • Must keep up with: Information technology trends

🏢 Classification of accountants

  • Two main types: Public accountants and private (corporate) accountants
  • Work settings:
    • Public accounting firms
    • Private industry
    • Education
    • Government
    • About 10% are self-employed

📈 Job outlook

  • Positive outlook for accountants over the next decade (according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics reference in the excerpt).

Don't confuse: The old stereotype of accountants as back-room number-crunchers wearing green eye shades; modern accountants are client-facing professionals who must love working with numbers but also understand technology and business strategy.

108

The Accounting Profession

14.2 The Accounting Profession

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The accounting profession has evolved from tedious number-crunching into a technology-driven, highly regulated field that plays a critical role in ensuring financial integrity and transparency through both public and private accountants working under strict standards established by legislation like the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two main types of accountants: public accountants (independent, fee-based) and private accountants (employed by one organization), with different roles and certifications (CPA vs CMA).
  • Why accounting scandals led to reform: companies manipulated financial reports through creative accounting, fraudulent reporting, and exploiting loopholes, driven by compensation tied to targets and weak oversight.
  • What Sarbanes-Oxley changed: the 2002 Act created the PCAOB to oversee auditors, required CEO/CFO certification of financial statements, restricted auditor consulting work, and imposed severe penalties for fraud.
  • Common confusion: auditing vs consulting—conflicts of interest arose when the same firm earned fees for both validating financial information and providing advisory services to the same client.
  • Industry growth and outlook: accounting is now a $95+ billion industry with over 1.4 million U.S. accountants, and jobs are projected to grow 11% faster than many other industries.

👥 Types of Accountants

👔 Public Accountants

Public accountants: independent accountants who serve organizations and individuals on a fee basis.

  • They offer a wide range of services:
    • Preparation of financial statements and tax returns
    • Independent auditing of financial records and accounting methods
    • Management consulting

🔍 What auditing means

Auditing: the process of reviewing the records used to prepare financial statements.

  • Public accountants issue a formal auditor's opinion indicating whether statements follow accepted accounting rules.
  • This written opinion is an important part of a company's annual report.
  • Only CPAs can issue the auditor's opinion on a firm's financial statements.

🏢 The Big Four

  • The largest public accounting firms operate worldwide and offer business consulting in addition to accounting services.
  • In order of size: Deloitte, PwC (PricewaterhouseCoopers), EY (Ernst & Young), and KPMG International.
  • Example: Arthur Andersen, a former member, disbanded in 2002 due to the Enron scandal.

📜 Becoming a CPA

Certified public accountant (CPA): an accountant who has completed an approved bachelor's degree program and passed a test prepared by the American Institute of CPAs (AICPA).

  • Each state has additional requirements:
    • Several years of on-the-job experience
    • Continuing education
  • Of the more than 418,000 AICPA members, 47% work in public accounting firms and 39% in business and industry.
  • Most CPAs first work for public accounting firms and may later become private accountants or financial managers.

🏭 Private Accountants

Private accountants: accountants employed to serve one particular organization.

  • Their activities include:
    • Preparing financial statements
    • Auditing company records to ensure employees follow accounting policies and procedures
    • Developing accounting systems
    • Preparing tax returns
    • Providing financial information for management decision-making

📊 CMA certification

Certified management accountant (CMA): a professional certification for managerial accountants that requires passing an examination.

  • While some private accountants hold the CPA designation, managerial accountants have their own professional certification program.
  • Don't confuse: CPA is for public accounting and auditing; CMA is for private/managerial accounting.

🚨 The Accounting Scandals and Their Causes

📈 The scale of the problem

  • The number of companies restating annual financial statements tripled from 1997 to 2002.
  • An epidemic of accounting irregularities affected the wider corporate arena, not just big-name scandals.

🎭 How companies manipulated reports

According to an AICPA report, companies used creative, aggressive, or inappropriate accounting techniques:

  • Committing fraudulent financial reporting
  • Stretching accounting rules to significantly enhance financial results
  • Following appropriate accounting rules but using loopholes to manage financial results

🔑 Why companies pushed accounting boundaries

Common characteristics of companies involved in scandals:

FactorHow it contributed
Company cultureArrogance and above-average tolerance for risk
Accounting interpretationManipulated rules to get predetermined results and conceal negative information
CompensationPackages tied to financial targets made executives greedy and pressured them to meet overly optimistic goals
Weak oversightIneffective audit committees, boards, and financial controls that weren't independent from management
Centralized controlFinancial reporting tightly controlled by top management, increasing fraud opportunity
Unrealistic benchmarksFinancial performance targets often out of line with the industry
Complex structuresComplicated business structures that clouded how the company made profits
Cash flow mismatchesCash flow from operations seemed out of line with reported earnings
Questionable acquisitionsQuick acquisitions to show growth rather than for sound business reasons

🎯 Short-term focus problem

  • Companies focused on making themselves look good in the short term.
  • They did whatever was necessary to top past performance and meet investment analysts' earnings expectations.
  • Investors panicked when a company missed analysts' forecasts.
  • Executives who benefited from rising stock prices had no incentive to question the earnings increases that led to price gains.
  • Example: Number games raised serious concerns about earnings quality and the validity of financial reports.

📜 The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Reforms

⚖️ What SOX is

Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX): a 2002 law, one of the most extensive pieces of business legislation passed by Congress, designed to address the investing public's lack of trust in corporate America.

  • It went into effect in 2002 in response to accounting scandals.
  • The Act redefines the public corporation–auditor relationship and restricts the types of services auditors can provide to clients.

🏛️ The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB)

  • An independent five-member board given authority to set and amend auditing, quality control, ethics, independence, and other standards for audit reports.
  • All PCAOB members must be financially literate.
  • Two members must have their CPA designation; the other three cannot be or have been CPAs.
  • Appointed and overseen by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
  • Powers include:
    • Inspecting accounting firms
    • Investigating breaches of securities law, standards, competency, and conduct
    • Taking disciplinary action
    • Registering public accounting firms

🔒 Key SOX provisions

📋 Auditing standards

  • Audit work papers and other documentation must be maintained for seven years.
  • A second partner must review and approve audit reports.
  • Standards must cover quality control and review of internal control procedures.

💡 Financial disclosure

  • Companies must clearly disclose all transactions that may have a material current or future effect on their financial condition.
  • This includes off-the-books transactions or those with unconsolidated entities.
  • Management and major stockholders must disclose transactions (like stock sales) within two days.
  • Companies must disclose their code of ethics for senior financial executives.
  • Significant changes in operations or financial condition must be disclosed "on a rapid and current basis."

✍️ Financial statement certification

  • Chief executive officers and chief financial officers must certify company financial statements.
  • Severe criminal and civil penalties apply for false certification.
  • If securities fraud results in restatement of financial reports, these executives lose any stock-related profits and bonuses they received prior to the restatement.

🛡️ Internal controls

  • Each company must have appropriate internal control procedures in place for financial reporting.
  • The annual report must include a report on implementation of those controls to assure the integrity of financial reports.

🚫 Consulting work restrictions

  • The Act restricts the non-auditing work auditors may perform for a client.
  • In the past, large accounting firms had expanded their role to include a wide range of advisory services beyond validating financial information.
  • Don't confuse: Conflicts of interest arose when the same firm earned lucrative fees for both audit and consulting work for the same client—this is now restricted.

📝 Other penalties and protections

  • Altering or destroying key audit documents now carries felony charges and increased penalties.
  • Clarifies auditor-independence issues.
  • Places increased accountability on senior executives and management.
  • Strengthens disclosure of insider transactions (an employee selling stock based on information not known by the public).
  • Prohibits loans to executives.

🏢 Additional regulatory changes

Beyond SOX, other organizations took steps:

  • AICPA Auditing Standards Board (ASB): issued expanded guidelines in September 2002 to help auditors uncover fraud while conducting audits.
  • New York Stock Exchange: stiffened listing requirements so the majority of directors at listed companies must be independent and not employees; auditors cannot serve on clients' boards for five years.
  • Nasdaq marketplace: companies cannot hire former auditors at any level for three years.

💼 Impact and Outcomes of Reforms

💰 Costs and burdens

  • Companies implemented new control measures and improved existing ones.
  • The burdens in both cost and time have been considerable.
  • Many companies had to redesign and restructure financial systems to improve efficiency.
  • Some finance executives reported that costs depressed earnings and negatively affected stock prices.

✅ Benefits and long-term view

  • Some finance executives believe their investment in increased controls improved shareholder perceptions of their company's ethics.
  • Fifteen years after SOX implementation, many business executives believe the process has helped them fine-tune financial activities and reporting.
  • The reforms have helped companies address dynamic changes in the market and other economic challenges.

🔍 Investor behavior changes

  • Investors, now aware of the possibility of various accounting shenanigans, are avoiding companies that use complicated financial structures and off-the-books financing.
  • Investors discovered they could neither assume auditors were adequately monitoring clients' accounting methods nor depend on the integrity of published financial information—leading to greater scrutiny.
109

Basic Accounting Procedures

14.3 Basic Accounting Procedures

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The accounting cycle transforms business transactions into financial statements through a systematic six-step process built on the fundamental accounting equation, where assets minus liabilities always equals owners' equity.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • The accounting equation foundation: Assets − Liabilities = Owners' equity must always balance, and every transaction requires two entries to maintain this balance (double-entry bookkeeping).
  • Accounting vs bookkeeping distinction: Bookkeeping is the routine, clerical recording of transactions; accounting is the broader process of classifying, summarizing, analyzing, and developing financial strategy.
  • The six-step accounting cycle: analyze data → record in journal → post to ledgers → prepare trial balance → create financial statements → analyze reports for decision-making.
  • Common confusion: Don't confuse the accounting equation elements—assets are what you own (tangible or intangible), liabilities are what you owe, and owners' equity is your net investment after debts.
  • Technology's role: Computerized accounting software automates many functions and enables data analytics, but understanding underlying accounting principles remains essential for evaluating financial soundness.

📐 The Accounting Equation Foundation

📐 Three core elements

The late 15th-century Italian monk Brother Luca Pacioli defined the three main accounting elements that form the basis of modern accounting:

Assets: things of value owned by a firm, which may be tangible (cash, equipment, buildings) or intangible (patents, trademarked names).

Liabilities (also called debts): what a firm owes to its creditors.

Owners' equity (also called net worth): the total amount of investment in the firm minus any liabilities.

⚖️ The fundamental equation

The relationship among these three elements:

Assets − Liabilities = Owners' equity

  • This equation must always be in balance—the total on one side of the equals sign must equal the total on the other side.
  • Every transaction affects the equation, but the balance is maintained through the recording method.

Example: You start a coffee shop and put $10,000 cash into the business.

  • Assets = $10,000 (cash)
  • Liabilities = $0
  • Owners' equity = $10,000 (your investment)
  • Equation: $10,000 = $0 + $10,000 ✓ balanced

🔄 Double-entry bookkeeping

Double-entry bookkeeping: the method where every transaction is recorded as two entries, creating an equal and opposite event so that two accounts or records are changed.

  • This method keeps the accounting equation in balance.
  • Each transaction has two sides that offset each other.

Example: After starting with $10,000 cash, you borrow another $10,000 from the bank.

  • Initial: Assets $10,000 = Liabilities $0 + Owners' equity $10,000
  • Borrowing transaction: Assets +$10,000 = Liabilities +$10,000 + Owners' equity $0
  • After borrowing: Assets $20,000 = Liabilities $10,000 + Owners' equity $10,000 ✓ balanced
  • You now have $20,000 in assets (your original $10,000 + $10,000 loan proceeds).
  • The bank loan is recorded as a $10,000 liability because it's a debt you must repay.
  • Making two entries (one for the cash received, one for the liability created) keeps the equation balanced.

🔁 The Six-Step Accounting Cycle

🔁 What the cycle accomplishes

Accounting cycle: the process of generating financial statements, beginning with a business transaction and ending with the preparation of the report.

The cycle ensures that all financial transactions are systematically captured, organized, and transformed into useful reports.

📝 Step 1: Analyze data

  • Collect data from many sources.
  • All transactions with a financial impact must be documented: sales, payments to employees and suppliers, interest and tax payments, purchases of inventory, etc.
  • The accountant reviews documents to ensure they're complete.
  • This is the foundation—incomplete or inaccurate data will compromise all subsequent steps.

📔 Step 2: Record in journal

Journal: a listing of financial transactions in chronological order.

  • Each transaction is recorded as it occurs, in time sequence.
  • This creates a complete historical record of all financial events.

📊 Step 3: Post to ledgers

Ledgers: records that show increases and decreases in specific asset, liability, and owners' equity accounts.

  • Journal entries are transferred (posted) to ledgers.
  • Each account (e.g., cash, inventory, accounts payable) has its own ledger showing all changes.
  • Ledgers organize information by account type rather than by time.

✅ Step 4: Prepare trial balance

Trial balance: a summary of ledger totals for each account, used to confirm the accuracy of the figures.

  • Ledger totals are summarized.
  • The trial balance checks that debits equal credits (the equation still balances).
  • This step catches mathematical errors before financial statements are prepared.

📄 Step 5: Create financial statements

  • The trial balance values are used to prepare financial statements and management reports.
  • The three major financial statements mentioned: balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows.
  • These statements summarize a company's business transactions over a specified time period.

🔍 Step 6: Analyze and decide

  • Individuals analyze the reports.
  • Decisions are made based on the information in them.
  • This is where accounting information becomes actionable for management, investors, and other stakeholders.

🆚 Accounting vs Bookkeeping

🆚 Key distinction

People sometimes confuse accounting with bookkeeping, but accounting is a much broader concept.

AspectBookkeepingAccounting
NatureRoutine, clerical processBroader concept encompassing multiple functions
FunctionSystem used to record a firm's financial transactionsTakes bookkeepers' transactions, classifies and summarizes financial information, prepares and analyzes financial reports
ScopeRecording onlyRecording + classification + summarization + analysis + planning
Strategic roleOperationalDevelops and manages financial systems; helps plan the firm's financial strategy

📌 Don't confuse

  • Bookkeeping is a subset of accounting, not a synonym.
  • Accountants do more than just record—they interpret, analyze, and provide strategic guidance.
  • Bookkeepers provide the raw data; accountants transform it into meaningful insights.

💻 Technology in Accounting

💻 Automation and efficiency

Over the past decade, technology has had a significant impact on the accounting industry:

  • Computerized and online accounting programs make business operations and financial reporting more efficient.
  • Basic modules handle: general ledger, sales order, accounts receivable, purchase order, accounts payable, and inventory control functions.
  • Tax programs use accounting data to prepare tax returns and tax plans.
  • Point-of-sale terminals used by many retail firms automatically record sales and do some of the bookkeeping.
  • The Big Four and many other large public accounting firms develop accounting software for themselves and for clients.

📦 Software range

Accounting software ranges from:

  • Off-the-shelf programs for small businesses
  • Full-scale customized enterprise resource planning systems for major corporations

Accounting and financial applications typically represent one of the largest portions of a company's software budget.

📊 Data analytics revolution

Data analytics have become a key element of any accounting professional's toolbox:

Data analytics: the process of examining numerous data sets (sometimes called big data) to draw conclusions about the information they contain, with the assistance of specialized systems and software.

How accountants use data analytics:

  • Make more accurate and detailed forecasts.
  • Link diverse financial and nonfinancial data sets for more comprehensive reporting of overall performance to shareholders and others.
  • Assess and manage risk across the entire organization.
  • Identify possible fraud.
  • Improve and enhance the auditing process—full data sets can now be analyzed where only samples were audited previously.
  • Enable continuous monitoring through comprehensive data sets.

Historical shift:

  • Historically, accountants were "paper pushers" who tracked financial information; their work finished when financial statements were finalized and tax forms were ready to be filed.
  • Today, accountants use data analytics to provide a clearer picture of the overall business environment on an ongoing basis.
  • Data analytics help businesses increase revenue, expand operations, maximize customer service, and more.

⚠️ Important caveat

Although technological advances have made the financial aspects of running a small business much easier:

  • Entrepreneurs and small-business owners should take time to understand underlying accounting principles.
  • These principles play an important role in evaluating just how financially sound a business enterprise really is.
  • Technology automates processes, but human understanding of accounting fundamentals remains essential.
110

The Balance Sheet

14.4 The Balance Sheet

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The balance sheet captures a firm's financial position at a specific moment by showing that total assets equal the sum of liabilities and owners' equity, reflecting what the company owns, what it owes, and what belongs to the owners.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What the balance sheet reports: the resources of a company (assets), obligations (liabilities), and the difference between what is owned and owed (owners' equity) at a specific point in time.
  • The basic accounting equation: assets = liabilities + owners' equity; this equation is reflected in the three main totals on the balance sheet.
  • Liquidity ordering: assets are listed by how quickly they can be converted to cash (most liquid first); liabilities are arranged by how soon they are due (short-term first).
  • Three main asset categories: current assets (convertible to cash within 12 months), fixed assets (long-term physical assets used for more than a year), and intangible assets (long-term assets with no physical form).
  • Common confusion: depreciation does not mean an asset is "used up"—it is an accounting allocation of the asset's original cost over the years it is expected to produce revenues.

📊 Structure and purpose

📊 What the balance sheet shows

Balance sheet: a financial statement that summarizes a firm's financial position at a specific point in time by reporting the resources of a company (assets), the company's obligations (liabilities), and the difference between what is owned (assets) and what is owed (liabilities), or owners' equity.

  • It is a snapshot, not a flow over time.
  • The excerpt emphasizes "at a specific point in time"—for example, December 31, 2018.
  • Example: Delicious Desserts' balance sheet shows total assets of $148,900, liabilities of $70,150, and owners' equity of $78,750 on that date.

⚖️ The accounting equation in action

  • The balance sheet reflects the basic accounting equation: assets = liabilities + owners' equity.
  • The three totals must always balance.
  • For Delicious Desserts: $148,900 (assets) = $70,150 (liabilities) + $78,750 (owners' equity).
  • This equation shows that everything the company owns is financed either by borrowing (liabilities) or by owners' investment and retained profits (owners' equity).

🔄 Liquidity ordering

Liquidity: the speed with which assets can be converted to cash.

  • Assets: listed in order of liquidity—most liquid (cash) first, least liquid (buildings) last.
  • Liabilities: arranged similarly—those due in the short term are listed before those due in the long term.
  • Why it matters: this ordering helps users quickly assess the firm's ability to meet short-term obligations.
  • Example: cash is listed first because it is already liquid; buildings are listed later because they must be sold to become cash.

💰 Assets: what the company owns

💵 Current assets

Current assets: assets that can or will be converted to cash within the next 12 months.

  • They provide the funds used to pay the firm's current bills.
  • They also represent the amount of money the firm can quickly raise.
  • The excerpt lists five types:
TypeDefinition
CashFunds on hand or in a bank
Marketable securitiesTemporary investments of excess cash that can readily be converted to cash
Accounts receivableAmounts owed to the firm by customers who bought goods or services on credit
Notes receivableAmounts owed to the firm by customers or others to whom it lent money
InventoryStock of goods being held for production or for sale to customers
  • Example: Delicious Desserts has $45,000 in cash, $15,000 in accounts receivable (after allowance for doubtful accounts), and $15,000 in inventory—all current assets totaling $83,200.

🏭 Fixed assets

Fixed assets: long-term assets used by the firm for more than a year.

  • They tend to be used in production.
  • They include land, buildings, machinery, equipment, furniture, and fixtures.
  • Except for land, fixed assets wear out and become outdated over time, so they decrease in value every year.
  • This declining value is accounted for through depreciation.

📉 Depreciation

Depreciation: the allocation of the asset's original cost to the years in which it is expected to produce revenues.

  • A portion of the cost of a depreciable asset (building, equipment) is charged to each year it is expected to provide benefits.
  • This practice helps match the asset's cost against the revenues it provides.
  • Because it is impossible to know exactly how long an asset will last, estimates are used based on past experience or IRS guidelines.
  • Example: Delicious Desserts has bakery equipment with an original cost of $56,000 and accumulated depreciation of $16,000, leaving a net value of $40,000.
  • Don't confuse: depreciation is not a measure of physical wear—it is an accounting allocation over time.

🌫️ Intangible assets

Intangible assets: long-term assets with no physical existence.

  • Common examples: patents, copyrights, trademarks, and goodwill.
  • Patents and copyrights: shield the firm from direct competition; their benefits are more protective than productive. No one can use more than a small amount of copyrighted material without permission.
  • Trademarks: registered names that can be sold or licensed to others.
  • Goodwill: occurs when a company pays more for an acquired firm than the value of its tangible assets.
  • Example: Delicious Desserts has a trademark valued at $4,500 and goodwill of $7,000, totaling $11,500 in intangible assets.

📋 Liabilities: what the company owes

📅 Current liabilities

Current liabilities: those due within a year of the date of the balance sheet.

  • These short-term claims may strain the firm's current assets because they must be paid in the near future.
  • The excerpt lists five types:
TypeDefinition
Accounts payableAmounts the firm owes for credit purchases due within a year (the liability counterpart of accounts receivable)
Notes payableShort-term loans from banks, suppliers, or others that must be repaid within a year
Accrued expensesExpenses (typically wages and taxes) that have accumulated and must be paid at a specified future date within the year, although the firm has not received a bill
Income taxes payableTaxes owed for the current operating period but not yet paid (often shown separately when large)
Current portion of long-term debtAny repayment on long-term debt due within the year
  • Example: Delicious Desserts has $30,650 in accounts payable, a $15,000 note payable (six-month bank loan), $4,500 in accrued expenses, $5,000 in income taxes payable, and $5,000 current portion of long-term debt—totaling $60,150 in current liabilities.

📆 Long-term liabilities

Long-term liabilities: come due more than one year after the date of the balance sheet.

  • They include bank loans, mortgages on buildings, and the company's bonds sold to others.
  • Example: Delicious Desserts has a $10,000 loan for bakery equipment due after one year.

🏦 Owners' equity: what belongs to the owners

🏦 What owners' equity represents

Owners' equity: the owners' total investment in the business after all liabilities have been paid.

  • For sole proprietorships and partnerships, amounts put in by the owners are recorded as capital.
  • In a corporation, the owners provide capital by buying the firm's common stock.
  • Example: Delicious Desserts has $30,000 in common stock investment (10,000 shares outstanding).

💼 Retained earnings

Retained earnings: the amounts left over from profitable operations since the firm's beginning; total profits minus all dividends (distributions of profits) paid to stockholders.

  • They represent accumulated profits that have been reinvested in the business rather than distributed to owners.
  • Example: Delicious Desserts has $48,750 in retained earnings.
  • Total owners' equity = common stock + retained earnings = $30,000 + $48,750 = $78,750.
  • Don't confuse: retained earnings are not the same as cash—they represent the cumulative reinvestment of profits, which may have been used to buy assets or pay down debt.
111

The Income Statement

14.5 The Income Statement

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The income statement reveals a firm's profitability over a period by summarizing revenues earned and expenses incurred, ultimately showing whether the company made a net profit or suffered a net loss.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What it shows: The income statement reports total profit or loss over a time period (monthly, quarterly, or annually), unlike the balance sheet which shows financial position at a single point in time.
  • Core structure: Revenues minus expenses equals net profit (or net loss); the calculation flows from gross sales → net sales → gross profit → net profit before taxes → net profit.
  • Two main expense types: Cost of goods sold (direct production/purchase costs) and operating expenses (selling + general/administrative costs not directly tied to production).
  • Common confusion: Net profit does not equal cash—the income statement summarizes operating results, not actual cash flows (which appear in the statement of cash flows).
  • Why it matters: Investors, creditors, and management use it to assess profitability and operating performance over time.

💰 Revenue components

💰 Gross sales and deductions

Gross sales: the total dollar amount of a company's sales.

  • Gross sales is the starting point, but it must be adjusted for two deductions:
    • Sales discounts: price reductions given to customers who pay early or buy in bulk.
    • Returns and allowances: the dollar value of merchandise returned by customers (damaged, defective, or unwanted products).
  • Example: Delicious Desserts had gross sales of $275,000, then deducted $2,500 in sales discounts and $2,000 in returns and allowances.

💰 Net sales

Net sales: the amount left after deducting sales discounts and returns and allowances from gross sales.

  • This is the "real" revenue figure used for further calculations.
  • For Delicious Desserts: $275,000 − $2,500 − $2,000 = $270,500 net sales.
  • Other income (interest, dividends, rents) can also be added to sales to get total revenues, though the excerpt focuses on sales revenue.

📦 Expense categories

📦 Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold: the total expense of buying or producing the firm's goods or services.

  • For manufacturers: includes raw materials, parts, labor, and factory overhead (utilities, maintenance, machinery repair).
  • For wholesalers and retailers: the cost of goods bought for resale.
  • For all sellers: includes expenses of preparing goods for sale (shipping, packaging).

How it's calculated:

  1. Start with beginning inventory (value of inventory at the start of the period).
  2. Add cost of goods manufactured (or purchased) during the period.
  3. This gives total cost of goods available for sale.
  4. Subtract ending inventory (value at the end of the period).

Example: Delicious Desserts had $18,000 beginning inventory + $109,500 cost of goods manufactured = $127,500 total available. After subtracting $15,000 ending inventory, cost of goods sold = $112,500.

📦 Gross profit

Gross profit: the amount a company earns after paying to produce or buy its products but before deducting operating expenses; the difference between net sales and cost of goods sold.

  • This is a critical number because it is the source of funds to cover all other expenses.
  • For service firms (which don't produce goods), gross profit equals net sales.
  • Example: Delicious Desserts' gross profit = $270,500 net sales − $112,500 cost of goods sold = $158,000.

📦 Operating expenses

Operating expenses: the expenses of running the business that are not related directly to producing or buying its products.

Two main types:

TypeWhat it includes
Selling expensesMarketing and distribution costs: sales salaries and commissions, advertising, sales supplies, delivery, insurance, telephone, utilities, postage
General and administrative expensesBusiness expenses not linked to production or sales: top management salaries, office support staff, utilities, office supplies, interest, accounting/consulting/legal fees, insurance, rent
  • Example: Delicious Desserts had $65,000 in selling expenses and $50,100 in general/administrative expenses, totaling $115,100 in operating expenses.

🎯 The bottom line: net profit or loss

🎯 Calculating net profit

Net profit (or net income) or net loss: calculated by subtracting all expenses from revenues.

Step-by-step calculation:

  1. Net sales − Cost of goods sold = Gross profit
  2. Gross profit − Total operating expenses = Net profit before taxes
  3. Net profit before taxes − Income taxes = Net profit
  • If revenues exceed expenses → net profit.
  • If expenses exceed revenues → net loss.

Example: Delicious Desserts earned:

  • $158,000 gross profit
  • $158,000 − $115,100 operating expenses = $42,900 net profit before taxes
  • $42,900 − $10,725 income taxes = $32,175 net profit in 2018.

🎯 Profit vs. cash—don't confuse them

  • Very important: Profit does not represent cash.
  • The income statement summarizes operating results over a time period, not actual cash flows.
  • Actual cash flows are shown in the statement of cash flows (a separate financial statement).
  • Example: A company can show a net profit but still have cash flow problems if customers haven't paid yet or if it invested heavily in inventory.

📊 How the income statement is used

📊 Who uses it and why

UserPurpose
ManagementMonthly statements to monitor operating performance and make decisions
InvestorsQuarterly and annual statements to assess profitability and investment value
CreditorsTo evaluate the firm's ability to generate profit and repay debts
Other outsidersTo understand the company's financial performance over time

📊 Difference from the balance sheet

  • Balance sheet: shows the firm's financial position at a single point in time (assets, liabilities, owners' equity).
  • Income statement: summarizes revenues and expenses over a period of time (month, quarter, year) to show profitability.
  • Both are needed for a complete financial picture: the balance sheet shows "what the company owns and owes now," while the income statement shows "how much the company earned or lost during the period."
112

The Statement of Cash Flows

14.6 The Statement of Cash Flows

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The statement of cash flows reveals how a firm generates and spends cash across operating, investing, and financing activities, making it a critical tool for understanding liquidity and financial health beyond what the balance sheet and income statement show.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What it summarizes: the firm's sources and uses of cash during a financial-reporting period.
  • Three activity categories: operating activities, investment activities, and financing activities.
  • What it shows: the net change in the firm's cash and marketable securities during the period.
  • Why it matters: provides information about actual cash movements, which is essential for assessing liquidity and financial flexibility.
  • Common confusion: the income statement shows profitability (revenues minus expenses), but the statement of cash flows shows actual cash movements—a profitable firm can still have cash flow problems.

💧 What the statement of cash flows measures

💧 Core definition

The statement of cash flows: a financial statement that summarizes the firm's sources and uses of cash during a financial-reporting period.

  • It tracks actual cash movements, not just accounting profits or losses.
  • It answers: "Where did cash come from?" and "Where did cash go?"
  • Example: An organization may report net income on the income statement, but if customers haven't paid yet, cash flow from operations may be negative.

🔍 Net change in cash

  • The statement shows the net change during the period in the firm's cash and marketable securities.
  • This is the bottom line: did the firm's cash position improve or worsen?
  • It reconciles the beginning and ending cash balances for the reporting period.

🔀 Three categories of cash flows

🏭 Operating activities

  • Cash flows from the firm's core business operations.
  • Example: cash received from customers, cash paid to suppliers and employees.
  • This category reflects the cash-generating ability of the firm's main business.

🏗️ Investment activities

  • Cash flows related to buying or selling long-term assets.
  • Example: purchasing equipment, selling property, or investing in marketable securities.
  • These activities show how the firm is investing in its future capacity.

💰 Financing activities

  • Cash flows from transactions with the firm's owners and creditors.
  • Example: issuing stock, paying dividends, borrowing money, or repaying debt.
  • This category shows how the firm raises capital and returns value to investors.

📊 Why the statement of cash flows is important

📊 Complements other financial statements

StatementWhat it showsLimitation
Income statementProfitability over a periodUses accrual accounting; doesn't show actual cash
Balance sheetFinancial position at one momentStatic snapshot; doesn't show cash movements
Statement of cash flowsActual cash sources and usesFills the gap by tracking liquidity

🔑 Key insight: liquidity matters

  • A firm can be profitable on paper but still run out of cash if:
    • Customers delay payment
    • The firm invests heavily in inventory or equipment
    • Debt payments are due
  • The statement of cash flows reveals these liquidity issues that the income statement and balance sheet may hide.
  • Don't confuse: profitability (income statement) vs. cash availability (statement of cash flows)—both are essential, but they measure different things.
113

Analyzing Financial Statements

14.7 Analyzing Financial Statements

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Ratio analysis transforms financial statements into insights about a firm's operations, profitability, and overall condition by comparing ratios over time and against industry benchmarks.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What ratio analysis does: uses financial statements to gain insight into operations, profitability, and financial condition.
  • Four main types of ratios: liquidity, profitability, activity, and debt ratios—each reveals different aspects of financial health.
  • How to interpret ratios: compare a firm's ratios over several years (trends) and against other firms or industry averages.
  • Common confusion: a single ratio in isolation is not very useful—context from time-series comparison and peer benchmarking is essential.
  • Why it matters: highlights financial strengths and weaknesses that raw statement numbers may obscure.

📊 What ratio analysis reveals

📊 Core purpose

Ratio analysis: a way to use financial statements to gain insight into a firm's operations, profitability, and overall financial condition.

  • Financial statements (balance sheet, income statement, cash flows) contain raw numbers; ratios convert those numbers into meaningful relationships.
  • The excerpt emphasizes "insight"—ratios help you see patterns and problems that absolute dollar amounts do not show.
  • Example: An organization's net profit might look large, but profitability ratios reveal whether that profit is strong or weak relative to sales or assets.

🔍 Why ratios, not just raw numbers

  • A single number (e.g., total debt) does not tell you if the firm is over-leveraged or healthy.
  • Ratios provide context by relating one figure to another (e.g., debt to equity, profit to sales).
  • Don't confuse: ratio analysis is not about calculating one number—it is about comparing and interpreting multiple ratios together.

🧮 The four main types of ratios

Ratio typeWhat it measures
Liquidity ratiosAbility to meet short-term obligations
Profitability ratiosHow well the firm generates profit
Activity ratiosEfficiency in using assets and resources
Debt ratiosLeverage and long-term financial risk

💧 Liquidity ratios

  • Focus: can the firm pay its short-term bills?
  • These ratios use current assets and current liabilities from the balance sheet.
  • Example: An organization with high liquidity ratios can cover immediate obligations; low liquidity may signal cash-flow trouble.

💰 Profitability ratios

  • Focus: how effectively does the firm turn revenue into profit?
  • These ratios draw from the income statement (revenues, expenses, net profit).
  • Example: Two firms may have the same sales, but one has higher profitability ratios if it controls costs better.

⚙️ Activity ratios

  • Focus: how efficiently does the firm use its assets?
  • These ratios measure turnover—how quickly assets are converted into sales or cash.
  • Example: A higher activity ratio suggests the firm is using its resources more productively.

🏦 Debt ratios

  • Focus: how much does the firm rely on borrowed money?
  • These ratios compare liabilities to equity or assets.
  • Example: High debt ratios may indicate financial risk if the firm cannot service its obligations.

🔄 How to use ratios for analysis

🔄 Comparing over time (trend analysis)

  • The excerpt states: "Comparing a firm's ratios over several years" reveals trends.
  • A single year's ratio is a snapshot; multiple years show whether the firm is improving, stable, or deteriorating.
  • Example: If liquidity ratios decline year after year, the firm may be heading toward cash problems.

🏢 Comparing to peers and industry averages

  • The excerpt states: "comparing them to ratios of other firms in the same industry or to industry averages."
  • This benchmarking shows whether the firm is stronger or weaker than competitors.
  • Example: A profitability ratio above the industry average suggests competitive advantage; below average may signal inefficiency.

⚠️ Common confusion: context is essential

  • Don't confuse: a "good" ratio in one industry may be "bad" in another (e.g., capital-intensive industries naturally have different debt ratios than service firms).
  • The excerpt emphasizes comparison—ratios gain meaning only when placed in context.

🎯 Why ratio analysis matters

🎯 Identifying strengths and weaknesses

  • The excerpt concludes that ratio analysis can "indicate trends and highlight financial strengths and weaknesses."
  • Strengths: areas where the firm outperforms peers or improves over time.
  • Weaknesses: areas where ratios lag or worsen, signaling potential problems.
  • Example: Strong profitability but weak liquidity might mean the firm is profitable on paper but struggles with cash flow.

🧭 Supporting decision-making

  • Ratio analysis feeds into managerial decisions (mentioned earlier in the chapter as part of managerial accounting).
  • By revealing operational efficiency, financial risk, and profitability trends, ratios guide strategic choices.
  • Don't confuse: ratio analysis is diagnostic, not prescriptive—it shows what is happening, but managers must decide how to respond.
114

Trends in Accounting

14.8 Trends in Accounting

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The accounting profession is evolving through higher audit standards post-Sarbanes-Oxley, slow progress toward global accounting standards, and a shift toward cloud-based services, automation, and a more comprehensive business-advisory approach.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Post-SOX changes: The Sarbanes-Oxley Act raised audit procedure standards and changed the business environment for accountants.
  • GAAP evolution: The FASB is making steady but slow progress on changes to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP).
  • Global standards delay: Implementation of global accounting standards may not happen soon.
  • Technology and staffing: Cloud services, automation, and staffing challenges are reshaping how accountants work.
  • Broader focus: Accountants are shifting from traditional compliance work to incorporating technological advances and taking a more comprehensive approach to overall business environments.

📜 Regulatory environment changes

📜 Sarbanes-Oxley impact

The post-SOX business environment has brought many changes to the accounting profession, including higher standards for audit procedures.

  • SOX (Sarbanes-Oxley Act) was passed in 2002 after major corporate bankruptcies (Enron, WorldCom) and accounting abuses.
  • The Act created an independent oversight board for the accounting profession.
  • It set stricter auditing and financial disclosure standards.
  • It placed increased accountability on senior executives and management.
  • It restricted auditors from providing certain consulting services to clients.
  • Other organizations (SEC, NYSE, professional associations) issued additional regulations and guidelines for compliance.

Why it matters: These changes elevated audit standards across the profession and created a more rigorous regulatory framework.

📜 GAAP and global standards

  • The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) is making changes related to GAAP.
  • Progress is described as "slow but steady."
  • Important limitation: Implementation of global accounting standards may not occur anytime soon.

Don't confuse: GAAP changes (domestic standards) vs. global accounting standards (international harmonization)—the excerpt indicates these are separate tracks with different timelines.

💻 Technology transformation

💻 Cloud-based services

  • Cloud services are one of the important trends continuing to impact the accounting industry.
  • This represents a shift from traditional on-premises accounting systems.

🤖 Automation

  • Automation is another major trend affecting the profession.
  • This changes the nature of accounting work from manual tasks to higher-level analysis.

Example: Tasks that were previously labor-intensive (mentioned earlier in the chapter as part of the accounting cycle) are being automated, freeing accountants for other work.

🎯 Strategic shift in practice

🎯 From compliance to advisory

The excerpt describes accountants shifting their practice focus in two key ways:

  1. Incorporating technological advances: Accountants must adapt to and leverage new technologies.
  2. Comprehensive business approach: Moving beyond traditional accounting tasks to consider clients' and companies' overall business environment.

What this means: The role is evolving from pure number-crunching and compliance to strategic business advisory.

👥 Staffing challenges

  • Staffing challenges are identified as one of the important trends.
  • This occurs alongside the technological and strategic shifts.

Implication: The profession faces difficulty finding and retaining talent as the required skill set evolves.

📊 Summary of trends

Trend categorySpecific changesImpact on profession
RegulatoryHigher SOX audit standards; slow GAAP changesMore rigorous procedures and oversight
Global standardsDelayed implementationContinued use of domestic standards for now
TechnologyCloud services and automationChanged work methods and tools
Practice focusComprehensive business approachBroader advisory role beyond compliance
WorkforceStaffing challengesDifficulty adapting to new skill requirements
115

Show Me the Money

15.1 Show Me the Money

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Money serves as the lubricant of our economic system by functioning as a medium of exchange, standard of value, and store of value, with its supply carefully controlled by the government to promote economic growth and stability.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What money is: anything acceptable as payment for goods and services, used by individuals, businesses, and government to finance operations.
  • Key characteristics: money must be scarce, durable, portable, and divisible to function effectively as a means of exchange.
  • Three core functions: medium of exchange (simplifies transactions), standard of value (enables consistent pricing), and store of value (holds wealth over time).
  • U.S. money supply components: currency (coins and paper), demand deposits (checking accounts), and time deposits (savings accounts, CDs).
  • Common confusion: credit cards are not money—they are a form of borrowing that defers payment, not a replacement for money.

💰 What money is and why it matters

💰 Definition and role

Money: anything that is acceptable as payment for goods and services.

  • Money affects lives in many ways: we earn it, spend it, save it, invest it.
  • Businesses and government use money to finance their operations.
  • By controlling the amount of money in circulation, the federal government can promote economic growth and stability.
  • Money has been called "the lubricant of the machinery that drives our economic system."
  • The banking system was developed to ease the handling of money.

🎯 Why control matters

  • Too much money in circulation increases prices and inflation.
  • Governments control the scarcity of money by limiting the quantity in circulation.
  • This control mechanism helps maintain economic stability and growth.

🔑 Four essential characteristics

💎 Scarcity

  • Money should be scarce enough to have value but not so scarce as to be unavailable.
  • Example: Pebbles meet some criteria but wouldn't work as money because they are widely available—no scarcity means no value.
  • Don't confuse: scarcity doesn't mean unavailability; it means controlled supply to maintain value.

🛡️ Durability

  • Any item used as money must be durable and last over time.
  • Perishable items cannot work as money.
  • Example: A banana becomes useless as money when it spoils.
  • Even early societies used durable forms like metal coins and paper money.
  • U.S. currency paper is composed of 25% linen and 75% cotton, requiring about 4,000 double folds before tearing.

🚚 Portability

  • Money must be easily moved around from place to place.
  • Large or bulky items cannot serve as money.
  • Example: Boulders or heavy gold bars cannot be transported easily, making them impractical as money.

✂️ Divisibility

  • Money must be capable of being divided into smaller parts.
  • Divisible forms of money help make transactions of all sizes and amounts possible.
  • This allows both small and large purchases to be conducted efficiently.

⚙️ Three core functions

🔄 Medium of exchange

  • Money makes transactions easier by providing a common form of payment.
  • It eliminates the need for a barter system, wherein goods and services are exchanged for other goods and services.
  • Money allows the exchange of products to be a simple process.
  • Example: Instead of trading goods directly (e.g., exchanging chickens for shoes), people use money as an intermediary, simplifying all transactions.

📏 Standard of value

  • With a form of money whose value is accepted by all, goods and services can be priced in standard units.
  • This makes it easy to measure the value of products.
  • It allows transactions to be recorded in consistent terms.
  • A uniform money system measures the value of goods and services, avoiding confusion.

🏦 Store of value

  • Money is used to hold wealth over time.
  • It retains its value over time, although it may lose some purchasing power due to inflation.
  • Individuals may choose to keep their money for future use rather than exchange it today for other types of products or assets.
  • Don't confuse: storing value doesn't mean money never loses value—inflation can reduce purchasing power even as the nominal amount stays the same.

💵 Components of the U.S. money supply

💵 Currency

Currency: cash held in the form of coins and paper money.

  • Other forms include travelers' checks, cashier's checks, and money orders.
  • The amount in circulation depends on public demand.
  • Domestic demand is influenced by:
    • Prices for goods and services
    • Income levels
    • Availability of alternative payment methods (e.g., credit cards)
  • As of mid-July 2017, there was more than $1.56 trillion in U.S. currency in circulation, with $40 billion in coins.
  • Federal Reserve notes make up more than 99% of all U.S. currency in circulation.

🌍 Foreign vs domestic circulation

  • Until the mid-1980s, nearly all U.S. currency circulated only domestically.
  • Today domestic circulation totals only a small fraction of the total.
  • Between one-half and two-thirds of the value of currency in circulation is held abroad.
  • Foreign demand is influenced by political and economic uncertainties associated with some foreign currencies.
  • Some foreign residents hold dollars as a store of value; others use it as a medium of exchange.

🏧 Demand deposits

Demand deposits: money kept in checking accounts that can be withdrawn by depositors on demand.

  • Include regular checking accounts.
  • Include interest-bearing and other special types of checking accounts.
  • These are immediately accessible funds.

⏰ Time deposits

Time deposits: deposits at a bank or other financial institution that pay interest but cannot be withdrawn on demand.

  • Examples include:
    • Certain savings accounts
    • Money market deposit accounts
    • Certificates of deposit (CDs)
  • These are not immediately accessible.

📊 M1 and M2: measuring the money supply

📊 M1 – readily available money

M1: the total amount of readily available money in the system; includes currency and demand deposits.

  • The "M" stands for money.
  • As of August 2017, the M1 monetary supply was $3.5 trillion.
  • This is the most liquid measure of money.

📊 M2 – broader measure

M2: includes all M1 monies plus time deposits and other money that is not immediately accessible.

  • In August 2017, the M2 monetary supply was $13.6 trillion.
  • This is a broader measure that includes less liquid forms of money.

💳 Credit cards are not money

  • Credit cards are routinely used as a substitute for cash and checks.
  • However, credit cards are not money; they are a form of borrowing.
  • When a bank issues a credit card, it gives a short-term loan to the consumer by directly paying the seller.
  • The consumer pays the credit card company after receiving the monthly statement.
  • Credit cards do not replace money; they simply defer payment.
  • Don't confuse: "plastic money" is a misleading term—credit cards create debt, not money.

🏛️ The Federal Reserve System

🏛️ Creation and purpose

Federal Reserve System (the Fed): the central bank of the United States.

  • Created by Congress in 1913 after the panic of 1907.
  • In 1907, several large banks failed, creating public panic; worried depositors withdrew money, causing many other banks to fail.
  • The panic was so severe that Congress created the Fed to provide a more stable monetary and banking system.

🎯 Mission and authority

  • The Fed's primary mission is to oversee the nation's monetary and credit system and support the ongoing operation of America's private-banking system.
  • The Fed's actions affect:
    • Interest rates banks charge businesses and consumers
    • Inflation control
    • Stability of the U.S. financial system
  • The Fed operates as an independent government entity.
  • It derives its authority from Congress, but its decisions do not have to be approved by the president, Congress, or any other government branch.
  • Congress does periodically review the Fed's activities.
  • The Fed must work within the economic framework established by the government.

🗺️ Structure

  • The Fed consists of 12 district banks.
  • Each district bank serves a specific geographic region.

📈 Currency production and lifespan

🖨️ How currency is produced

  • Each year the Federal Reserve Board determines new currency demand.
  • It submits a print order to the Treasury's Bureau of Engraving and Printing (BEP).
  • The order represents the Fed's estimate of the amount of currency the public will need in the upcoming year.
  • It reflects estimated changes in currency usage and destruction rates of unfit currency.
  • During fiscal year 2017, it cost approximately 5.4 cents per note to produce nearly 40 billion U.S. paper currency notes.
  • 95% of the notes printed each year are used to replace notes already in circulation.

⏳ How long currency lasts

DenominationAverage Lifespan
$1 bill5.8 years
$5 bill5.5 years
$10 bill4.5 years
$20 bill7.9 years
$50 bill8.5 years
$100 bill15.0 years
  • Smaller denominations have a shorter life span because they are handled more frequently.
  • Higher denominations last longer due to less frequent use.
116

The Federal Reserve System

15.2 The Federal Reserve System

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The Federal Reserve System, created in 1913 to stabilize the U.S. banking system after the 1907 panic, operates as an independent central bank that manages the money supply, controls inflation and interest rates, and intervenes during financial crises to support the economy.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What the Fed is: the central bank of the United States, operating independently from other government branches but within the economic framework established by Congress.
  • Core responsibilities: carrying out monetary policy, setting credit rules, distributing currency, and facilitating check clearing.
  • Three monetary tools: open market operations (buying/selling government bonds), reserve requirements (how much banks must hold), and the discount rate (interest charged to member banks).
  • Common confusion: credit cards are not money—they are a form of borrowing that defers payment, not a replacement for money.
  • Crisis management role: the Fed intervened massively during the 2007–2009 financial crisis, making over $9 trillion in loans to stabilize the banking system and prevent economic collapse.

🏛️ Structure and independence

🏛️ Origins and purpose

  • Created by Congress in 1913 in response to the Panic of 1907, when multiple bank failures nearly collapsed the U.S. banking system.
  • Original mission: oversee the nation's monetary and credit system and support the ongoing operation of America's private-banking system.
  • The Fed's actions affect interest rates for businesses and consumers, help control inflation, and stabilize the financial system.

🔓 Independent but accountable

  • Operates as an independent government entity—derives authority from Congress but decisions do not require approval from the president, Congress, or any other branch.
  • Congress periodically reviews the Fed's activities, and the Fed must work within the government's economic framework.
  • This independence allows the Fed to make monetary policy decisions without political pressure.

🗺️ Geographic organization

  • Consists of 12 district banks, each covering a specific geographic area.
  • Each district has its own bank president who oversees operations within that district.
  • Example: bills with a "D" seal are issued by the Cleveland Federal Reserve Bank; those with an "L" seal come from San Francisco.

💰 Monetary policy tools

💰 The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC)

  • The Fed's policy-making body that meets eight times a year to make monetary policy decisions.
  • Uses its power to change the money supply to control inflation and interest rates, increase employment, and influence economic activity.
  • Three main tools: open market operations, reserve requirements, and the discount rate.

🔄 Open market operations

Open market operations: the purchase or sale of U.S. government bonds by the Federal Reserve.

  • Most frequently used tool by the Federal Reserve.
  • How it works: U.S. Treasury issues bonds (long-term loans of five years or longer) to obtain extra money needed to run the government; the Fed buys and sells these bonds.
  • When the Fed buys bonds: puts money into the economy → banks have more money to lend → they reduce interest rates → stimulates economic activity.
  • When the Fed sells bonds: the opposite occurs—removes money from the economy → raises interest rates → slows down economic activity.

🏦 Reserve requirements

Reserve requirement: the percentage of deposits that member banks must hold in cash in their vaults or in an account at a district bank.

  • Ranges from 3 to 10 percent on different types of deposits.
  • Raising the requirement: banks must hold larger reserves → less money to lend → interest rates rise → economic activity slows down.
  • Lowering the requirement: increases loanable funds → banks lower interest rates → stimulates the economy.
  • Note: the Federal Reserve seldom changes reserve requirements.

📉 The discount rate

Discount rate: the interest rate that the Federal Reserve charges its member banks.

  • The Fed is called "the banker's bank" because it lends money to banks that need it.
  • How banks profit: when the discount rate is less than other funding sources (like certificates of deposit), banks borrow from the Fed and lend at a higher rate to customers, profiting from the spread (difference between rates).
  • Raising the discount rate: slows down economic growth.
  • Lowering the discount rate: stimulates growth.
  • Changes in the discount rate usually produce changes in the interest rate that banks charge their customers.

📊 Summary of monetary tools

ToolActionEffect on Money SupplyEffect on Interest RatesEffect on Economic Activity
Open market operationsBuy government bondsIncreasesLowersStimulates
Open market operationsSell government bondsDecreasesRaisesSlows down
Reserve requirementsRaise requirementsDecreasesRaisesSlows down
Reserve requirementsLower requirementsIncreasesLowersStimulates
Discount rateRaise rateDecreasesRaisesSlows down
Discount rateLower rateIncreasesLowersStimulates

📜 Other Fed responsibilities

📜 Setting rules on credit

Selective credit controls: the Fed's power to control the credit terms on some loans made by banks and other lending institutions.

Consumer credit rules:

  • Establish the minimum down payments and maximum repayment periods for consumer loans.
  • The Fed uses credit rules to slow or stimulate consumer credit purchases.

Margin requirements:

  • Specify the minimum amount of cash an investor must put up to buy securities or investment certificates issued by corporations or governments.
  • The balance can be financed through borrowing from a bank or brokerage firm.
  • Lowering the margin requirement stimulates securities trading; raising it slows trading.

💵 Distributing currency

  • The Fed distributes coins minted and paper money printed by the U.S. Treasury to banks.
  • Most paper money is in the form of Federal Reserve notes.
  • Example: look at a dollar bill—you'll see "Federal Reserve Note" at the top; the large letter seal on the left indicates which Federal Reserve Bank issued it.

✅ Making check clearing easier

  • The Fed processes and clears checks between financial institutions.
  • When a check is cashed at a different institution than the one holding the account, the Fed's system lets that institution quickly convert the check into cash.
  • Within the same district: handled through the local Federal Reserve Bank using bookkeeping entries to transfer funds.
  • Between different districts: more complex process.

Float:

Float: the time between when a check is written and when the funds are deducted from the check writer's account.

  • Benefits the check writer by allowing retention of funds until the check clears.
  • Businesses sometimes open accounts at banks known to have long check-clearing times to "play the float" and keep funds invested for extra days.
  • In 1988, the Fed established maximum check-clearing times to reduce this practice.
  • Check use continues to decline as credit cards and electronic payments become more popular—check payments have declined by two billion annually over recent years.

🚨 The 2007–2009 financial crisis

🚨 What caused the crisis

  • Banks, mortgage lenders, and other financial institutions approved consumers for home mortgages they could not afford.
  • These mortgages were packaged into high-risk financial products sold to investors.
  • In the early 2000s, the housing industry was booming; lenders told consumers they could afford bigger houses or vacation homes due to low interest rates and available mortgage money.
  • When the U.S. housing bubble burst in late 2007, real estate values plummeted.
  • Many consumers struggled to pay mortgages on houses no longer worth the borrowed value (investments were "underwater").
  • Millions of consumers walked away from their houses, letting them go into foreclosure while filing personal bankruptcy.
  • The overall economy entered a recession; millions lost their jobs as companies tightened their belts.

🏢 Financial institution failures

  • Leading financial investment firms that managed and sold high-risk, mortgage-backed products failed quickly because they had not set aside enough money to cover losses on defaulting mortgages.
  • Example: Bear Stearns, successful for more than 85 years, was sold to JP Morgan for less than $10 a share, even after the Fed made more than $50 billion available to help prop up financial institutions.
  • Other major failures: Lehman Brothers and insurance giant AIG.

💉 The Fed's intervention

  • After the collapse of Bear Stearns and other firms, the Fed set up a special loan program to stabilize the banking system and keep U.S. bond markets trading at a normal pace.
  • The Federal Reserve made more than $9 trillion in loans to major banks and other financial firms during the two-year crisis.
  • Also bailed out the auto industry and bought several other firms to keep the financial system afloat.
  • Without the Fed's intervention, some suggest the U.S. economy would have slipped deeper into a financial depression that could have lasted years.

📋 Dodd-Frank legislation (2010)

  • Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in 2010 to implement major regulations in the financial industry.
  • Goals: prevent future collapse of financial institutions and put a check on abusive lending practices.

Key provisions:

  • Created an oversight council to monitor risks affecting the financial industry.
  • Requires banks to increase cash reserves if the council feels the bank has too much risk.
  • Prohibits banks from owning, investing, or sponsoring hedge funds, private equity funds, or other proprietary trading operations for profit.
  • Set up a whistle-blower program to reward people who report security and other financial violations.
  • Requires major U.S. banks to submit to annual stress tests conducted by the Federal Reserve.

Annual stress tests:

  • Determine whether banks have enough capital to survive economic turbulence in the financial system.
  • Assess whether institutions can identify and measure risk as part of their capital plan to pay dividends or buy back shares.
  • In 2017, seven years after Dodd-Frank became law, all major banks passed the annual examination.

📈 Interest rate recovery

  • The Federal Reserve kept short-term interest rates close to 0 percent for more than seven years, from 2009 to December 2015, as a result of the global financial crisis.
  • As the economy began recovering at a slow but steady pace, the Fed raised the interest rate to 1.00–1.25 percent in mid-2017.

💳 Common confusion: credit cards vs. money

💳 Credit cards are not money

  • Credit cards are sometimes referred to as "plastic money" and are routinely used as a substitute for cash and checks.
  • Important distinction: credit cards are not money; they are a form of borrowing.
  • How they work: when a bank issues a credit card to a consumer, it gives a short-term loan by directly paying the seller for the consumer's purchases; the consumer pays the credit card company after receiving the monthly statement.
  • Credit cards do not replace money; they simply defer payment.

🔗 Financial intermediation overview

🔗 The role of financial institutions

Financial intermediation: the process by which financial institutions accept savers' deposits and invest them in financial products (such as loans) that are expected to produce a return.

  • Households are important participants—they supply funds to the financial system through purchases and savings, although many also borrow money to finance purchases.
  • Overall, businesses and governments are users of funds—they borrow more money than they save.
  • Direct dealing: sometimes those who have funds deal directly with those who want them (e.g., a wealthy realtor lending money to a client to buy a house).
  • More common: financial institutions act as intermediaries (go-betweens) between the suppliers and demanders of funds.
  • Example: a computer company wanting to build a new headquarters in Atlanta might be financed partly with the savings of families in California; the Californians deposit money in a local financial institution, which makes a real estate loan to the computer company.
  • This transfer of funds from savers to investors enables businesses to expand and the economy to grow.

🏦 Types of financial institutions

  • Depository institutions: those that accept deposits.
  • Nondepository institutions: those that do not accept deposits.
  • Financial institutions are the heart of the financial system and convenient vehicles for financial intermediation.
117

U.S. Financial Institutions

15.3 U:S: Financial Institutions

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Financial institutions act as intermediaries between savers and borrowers, channeling funds from households to businesses and governments while offering a range of services that enable economic growth.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Financial intermediation: institutions accept deposits from savers and invest them in loans and other financial products, connecting suppliers and demanders of funds.
  • Two broad categories: depository institutions (accept deposits) include commercial banks, thrift institutions, and credit unions; nondepository institutions (do not accept deposits) include insurance companies, pension funds, brokerage firms, and finance companies.
  • Deposit insurance protection: the FDIC insures deposits up to $250,000 per account, protecting depositors if a bank fails.
  • Common confusion: not all places people call "banks" are commercial banks—some are thrift institutions or credit unions, which have different ownership structures and regulatory requirements.
  • Service evolution: modern financial institutions must offer both digital/mobile banking and physical branch access to satisfy customer needs across all age groups.

💱 Financial intermediation process

💱 How the system connects savers and borrowers

Financial intermediation: the process by which financial institutions accept savers' deposits and invest them in financial products (such as loans) that are expected to produce a return.

  • The flow: households supply funds → financial institutions act as go-betweens → businesses and governments demand funds.
  • Why intermediaries matter: most often, savers and borrowers do not deal directly; institutions provide a convenient vehicle for matching them.
  • Flexibility: any single household, business, or government can be either a supplier or demander depending on circumstances.

Example: A family in California deposits savings in a local institution, which then makes a real estate loan to a computer company in Atlanta—the transfer enables business expansion and economic growth.

🏦 Two main institution types

Financial institutions divide into:

TypeDefining featureExamples
DepositoryAccept depositsCommercial banks, thrift institutions, credit unions
NondepositoryDo not accept depositsInsurance companies, pension funds, brokerage firms, finance companies

🏛️ Depository financial institutions

🏛️ Commercial banks

Commercial bank: a profit-oriented financial institution that accepts deposits, makes business and consumer loans, invests in government and corporate securities, and provides other financial services.

  • Size range: from large "money center" banks in financial hubs to smaller regional and local community banks.
  • Current landscape: approximately 5,011 commercial banks in the U.S., holding nearly $16 trillion in assets and $9 trillion in liabilities; consolidation has reduced the number of small banks, concentrating business in a relatively small number of large institutions.
  • How they earn profit: the difference between interest earned on loans and interest paid on deposits, plus fees from other services, covers costs and provides profit.

🪪 Charter types

Bank charter: an operating license from a state or federal government required to do business.

National banks:

  • Chartered by the Comptroller of the Currency (part of U.S. Treasury).
  • Must belong to the Federal Reserve System.
  • Must carry FDIC deposit insurance.

State banks:

  • Chartered by the state in which they are based.
  • Generally smaller and less closely regulated than national banks.
  • Not required to belong to the Federal Reserve System.

📊 Asset composition

Commercial banks hold a variety of assets (as of 2017):

  • Customers' deposits are the major source of funds.
  • Main use of funds: loans.
  • Other assets include government and corporate securities.

🏠 Thrift institutions

Thrift institution: a depository institution formed specifically to encourage household saving and to make home mortgage loans.

Two types:

  • Savings and loan associations (S&Ls): keep large percentages of assets in home mortgages.
  • Savings banks: focus less on mortgage loans, more on stock and bond investments.

Decline in numbers:

  • Peak: late 1960s with more than 4,800 institutions.
  • By year-end 2016: fewer than 800 remain.
  • Causes: sharp interest rate increases in late 1970s, increased loan defaults during early 1980s recession, acquisitions by or conversions to commercial banks.

🤝 Credit unions

Credit union: a not-for-profit, member-owned financial cooperative.

  • Membership basis: members typically share something in common (same employer, union, professional group, church, or school).
  • How they work: pool members' assets (savings) to make loans and offer services to members.
  • Tax advantage: not-for-profit status makes them tax-exempt, allowing them to pay good interest rates on deposits and offer favorable loan rates.
  • Current scale: approximately 5,700 credit unions with more than 108 million members and over $1.34 trillion in assets.
  • Charter options: can have either state or federal charter.

Don't confuse: Credit unions are member-owned cooperatives (not-for-profit), while commercial banks are profit-oriented corporations owned by individuals or other corporations.

📱 Services offered by depository institutions

ServiceDescription
Savings accountsPay interest on deposits
Checking accountsAllow withdrawals up to the amount on deposit
Money market deposit accountsSavings accounts with market-rate interest
Certificates of deposit (CD)Higher interest rates if deposit remains for specified period
Consumer loansFinance purchase of home, car, or other expensive items
Business loansFinance operations of businesses and organizations
Electronic funds transferUse computers and mobile devices for transactions
ATMs24-hour deposits, withdrawals, and transfers
Debit cardsTransfer money directly from bank account to merchant
Online bankingConduct transactions via internet or dial-in line
Mobile appsDownload programs to mobile devices for banking and financial transactions
Direct depositAccept payroll checks directly to accounts

📲 Customer satisfaction drivers (2017 research)

J.D. Power study of 78,000+ retail banking customers found:

  • Key finding: consumers want banks offering both digital experience and personal interaction in local branches—seamless integration of these channels is critical.
  • Mobile usage: regardless of age group, more customers than ever use mobile banking.
  • Branch visits: more than 70% of customers visited a branch an average of 14 times per year; their satisfaction was 27 index points higher than non-visitors.
  • Mobile payments: close to 65% have mobile payment services linked to accounts.
  • Problem resolution: successful resolution is a key satisfaction driver; younger customers prefer online or social media channels.

Don't confuse: digital banking does not replace branches—customers want both, working together effortlessly.

🏢 Nondepository financial institutions

🛡️ Insurance companies

Premiums: payments policyholders make to buy financial protection from an insurance company.

  • Role as fund suppliers: major suppliers of funds in the financial system.
  • Investment activity: invest premiums in stocks, bonds, real estate, business loans, and real estate loans for large projects.
  • Challenge: natural disasters (e.g., Hurricanes Katrina, Irma, Harvey) resulted in billions in unforeseen payouts, causing insurers to rethink reliance on catastrophe-risk modelers.

💼 Pension funds

Pension funds: large pools of money set aside by corporations, unions, and governments for later use in paying retirement benefits to employees or members.

  • Management: managed by employers/unions themselves or by outside managers (life insurance firms, commercial banks, private investment firms).
  • Benefit structure: members receive a specified monthly payment when they reach a given age.
  • Investment strategy: after setting aside money for near-term benefits, invest the rest in business loans, stocks, bonds, or real estate (often large sums in employer's stock).
  • Scale: U.S. pension fund assets total nearly $3.4 trillion.

📈 Brokerage firms

Brokerage firm: buys and sells securities (stocks and bonds) for clients and gives them related advice.

  • Expanded services: many now offer banking services, including combined checking/savings accounts with high interest rates.
  • Lending: make loans backed by securities to clients.

💰 Finance companies

Finance company: makes short-term loans for which the borrower puts up tangible assets (automobile, inventory, machinery, or property) as security.

Two types:

  • Commercial finance companies: lend to businesses that cannot get credit elsewhere (promising new businesses with no track record, firms that can't get more bank credit).
  • Consumer finance companies: make loans to individuals, often to cover lease or purchase of large consumer goods (automobiles, major appliances).

Trade-off: to compensate for extra risk, finance companies charge higher interest rates than banks.

🛡️ Deposit insurance system

🛡️ Historical context and FDIC creation

  • Pre-1933 crisis: stock market crash of 1929 and Great Depression caused business failures → cash shortages as people rushed to withdraw money → many banks failed (Federal Reserve did not lend as expected).
  • Scale of failure: over two years, 5,000 banks (about 20% of total) failed.
  • Roosevelt's response: made strengthening banking system first priority; declared bank holiday (closed all banks for a week).

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC): created by the Banking Act of 1933 to insure deposits in commercial banks.

Other 1933 Act provisions:

  • Empowered Federal Reserve to regulate banks and reform the system.
  • Gave Fed authority to set reserve requirements, ban interest on demand deposits, regulate interest rates on time deposits, and prohibit certain securities investments.

1934 expansion: Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation (FSLIC) formed to insure S&L deposits; when FSLIC went bankrupt in the 1980s, FDIC took over thrift deposit insurance.

🏦 Current deposit insurance funds

FundAdministratorCoverage
Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF)FDICCommercial banks and thrift institutions
National Credit Union Share Insurance FundNational Credit Union AdministrationCredit unions

🔒 FDIC role and protection

  • Structure: independent, quasi-public corporation backed by full faith and credit of U.S. government.
  • Supervision: examines and supervises about 4,000 banks and savings banks (more than half the institutions in the banking system).
  • Insurance coverage: insures trillions of dollars of deposits; ceiling is $250,000 per account.
  • Membership: insures all member banks in the Federal Reserve System.
  • Funding: each insured bank pays premiums as a fixed percentage of domestic deposits (switched from flat rate in 1993).

Example: If a bank fails, depositors with up to $250,000 in an account are protected and will not lose their money.

118

Insuring Bank Deposits

15.4 Insuring Bank Deposits

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The FDIC was created to insure bank deposits and supervise banks, preventing failures and restoring public confidence in the financial system through examination, enforcement, and intervention when banks face serious problems.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why deposit insurance was created: the Banking Act of 1933 established the FDIC to insure deposits in commercial banks after Roosevelt's bank holiday in 1933.
  • What the FDIC does: insures deposits up to $250,000 per account, examines and supervises about 4,000 banks, and enforces banking regulations.
  • How the FDIC intervenes: when banks have serious financial problems, it can lend money, recommend mergers, require management changes, buy loans, or provide extra capital.
  • Common confusion: deposit insurance is not a flat safety net—since 1993, premiums are risk-based because some experts believe flat-rate insurance encouraged banks to take excessive risks.
  • Current focus: the FDIC works closely with the Federal Reserve to test bank solvency regularly, applying lessons from the 2007–2009 financial crisis to prevent future failures.

🏛️ Creation and structure of deposit insurance

🏛️ Historical context

  • In 1933, Roosevelt declared a bank holiday, closing all banks for a week to take corrective action.
  • Congress passed the Banking Act of 1933, which empowered the Federal Reserve System to regulate banks and reform the banking system.
  • The act's most important provision was the creation of the FDIC to insure deposits in commercial banks.

📋 Major deposit insurance funds today

The excerpt identifies two main funds:

FundAdministratorCoverage
Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF)FDICCommercial banks and thrift institutions
National Credit Union Share Insurance FundNational Credit Union AdministrationCredit unions
  • In 1934, the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation (FSLIC) was formed to insure deposits at S&Ls.
  • When the FSLIC went bankrupt in the 1980s, the FDIC took over responsibility for administering the fund that insures deposits at thrift institutions.

🛡️ What the FDIC is

The FDIC is an independent, quasi-public corporation backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

  • It examines and supervises about 4,000 banks and savings banks, more than half the institutions in the banking system.
  • It insures trillions of dollars of deposits in U.S. banks and thrift institutions against loss if the financial institution fails.
  • The FDIC insures all member banks in the Federal Reserve System.

💰 How deposit insurance works

💰 Coverage limits and premiums

  • The ceiling on insured deposits is $250,000 per account.
  • Each insured bank pays insurance premiums, which are a fixed percentage of the bank's domestic deposits.
  • Example: If a bank fails and a depositor has $200,000 in an account, the FDIC covers the full amount; if the depositor has $300,000, only $250,000 is insured.

⚖️ Risk-based premium system

  • In 1993, the FDIC switched from a flat rate for deposit insurance to a risk-based premium system.
  • This change came because of the large number of bank and thrift failures during the 1980s and early 1990s.
  • Why the change matters: Some experts argue that certain banks take too much risk because they view deposit insurance as a safety net for their depositors—a view many believe contributed to earlier bank failures.
  • Don't confuse: The risk-based system means riskier banks pay higher premiums; it's not a one-size-fits-all approach.

🔍 FDIC supervision and enforcement

🔍 How the FDIC monitors banks

To ensure that banks operate fairly and profitably, the FDIC:

  • Sets guidelines for banks.
  • Reviews the financial records and management practices of member banks at least once a year.
  • Bank examiners perform these reviews during unannounced visits.

📊 What examiners evaluate

Examiners rate banks on:

  • Compliance with banking regulations: e.g., the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, which states that a bank cannot refuse to lend money to people because of their color, religion, or national origin.
  • Overall financial condition, focusing on:
    • Loan quality
    • Management practices
    • Earnings
    • Liquidity
    • Whether the bank has enough capital (equity) to safely support its activities

🚨 Intervention actions

When bank examiners conclude that a bank has serious financial problems, the FDIC can take several actions:

  • Lend money to the bank
  • Recommend merger with a stronger bank
  • Require new management practices or replace managers
  • Buy loans from the bank
  • Provide extra equity capital to the bank
  • Cover all deposits at a troubled bank, including those over $250,000, to restore the public's confidence in the financial system

Example: A bank with poor loan quality and weak management might be required to replace its managers and receive a loan from the FDIC to stabilize operations.

🔄 Post-crisis developments

🔄 Ongoing collaboration with the Federal Reserve

  • With the fallout from the financial crisis of 2007–2009 still having an effect on banking and financial markets, the FDIC works closely with the Federal Reserve.
  • Goal: Make sure that banks continue to maintain healthy balance sheets by "testing" their solvency on a regular basis.

🏦 Lessons from "too big to fail"

  • Although the future of Dodd-Frank regulations is open to speculation in 2017, the consequences of thinking that banks and other financial institutions were "too big to fail" has had a positive impact.
  • Impact: Improved banking and financial transactions with the hope that such a financial crisis can be avoided in the future.
  • Don't confuse: The excerpt does not say all problems are solved; it says the lessons learned have had a positive impact on practices, not that another crisis is impossible.
119

International Banking

15.5 International Banking

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

U.S. banks extend their operations into the international marketplace by providing loans, trade-related services, and specialized financial services to foreign governments and businesses.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core services: U.S. banks provide loans and trade-related services to foreign entities.
  • Specialized offerings: Banks offer cash management and foreign-currency exchange services.
  • Client base: Services target both foreign governments and foreign businesses.
  • Role distinction: International banking is about cross-border financial intermediation, not domestic operations.

🌍 Services to foreign entities

💰 Loans and trade-related services

  • U.S. banks extend credit to foreign governments and businesses, facilitating international commerce.
  • Trade-related services support the flow of goods and payments across borders.
  • Example: A foreign business may need a loan to purchase goods from a U.S. supplier, and a U.S. bank can provide that financing.

🔧 Specialized financial services

💵 Cash management

  • Banks help foreign clients manage their cash flows and liquidity across different countries and currencies.
  • This service addresses the complexity of handling money in multiple jurisdictions.

🔄 Foreign-currency exchange

  • U.S. banks facilitate the conversion of currencies, enabling international transactions.
  • Foreign-currency exchange is essential when payments must be made in a currency different from the one held by the payer.
  • Example: A foreign government paying for U.S. goods may need to exchange its local currency for U.S. dollars through a U.S. bank.

🎯 The international role of U.S. banks

🌐 Cross-border financial intermediation

  • U.S. banks act as intermediaries between domestic and international markets.
  • They bridge the gap between U.S. financial resources and foreign demand for capital and services.
  • Don't confuse: International banking is not simply domestic banking for foreign clients; it involves specialized services tailored to cross-border needs (currency exchange, trade finance).

🏛️ Client diversity

Client typeServices provided
Foreign governmentsLoans, cash management, currency exchange
Foreign businessesLoans, trade-related services, cash management, currency exchange
  • Both government and private-sector clients rely on U.S. banks for international financial operations.
120

Trends in Financial Institutions

15.6 Trends in Financial Institutions

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Financial institutions are being reshaped by regulatory pressures, customer-driven technology expectations, fintech disruption, and the shift toward mobile and online platforms that give consumers control over their banking relationships.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Regulatory focus: Continued emphasis on compliance and regulatory issues following the recent financial crisis.
  • Customer control shift: Consumers will control more than 85 percent of their ongoing relationships with banks and financial institutions.
  • Fintech disruption: Fintech services are disrupting traditional banking while enabling innovation and operational efficiency.
  • Mobile and data strategy: Mobile financial apps provide strategic advantages and enable banks to collect and utilize customer data.
  • Common confusion: Technology is not replacing banks but transforming how banks engage with customers and deliver services.

🏛️ Post-crisis regulatory environment

📋 Compliance and oversight

  • Banks face continued focus on regulatory and compliance issues stemming from the recent financial crisis.
  • Operational efficiency has become a priority alongside regulatory compliance.
  • These pressures drive banks to balance safety with profitability.

⚙️ Operational efficiency

  • Financial institutions must streamline operations while meeting stricter regulatory requirements.
  • Efficiency improvements help offset compliance costs.
  • Example: A bank must maintain robust compliance systems while reducing operational overhead to remain competitive.

👥 Customer engagement transformation

🎯 Consumer control dynamics

  • Consumers will control more than 85 percent of their ongoing relationships with banks and other financial institutions.
  • This represents a fundamental power shift from institution-driven to customer-driven banking.
  • Banks must tackle customer engagement as a strategic priority, not just a service function.

💡 Technology initiatives

  • Customer engagement and technology initiatives are intertwined priorities.
  • Banks must meet rising consumer expectations through digital channels.
  • Don't confuse: This is not about technology replacing human interaction but about giving customers choice in how they interact.

🚀 Fintech disruption and innovation

🔄 Disruptive impact

  • Fintech services continue to disrupt the traditional banking industry.
  • Disruption creates both threats and opportunities for established banks.

🛠️ Innovation enablement

AspectImpact
InnovationFintech enables some banks to increase innovation
OperationsStreamlines operational efficiencies
CompetitionForces traditional banks to modernize or lose market share

🤝 Integration strategy

  • Rather than viewing fintech as purely competitive, some banks integrate fintech solutions.
  • Example: A traditional bank might partner with a fintech company to offer faster payment processing rather than building the capability from scratch.

📱 Mobile and data-driven banking

📲 Mobile financial apps

  • Mobile apps provide banks with a strategic advantage in the competitive landscape.
  • Apps serve as primary customer touchpoints for many banking relationships.
  • Mobile platforms enable 24/7 access and convenience that consumers increasingly expect.

📊 Customer data utilization

  • Mobile apps enable banks to collect customer data systematically.
  • Banks utilize this data as part of their overall business strategy.
  • Data insights inform product development, personalization, and service improvements.
  • Example: A bank analyzes app usage patterns to identify which features customers use most and which services to promote.

💳 Online payment platforms

🌐 Integral role in banking

  • Online payment platforms play an integral role in the banking and financial sector.
  • These platforms complement traditional banking services rather than simply replacing them.

🎯 Consumer expectation drivers

  • Consumers' expectations continue to drive innovation in the banking industry.
  • Payment platforms must offer speed, security, and convenience.
  • Banks that fail to meet these expectations risk losing customers to more agile competitors.
  • Don't confuse: Online payment platforms are not separate from banking but are becoming core banking infrastructure.
121

The Role of Finance and the Financial Manager

16.1 The Role of Finance and the Financial Manager

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The financial manager's primary goal is to maximize the firm's value to its owners by making wise planning, investment, and financing decisions that balance short-term needs with long-term strategic goals.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Finance affects all departments: Financial consequences touch every business decision, so all managers must work with financial personnel, not just the finance department.
  • Three core activities: Financial managers engage in financial planning (projecting revenues and needs), investment (spending money on high-return projects), and financing (raising money through debt or equity).
  • The central goal: Maximize firm value (measured by stock price for public companies or sale price for private ones), not just short-term profits.
  • Risk-return trade-off: Higher risk requires higher expected return; financial managers constantly balance profit opportunity against potential loss.
  • Common confusion: Maximizing profits vs. maximizing value—focusing only on short-term profits can sacrifice long-term competitiveness (e.g., cutting R&D boosts profits now but weakens future products).

💼 What financial management is and why it matters

💼 Definition and scope

Financial management: the art and science of managing a firm's money so that it can meet its goals.

  • Not limited to the finance department—all business decisions have financial consequences.
  • Sales representatives depend on credit and collection policies; IT heads must justify new systems; every department's actions affect and are affected by finance.
  • Example: A sales team's ability to close deals depends on the company's credit policies, which are set by financial managers.

💧 Cash flows as the focus

Cash flows: the inflows and outflows of cash.

  • Financial managers focus on cash flows, not just accounting profits.
  • They plan and monitor to ensure cash is available when needed.
  • Example: Even if sales are strong, if cash from customers arrives late, the company may struggle to pay suppliers on time.
  • Don't confuse: Accounting (collecting and presenting financial data) vs. financial management (using that data to make decisions about cash and funding).

🎯 The financial manager's three key activities

📊 Financial planning

  • Preparing the financial plan, which projects revenues, expenditures, and financing needs over a given period.
  • Tracks day-to-day operational data (cash collections and disbursements) to ensure the company can meet obligations.
  • Also studies longer-term questions: Should the company open a new facility? When? How to finance it?

💸 Investment (spending money)

  • Investing the firm's funds in projects and securities that provide high returns in relation to their risks.
  • Deciding how available funds will be used.
  • Example: Analyzing whether to acquire another company or automate cash collections.

💰 Financing (raising money)

  • Obtaining funding for the firm's operations and investments.
  • Seeking the best balance between debt (borrowed funds) and equity (funds raised through selling ownership).
  • Choosing the best sources to obtain required funding when sales revenue doesn't cover all needs.

🎯 The main goal: maximizing firm value

🎯 What "maximize value" means

The main goal of the financial manager is to maximize the value of the firm to its owners.

  • For publicly owned corporations: measured by share price of stock.
  • For private companies: the price at which the company could be sold.
  • Financial managers must consider both short- and long-term consequences of actions.

⚠️ Why profit maximization alone is not enough

  • Maximizing profits is one approach, but should not be the only one.
  • Profit-focused decisions favor short-term gains over long-term goals.
  • Example: A firm in a highly technical, competitive industry stops doing research and development. Short-run profits rise (R&D is expensive), but long-run competitiveness falls (no new products).
  • Don't confuse: Short-term profit maximization vs. long-term value maximization—the latter requires investing in the future even when it reduces current profits.

🏢 Real-world example: Corning

  • Corning, a 160-year-old technology company, takes the long-term view rather than managing for quarterly earnings.
  • Manufactures specialized glass and ceramic products (Gorilla Glass for mobile devices, optical fiber for telecommunications).
  • These product lines require large investments during long R&D cycles and for plant and equipment.
  • Risky in the short term, but staying the course paid off: Gorilla Glass captured over 20% of the phone market (200+ million devices sold); fiber-optic cable business thrived as providers upgraded networks.
  • Result: Revenues increased by more than 16% in a recent quarter (as of 2017).
  • Lesson: Balancing short-term costs with long-term strategic investments maximizes value.

⚖️ Risk-return trade-off

⚖️ Core principle

Return: the opportunity for profit.
Risk: the potential for loss, or the chance that an investment will not achieve the expected level of return.

  • A basic principle in finance: the higher the risk, the greater the return that is required.
  • This is called the risk-return trade-off.

⚖️ How financial managers apply it

  • Financial managers constantly strive for a balance between profit opportunity and potential loss.
  • They consider many risk and return factors when making investment and financing decisions:
    • Changing patterns of market demand
    • Interest rates
    • General economic conditions
    • Market conditions
    • Social issues (environmental effects, equal employment opportunity policies)
  • Example: Investing in a new, unproven technology offers high potential return but also high risk of failure; the expected return must justify that risk.

💵 How organizations use funds

💵 Two types of expenditures

TypePurposeExamplesResult
Short-term expensesSupport day-to-day activitiesRaw materials, employee salariesCurrent assets (cash, accounts receivable, inventory)
Long-term expensesTypically for fixed assetsBuilding a new factory, buying equipment, acquiring another companyFixed assets
  • Example (Nike): Short-term—buying leather and fabric, paying salaries. Long-term—building a factory, buying automated equipment, acquiring a sports apparel manufacturer.

💵 Short-term expenses (operating expenses)

Short-term expenses (operating expenses): outlays used to support current production and selling activities.

  • Typically result in current assets: cash and any other assets (accounts receivable and inventory) that can be converted to cash within a year.
  • Financial manager's goal: manage current assets so the firm has enough cash to pay bills and support accounts receivable and inventory.

💧 Cash management: assuring liquidity

Cash management: making sure that enough cash is on hand to pay bills as they come due and to meet unexpected expenses.

  • Cash is the lifeblood of business; without it, a firm cannot operate.
  • Businesses estimate cash requirements for a specific period.
  • Many companies keep a minimum cash balance to cover unexpected expenses or changes in projected cash flows.
  • If cash inflows don't match outflows, the financial manager arranges loans to cover shortfalls.
  • Example: A company whose sales and receipts are predictable and regular throughout the year needs less cash on hand than one with irregular cash flows.
  • Key insight: If the size and timing of cash inflows closely match the size and timing of cash outflows, the company needs only a small amount of cash on hand.
122

How Organizations Use Funds

16.2 How Organizations Use Funds

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Financial managers must balance short-term operating expenses that support daily activities with long-term capital expenditures that build future capacity, while managing the risk-return trade-off and ensuring sufficient liquidity.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Short-term vs long-term spending: short-term expenses support current operations (raw materials, salaries); long-term expenses are for fixed assets (factories, equipment, acquisitions).
  • Cash management goal: ensure enough cash is on hand to pay bills and meet unexpected expenses, while minimizing idle cash by investing surpluses in marketable securities.
  • Three key cash strategies: collect accounts receivable quickly, pay accounts payable as late as possible without damaging credit, and minimize funds tied up in inventory.
  • Common confusion: inventory levels—production wants high inventory to avoid delays, marketing wants high inventory for quick order fulfillment, but finance wants minimal inventory to free up funds.
  • Capital budgeting: the process financial managers use to analyze long-term projects and select those offering the best returns while maximizing firm value.

💵 Short-term expenses and current assets

💵 What short-term expenses are

Operating expenses (short-term expenses): outlays used to support current production and selling activities.

  • These expenses typically result in current assets: cash and any other assets (accounts receivable and inventory) that can be converted to cash within a year.
  • Example: an athletic-apparel maker regularly spends money to buy raw materials like leather and fabric and to pay employee salaries.
  • The financial manager's goal is to manage current assets so the firm has enough cash to pay its bills and to support its accounts receivable and inventory.

🔄 The cash flow challenge

  • Short-term expenses create a continuous cycle: the firm spends cash to produce goods, sells them (often on credit), and then collects cash later.
  • The financial manager tries to shorten the time between cash outflows (purchasing inventory or services) and cash inflows (collecting from sales).
  • Don't confuse: having high sales is not the same as having cash—sales on credit create accounts receivable, not immediate cash.

💧 Cash management: ensuring liquidity

💧 Why cash is critical

Cash management: making sure that enough cash is on hand to pay bills as they come due and to meet unexpected expenses.

  • Cash is described as "the lifeblood of business"—without it, a firm could not operate.
  • Companies estimate their cash requirements for a specific period and many keep a minimum cash balance to cover unexpected expenses or changes in projected cash flows.
  • The financial manager arranges loans to cover any shortfalls.

📊 Matching cash flows

  • If the size and timing of cash inflows closely match the size and timing of cash outflows, the company needs to keep only a small amount of cash on hand.
  • Predictable vs seasonal patterns:
    • A company with fairly predictable and regular sales and receipts throughout the year needs less cash.
    • A company with seasonal patterns (e.g., a toy company with fall sales) needs more cash during off-peak periods to build inventory.
  • Example: a toy company spends cash during spring and summer to build inventory, then has excess cash during winter and early spring when it collects on peak-season sales.

💰 Investing surplus cash

Marketable securities: short-term investments that are easily converted into cash.

  • Because cash in checking accounts earns little or no interest, the financial manager tries to keep cash balances low and invest surplus cash.
  • The financial manager looks for low-risk investments that offer high returns.
  • Three popular marketable securities:
    • Treasury bills: government-issued short-term debt
    • Certificates of deposit: bank time deposits
    • Commercial paper: unsecured short-term debt (an IOU) issued by a financially strong corporation

🌍 International cash management challenges

  • Companies with overseas operations face greater complexity: multiple foreign currencies, different banking practices, and varying regulatory and tax requirements in each country.
  • Regulations may impede the ability to move funds freely across borders.
  • Local managers may resist centralized control because they don't want to give up control of cash generated by their units.
  • Corporate financial managers must be sensitive to local customs and adapt the centralization strategy accordingly.

📋 Managing accounts receivable

📋 What accounts receivable represent

Accounts receivable: sales for which the firm has not yet been paid.

  • Because the product has been sold but cash has not yet been received, an account receivable amounts to a use of funds.
  • For the average manufacturing firm, accounts receivable represent about 15 to 20 percent of total assets.
  • The financial manager's goal is to collect money owed to the firm as quickly as possible, while offering customers credit terms attractive enough to increase sales.

⚖️ The credit policy balancing act

Accounts receivable management involves two key areas:

AreaWhat it includesTrade-off
Credit policiesGuidelines on offering credit, credit terms, repayment conditions (how long customers have to pay, whether cash discounts are given)Easier credit or generous terms increase sales but require financing more receivables and increase bad debt risk
Collection policiesProcedures for collecting overdue accountsAggressive collections speed up cash but may harm customer relationships
  • Businesses consider the impact on sales, timing of cash flow, experience with bad debt, customer profiles, and industry standards when developing credit and collection policies.
  • Don't confuse: increasing sales through generous credit terms with improving cash flow—more sales on credit can actually worsen cash position in the short term.

🤖 Technology and outsourcing in collections

  • More than 90 percent of businesses experience late payments from customers, and some companies write off a percentage of bad debt, which can be expensive.
  • Many companies use automated decision-making through ERP systems or software programs to help with credit and collection processes.
  • Some companies outsource financial and accounting business processes to specialists who have cutting-edge technology and specialized electronic platforms.
  • Risks of outsourcing: data could be compromised or lost, rivals could steal corporate data, and it's harder to monitor an outside provider than your own employees.
  • One popular outsourcing area: international trade, which has regulations that differ by country and requires huge amounts of documentation; processing costs for overseas goods are about twice those of domestic goods.

📦 Inventory management

📦 Inventory as a use of funds

  • In a typical manufacturing firm, inventory is nearly 20 percent of total assets.
  • The cost of inventory includes not only its purchase price, but also ordering, handling, storage, interest, and insurance costs.

🔀 Conflicting goals among managers

Manager typeInventory preferenceReason
ProductionLots of raw materialsAvoid production delays
MarketingLots of finished goodsFill customer orders quickly
FinanceLeast inventory possibleMinimize funds tied up without harming efficiency or sales
  • Financial managers must work closely with production and marketing to balance these conflicting goals.
  • Techniques for reducing investment in inventory: inventory management systems, just-in-time systems, and materials requirement planning.

📊 Inventory turnover ratio for retail

  • For retail firms, inventory management is critical, and financial managers closely monitor inventory turnover ratios.
  • This ratio shows how quickly inventory moves through the firm and is turned into sales.
  • Too high inventory: affects working capital, forcing the company to borrow money to cover excess inventory.
  • Too high turnover: means the company does not have enough inventory to satisfy customer needs, and customers could take their business elsewhere.

🏗️ Long-term expenditures (capital expenditures)

🏗️ What capital expenditures are

Capital expenditures: investments in physical assets such as land, buildings, machinery, equipment, and information systems.

  • Unlike operating expenses (which produce benefits within a year), the benefits from capital expenditures extend beyond one year.
  • These appear as fixed assets on the firm's balance sheet.
  • Mergers and acquisitions are also considered capital expenditures.
  • Example: a printer's purchase of a new printing press with a usable life of seven years is a capital expenditure; paper, ink, and other supplies are expenses.

🎯 Common reasons for capital expenditures

  1. Expand: grow capacity or enter new markets
  2. Replace or renew fixed assets: update aging equipment or facilities
  3. Develop new products: invest in R&D and production capabilities
  • Most manufacturing firms have a big investment in long-term assets.
  • Example: Boeing Company puts billions of dollars a year into airplane-manufacturing facilities.

📈 Capital budgeting process

Capital budgeting: the process used to analyze long-term projects and select those that offer the best returns while maximizing the firm's value.

  • Because capital expenditures tend to be costly and have a major effect on the firm's future, this process is critical.
  • Decisions involving new products or the acquisition of another business are especially important.
  • Managers look at project costs and forecast the future benefits the project will bring to calculate the firm's estimated return on the investment.
  • The goal is to choose projects that offer the best returns while maximizing firm value.

💳 Sources of short-term financing

💳 Secured vs unsecured loans

  • Firms raise funding through borrowing money (debt), selling ownership shares (equity), and retaining earnings (profits).
  • Short-term loan: comes due within one year; shown as a current liability on the balance sheet; used to finance current assets and support operations.
  • Long-term loan: has a maturity greater than one year.
  • Short-term loans can be unsecured (based on creditworthiness, no specific assets pledged) or secured (backed by specific assets).

🤝 Trade credit (accounts payable)

Trade credit: the seller extends credit to the buyer between the time the buyer receives the goods or services and when it pays for them.

  • Trade credit is a major source of short-term business financing.
  • The buyer enters the credit on its books as an account payable; in effect, it's a short-term loan from the seller to the buyer.
  • Example: when Goodyear sells tires to General Motors, GM does not have to pay cash on delivery; Goodyear regularly bills GM, and GM pays at a later date. Until GM pays, Goodyear has an account receivable from GM, and GM has an account payable to Goodyear.

🏦 Unsecured bank loans

Unsecured loans: made on the basis of the firm's creditworthiness and the lender's previous experience with the firm.

  • An unsecured borrower does not have to pledge specific assets as security.
  • Companies often use these loans to finance seasonal (cyclical) businesses.
  • The excerpt mentions that unsecured bank loans include lines of credit (but the text cuts off before providing further detail).
123

Obtaining Short-Term Financing

16.3 Obtaining Short-Term Financing

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Firms raise short-term funds (due within one year) through unsecured loans based on creditworthiness or secured loans backed by collateral, choosing sources that balance cost, availability, and risk to support current operations.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Short-term vs long-term financing: short-term loans come due within one year and finance current assets/operations; long-term loans have maturity greater than one year.
  • Two main categories: unsecured loans (based on creditworthiness, no collateral required) and secured loans (require pledging specific assets as collateral).
  • Three types of unsecured loans: trade credit (accounts payable), bank loans (lines of credit and revolving credit), and commercial paper (IOUs issued by strong corporations).
  • Common confusion: accounts receivable can be used two ways—as collateral for a secured loan OR sold outright through factoring (more expensive but immediate cash).
  • Why it matters: short-term financing appears as current liabilities on the balance sheet and directly supports day-to-day operations and working capital needs.

💳 Unsecured short-term financing

💳 What makes a loan unsecured

Unsecured loans: loans made on the basis of the firm's creditworthiness and the lender's previous experience with the firm, without requiring specific assets as security.

  • The lender relies on the borrower's reputation and track record rather than physical collateral.
  • Typically available only to firms with strong credit histories.
  • Three main types exist: trade credit, bank loans, and commercial paper.

🛒 Trade credit (accounts payable)

  • How it works: the seller extends credit to the buyer between delivery and payment.
  • The buyer records this as an account payable (a liability); the seller records an account receivable (an asset).
  • Example: When one company sells tires to another, the buyer doesn't pay cash on delivery but receives a bill and pays later—this gap is trade credit.
  • Why it matters: trade credit is a major source of short-term business financing, essentially a short-term loan from seller to buyer.

🏦 Bank loans

Two main types of unsecured bank loans:

TypeDescriptionKey features
Line of creditMaximum amount of unsecured short-term borrowing allowed over a period (typically one year)Firm pays a fee or keeps 10–20% of loan amount in a checking account at the bank
Revolving credit agreementGuaranteed line of credit with extra fees beyond interestArranged for 2–5 years; more secure than regular line of credit
  • Often used to finance seasonal or cyclical business needs.

📄 Commercial paper

Commercial paper: an unsecured short-term debt (IOU) issued by a financially strong corporation.

  • Issued in multiples of $100,000 for periods from 3 to 270 days.
  • Dual role: both a short-term investment option and a financing tool.
  • Cost advantage: interest rate usually 1–3% below bank loan rates.
  • Only available to major corporations with strong financial standing.

🔒 Secured short-term financing

🔒 What makes a loan secured

Secured loans: loans that require the borrower to pledge specific assets as collateral or security.

  • If the borrower doesn't repay, the lender can legally take the collateral.
  • Who uses them: borrowers whose credit isn't strong enough to qualify for unsecured loans.
  • Main sources: commercial banks and commercial finance companies.

📦 Common types of collateral

Accounts receivable as collateral:

  • Normally quite liquid (easily converted to cash).
  • Makes them an attractive form of security for lenders.

Inventory as collateral:

  • Can be raw materials or finished goods.
  • Appeal depends on how easily the inventory can be sold at a fair price.

💰 Factoring: selling receivables outright

Factoring: a firm sells its accounts receivable outright to a factor (a financial institution such as a commercial bank or commercial finance company) that buys accounts receivable at a discount.

  • How it differs from a loan: the firm doesn't borrow against receivables—it sells them completely.
  • The factor buys receivables at a discount from their actual value, then collects payments from customers.
  • Industries that use it: widely used in clothing, furniture, and appliance industries; also popular with trucking companies with voluminous freight bills.
  • Trade-off: more expensive than a bank loan because of the discount, but provides immediate cash for businesses with steady orders but lacking cash for payroll or immediate payments.

Don't confuse: Using accounts receivable as collateral for a secured loan vs. factoring—in the first case you borrow and repay; in factoring, you sell the receivables and the factor owns them.

🎯 Choosing short-term financing sources

🎯 Matching financing to needs

  • Basic principle: the excerpt emphasizes that firms must assess all funding sources and choose the one most likely to maximize the firm's value.
  • Short-term financing should match short-term needs (current assets and operations).
  • The choice depends on:
    • The firm's creditworthiness
    • Cost of financing (interest rates, fees, discounts)
    • Availability (not all firms qualify for all types)
    • Speed of access to cash

📊 Balance sheet treatment

  • All short-term financing appears as current liabilities on the balance sheet.
  • Used specifically to finance current assets and support operations.
  • Maturity: comes due within one year (distinguishing it from long-term financing with maturity greater than one year).
124

16.4 Raising Long-Term Financing

16.4 Raising Long-Term Financing

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Long-term financing through debt and equity enables firms to fund capital expenditures while balancing cost, risk, and control, with each source offering distinct advantages and trade-offs that financial managers must carefully weigh.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Matching principle: Finance the term of the asset with the term of the financing—short-term items with short-term funds, long-term items with long-term funds.
  • Debt vs. equity trade-off: Debt offers tax-deductible interest but carries financial risk and mandatory payments; equity provides permanent financing with no repayment obligation but dilutes ownership and costs more.
  • Major long-term debt types: Term loans (5–12 years), bonds (10–30 years), and mortgage loans (secured by real estate).
  • Common confusion: Interest on debt is tax-deductible (lowering its cost), but dividends on equity are not—yet equity is still more expensive overall because investors demand higher returns for greater risk.
  • Why it matters: The debt-equity mix affects a firm's cost of capital, financial risk, and ability to maximize shareholder value.

💰 Debt vs. Equity: Core Trade-Offs

💰 What debt financing offers

Debt financing: Borrowing money that must be repaid with interest on a fixed schedule.

  • Main advantage: Interest expense is tax-deductible, which lowers the effective cost of borrowing.
  • No ownership dilution: Lenders do not gain voting rights or control over management.
  • Main drawback: Financial risk—the chance the firm cannot make scheduled interest and principal payments, which can force bankruptcy.
  • Loan agreements often include restrictions (covenants) to ensure the borrower operates efficiently.

💰 What equity financing offers

Equity financing: Raising capital by selling ownership shares or retaining earnings; represents permanent financing.

  • Main advantage: No mandatory payments—the firm is not required to pay dividends or repay the investment.
  • Flexibility: Places few restrictions on the firm compared to debt covenants.
  • Main drawbacks:
    • Common stockholders gain voting rights and a voice in management.
    • Equity is more costly than debt because dividends are paid from after-tax income (not tax-deductible).
    • Equity holders have a residual claim—they are paid only after debt holders receive interest and principal.

📊 Debt vs. Equity comparison table

FeatureDebt FinancingEquity Financing
Say in managementCreditors typically have none unless default occurs; may impose restraints if defaultCommon stockholders have voting rights
Claim on income/assetsDebt holders rank ahead; interest and principal are contractual obligationsEquity owners have residual claim; dividends paid only after debt obligations; no obligation to pay dividends
MaturityHas a stated maturity date; principal must be repaid by that dateNo maturity date; the company is not required to repay equity
Tax treatmentInterest is tax-deductibleDividends are not tax-deductible; paid from after-tax income

Don't confuse: "Equity is permanent" does not mean it's free—equity investors demand higher returns because they bear more risk than debt holders.

🏦 Major Types of Long-Term Debt

🏦 Term loans

Term loan: A business loan with a maturity of more than one year, typically 5–12 years.

  • Can be unsecured or secured.
  • Available from commercial banks, insurance companies, pension funds, commercial finance companies, and manufacturers' financing subsidiaries.
  • Contract details: Specifies amount, maturity, interest rate, payment dates, loan purpose, and operating/financial restrictions to control default risk.
  • Repayment structure: Payments include both interest and principal, so the loan balance declines over time.
  • Borrowers try to match the repayment schedule to the project's forecast cash flow.

Example: A manufacturing firm takes a 7-year secured term loan to buy new equipment; the loan payments are timed to match the equipment's expected revenue generation.

🏦 Bonds

Bonds: Long-term debt obligations issued by corporations and governments, with a certificate as proof of the obligation.

  • Key terms:
    • Interest (coupon rate): A fixed amount paid on a regular schedule, typically every six months.
    • Principal (par value): The amount borrowed, which must be repaid at the bond's maturity date.
  • Typical features:
    • Issued in units of $1,000 (e.g., $1,000, $5,000, $10,000).
    • Initial maturities of 10–30 years.
    • May be secured or unsecured, include early retirement provisions, or be convertible to common stock.

Example: A corporation issues $10 million in bonds with a 6% coupon rate and 20-year maturity; bondholders receive $60 per $1,000 bond annually (in two $30 payments) and get their $1,000 back in 20 years.

🏦 Mortgage loans

Mortgage loan: A long-term loan secured by real estate as collateral.

  • The lender takes a mortgage on the property, allowing seizure and sale if the borrower fails to make scheduled payments.
  • Often used to finance office buildings, factories, and warehouses.
  • Life insurance companies are a major source of these loans, making billions of dollars in mortgage loans to businesses each year.

Don't confuse: A mortgage loan is not the same as a term loan—mortgages are always secured by real property, whereas term loans may be unsecured or secured by other assets.

🎯 Choosing the Right Financing Mix

🎯 The matching principle

  • Basic principle: Match the term of the financing to the period over which benefits are expected.
    • Short-term items (inventory, supplies) → short-term funds.
    • Long-term items (buildings, equipment) → long-term funds.
  • This reduces the risk of being unable to repay or refinance at unfavorable terms.

🎯 Balancing cost and risk

  • Financial managers select the mix of long-term debt and equity that results in the best balance between cost and risk.
  • Cost consideration: Debt is cheaper due to tax-deductibility, but too much debt increases financial risk.
  • Risk consideration: Equity is safer (no mandatory payments) but more expensive and dilutes ownership.

Example: Boeing plans to spend $2 billion over four years to build new factories. Management will assess whether to use debt (lower cost, higher risk) or equity (higher cost, lower risk), or a combination, to fund the project.

125

Equity Financing

16.5 Equity Financing

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Equity financing allows corporations to raise capital by selling ownership shares, retaining earnings, or obtaining venture capital, each method offering different trade-offs between control, cost, and flexibility compared to debt financing.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What equity financing is: obtaining capital by selling ownership shares (external), retaining earnings (internal), or through venture capital for small/high-tech firms.
  • How firms sell new equity: through initial public offerings (IPOs) or additional stock sales, though going public is expensive and requires ongoing disclosure.
  • Dividends vs retained earnings trade-off: firms must balance paying dividends to satisfy investors with reinvesting profits for growth.
  • Common confusion: preferred stock vs common stock—preferred has fixed dividends and priority in bankruptcy, but common stock represents true ownership with voting rights.
  • Venture capital characteristics: provides equity for small/growing firms in exchange for significant ownership (up to 60%) and board seats, targeting high returns within 5–10 years.

💰 Core equity financing methods

💰 Three main sources of equity capital

Corporations obtain equity financing through:

  • External financing: selling new ownership shares to the public or investors
  • Internal financing: retaining earnings instead of distributing them as dividends
  • Venture capital: external financing primarily for small, growing, high-tech companies

Equity: the owners' investment in the business; in corporations, preferred and common stockholders are the owners.

🏢 Who are the equity owners

  • In corporations, equity owners are the preferred and common stockholders.
  • They own a piece of the business, unlike debt holders who are creditors.

📈 Selling new stock to the public

📈 Initial public offerings (IPOs)

Common stock: a security that represents an ownership interest in a corporation.

Initial public offering (IPO): a company's first sale of stock to the public.

Why companies go public:

  • Enables existing stockholders (employees, family, friends who bought privately) to earn big profits on their investment.
  • Public companies can also issue additional shares later to raise more equity funds.

Example: Google went public in 2004 at $85 per share, soared to $475 in early 2006, and traded above $990 per share by October 2017.

⚠️ Drawbacks of going public

  • No guarantee of success: an IPO may not sell.
  • High costs: big fees to investment bankers, brokers, attorneys, accountants, and printers.
  • Ongoing scrutiny: the firm is closely watched by regulators, stockholders, and securities analysts.
  • Disclosure requirements: must reveal operating and financial data, product details, financing plans, and operating strategies—often costly to provide.

Example: Blue Apron went public in 2017 at $10 per share but dropped more than 40% several months later due to competition concerns and high marketing costs.

🔒 Staying private as an alternative

Some large companies choose to remain private to avoid these costs and disclosure requirements.

Example: Cargill, SC Johnson, Mars, Publix Super Markets, and Bloomberg are among the largest U.S. private companies.

💵 Dividends and retained earnings

💵 What dividends are

Dividends: payments to stockholders from a corporation's profits.

  • Can be paid in cash or in stock.
  • Stock dividends: payments in the form of more stock; may replace or supplement cash dividends.
  • After a stock dividend, more shares claim the same company value, so each share's value often declines.

🎯 Dividend policy matters

  • Companies are not required to pay dividends, but investors who expect them may sell their stock if dividends stop.
  • Stable dividend history signals good financial health.
  • Cutting or skipping dividends suggests serious financial problems, often lowering stock prices.
  • Most firms set dividends at a level they can maintain, starting with a relatively low payout ratio to ensure steady or slightly increasing dividends over time.

Example: Comcast increased its dividend more than 20% over five years, giving shareholders healthy returns.

💵 Retained earnings advantage

Retained earnings: profits that have been reinvested in the firm.

  • Big advantage: no underwriting costs (unlike selling new stock).
  • Financial managers balance dividends and retained earnings to maximize firm value.

🏭 Industry patterns in dividend policy

Firm typeDividend approachExamples
Well-established, stable, modest growth (utilities, financial services, large industrials)Pay out much of earnings as dividendsExxonMobil ($3.08/share in 2016), Altria Group ($2.64), Apple ($2.23), Costco ($2.00)
High-growth companies (technology)Finance growth through retained earnings; pay little or no dividendsMany tech firms; Apple paid no dividends for 17 years before resuming in 2012

🎖️ Preferred stock

🎖️ What makes preferred stock different

Preferred stock: another form of equity with a dividend amount set at issuance.

Key characteristics:

  • Fixed dividends: usually set when the stock is issued.
  • Priority over common stock: preferred dividends must be paid before any dividends to common stockholders.
  • Bankruptcy priority: if the firm goes bankrupt and sells assets, preferred stockholders get their money back before common stockholders.

⚖️ Preferred stock trade-offs

Similarities to debt:

  • Increases financial risk because it obligates the firm to make a fixed payment.

More flexible than debt:

  • The firm can miss a dividend payment without the serious consequences of failing to pay back debt.

Disadvantages compared to debt:

  • More expensive: preferred dividends are not tax-deductible (unlike interest on debt).
  • Higher required returns: because preferred stockholders' claims on income and assets are second to debtholders, they require higher returns to compensate for greater risk.

Don't confuse: Preferred stock is equity (ownership), not debt, even though it has some debt-like features (fixed payments, priority claims).

🚀 Venture capital

🚀 What venture capital is

Venture capital: a source of equity capital most often used by small and growing firms that aren't big enough to sell securities to the public.

Especially popular among:

  • High-tech companies that need large sums of money.

🚀 How venture capital works

Investment structure:

  • Venture capitalists invest in new businesses in return for part of the ownership, sometimes as much as 60%.
  • They look for new businesses with high growth potential.
  • They expect a high investment return within 5 to 10 years.

Profit mechanism:

  • Buy stock at a very low price by "getting in on the ground floor."
  • Earn profits by selling the stock at a much higher price when the company goes public.

Control:

  • Venture capitalists generally get a voice in management through seats on the board of directors.

🎯 Getting venture capital is difficult

  • There are hundreds of private venture-capital firms in the U.S.
  • Most venture capitalists finance only 1 to 5% of the companies that apply.
  • After losses from failed dot-coms, venture capitalists are currently less willing to take risks on very early-stage companies with unproven technology.

👼 Alternative sources: angel investors

Angel investors: wealthy individuals who provide venture capital to start-up firms.

Other alternative sources:

  • Private foundations
  • States

Motivation:

  • The potential to earn a high return on their investment.

Why they matter:

  • These private investors are helping start-up firms find equity capital when traditional venture capitalists are more risk-averse.
126

Securities Markets

16.6 Securities Markets

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Securities markets streamline the buying and selling of investment certificates representing equity or debt, enabling corporations and governments to raise capital while providing investors opportunities to earn returns through professionally facilitated trading.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What securities are: investment certificates representing either equity (ownership) or debt (a loan to the issuer) that trade in organized markets.
  • Primary vs secondary markets: primary markets sell new securities (issuer gets proceeds, happens once); secondary markets trade already-issued securities among investors (issuer not involved, most trading happens here).
  • Who trades: individual investors (managing their own money) and institutional investors (professionals managing others' money, controlling very large sums and accounting for about half of equity trading volume).
  • Common confusion: primary market is where securities are first issued; secondary market is where they change hands afterward—the issuer only participates in the primary market.
  • Key intermediaries: investment bankers help companies issue new securities through underwriting; stockbrokers execute buy/sell orders for clients in secondary markets.

🏛️ Market structure and participants

🏛️ What securities represent

Securities: investment certificates that represent either equity (ownership in the issuing organization) or debt (a loan to the issuer).

  • Corporations and governments sell securities to raise capital for operations and expansion.
  • Investors buy securities, taking on risk in hopes of earning a profit.
  • Securities markets handle billions of shares traded daily in more than 10,000 companies.

👥 Types of investors

Investor typeWho they areWhat they manageMarket impact
Individual investorsPeople investing their own moneyPersonal funds for personal financial goalsSmaller individual trades
Institutional investorsInvestment professionals paid to manage others' moneyVery large sums for banks, mutual funds, insurance companies, pension fundsMajor force; about half of dollar volume; often trade in 10,000-share blocks
  • Institutional investors are a major force because they control enormous amounts of capital.
  • They aim to meet their clients' investment goals rather than their own.

🔄 Primary vs secondary markets

🆕 Primary market

Primary market: where new securities are sold to the public, usually with the help of investment bankers.

  • The issuer of the security receives the proceeds from the transaction.
  • A security is sold in the primary market just once—when first issued.
  • Example: The Blue Apron IPO mentioned in the excerpt is a primary market offering.
  • Don't confuse: primary market = first-time sale; the company gets the money.

🔁 Secondary market

Secondary market: where old (already issued) securities are bought and sold, or traded, among investors.

  • Issuers generally are not involved in these transactions.
  • The vast majority of securities transactions take place in secondary markets.
  • Includes broker markets, dealer markets, the over-the-counter market, and commodities exchanges.
  • Why it matters: provides liquidity—investors can sell securities they own to other investors.

📰 Tombstones

  • Announcements of both primary and secondary stock and bond offerings.
  • Appear in publications like the Wall Street Journal and other newspapers.

🤝 Key intermediaries

🏦 Investment bankers

Investment bankers: firms that help companies raise long-term financing by acting as intermediaries, buying securities from corporations and governments and reselling them to the public.

  • Main activity is underwriting: acquiring a security for an agreed-upon price and hoping to resell it at a higher price to make a profit.
  • Also advise clients on pricing and structure of new securities offerings, mergers, acquisitions, and other financing.
  • Well-known firms include Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, JP Morgan, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, and Citigroup.
  • Role in primary market: they facilitate the initial sale of new securities.

📞 Stockbrokers (account executives)

Stockbroker: a person licensed to buy and sell securities on behalf of clients.

  • Work for brokerage firms and execute customer orders for stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and other securities.
  • Paid commissions for executing clients' transactions.
  • Most firms have fixed commission schedules for small transactions, usually depending on transaction value and number of shares.
  • Investors should seek brokers who understand their investment goals.

💻 Online investing

  • Internet technology enables investors to research, analyze, and trade securities online.
  • Almost all brokerage firms now offer online trading capabilities.
  • Benefits: lower transaction costs—fees range from about $4.95 to $8.00 per trade.
  • Popular with "do-it-yourself" investors who choose their own stocks and don't want to pay full-service broker fees.
  • The four largest online brokerages (Charles Schwab, Fidelity, TD Ameritrade, E*Trade) account for more than 80 percent of trading volume and trillions in customer assets.
  • Competition trend: firms like Robinhood offer $0 trading fees, forcing established firms to lower their fees; firms compensate by cross-selling other financial products and services.

💰 Bond markets

📊 Bond market size and activity

  • The global bond market is nearly $88 trillion (according to SIFMA).
  • In the United States, about $2 billion in new bond issues were sold in 2016.
  • Average daily trading volume exceeded $760 billion, with U.S. Treasury securities accounting for more than 60 percent.
  • Don't confuse: although equity markets get more attention, bond markets are huge and critical.

🏢 Corporate bonds

Corporate bonds: bonds issued by corporations, usually with a par value of $1,000.

  • May be secured or unsecured (called debentures).
  • May include special provisions for early retirement or be convertible to common stock.
  • Mortgage bonds: bonds secured by property such as land, buildings, or equipment.
  • Approximately $1.5 trillion in new corporate bonds were issued in 2016.

💥 High-yield (junk) bonds

High-yield or junk bonds: high-risk, high-return bonds often used by companies whose credit characteristics would not otherwise allow them access to the debt markets.

  • Generally earn 3 percent or more above returns on high-quality corporate bonds.
  • Example from excerpt: Tesla issued nearly $1.8 billion in junk bonds in August 2017 to finance production of the Model 3.
  • Risk vs reward: higher returns compensate for higher default risk.

🔄 Convertible bonds

Convertible bonds: corporate bonds issued with an option for the bondholder to convert them into common stock.

  • Generally allow the bondholder to exchange each bond for a specified number of shares of common stock.
  • Provide flexibility for investors who want debt security but also potential equity upside.

📉 Bond price changes

  • Bond prices change over their life as market interest rates fluctuate.
  • When market interest rates drop below the fixed interest rate on a bond → bond becomes more valuable → price rises.
  • When interest rates rise → bond's price falls.
  • Why: the fixed coupon payment becomes more or less attractive relative to current market rates.

🏛️ Government bonds

🇺🇸 U.S. Treasury securities

  • The U.S. Treasury sells three major types of federal debt securities:
    • Treasury bills: mature in less than one year; minimum par value of $1,000.
    • Treasury notes: maturities of 10 years or less; sold in denominations of $1,000 and $5,000.
    • Treasury bonds: maturities as long as 25 years or more; sold in denominations of $1,000 and $5,000.
  • All three are viewed as default-risk-free because they are backed by the U.S. government.
  • Interest earned is subject to federal income tax but free from state and local income taxes.
  • A total of $1.7 trillion U.S. treasuries were issued in 2016, down 20 percent from 2015.

🏙️ Municipal bonds

Municipal bonds: bonds issued by states, cities, counties, and other state and local government agencies.

  • Almost $445.8 billion in municipal bonds were issued in 2016.
  • Typically have a par value of $5,000.
  • Two types:
    • General obligation bonds: backed by the full faith and credit (and taxing power) of the issuing government.
    • Revenue bonds: repaid only from income generated by the specific project being financed (e.g., toll highways, power plants, parking structures); more risky because issuer has no legal obligation to back them if project revenues are inadequate; therefore have higher interest rates.
  • Tax advantage: interest earned is exempt from federal income tax; if issued within the taxpayer's home state, also exempt from state income tax.
  • Because of tax exemption, coupon interest rate is lower than for similar-quality corporate bonds.
  • Don't confuse: all interest on corporate bonds is fully taxable; municipal bond interest is tax-exempt.

🔤 Bond ratings

Bond ratings: letter grades assigned to bond issues to indicate their quality or level of risk.

  • Companies can default—fail to make scheduled interest or principal payments—on their bonds.
  • The two largest rating agencies are Moody's and Standard & Poor's (S&P).
  • Ratings range from highest quality (Aaa/AAA) to default or near-default (C/D).
  • Investment-grade bonds: Aaa/AAA through Baa/BBB.
  • Junk bonds: Ba/BB and below; provide little protection against default.
  • A bond's rating may change if a company's financial condition changes.
  • Why it matters: higher-rated bonds are safer but offer lower returns; lower-rated bonds are riskier but offer higher returns.
Moody'sS&PDescription
AaaAAAPrime-quality; highest rating; extremely strong capacity to pay
Aa, AAA, AHigh-grade; very safe; Aa/AA safer than single A
BaaBBBMedium-grade; lowest investment-grade; lacks protection against adverse conditions
Ba, BBB, BJunk bonds; little protection against default; highly speculative
Caa, Ca, CCCC, CC, C, DPoor-quality; in default or very close to it

🎯 Other investment securities

🗂️ Mutual funds

Mutual fund: a financial-service company that pools its investors' funds to buy a selection of securities—marketable securities, stocks, bonds, or a combination—that meet its stated investment goals.

  • Each fund focuses on one investment goal, such as growth or income.
  • Investors can choose from about 9,500 different funds.
  • Some specialized funds invest in a particular industry, geographical region, or asset type.
  • Investments in mutual funds worldwide are more than $40 trillion; U.S. mutual funds hold more than $19 trillion.
  • About 94 million individuals (55 percent of U.S. households) own mutual funds.

Three main reasons mutual funds appeal to investors:

  • Diversification: even with only $500 or $1,000, investors own part of a portfolio that may contain 100+ securities, reducing risk.
  • Professional management: funds are managed by investment professionals.
  • Potential for higher returns: may offer better returns than individual investors could achieve on their own.

📈 Exchange-traded funds (ETFs)

Exchange-traded fund (ETF): similar to mutual funds, holding a broad basket of stocks with a common theme, but trading on stock exchanges so prices change throughout the day.

  • Most trade on the American Stock Exchange (AMEX).
  • Mutual fund share prices (net asset values, NAVs) are calculated once a day at the end of trading; ETF prices change continuously.
  • Worldwide ETF assets in 2016 were more than $3.5 trillion; U.S. market accounts for 73 percent.
  • Investors can choose from more than 1,700 ETFs tracking almost any market sector, industry, or geographical area.
  • Advantages: very low expense ratios; instant diversification.
  • Cost: investors pay commissions to buy and sell shares (because they trade as stocks).
  • Don't confuse: ETFs trade like stocks (prices change all day); mutual funds are priced once per day.

📦 Futures contracts

Futures contracts: legally binding obligations to buy or sell specified quantities of commodities or financial instruments at an agreed-on price at a future date.

  • Can buy commodity futures in cattle, pork bellies, eggs, coffee, flour, gasoline, fuel oil, lumber, wheat, gold, silver.
  • Financial futures include Treasury securities and foreign currencies (British pound, Japanese yen).
  • Do not pay interest or dividends; return depends solely on favorable price changes.
  • Very risky: prices can vary a great deal.

🎲 Options

Options: contracts that entitle holders to buy or sell specified quantities of common stocks or other financial instruments at a set price during a specified time.

  • Unlike futures, options do not legally obligate the holder to buy or sell.
  • The price paid for an option is the maximum amount that can be lost.
  • Investors must correctly guess future price movements in the underlying financial instrument to earn a positive return.
  • Very risky: options have very short maturities, so it is easy to quickly lose a lot of money.

🏢 Securities exchanges

🏛️ Broker markets

Broker market: consists of national and regional securities exchanges that bring buyers and sellers together through brokers on a centralized trading floor.

  • In the broker market, the buyer purchases securities directly from the seller through the broker.
  • Account for about 60 percent of the total dollar volume of all shares traded in U.S. securities markets.
  • Key feature: centralized trading floor where brokers execute trades.

🔀 Broker vs dealer markets

  • The excerpt mentions that the two segments of secondary markets are broker markets and dealer markets.
  • The primary difference is the way each executes securities trades.
  • Broker markets: buyer purchases directly from seller through broker.
  • (Dealer market details are not provided in the excerpt.)

🌍 Alternative and global exchanges

  • Securities trades can also take place in alternative market systems.
  • Non-U.S. securities exchanges exist.
  • Securities markets both in the United States and around the world are undergoing tremendous changes.
  • The excerpt notes that the basics are presented here, with trends in global securities markets discussed later in the chapter (not included in this excerpt).
127

Buying and Selling at Securities Exchanges

16.7 Buying and Selling at Securities Exchanges

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Securities exchanges operate through distinct broker and dealer market structures, each executing trades differently, and are regulated by both government legislation and industry self-regulation to protect investors and maintain market integrity.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Two main secondary market types: broker markets (buyers and sellers trade directly through brokers on centralized floors) vs. dealer markets (trades occur through market makers via telecommunications networks).
  • Major exchanges have different structures: NYSE is the largest broker market with hybrid floor/electronic trading; NASDAQ is the largest electronic dealer market using telecommunications.
  • Common confusion—broker vs. dealer execution: in broker markets, the buyer purchases directly from the seller through a broker; in dealer markets, the transaction has two parts (seller → dealer, dealer → buyer), often involving different dealers.
  • Regulation operates at multiple levels: federal legislation (SEC oversight, insider trading bans, disclosure requirements), state laws, and industry self-regulation (FINRA) all work to prevent fraud and protect investors.
  • Markets are globalizing: foreign companies list on U.S. exchanges, U.S. companies list abroad, and alternative trading systems like ECNs bypass traditional brokers for direct institutional trading.

🏛️ Broker markets

🏛️ What broker markets are

Broker market: national and regional securities exchanges that bring buyers and sellers together through brokers on a centralized trading floor.

  • In broker markets, the buyer purchases securities directly from the seller through the broker.
  • Broker markets account for about 60 percent of total dollar volume of shares traded in U.S. securities markets.
  • The key feature is the centralized trading floor where brokers meet.

🗽 New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)

  • History and size: oldest and most prestigious broker market, existing since 1792; often called the "Big Board."
  • Scale: lists shares of about 2,400 corporations with $25.8 trillion total market capitalization (2016); more than 3 billion shares traded daily.
  • Market share: represents 90 percent of trading volume in the U.S. broker marketplace.
  • Listing requirements: companies must meet stringent listing and annual maintenance requirements, giving them credibility.
  • Foreign participation: more than 490 foreign companies with almost $63 trillion global market capitalization list on the NYSE.

🔄 NYSE hybrid trading system

  • Traditional floor trading: each company is assigned to a trading post; floor brokers compete to get the best price for customers.
  • Hybrid model: created in response to competitive pressures from electronic exchanges; combines floor auction market features with automated trading.
  • Customer choice: customers now choose how they execute trades (floor or electronic).
  • Example: A large institutional investor can choose between sending an order to the floor for human execution or using automated electronic matching.

🏙️ Other broker markets

American Stock Exchange (AMEX):

  • Lists securities of more than 700 corporations but handles only 4 percent of annual share volume.
  • Less strict rules than NYSE, so most firms are smaller and less well known.
  • Companies cannot be listed on both NYSE and AMEX simultaneously.
  • Has become a major market for exchange-traded funds and options trading.

Regional exchanges:

  • Handle remaining 6 percent of annual share volume.
  • Include Boston, Chicago, Philadelphia, and National (formerly Cincinnati) exchanges.
  • List 100 to 500 securities of firms located in their area.
  • Much less strict membership rules than NYSE.
  • Benefited from SEC's Regulation NMS (2007), which makes price the most important factor in trades—all orders must go to the trading venue with the best price.

💻 Dealer markets

💻 What dealer markets are

Dealer markets: markets that do not operate on centralized trading floors but instead use sophisticated telecommunications networks that link dealers throughout the United States.

  • Buyers and sellers do not trade directly with each other.
  • They work through securities dealers called market makers, who make markets in one or more securities and offer to buy or sell at stated prices.
  • Two-part transaction structure: the selling investor sells to one dealer, and the buyer purchases from another dealer (or sometimes the same dealer).

Don't confuse with broker markets: In broker markets, buyer and seller trade directly through a broker; in dealer markets, each side trades with a dealer, not with each other.

📡 NASDAQ

National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation system (NASDAQ): the largest dealer market and the first electronic-based stock market.

  • Technology: a sophisticated telecommunications network linking dealers throughout the United States.
  • History: founded in 1971 with origins in the over-the-counter (OTC) market; became a separate securities exchange in 2006.
  • Scale: lists more companies than NYSE (though NYSE leads in total market capitalization); averaged 1.6 billion shares exchanged daily in 2016.
  • Advantages: sophisticated electronic communication system provides faster transaction speeds than traditional floor markets.

🏢 NASDAQ-listed companies

  • Securities of many well-known companies trade on NASDAQ, including Amazon, Apple, Costco, Comcast, JetBlue, Microsoft, Qualcomm, and Starbucks.
  • Most commercial banks and insurance companies trade here.
  • Most government and corporate bonds trade here.
  • More than 400 foreign companies also trade on NASDAQ.

📊 NASDAQ three-tier structure

Changed more than a decade ago to three tiers:

TierDescriptionNumber of companies
NASDAQ Global Select MarketHighest financial and liquidity requirements—"higher than those of any other market"More than 1,000
NASDAQ Global MarketFormerly NASDAQ National MarketAbout 1,650
NASDAQ Capital MarketReplaced NASDAQ Small Cap MarketAbout 550
  • All three tiers adhere to NASDAQ's rigorous listing and corporate governance standards.

🔓 Over-the-Counter (OTC) markets

Over-the-counter (OTC) markets: markets other than the organized exchanges.

Two OTC markets exist:

  • Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board (OTCBB)
  • Pink Sheets

Characteristics:

  • Generally list small companies.
  • Have no listing or maintenance standards, making them attractive to young companies looking for funding.
  • OTC companies do not have to file with the SEC or follow costly Sarbanes-Oxley provisions.
  • High risk: investing in OTC companies is highly risky and should be for experienced investors only.

🌐 Alternative and global trading

⚡ Electronic Communications Networks (ECNs)

Electronic communications networks (ECNs): private trading networks that allow institutional traders and some individuals to make direct transactions in the fourth market.

  • How they work: bypass brokers and dealers to automatically match electronic buy and sell orders.
  • Best for: high-volume, actively traded stocks.
  • Who uses them: money managers and institutions (pension funds, mutual funds) with large amounts to invest.
  • Advantage: cost far less than other trading venues.

Example: A pension fund with millions to invest can use an ECN to directly match with another institution's sell order, avoiding broker commissions.

🌍 Global trading and foreign exchanges

  • Trend: improved communications and elimination of legal barriers are helping securities markets go global.
  • Cross-listing: the number of securities listed on exchanges in more than one country is growing.
  • Foreign access: foreign securities are traded in the U.S.; foreign investors can easily buy U.S. securities.

Major foreign exchanges:

  • NASDAQ ranks second to NYSE.
  • London Stock Exchange (LSE) ranks third.
  • Tokyo Stock Exchange ranks fourth.
  • Other important exchanges: Euronext (merged with NYSE but operates separately), Toronto, Frankfurt, Hong Kong, Zurich, Australia, Paris, and Taiwan.

Emerging markets:

  • India's economy has been growing 6 percent or more annually.
  • The Sensex (benchmark index of Bombay Stock Exchange) increased close to 40 percent between 2013 and 2017 as foreign investors pumped billions into Indian stocks.

Why U.S. investors should pay attention: the world's economies are increasingly interdependent; businesses and investors must look beyond national borders to find materials, markets, and higher returns.

⚖️ Regulation of securities markets

📜 Federal securities legislation

Both state and federal governments regulate securities markets, but federal laws are more effective because most transactions occur across state lines.

Securities Act of 1933:

  • Passed in response to the 1929 stock market crash and Great Depression.
  • Protects investors by requiring full disclosure of information about new securities issues.
  • Issuer must file a registration statement with the SEC, which must be approved before the security can be sold.

Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

  • Formally gave the SEC power to regulate securities exchanges.
  • Amended in 1964 to give SEC authority over dealer markets.
  • Included rules for operating stock exchanges and granted SEC control over all participants (exchange members, brokers, dealers) and securities traded.
  • Banned insider trading: the use of information not available to the general public to make profits on securities transactions.

Insider trading: using information that is not available to the general public to make profits on securities transactions.

Insider Trading and Fraud Act of 1988:

  • Greatly increased penalties for illegal insider trading.
  • Gave the SEC more power to investigate and prosecute claims.
  • Expanded the meaning of insider beyond a company's directors, employees, and their relatives to include anyone who gets private information about a company.

🛡️ Additional investor protections

Investment Company Act of 1940:

  • Gives the SEC the right to regulate practices of investment companies (such as mutual funds managed by financial institutions).

Investment Advisers Act of 1940:

  • Requires investment advisers to disclose information about their background.

Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC):

  • Established in 1970 to protect customers if a brokerage firm fails.
  • Insures each customer's account for up to $500,000.

Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure):

  • Issued in October 2000 in response to corporate scandals.
  • Requires public companies to share information with all investors at the same time, leveling the information playing field.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002:

  • Gave the SEC more power to regulate how securities are offered, sold, and marketed.

🤝 Self-regulation

The investment community also regulates itself, developing and enforcing ethical standards.

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA):

  • Oversees more than 3,700 brokerage firms and more than 600,000 registered brokers.
  • Develops rules and regulations.
  • Provides a dispute resolution forum.
  • Conducts regulatory reviews of member activities for investor protection.

🚨 Circuit breakers

Circuit breakers: mechanisms that stop trading for a cooling-off period to limit the amount the market can drop in one day.

  • Origin: instituted after "Black Monday" (October 19, 1987), when the Dow Jones Industrial Average plunged 508 points and trading activity overloaded the exchange's computers.
  • Purpose: provide a 15-minute cooling-off period under certain conditions.

Current rules (approved by SEC in 2012): Market-wide circuit breakers kick in when the S&P 500 Index drops from the prior day's closing numbers:

  • Level 1: 7 percent drop
  • Level 2: 13 percent drop
  • Level 3: 20 percent drop

🔔 SEC whistleblower-rewards program

Established as part of the 2010 Dodd-Frank legislation in response to the 2008 financial crisis.

Program results (through 2016):

  • Recovered almost $1 billion in financial penalties from companies.
  • 2016 was a banner year: more than $57 million awarded to whistleblowers—greater than the total from 2011 to 2015 combined.
  • Received more than 18,000 tips through September 2016, with more than 4,200 tips in 2016 alone.

Three key components:

  1. Monetary awards: SEC pays awards to eligible individuals who voluntarily provide original information about federal securities law violations.
  2. Prohibition of employer retaliation: companies cannot retaliate against whistleblowers.
  3. Protection of identity: the whistleblower's identity is protected.

Award criteria:

  • Information must lead to a successful enforcement action or monetary sanctions exceeding $1 million.
  • Awards are typically 10 to 30 percent of the monetary sanctions collected.
  • No awards are paid until sanctions are collected from the offending firm.

Eligibility:

  • Must be an individual (not a company).
  • Does not need to be employed by the company being reported.
  • Not limited to U.S. citizens or residents; foreign persons living abroad may submit tips and receive awards.
  • Example: The largest award to date—$30 million—went to a foreign national living abroad for information about an ongoing fraud.

Don't confuse: The program is not just for employees; any individual with original information about securities violations can report and potentially receive an award.

128

Trends in Financial Management and Securities Markets

16.8 Trends in Financial Management and Securities Markets

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

The role of CFOs has expanded significantly to emphasize strategic partnership and regulatory compliance, while major securities exchanges are consolidating globally to compete for market dominance.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • CFO role transformation: Finance leaders now serve as strategic business partners who work across departments, not just number-crunchers isolated in spreadsheets.
  • Compliance priority: After accounting scandals and the 2008–2009 recession, accuracy of financial reporting became the top CFO priority, with detailed explanations required for boards and stakeholders.
  • Exchange consolidation: NYSE and NASDAQ are battling for supremacy through mergers, acquisitions, and international expansion to capture global trading volume.
  • Common confusion: Finance is no longer a separate function—CFOs must understand all business units and communicate effectively with diverse stakeholders, not just manage banking relationships.
  • Global competition: The fragmentation of securities markets is decreasing as exchanges merge across borders to become stronger and more competitive.

💼 The Evolving CFO Role

💼 From spreadsheets to strategic partnership

  • Finance no longer operates in isolation with just spreadsheets and banking relationships.
  • Most CFOs want finance viewed as a strategic partner who contributes to business unit success.
  • Finance professionals need a broad view of company operations to communicate effectively with:
    • Business unit managers
    • Board members
    • Creditors
    • Investors

🎯 Productive cooperation as the goal

  • The objective is teamwork between finance and business units to meet corporate objectives.
  • CFOs are more visible and active in company management than ever before.
  • They serve dual roles:
    • Business partner to the chief executive
    • Fiduciary to the board

📊 Post-scandal priorities

After accounting scandals and the 2008–2009 global recession, CFO responsibilities shifted:

Priority AreaWhat CFOs Must Do
Financial reportingConsider accuracy their top priority
Board communicationProvide detailed explanations of what's behind the numbers
Presentation styleCraft focused presentations on overall financial health and future prospects, not just statistics
Regulatory educationEducate board members about Sarbanes-Oxley, Dodd-Frank, and compliance efforts

Don't confuse: The old CFO role (reporting numbers) with the new role (explaining implications and educating stakeholders about regulatory requirements).

🏛️ Securities Exchange Competition

🏛️ NYSE vs NASDAQ battle

The two major U.S. exchanges continue waging a heated battle for supremacy in global securities markets.

How the competition unfolded:

  • NYSE initially fell behind its more nimble rival NASDAQ, which already had an electronic platform.
  • NYSE responded by making sweeping organizational changes:
    • Going public
    • Merging with Archipelago (a major ECN) to enter the electronic marketplace

⚡ NASDAQ's countermoves

NASDAQ responded immediately by:

  • Acquiring another ECN (Instinet's INET)
  • Increasing ownership in the London Stock Exchange to 25 percent

🌍 International expansion

NYSE's historic move:

  • Signed an agreement to merge with Euronext
  • Created the first exchange to span the Atlantic

Ongoing developments (as of 2017):

  • London Stock Exchange seeking a buyer after European Commission refused LSE-Deutsche Börse merger
  • Uncertain whether either U.S. exchange will purchase an international exchange
  • Recent strategic moves have made both exchanges stronger and more competitive

🔄 Market consolidation effects

These transactions achieved two key outcomes:

  1. Reduced fragmentation in the marketplace
  2. Eliminated many differences between the two exchanges

Example: When exchanges acquire ECNs and merge internationally, they gain electronic trading capabilities and access to foreign markets, making them more comprehensive platforms for global investors.

Don't confuse: The traditional distinction between NYSE (physical trading floor) and NASDAQ (electronic) has blurred significantly through these mergers and acquisitions.

🔮 Implications for Financial Management

🔮 Why these trends matter

The changes in both CFO roles and exchange structures reflect broader shifts in how finance operates:

  • Transparency demands: Stakeholders require more explanation, not just data
  • Global integration: Securities markets are becoming interconnected across borders
  • Technology adoption: Electronic platforms are now essential, not optional
  • Strategic focus: Finance must align with overall business strategy, not operate independently

📈 Future outlook

The excerpt suggests ongoing evolution:

  • Competition between exchanges will continue
  • CFO responsibilities will likely keep expanding
  • The line between different types of exchanges will continue to blur
  • International consolidation may accelerate
129

Learn the Basics of Business

17.1 Learn the Basics of Business

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

A basic understanding of business is essential for success in any career, and choosing the right major determines how you will spend the next four decades of your professional life.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Why business basics matter universally: regardless of your chosen career path, basic business skills are fundamental to success.
  • How this course helps with career choice: an introductory business course provides a detailed overview of all commerce areas, guiding you in selecting a major if you pursue a business degree.
  • The weight of choosing a major: your major essentially determines how you spend approximately 90,000 work hours over 45 years, so it should not be taken lightly.
  • Common confusion: people often underestimate that even non-business careers (physician, florist, game warden, systems analyst) require foundational business knowledge.
  • Interpersonal skills as a success multiplier: up to 90 percent of workplace success depends on understanding other people, making these skills critical regardless of your technical expertise.

🎓 Why business knowledge is universal

🎓 Business skills across all careers

  • The excerpt emphasizes that "all careers have in common" the need for basic business understanding.
  • Whether you pursue medicine, floristry, wildlife management, or technology, your success will "partially depend on your basic business skills."
  • This is not about becoming a businessperson—it's about acquiring transferable knowledge.

📚 The role of an introductory business course

An introductory business course: provides a detailed overview of all areas of commerce.

  • The course serves as a foundation for understanding the business landscape.
  • It helps students make informed decisions about selecting a major if they choose to pursue a business degree.
  • Example: A student unsure about their path can explore marketing, accounting, and other fields through this overview before committing to a specialization.

🎯 Choosing your major and career path

🎯 The magnitude of the decision

  • The excerpt states that "choosing a major in college is one of life's true milestones."
  • Your major "essentially determines how you will spend the next four decades of your life."
  • The math: working 40 hours per week for 45 years (minus vacations) equals approximately 90,000 hours on the job.

⚠️ Why you should never take it lightly

  • The excerpt uses emphatic language: "Never take selecting a major lightly."
  • The reasoning is straightforward: with 90,000 hours at stake, "don't you think you should choose something that you will enjoy?"
  • Example: A marketing major will find careers in sales, marketing research, advertising, or related fields; an accounting major will become an accountant—the path is largely set by this early choice.

🔍 Don't confuse: major vs. career flexibility

  • The excerpt presents a direct link: "A marketing major will find a career in sales, marketing research, advertising, or other marketing-related fields."
  • While there is some variation within a field, the major creates boundaries around your career options.
  • This is why the overview provided by an introductory course is valuable—it lets you explore before committing.

🤝 Interpersonal skills as a career accelerator

🤝 The 90 percent rule

Up to 90 percent of workplace success depends on an understanding of other people.

  • Technical skills and your degree get you in the door, but interpersonal skills determine "how rapidly you move up the ladder."
  • The excerpt states that "people with great interpersonal skills will always do better on and off the job than those who lack them."
  • This applies regardless of whether you choose business or another field.

🛠️ Building people skills

The excerpt provides specific strategies:

  • Build alliances and establish harmony: learn to work effectively within a group.
  • Stay informed about your team: make a concerted effort to know what is happening in the lives of team members at school and work.
  • Regular check-ins: about once a month, gather with your group and pass out a list of issues, concerns, fears, and potential problems; invite everyone to give input to solve small problems before they become large.
  • Proactive problem-solving: if something goes wrong, find out where things are not running smoothly and improve them.
  • Recognition: compliment someone in your group who is doing an exceptional job.

👂 Becoming a good listener

  • The excerpt emphasizes that "when you listen well, you are in effect telling the other person that he or she is worth listening to."
  • Listening well includes two dimensions:
    • Listening to what is said.
    • Listening to what is not said.
  • Learn to read unspoken gestures and expressions—communication is not only verbal.
  • Example: A team member may say "everything is fine" but their body language suggests stress; a good listener picks up on both signals.

💼 The value of a business degree

💼 Career and financial benefits

The excerpt (from the introduction section) outlines why a degree matters:

BenefitWhat the excerpt says
Better job opportunitiesMore jobs require education beyond high school; with a college education, you will have more jobs from which to choose
Higher earningsA bachelor's degree is worth a minimum of $20,000 per year more than a high school diploma; over a 45-year career, you could earn close to $1 million more
Quality of lifeA business degree gives you the chance to achieve the quality of life you deserve; it won't guarantee happiness but will put you well on the road to finding it

📖 What a business education provides

  • Wide range of knowledge: acquire understanding in many subjects as well as advanced knowledge in your specialized business area.
  • Communication skills: trains you to express thoughts clearly in speech and in writing.
  • Decision-making: trains you to make informed decisions.
  • Good start in life: helps you acquire the lifestyle, new friends, and purchasing power that support your goals.

🔍 Don't confuse: degree as guarantee vs. enabler

  • The excerpt is careful to state that a degree "won't guarantee happiness but will put you well on the road to finding it."
  • The degree unlocks doors to economic opportunity—it creates possibilities, not certainties.
  • Your interpersonal skills, work ethic, and choices after graduation determine how you use those opportunities.
130

Developing Interpersonal Skills Is Key to Your Success

17.2 Developing Interpersonal Skills Is Key to Your Success

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Up to 90 percent of workplace success depends on understanding other people, making interpersonal skills—such as building alliances, persuading others, thinking on your feet, empowering yourself, navigating politics, team-building, and handling conflict—essential for career advancement.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Core claim: Interpersonal skills determine how rapidly you move up the career ladder; people with great interpersonal skills always do better than those who lack them.
  • Seven skill areas: The excerpt identifies building people skills, persuading others, thinking on your feet, empowering yourself, political savvy, team-building, and conflict management.
  • Common confusion: Being political does not mean manipulating or scheming for selfish purposes—it means getting along with others to accomplish goals without causing harm.
  • Foundation of persuasion: Persuasion rests on trust, which is built through honesty, fulfilling commitments, caring about others, and having integrity.
  • Why it matters: These skills directly impact career success, with up to 90% of workplace outcomes depending on understanding and working well with others.

🤝 Building People Skills

👥 What people skills involve

People skills: the ability to build alliances in a group, establish harmony, and understand what is happening in the lives of team members.

  • Not just "being nice"—it requires active effort to know your team at school and work.
  • The excerpt emphasizes proactive relationship management, not passive friendliness.

🎯 Practical techniques

  • Regular check-ins: About once a month, gather the group and share a list of issues, concerns, fears, and potential problems; invite everyone to give input to solve small problems before they become big.
  • Active listening: When you listen well, you tell the other person they are worth listening to; includes listening to both what is said and what is not said (reading unspoken gestures and expressions).
  • Effective feedback: Plan what you will say in advance, be positive and specific, and ask if the person would like to discuss your comments further.
  • Recognition: Compliment someone in your group who is doing an exceptional job.

Example: A team member seems withdrawn during meetings. Instead of ignoring it, you notice the unspoken signal, check in privately, and discover a workload concern before it becomes a major problem.

🔍 Don't confuse with

Listening well is not just hearing words—it includes reading unspoken gestures and expressions, not merely waiting for your turn to speak.

🎭 Persuasion and Influence

🧱 Building the foundation

Esprit de corps: a shared enthusiasm and devotion to the group.

  • First step: Build esprit de corps by making your vision their vision so everyone works toward a common goal.
  • Trust is essential: Persuasion rests on trust, built by being honest, fulfilling commitments, being concerned about others, and minimizing problems and pain for others.
  • Integrity shortcut: If you have integrity, building trust becomes a simple task.

🎯 Persuasion techniques

  • Praise strategically: Praise the team as a whole, but recognize unique contributions different team members have made; praise everyone but for different reasons.
  • Handle objections: Fully understand comments and the motivation behind them; answer objections in the form of a benefit.

Example: "Yes, you will need to work next Saturday, but then you can have compensatory time off anytime you wish next month."

🗣️ Thinking on your feet

  • Why it matters: Top executives say thinking and speaking well under pressure is the best thing you can do for your career; if you cannot quickly express yourself with confidence, others will lose confidence in you.
  • Practice technique 1: Set a timer for two minutes; when your friend stops speaking, use their final thought as the first word of your two-minute talk.
  • Practice technique 2: Have someone supply quotes, then give your interpretation without hesitation.

Don't expect overnight results—becoming an outstanding thinker and speaker takes practice.

💪 Empowerment and Self-Direction

🔑 What empowerment means

Empowerment: having control over your job (not complete control, but enough to make you feel your opinion matters) and the confidence to do something to alter your circumstances.

  • On the job: you can make decisions to benefit the organization and its customers.
  • Without empowerment: you eventually lose interest in your job when not given opportunity to provide input.

🎯 How to gain empowerment

ActionPurpose
Be assertiveTake initiative in expressing your views
Ask for credit when dueEnsure your contributions are recognized
Propose ideasShow proactive thinking
Initiate projects without being askedDemonstrate self-direction
Tie personal goals to organizational goalsAlign your success with the organization's
Develop leadership skillsBuild capacity for greater responsibility
Plan continuous learningStay relevant and capable
Be informedMake better decisions
Don't let others intimidate youMaintain confidence
Take action instead of complainingImprove bad situations constructively

🎲 Political Savvy

🧭 What being political really means

Being political: getting along with others in order to move them toward accomplishing a specific goal.

  • What it is NOT: Maneuvering for selfish purposes, manipulating to deceive, or scheming so others lose while you win.
  • Key distinction: Politics is inevitable in every organization; the trick is to play the political game to your advantage and to the advantage of others without causing harm to anyone else.

🎯 Effective political techniques

  • Think before speaking: Understand the effect your words will have on others before you say or write them.
  • Empathize: Try to think of a situation from the other person's perspective.
  • Suggest trial periods: If you meet opposition to an idea, propose a trial period; if successful, ask to extend it.
  • Learn the climate: Know what actions have led to failure for others, who is "in" and why, who is "out" and why, and what behaviors lead to promotion.
  • Strategic volunteering: Occasionally volunteer for jobs no one else wants to show willingness, but don't make it your trademark (avoid being taken advantage of).
  • Meet authority's needs: Fully understand management's requirements and go out of your way to meet them; if you don't get deserved recognition, make your own needs known.
  • Give credit generously: Treat everyone with respect and dignity; show appreciation to everyone who helped you; never steal credit that belongs to someone else.
  • Learn supervisor's preferences: Work in sync with your supervisor's style, wishes, and preferences, but don't be a rubber stamp—suggest better ways when necessary.
  • Keep secrets: Resist telling all; sharing too much about yourself may haunt you later; revealing confidences loses trust and respect.

Example: You complete a project with significant help from a colleague. Instead of taking sole credit with your supervisor, you explicitly mention their contribution—building trust and avoiding future resentment.

🏗️ Team Building

🎯 What makes an effective team

Effective team: one that meets its goals on time and, if a budget is involved, within budget.

  • First step: Have goals that are clear, realistic, supported by each team member, and parallel to larger organization goals.
  • Essential questions: The excerpt provides 15 key questions teams should answer before starting a project (see table in source).

📋 Critical questions to answer

Key areas teams must clarify:

  • Goals and mission: What are the goals? Who provides the mission statement?
  • Authority and support: What are our limits? Where will support come from? Who will be our sponsor?
  • Leadership and timeline: Who will be team leader? How is that person selected? What are the deadlines?
  • Resources and data: What resources are available? What data will we need to collect?
  • Duration and customers: For how long will our team exist? Who are the customers for our team results? What do they expect?
  • Conflicts and rewards: Will our team responsibilities conflict with our regular jobs? What is the reward for success?
  • Decision-making and measurement: How will decisions be made? How will our efforts be measured?
  • Replication: Will our intended success be replicated? If so, how and by whom?

⚔️ Conflict Management

🌟 The value of open conflict

  • Advantages of bringing conflict into the open: Talking about conflict often helps clear the air; thinking about the possibility of conflict often helps avoid it.
  • Reality check: The world is not perfect, and there are no perfect people; the best we can hope for is people's willingness to improve life's circumstances.

🔤 The K-I-N-D technique

K-I-N-D technique: A four-step method for handling conflict with difficult people.

StepLetterMeaningWhat to do
1KKindStart with kind words that encourage cooperation and show determination to make the conflict situation better
2IInformedDemonstrate you've learned about the person—what's important to them, what they prefer in terms of work
3NNewDo something novel you haven't tried before; put creativity to work and discover a plan you can both subscribe to (e.g., keeping a journal about the problem and possible solutions)
4DDefiniteMake a definite overture to ensure future success; promise what you will do differently; ask what they will do differently; set a time to meet again and review attempts to achieve collective improvement

🎯 How to apply K-I-N-D

  • Request a meeting: With the difficult person, whether they're having a conflict with you or with others.
  • Don't conclude without commitment: Do not permit the exchange to end until you have made a definite overture to ensure future success.

Example: A coworker consistently misses deadlines affecting your work. You request a meeting, start with appreciation for their expertise (Kind), mention you've noticed they prefer morning work sessions (Informed), suggest a shared project tracker you haven't tried before (New), and both commit to weekly check-ins with specific responsibilities (Definite).

131

Make Your Future Happen: Learn to Plan

17.3 Make Your Future Happen: Learn to Plan

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Planning is a systematic, flexible process that translates dreams into achievable goals by balancing long-term discipline with spontaneity, giving you more options and direction in life.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Planning vs. impulsivity: Both have value, but success requires balancing long-range planning with spontaneous action; consistent impulsiveness limits future opportunities.
  • What a plan is: A systematic, step-by-step method worked out in advance to achieve a goal, flexible enough to adapt to changing circumstances.
  • The six-step planning process: Set a goal, acquire knowledge, compare alternatives, choose a strategy, make a commitment, and stay flexible.
  • Common confusion: Planning is not the same as dreaming—planning uses dreams as raw materials, translates them into specific goals, and lays out actionable steps.
  • Why planning matters: Even when you fall short of a dream, the planning effort leads to growth and opens paths to other opportunities across all life phases (career, self, lifestyle, relationships, finances).

⚖️ The balance between planning and spontaneity

⚖️ Why both matter

  • Planning and being impulsive are both good and both have a place in your life.
  • Spontaneous events produce some of the happiest, most meaningful times.
  • Problems arise when you consistently substitute impulsive actions for goal-oriented planning.

🎯 The paradox of planning

  • In the short run, planning involves sacrifice (e.g., studying while others watch TV, working on assignments instead of going out with friends).
  • In the long run, planning gives you more options to be impulsive.
  • Example: You cannot take a spontaneous weekend trip if you have not saved the money through planning.
  • Without long-range planning and discipline, you may actually limit your opportunities to be impulsive.

📋 What is a plan?

📋 Definition and characteristics

Plan: A method or process worked out in advance that leads to the achievement of some goal.

Key features:

  • Systematic: Relies on using a step-by-step procedure.
  • Flexible: Needs to be adapted to gradual changes in your goal.
  • Not just living in the present moment—a plan is longer-term in nature.

🔢 The six-step planning process

🎯 Step 1: Set a goal

  • Identify something you want to achieve or obtain.
  • The goal is usually longer-term and requires planning, patience, and discipline.
  • Just living in the present moment is not a goal.

📚 Step 2: Acquire knowledge

  • Gain understanding of your goal and what will be required to achieve it.
  • Gather information through research, conversation, and thought.

🔀 Step 3: Compare alternatives

  • Weigh your options—the different paths you might take to achieve your goal.
  • Analyze the pluses and minuses of each: the costs, the demands, the likelihood of success.

✅ Step 4: Choose a strategy

  • Select one option as the best plan of action.
  • Base the choice on sound information, the experience of others, and your own interests and abilities.

💪 Step 5: Make a commitment

  • Resolve to proceed step-by-step toward achieving your goal.
  • Keep your eyes on the prize.

🔄 Step 6: Stay flexible

  • Evaluate your progress.
  • When necessary, revise your plan to deal with changing circumstances and new opportunities.

🎧 Planning example: buying wireless headphones

🎧 The scenario walkthrough

The excerpt provides a concrete example of applying the six-step process:

StepActionDetails
1. Set goalPurchase wireless headphonesClear, specific objective
2. Acquire knowledgeAsk friends to try theirs; study specs; check retailers, brands, models, prices; consult Consumer ReportsThorough research phase
3. Compare alternativesThree options: used from eBay (affordable but uncertain), new for $110 (affordable but lower quality), high-quality for $500 (excellent but expensive)Weighing pros and cons of each path
4. Choose strategyBuy high-quality $500 headphones, but delay purchase six months to save cash instead of using creditBalances quality goal with financial discipline
5. Make commitmentGive up movies, coffee drinks, eating out; carry lunch; save money in designated fundSpecific sacrifices and actions
6. Stay flexibleFour months in, model change sale offers comparable equipment for $300; buy immediately with cashAdapts to new opportunity while staying true to goal

🔍 What this example shows

  • Planning is not rigid—the final outcome (buying at four months for $300) differed from the original plan (waiting six months for $500).
  • Flexibility allowed taking advantage of an unexpected opportunity.
  • The commitment phase involved concrete, daily sacrifices that accumulated toward the goal.

🌟 Dreams versus plans

🌟 The role of dreams

  • People are natural dreamers; dreams give pleasure and are part of making a future.
  • You have a right to your dreams, and you need them—even if there is little possibility they will ever come true.
  • Dreams are the raw materials for planning.

🔨 How planning transforms dreams

  • Planning is not the same as dreaming, but it uses dreams as raw materials.
  • Planning translates dreams into specific goals.
  • Planning tests dreams.
  • Planning lays out a course of action and sets up milestones you need to achieve.
  • Planning brings dreams down to earth and turns them into something real and attainable.

Example: Dream of visiting Spain as an exchange student → translate into specific goal by gathering information about the exchange process, discussing with parents and teachers, improving Spanish-language skills.

⚠️ Don't confuse dreams with plans

  • Without a plan, dreams simply dissolve.
  • With a plan, dreams give shape and direction to our lives.
  • Even when you fall short of a dream, the planning effort leads to growth and opens paths to other opportunities.

Example: A person who practices piano daily may not become a concert pianist but may become director of an arts organization; a basketball player may not make a professional team but may become a coach or sports writer.

🧭 Planning across life phases

🧭 Five interrelated life dimensions

The excerpt emphasizes that planning applies to all major parts of life:

Life phaseWhat it involves
CareerChoosing a field of work; developing knowledge and skills needed to enter and move ahead in that field
SelfDeciding who you are and what kind of person you want to be; working to develop strengths and overcome weaknesses; refining values
LifestyleExpressing yourself in the nature and quality of everyday life; recreation and hobbies; how you use time and money
RelationshipsDeveloping friendships; learning to get along with people in various contexts; building family and community ties
FinancesBuilding financial resources and economic security needed to pursue all other dimensions of life

🔗 Why all phases matter

  • No part of life is exempt from the need for planning.
  • It is important to apply thought, creativity, and discipline to all the interrelated phases.
  • These phases support and enable each other (e.g., financial planning enables lifestyle and relationship goals).

🚀 The ongoing nature of planning

🚀 Planning as a dynamic skill

  • Planning involves a lot of thinking and finding answers to lots of questions.
  • The answers and even the plan will change over time as you gain more knowledge and life experience.
  • Planning is a skill useful in every area of life.
  • You have to pursue it consciously and thoughtfully.

🛤️ Direction even when plans change

  • When you plan, you translate goals and dreams into step-by-step strategies—specific things you can do to test your goals and bring them to reality.
  • You often have to revise your plans.
  • Even when your plans are not fulfilled, planning will have a positive effect on the course of your life.
  • Planning gives shape and direction to our lives.
132

Going to College Is an Opportunity of a Lifetime—Never Drop Out

17.4 Going to College Is an Opportunity of a Lifetime—Never Drop Out

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

College is a rare privilege that requires developing essential skills—concentration, time management, financial wisdom, effective studying, and test-taking mastery—to successfully complete your degree and build a foundation for career success.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • College as privilege: Less than 1% of traditional college-age people worldwide attend college, making it a rare opportunity that should not be wasted.
  • Five core college skills: Concentration, time management, money management, studying effectively, and test-taking are learnable skills essential for success.
  • Common confusion: Multitasking vs. focused work—doing one thing at a time is more efficient than trying to do multiple things simultaneously.
  • Planning translates dreams into reality: Without concrete plans and step-by-step strategies, dreams simply dissolve; planning gives direction even when goals change.
  • Positive mindset matters: Thinking positively and acting with energy directly influences academic and career outcomes.

🎯 From Dreams to Plans

🌟 Why dreams need planning

  • Dreams alone are not enough; they need to be translated into specific, actionable goals.
  • Planning uses dreams as raw materials, tests them, and lays out concrete steps with milestones.
  • Example: Dreaming of studying in Spain as an exchange student requires gathering program information, discussing with parents and teachers, and improving language skills.

🛤️ How planning shapes your life

  • Even when you fall short of a dream, the effort leads to growth and opens other opportunities.
  • Example: A piano student who doesn't become a concert pianist may become an arts organization director; a basketball player may become a coach or sports writer.
  • Without a plan, dreams dissolve; with a plan, they give shape and direction to life.
  • Plans change over time as you gain knowledge and experience—this is normal and expected.

🧠 Mastering Concentration

🎯 What concentration is

Concentration: the art of being focused, the ability to pay attention, creating a frame of mind that enables you to stay centered on your work.

  • When concentrating well: time passes quickly, distractions don't bother you, and you have mental/physical energy for the task.
  • Without concentration, you have no memory of what you hear, see, and read.

🔧 Six strategies to improve concentration

StrategyHow it works
Choose a workplaceUse a desk/table, not a bed; good lighting and writing space improve focus
Feed your body rightProtein keeps you alert; carbohydrates make you sleepy; caffeine stimulates in low doses
Avoid food while studyingFood competes for attention; eat first, then study
Listen to your own thoughtsEliminate music, TV, phones, email/text notifications, and other people
Make a to-do listClear your mind by tracking thoughts on paper
Take short, frequent breaksNatural concentration lasts ~20 minutes; break every 20-30 minutes or at natural stopping points

⚠️ Don't confuse with multitasking

  • The excerpt emphasizes doing "one thing at a time" for efficiency.
  • Trying to do two things at once makes you inefficient.

⏰ Managing Your Time

📅 Two ways to gain more time

1. Plan your time (most important)

  • Like driving somewhere: you need to know your destination and have a route.
  • Use a weekly project planner to track assignments and plan study time.
  • Free calendars available at https://calendar.google.com.

2. Do more in less time

  • Double up on activities: combine three errands into one trip instead of three separate trips.
  • Study during commutes (bus, train, carpool).
  • Review notes during lunch.

🛠️ Practical time management tips

  • Prepare for morning the night before (clothes, lunches, books).
  • Get up 15 minutes earlier to plan your day.
  • Schedule a realistic day—avoid planning every minute; leave buffer time.
  • Leave room for the unexpected; if nothing unexpected happens, you gain extra time.
  • Learn to say "No" to social activities when you lack time or energy.

⚠️ Common mistake to avoid

  • Don't try to do everything at once—concentrate on the here and now.

💰 Using Money Wisely

💵 Three sources of college funding

SourceDescriptionRepayment
Grants and ScholarshipsAid you don't repay; grants based on need, scholarships often on meritNone
Educational LoansSubsidized by government, private lenders, or colleges; lower interest ratesAfter graduation
Work AidFinancial aid earned through work, typically 10-15 hours/week on campusThrough work

💡 Ways to cut college costs

  • Attend community college for two years, then transfer to four-year institution.
  • Enroll in a nearby college and live at home.
  • Choose colleges with cooperative education programs (alternating full-time study and employment).
  • Take a full-time job at a company offering free educational benefits.

🔗 Financial aid resources

📚 Studying Effectively

✅ Two foundational principles

1. Complete assignments on time

  • Instructors base assignments on what they'll discuss that day.
  • Reading assigned pages before class helps you understand the lecture.
  • Falling behind doubles your workload for the next class.

2. Know what material to study

  • Ask your instructor or read the syllabus to learn what will be covered on tests.
  • Don't assume—verify to avoid studying the wrong information.

🧠 Four memory devices for retention

Recite using your own words

  • Reinforce learning through hearing, writing, reading, reviewing, and reciting.

Develop acronyms

  • Words formed from first letters of a phrase.
  • Example: COD = "cash on delivery"; GDP = "gross domestic product."

Create mnemonic sentences, rhymes, or jingles

  • Example: To remember planets in order (Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune), use: "My Very Educated Mother Just Served Us Nine Pizzas."
  • The more creative and silly, the easier to remember.

Visualize

  • Create or recall mental pictures related to what you're learning.
  • Approximately 90% of memory is stored visually in pictures.
  • Example: Visualizing the page where information appeared during a test.

📝 Mastering Test-Taking

🎮 The ten rules of the test-taking game

Before the test:

Rule 1: Act as if you will succeed

  • Negative thoughts raise stress and lower confidence.
  • Smile, take deep slow breaths, close your eyes, and imagine getting a good grade.

Rule 2: Arrive ahead of time

  • Sets your mind at ease; lets you get your favorite seat and prepare mentally.

Rule 3: Bring essential testing tools

  • Extra pens, sharpened pencils, erasers, calculator, laptop, dictionary, etc.

Rule 4: Ignore panic pushers

Panic pushers: people who ask you questions about material before a test.

  • If you don't know answers, you may panic and lose confidence.
  • Focus on what you know, not what you don't know.

During the test:

Rule 5: Preview the playing field

  • Listen to instructions and read directions carefully.
  • Determine point spread: total questions and point value of each.
  • Budget your time based on point values.
  • Use the test as an information tool—look for clues that answer other questions.

Rule 6: Write in the margin

  • Before starting, write key terms, formulas, names, dates in the margin so you won't forget.

Rule 7: Complete easy questions first

  • Builds confidence; mark tough questions to return to later.
  • Don't spend too much time on one challenging question.

Rule 8: Know if there is a guessing penalty

  • No penalty? Take a wild guess if time runs out.
  • Penalty exists? Choose wisely and leave blanks for unknown answers.

Rule 9: Avoid changing your answers

  • Research shows three out of four times, your first choice is correct.
  • Only change if you're absolutely sure the answer is wrong.

Rule 10: Write clearly and neatly

  • Easier-to-read tests improve your chances of higher grades.

🚀 Starting Your Career Right

✨ The power of positive thinking

Positive thinking: making a conscious effort to think with an optimistic attitude and to anticipate positive outcomes.

Positive behavior: purposely acting with energy and enthusiasm.

  • When you think and behave positively, you guide your mind toward goals and generate matching mental and physical energy.
  • The subconscious is literal—it accepts what you regard as fact.

🔑 Four steps to develop positive habits

1. Deliberately motivate yourself every day

  • Think of yourself as successful.
  • Expect positive outcomes for everything you attempt.

2. Project energy and enthusiasm

  • Employers hire people who project positive energy and enthusiasm.
  • Develop the habit of speaking, moving, and acting with these qualities.

3. Practice until it becomes a habit

  • Positive energy creates positive chemistry that influences hiring decisions.
  • This habit helps you reach peak potential.

4. Dwell on past successes

  • Focusing on what you've accomplished reinforces positive expectations.

🎯 Why positivity matters in career success

  • Positive thinking and behavior are often deciding factors in landing top jobs: first job, promotion, or career change.
  • Applicants who project enthusiasm generate positive chemistry that influences hiring decisions.
133

Get Your Career Off on the Right Track

17.5 Get Your Career Off on the Right Track

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

Success in launching and advancing your career depends on cultivating positive thinking, understanding your skills and values, researching employers thoroughly, and mastering the job search and interview process.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • Positive mindset is foundational: deliberate optimism, energy, and enthusiasm influence hiring decisions and career advancement.
  • Self-assessment comes first: identify your values ("Who am I?") and skills ("What can I do?") before targeting jobs.
  • Employers seek both job-specific and transferable skills: technical abilities matter, but so do communication, planning, and interpersonal competencies.
  • Online job search requires keyword optimization: applicant tracking systems (ATS) screen résumés for specific nouns and phrases from job listings.
  • First impressions and early performance matter most: the initial months on a job determine your future trajectory with the company.

🌟 Building a Positive Foundation

🧠 What positive thinking means

Positive thinking: making a conscious effort to think with an optimistic attitude and to anticipate positive outcomes.

Positive behavior: purposely acting with energy and enthusiasm.

  • These are not passive traits but deliberate habits.
  • The subconscious accepts what you regard as fact, so framing expectations positively guides your mind and energy toward goals.
  • Hiring decisions are heavily influenced by the positive chemistry applicants project.

🔋 Four steps to develop positive habits

  1. Motivate yourself daily: visualize success and expect positive outcomes.
  2. Project energy and enthusiasm: employers hire people who radiate these qualities.
  3. Practice until it becomes automatic: repeated positive behavior creates lasting habits.
  4. Dwell on past successes: remind yourself you've mastered new skills before (e.g., learning to ride a bike or use software); mistakes are part of the learning curve, and you only fail when you quit.

🔍 Self-Assessment: Know Yourself

🪞 Who am I? (Values assessment)

Self-assessment: examining your likes, dislikes, and basic values.

Ask yourself:

  • Do I want to help society or make the world better?
  • Do I prefer large corporations or smaller organizations?
  • Do I like working indoors or outdoors?
  • Do I want to meet new people or work independently?

Why it matters: Aligning your lifestyle interests with your career trajectory is essential to long-term satisfaction. If you dislike cities, a corporate headquarters job in a major metro may make you unhappy.

🛠️ What can I do? (Skills assessment)

Skill assessment: evaluating your key abilities and characteristics for dealing successfully with problems, tasks, and interactions.

  • Consider all work experience: part-time jobs, summer work, volunteer roles, internships.
  • These build skills and make you more attractive to employers.
  • Don't overlook leisure activities: skills like golf or tennis can matter in fields where business happens during leisure hours.
  • Tip: Take a part-time job in your chosen field early—it's never too early or too late.

🧪 Diagnostic tools

The excerpt mentions online personality and interest tests:

  • Self-Directed Search: classifies people and work environments into six types (realistic, investigative, artistic, social, enterprising, conventional).
  • Keirsey Character Sorter: sorts into four temperaments (idealists, rationals, artisans, guardians).

These help identify occupations that match your traits.

💼 What Employers Want

🎯 Job-specific skills

Job-specific skills: skills and technical abilities that relate specifically to a particular job.

  • Examples: using specialized tools, custom software.
  • These are narrow and tied to one role.

🔄 Transferable skills and attitudes

Transferable career competencies: basic skills and attitudes important for all types of work, transferable across tasks, jobs, or workplaces.

Most influential transferable skills:

  • Work well with people
  • Plan and manage multiple tasks
  • Maintain a positive attitude
  • Show enthusiasm

Examples of transferable competencies:

  • Planning, research, communication
  • Human relations and interpersonal skills
  • Critical thinking, management, project management

Example: A construction supervisor and an accountant both need to manage time, solve problems, communicate effectively, and work well with others—even though their job-specific tasks (framing a house vs. balancing financials) are unrelated.

Don't confuse: Transferable competencies are as important as technical expertise; they make you marketable across many roles.

🔎 Finding and Landing Your First Job

🌍 Consider geography and growth

  • Lifestyle and location matter: outdoor lovers may dislike office work; small-town people may struggle in big cities.
  • Research job growth by region (the excerpt lists top 10 U.S. cities for jobs in 2017, including Pittsburgh, Indianapolis, Kansas City).
  • Use resources like the Occupational Outlook Handbook (U.S. Department of Labor) for industry trends, job descriptions, salary ranges, and growth outlook through 2026.

💻 Online job search essentials

📄 Creating an effective résumé

  • Most job searches are now online; "snail mail" is rare.
  • Use templates from sites like CollegeGrad (100+ templates for 30+ majors).
  • Two main strategies:
    1. Target specific companies: visit their careers page (e.g., Google's detailed careers section).
    2. Post to top job sites: Indeed, Monster, Glassdoor, CareerBuilder, SimplyHired, ZipRecruiter, USAJobs, etc.

🎬 Multimedia résumés

  • Useful for: programmers, web developers, graphic designers, artists, performers, animators—anyone whose work benefits from photos, graphics, animation, sound, or movement.
  • Most people don't need one; a standard electronic résumé suffices.

🔑 Keyword optimization for ATS

Applicant tracking systems (ATS): software that screens résumés for keywords, either rejecting them or moving them to the short list.

How keywords work:

  • ATS looks for nouns and noun phrases (e.g., "Total Quality Management," "Sales Manager") rather than action verbs ("developed," "coordinated").
  • Every field has its own jargon, acronyms, and buzzwords.

Tips for adding keywords:

  • Best source: the actual job listing—it likely contains the keywords the employer will search for.
  • Include plenty of keyword nouns throughout your résumé.
  • Don't repeat your "Summary of Qualifications" verbatim elsewhere.
  • For technical positions, list skills separated by commas.
  • Include accomplishments where appropriate, but ensure enough keywords for ATS.

How to find the right keywords:

  • Review recent job postings online; recurring words are your keywords.
  • Mirror the language in the specific job listing you're applying to.
  • Talk to people in your target field.
  • Study company "About Us" sections and use their corporate language.
  • Visit professional association websites for industry jargon.
  • If still in college: get at least one internship to increase your keyword count and gain experience.

🎤 Mastering the Interview

📚 Pre-interview research

Research three areas:

  1. General occupational field: trends, education requirements, job descriptions, growth outlook, salary ranges.
  2. Prospective employers: ownership, products/services, history, culture, reputation, performance, locations, growth indicators, employee count, philosophies, competitors, customers.
  3. Specific jobs: descriptions, required education/experience, working conditions, salary, benefits.

Tip: Start with the company's own website.

🎯 Interview structure

  • Icebreaking (~5 minutes): interviewer puts you at ease.
  • Questioning by interviewer: assesses your skills and personality.
  • Questioning by applicant: your chance to learn more.

Screening interview: ~30 minutes, sometimes via Skype/FaceTime; only ~20% are invited back for a second interview.

Second interview: half-day or full day of meetings with managers in different departments.

✅ Interview best practices

Core strategies:

  1. Be likable: research shows this is essential; be friendly, courteous, enthusiastic, positive; smile; use positive body language; dress appropriately; make eye contact.
  2. Project confidence and pride: act like you want and deserve the job, not desperate.
  3. Show enthusiasm: often influences employers as much as any other factor.
  4. Demonstrate knowledge of the employer: explain why you want the position and how it fits your career plans; cite opportunities unique to the firm.
  5. State your name and the position: "Hello, Ms. Levine, I'm Bella Reyna. I'm here to interview for the accounting position."
  6. Focus on fit: early in the interview, ask "Could you describe the scope of the job and tell me what capabilities are most important?" Then emphasize your matching qualifications.
  7. Speak correctly: use proper grammar, businesslike vocabulary; avoid slang, pet phrases ("you know"), weak words ("just," "only," "I guess," "probably").

❌ Interview disqualifiers (avoid at all costs)

  • Don't sit until invited
  • Don't bring anyone with you
  • Don't smoke or bring beverages
  • Don't touch or read anything on the interviewer's desk
  • Don't chew gum
  • Don't order alcohol at business meals; choose easy-to-eat food
  • Don't offer a limp handshake; use a firm one

🏆 Selecting the right offer

Use the FACTS framework:

  • Fit: Does the job match your skills, interests, and lifestyle?
  • Advancement and growth: Can you develop and move up?
  • Compensation: Is the salary and benefits package competitive?
  • Training: Will you get the tools to succeed?
  • Site: Is the location a good match for your lifestyle and budget?

Tool: Homefair website offers moving cost calculator, cost-of-living comparisons, crime rate comparisons, city demographics, and salary calculator.

🚀 Starting and Advancing in Your New Job

🌱 First few months are crucial

  • This breaking-in period determines whether you're kept and in what capacity.
  • Your whole future may ride on your first weeks or months.
  • Employers expect you to learn quickly, often on your own.
  • Formal orientation covers goals, organization, and basic policies (breaks, overtime, parking).

📖 Tips for a rewarding start

👂 Listen and learn

  • Observe the culture: first names or formal? Dress code? Open offices or scheduled meetings?
  • Size up power dynamics: Who leads? Who do others turn to for advice? Why?
  • Make your own judgments based on what you see and hear.
  • Don't confuse: Effective listening helps you learn responsibilities quickly and understand the real (not just stated) organizational dynamics.

🤝 Do unto others

  • Be nice to everyone, not just those who can help you.
  • You never know who will provide useful information.
  • Nice people are usually last to be fired and first to be promoted.
  • Pleasant treatment usually gets pleasant responses.

🎯 Don't start as a maverick

  • Individual needs take a back seat to established procedures.
  • Get things done within the system first.
  • Managers expect adjustment time, but the faster you accomplish things, the faster they'll confirm you were the right hire.

🧭 Find a great mentor

  • The leading cause of career unhappiness is working for a bad boss.
  • Bad supervisors hold you back; great mentors help you soar.
  • If you find a job with a super mentor, take it.

📈 Moving up

Key strategies for promotion:

  • Love what you do: passion drives the extra mile, extra work, and fresh ideas; figure out who you are first.
  • Never stop learning: new technologies and skills build successful careers.
  • Get international experience: even a short stint overseas helps.
  • Create new business opportunities: they can lead to promotion.
  • Be terrific at your current work: excel at what you're doing now, this week, this month.

Remember: It's never too early to begin planning your career—the future is now.

134

Self-Test Scoring Guidelines

17.6 Self-Test Scoring Guidelines

🧭 Overview

🧠 One-sentence thesis

This section provides scoring rubrics and interpretation guidelines for multiple self-assessment tests that help readers evaluate their professional and personal skills across persuasion, office politics, time management, money management, study habits, assertiveness, and listening.

📌 Key points (3–5)

  • What the section contains: scoring tables for seven different self-tests covering workplace and personal effectiveness skills.
  • How scoring works: different questions use different point scales (some award points for agreement, others for disagreement) depending on what the test measures.
  • Score interpretation: each test provides threshold scores that indicate excellent, adequate, or needs-improvement skill levels.
  • Common confusion: the same response (e.g., "Strongly Agree") can earn different points on different questions within the same test—you must follow the specific scoring instructions for each question set.
  • Why it matters: the guidelines help readers identify skill gaps and determine whether they need additional resources like books, courses, or professional advisors.

📊 Test categories and scoring structures

📊 Persuasion skills test

  • Questions 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, and 11: award 2 points for "Strongly Agree," 1 point for "Agree," and 0 points for all other responses.
  • Questions 3, 5, 6, 7, and 9: award 4 points for "Disagree" and 5 points for "Strongly Disagree," 0 points for all other responses.
  • The scoring reversal reflects that some behaviors indicate persuasion ability while others indicate its absence.

📊 Office politics test

  • Uses true/false format instead of agreement scales.
  • Questions 1, 3, 4, 7, 8, 10, 12, and 13: 1 point for "true."
  • Questions 2, 5, 6, 9, and 11: 1 point for "false."
  • Example: The test recognizes that political skill involves both doing certain things (true answers) and avoiding others (false answers).

📊 Time management test

  • Questions 2, 6, 8, 9, 11, 13, 14, and 15: award 4 points for "Agree" and 5 points for "Strongly Agree," 0 points otherwise.
  • Questions 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, and 12: award 5 points for "Strongly Disagree" and 4 points for "Disagree," 0 points otherwise.
  • The split scoring pattern indicates that good time management involves both positive practices and avoiding time-wasting behaviors.

📊 Money management test

  • Questions 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, and 11: award 4 points for "Agree" and 5 points for "Strongly Agree," 0 points otherwise.
  • Questions 1, 4, 7, 8, and 9: award 5 points for "Strongly Disagree" and 4 points for "Disagree," 0 points otherwise.
  • Reflects that financial competence requires both good saving habits and avoiding poor spending patterns.

📊 Study habits test

  • Uses yes/no format.
  • "Yes" to questions 3, 5, 7, 8, and 11: 1 point each.
  • "No" to questions 1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 10, and 12: 1 point each.
  • Simpler scoring structure with equal weight for all correct responses.

📊 Assertiveness test

  • Questions 1, 3, 4, 7, 9, and 13: award 5 points for "Strongly Agree" and 4 points for "Agree," 0 points otherwise.
  • Questions 2, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, and 12: award 4 points for "Disagree" and 5 points for "Strongly Disagree," 0 points otherwise.
  • Measures both standing up for yourself and avoiding passive or aggressive extremes.

📊 Listening skills test

  • Questions 3, 4, 8, and 9: award 5 points for "Strongly Agree" and 4 points for "Agree," 0 points otherwise.
  • Questions 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, and 10: award 4 points for "Disagree" and 5 points for "Strongly Disagree," 0 points otherwise.
  • Recognizes that good listening involves both active behaviors and avoiding distractions or interruptions.

🎯 Score interpretation thresholds

🎯 High-performance ranges

TestExcellent thresholdWhat it means
Persuasion40–55Excellent ability to persuade others
Time management60 or higherExcellent time management skills; you use your time well
Money management44 or higherAble to manage money while balancing expenses and income; ready for financial emergencies
Study habits10 or aboveGood study habits
Assertiveness44 or higherStand up for your rights while showing respect for others; fare well in office politics
Listening32 or aboveGood listener

🎯 Middle-range performance

  • Persuasion (30–39): reasonably good skills but may need to improve listening and communicating.
  • Money management (36–43): savings habits may be inconsistent; need to control expenses and avoid unnecessary purchases.
  • Office politics (9 or below): may be good at managing work but need to improve political skills—getting along with others to move them toward goals.

🎯 Needs-improvement ranges

  • Persuasion (below 30): should consider reading a book or taking a short course on persuasion.
  • Time management (below 60): consider reading a book, taking a course, or investing in tools like a weekly project planner.
  • Money management (35 or below): spend too much; need to gain control by limiting spending, paying off credit cards, investing in personal finance resources, or meeting with a financial advisor.
  • Study habits (below 10): read tips on improving study skills or meet with someone at your school to maximize study time.
  • Assertiveness (43 or lower): consider ways to become more comfortable communicating ideas and opinions and managing relationships.
  • Listening (below 32): need to improve listening skills; search for articles and practice with friends and coworkers.

💡 Recommended actions by skill area

💡 When scores indicate skill gaps

The excerpt provides specific next steps for each test:

  • Books and courses: mentioned for persuasion, time management, and money management.
  • Professional advisors: financial advisors specifically recommended for money management issues.
  • School resources: suggested for study habits improvement.
  • Practice with others: recommended for listening skills (practice with friends and coworkers).
  • Tools and planners: time-management tools like weekly project planners suggested.
  • Internet research: search for articles on becoming a better listener.

💡 Why listening matters (example rationale)

The excerpt explains that listening is important because it:

  • Helps you succeed in your career.
  • Gains respect from colleagues.
  • Picks up insights and ideas on improving job performance.
  • Develops a skill important in managing others.

Don't confuse: the tests measure current skill levels, not fixed traits—the recommended actions assume skills can be improved through learning and practice.